[latexrefman-commits] [SCM] latexrefman updated: r1156 - in trunk: . latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/l [more]

[Karl Berry]

Author: karl
Date: 2023-07-19 17:26:57 +0000 (Wed, 19 Jul 2023)
New Revision: 1156

Added:
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cslash.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cthepage.html
Modified:
   trunk/Makefile
   trunk/latex2e-es.dvi
   trunk/latex2e-es.pdf
   trunk/latex2e-es.xml
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/About-this-document.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Accents.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Additional-Latin-letters.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Additional-packages.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Arrows.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/BibTeX-error-messages.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Blackboard-bold.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Boxes.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/CTAN.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Calligraphic.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Class-and-package-commands.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Class-and-package-construction.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Class-and-package-structure.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Colon-character-_0026-_005ccolon.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Color-models.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Color-package-options.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Color.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Colored-boxes.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Colored-pages.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Colored-text.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Command-Index.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Command-line-input.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Command-line-interface.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Command-line-options.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Command-line.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Commands-for-color.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Commands-for-graphics.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Control-sequences.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Counters.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Cross-references.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Define-colors.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Definitions.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Delimiters.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Document-class-options.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Document-classes.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Document-templates.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Dots.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Environment.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Environments.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Expressions.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Floats.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Font-sizes.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Font-styles.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Fonts.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Footnotes-in-a-table.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Footnotes-in-section-headings.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Footnotes-of-footnotes.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Footnotes.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Front_002fback-matter.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Glossaries.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Graphics-package-configuration.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Graphics-package-options.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Graphics.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Greek-letters.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Index.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Indexes.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Input_002foutput.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Jobname.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/LaTeX-command-syntax.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Larger-book-template.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Layout.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Leading-blanks.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Lengths.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Lengths_002fem.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Lengths_002fex.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Letters.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Line-breaking.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Low_002dlevel-font-commands.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Making-paragraphs.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Marginal-notes.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Math-accents.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Math-formulas.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Math-functions.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Math-miscellany.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Math-styles.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Math-symbols.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Modes.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Non_002dEnglish-characters.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/OpenType-bold-math.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Output-files.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Over_002d-and-Underlining.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Overview.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Page-breaking.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Page-layout-parameters.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Page-styles.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Produce-the-index-manually.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Recovering-from-errors.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Reserved-characters.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Sectioning.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Sectioning_002fsecnumdepth.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Sectioning_002ftocdepth.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Spaces.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Spacing-in-math-mode.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Spacing-in-math-mode_002f_005cthinspace.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Special-insertions.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Splitting-the-input.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Starting-_0026-ending.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Starting-and-ending.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Subscripts-_0026-superscripts.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Symbols-by-font-position.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Table-of-contents-etc_002e.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/TeX-engines.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Text-symbols.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Typefaces.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Units-of-length.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Upper-and-lower-case.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Using-BibTeX.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cAT.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cAtBeginDocument.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cAtEndDocument.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareFontEncoding.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareGraphicsExtensions.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareGraphicsRule.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareTextAccent.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareTextAccentDefault.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareTextCommand-_0026-_005cProvideTextCommand.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareTextCommand.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareTextCommandDefault-_0026-_005cProvideTextCommandDefault.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareTextCommandDefault.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareTextComposite.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareTextCompositeCommand.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareTextSymbol.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareTextSymbolDefault.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cLastDeclaredEncoding.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cProvideTextCommand.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cProvideTextCommandDefault.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cUseTextAccent.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cUseTextSymbol-_0026-_005cUseTextAccent.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cUseTextSymbol.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0028SPACE_0029.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_002a.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_002d-_0028hyphenation_0029.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_002f.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040dottedtocline.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040ifstar.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040startsection.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040startsection_002fafterskip.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040startsection_002fbeforeskip.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040startsection_002findent.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040startsection_002flevel.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040startsection_002fname.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040startsection_002fstyle.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_005c.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005caccent.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005caddcontentsline.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005caddress.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005caddtocontents.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005caddtocounter.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005caddtolength.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005caddvspace.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005calph-_005cAlph-_005carabic-_005croman-_005cRoman-_005cfnsymbol.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cappendix.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cbackmatter.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cbaselineskip-_0026-_005cbaselinestretch.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cbaselineskip.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cbaselinestretch.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cbibitem.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cbigbreak-_0026-_005cmedbreak-_0026-_005csmallbreak.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cbigbreak.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cbigl-_0026-_005cbigr-etc_002e.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cbigl.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cbigr.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cbigskip-_0026-_005cmedskip-_0026-_005csmallskip.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cbigskip.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cboldmath-_0026-_005cunboldmath.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cboldmath.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ccaption.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ccc.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ccentering.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cchapter.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ccircle.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ccite.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ccleardoublepage.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cclearpage-_0026-_005ccleardoublepage.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cclearpage.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ccline.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cclosein.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ccloseout.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cclosing.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ccontentsline.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cdashbox.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cday-_0026-_005cmonth-_0026-_005cyear.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cday.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cdiscretionary.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cdotfill.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cencl.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cendinput.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cenlargethispage.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005censpace-_0026-_005cquad-_0026-_005cqquad.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005censpace.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005censuremath.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cextracolsep.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfbox-_0026-_005cframebox.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfbox.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cflushbottom.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfootnote.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfootnotemark.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfootnotetext.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfrac.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cframe.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cframebox-_0028picture_0029.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cframebox.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfrenchspacing-_0026-_005cnonfrenchspacing.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfrenchspacing.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfrontmatter-_0026-_005cmainmatter-_0026-_005cbackmatter.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfrontmatter.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfussy-_0026-_005csloppy.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfussy.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cgls.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cgraphicspath.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cgraphpaper.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005chfill.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005chline.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005chphantom.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005chrulefill-_0026-_005cdotfill.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005chrulefill.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005chspace.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005chss.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005chyphenation.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cignorespaces-_0026-_005cignorespacesafterend.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cignorespaces.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cignorespacesafterend.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cinclude-_0026-_005cincludeonly.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cinclude.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cincludegraphics.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cincludeonly.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cindent-_0026-_005cnoindent.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cindent.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cindex.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cinput.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cinputencoding.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005citem.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005clabel.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cleft-_0026-_005cright.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cleft.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cline.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005clinebreak-_0026-_005cnolinebreak.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005clinebreak.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005clinethickness.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005clocation.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmainmatter.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmakeatletter-_0026-_005cmakeatother.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmakeatletter.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmakeatother.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmakebox-_0028picture_0029.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmakebox.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmakelabels.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmaketitle.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmathstrut.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmathversion.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmbox-_0026-_005cmakebox.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmbox.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmedbreak.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmedskip.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmessage.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmonth.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmulticolumn.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmultiput.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cname.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnegthinspace.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewcommand.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewcounter.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewenvironment-_0026-_005crenewenvironment.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewenvironment.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewfont.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewglossaryentry.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewlength.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewline.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewpage.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewsavebox.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewtheorem.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnocite.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnocorr.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnocorrlist.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnofiles.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnoindent.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnolinebreak.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnonfrenchspacing.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnopagebreak.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnormalsfcodes.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnumberline.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cobeycr-_0026-_005crestorecr.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cobeycr.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005coldstylenums.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005conecolumn.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005copenin-_0026-_005copenout.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005copenin.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005copening.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005copenout.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005coval.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cpagebreak-_0026-_005cnopagebreak.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cpagebreak.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cpagenumbering.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cpageref.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cpagestyle.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cpar.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cparagraph.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cparbox.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cparindent-_0026-_005cparskip.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cparindent.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cparskip.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cpart.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cphantom-_0026-_005cvphantom-_0026-_005chphantom.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cphantom.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cprintindex.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cprotect.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cprovidecommand.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cps.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cput.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cqbezier.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cqquad.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cquad.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005craggedbottom.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005craggedleft.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005craggedright.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005craisebox.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cread.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cref.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005crefstepcounter.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005crenewcommand.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005crenewenvironment.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cresizebox.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005crestorecr.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cright.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005crotatebox.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005crule.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csavebox.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csbox-_0026-_005csavebox.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csbox.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cscalebox.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csection.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csetcounter.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csetlength.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csettodepth.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csettoheight.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csettowidth.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cshortstack.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csignature.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csloppy.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csmallbreak.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csmallskip.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csmash.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cspacefactor.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csqrt.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cstackrel.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cstepcounter.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cstretch.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cstrut.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csubparagraph.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csubsection.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csubsubsection-_0026-_005cparagraph-_0026-_005csubparagraph.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csubsubsection.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ctelephone.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cthicklines.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cthinlines.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cthinspace-_0026-_005cnegthinspace.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cthinspace.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cthispagestyle.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ctoday.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ctwocolumn.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ctypein.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ctypeout.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cunboldmath.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cusebox.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cusecounter.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cvalue.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cvector.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cverb.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cvfill.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cvline.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cvphantom.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cvspace.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cwlog.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cwrite-and-security.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cwrite.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cwrite18.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cyear.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_007e.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/abstract.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/array.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/article-template.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/beamer-template.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/bigskip.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/bm.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/book-template.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/center.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/colon.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/color-models-RGB.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/color-models-cmyk.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/color-models-gray.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/color-models-named.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/color-models-rgb.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/description.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/displaymath.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/document-classes-article.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/document-classes-book.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/document-classes-letter.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/document-classes-report.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/document-classes-slides.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/document.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/ellipses-cdots.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/ellipses-ddots.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/ellipses-ldots.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/ellipses-vdots.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate-enumi.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate-enumii.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate-enumiii.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate-enumiv.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate-labelenumi.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate-labelenumii.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate-labelenumiii.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate-labelenumiv.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/eqnarray.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/equation.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/fbox-framebox-fboxrule.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/fbox-framebox-fboxsep.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/figure.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/filecontents.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-bottomfraction.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-bottomnumber.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-dbltopnumber.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-floatpagefraction.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-floatsep.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-intextsep.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-textfloatsep.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-textfraction.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-topfraction.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-topnumber.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-totalnumber.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/flushleft.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/flushright.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/fontenc-package.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/footnote-footnoterule.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/footnote-footnotesep.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-bb.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-bbllx.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-bblly.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-bburx.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-bbury.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-clip.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-command.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-draft.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-ext.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-height.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-hiresbb.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-interpolate.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-keepaspectratio.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-natheight.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-natwidth.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-page.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-pagebox.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-quiet.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-read.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-totalheight.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-trim.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-type.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-viewport.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-width.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/index.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/inputenc-package.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/interaction-modes.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-labelitemi.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-labelitemii.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-labelitemiii.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-labelitemiv.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-leftmargin.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-leftmargini.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-leftmarginii.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-leftmarginiii.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-leftmarginiv.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-leftmarginv.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-leftmarginvi.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/letter.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-beginparpenalty.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-endparpenalty.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-itemindent.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-itempenalty.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-itemsep.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-labelsep.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-labelwidth.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-leftmargin.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-listparindent.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-makelabel.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-parsep.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-partopsep.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-rightmargin.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-topsep.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/low-level-font-commands-fontencoding.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/low-level-font-commands-fontfamily.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/low-level-font-commands-fontseries.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/low-level-font-commands-fontshape.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/low-level-font-commands-fontsize.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/low-level-font-commands-linespread.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/low-level-font-commands-selectfont.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/low-level-font-commands-usefont.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/lrbox.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-delim-0.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-delim-1.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-delim-2.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-delim-n.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-delim-r.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-group-skip.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-indent-length.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-indent-space.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-item-0.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-item-01.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-item-1.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-item-12.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-item-2.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-item-x1.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-item-x2.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-lethead-prefix.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-lethead-suffix.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-letheadflag.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-line-max.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-page-precedence.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-postamble.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-preamble.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/marginal-notes-marginparpush.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/marginal-notes-marginparsep.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/marginal-notes-marginparwidth.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/math.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/mbox-makebox-depth.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/mbox-makebox-height.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/mbox-makebox-totalheight.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/mbox-makebox-width.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/medskip.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/minipage.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/modes-inner-paragraph-mode.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/modes-internal-vertical-mode.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/modes-lr-mode.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/modes-math-mode.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/modes-outer-paragraph-mode.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/modes-paragraph-mode.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/modes-vertical-mode.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/output-directory.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/output-files-aux.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/output-files-dvi.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/output-files-log.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/output-files-pdf.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-columnsep.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-columnseprule.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-columnwidth.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-evensidemargin.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-footskip.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-headheight.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-headsep.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-hsize.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-linewidth.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-marginparpush.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-marginparwidth.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-marginsep.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-oddsidemargin.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-paperheight.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-paperwidth.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-textheight.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-textwidth.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-topmargin.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-topskip.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/picture.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/quotation-_0026-quote.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/quotation.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/quote.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/raisebox-depth.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/raisebox-height.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/raisebox-totalheight.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/raisebox-width.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/sectioning-secnumdepth.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/sectioning-tocdepth.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/sloppypar.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/smallskip.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/spacing-in-math-mode-medspace.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/spacing-in-math-mode-negthinspace.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/spacing-in-math-mode-qquad.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/spacing-in-math-mode-quad.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/spacing-in-math-mode-thickspace.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/spacing-in-math-mode-thinspace.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/startsection-afterskip.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/startsection-beforeskip.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/startsection-indent.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/startsection-level.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/startsection-name.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/startsection-style.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/subscript.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/superscript.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/tabbing.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/table.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/tabular-arrayrulewidth.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/tabular-arraystrech.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/tabular-doublerulesep.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/tabular-tabcolsep.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/tabular.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/tex-engines-latex.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/tex-engines-lualatex.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/tex-engines-xelatex.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/thebibliography.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/theorem.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/titlepage.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/trivlist.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/twocolumn-columnsep.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/twocolumn-columnseprule.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/twocolumn-columnwidth.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/twocolumn-dblfloatpagefraction.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/twocolumn-dblfloatsep.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/twocolumn-dbltextfloatsep.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/twocolumn-dbltopfraction.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/twocolumn-dbltopnumber.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-bp.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-cc.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-cm.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-dd.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-em.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-ex.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-in.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-mm.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-mu.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-pc.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-pt.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-sp.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/verbatim.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/verse.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/xr-package.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/xspace-package.html
   trunk/latex2e.dbk
   trunk/latex2e.dvi
   trunk/latex2e.html
   trunk/latex2e.info
   trunk/latex2e.pdf
   trunk/latex2e.txt
   trunk/latex2e.xml
   trunk/src/easyurls.py
Log:
regenerate for web site update

Modified: trunk/Makefile
===================================================================
--- trunk/Makefile	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/Makefile	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -130,7 +130,8 @@
         && zip -rq ../latex2e-help-texinfo-tree-easyurls.zip latex2e
 
 easyurls_python = python3.6 # depends on bs4 (beautifulsoup4)
-easyurls_opt = --directory latex2e --action softlink --lower_case --rewrite_index --debug
+easyurls_debug = # --debug
+easyurls_opt = --directory latex2e --action softlink --lower_case --rewrite_index $(easyurls_debug)
 
 # To update web site, after basic build is ok (check-dw, spelling, etc.),
 # first undo temporary build results:

Modified: trunk/latex2e-es.dvi
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: trunk/latex2e-es.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: trunk/latex2e-es.xml
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-es.xml	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-es.xml	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
 <texinfo>
 <filename file="latex2e-es.xml"></filename>
 <preamblebeforebeginning>\input texinfo
-</preamblebeforebeginning><!-- c $Id: latex2e-es.texi 1141 2023-01-10 23:19:31Z karl $ -->
+</preamblebeforebeginning><!-- c $Id: latex2e-es.texi 1144 2023-01-14 23:15:43Z karl $ -->
 <!-- comment %**start of header (Esto es para ejecutar Texinfo en una región). -->
 <setfilename file="latex2e-es.info" spaces=" ">latex2e-es.info</setfilename>
 <documentlanguage xml:lang="es" spaces=" ">es</documentlanguage>

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/About-this-document.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/About-this-document.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/About-this-document.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>About this document (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>About this document (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="About this document (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="About this document (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="About this document (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="About this document (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Accents.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Accents.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Accents.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Accents (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>Accents (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Accents (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Accents (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="Accents (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Accents (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Additional-Latin-letters.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Additional-Latin-letters.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Additional-Latin-letters.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Additional Latin letters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>Additional Latin letters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Additional Latin letters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Additional Latin letters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="Additional Latin letters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Additional Latin letters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Additional-packages.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Additional-packages.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Additional-packages.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Additional packages (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>Additional packages (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Additional packages (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Additional packages (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="Additional packages (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Additional packages (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Arrows.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Arrows.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Arrows.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Arrows (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>Arrows (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Arrows (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Arrows (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="Arrows (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Arrows (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/BibTeX-error-messages.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/BibTeX-error-messages.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/BibTeX-error-messages.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>BibTeX error messages (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>BibTeX error messages (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="BibTeX error messages (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="BibTeX error messages (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="BibTeX error messages (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="BibTeX error messages (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Blackboard-bold.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Blackboard-bold.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Blackboard-bold.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Blackboard bold (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>Blackboard bold (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Blackboard bold (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Blackboard bold (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="Blackboard bold (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Blackboard bold (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Boxes.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Boxes.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Boxes.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Boxes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>Boxes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Boxes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Boxes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="Boxes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Boxes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/CTAN.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/CTAN.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/CTAN.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>CTAN (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>CTAN (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="CTAN (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="CTAN (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="CTAN (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="CTAN (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Calligraphic.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Calligraphic.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Calligraphic.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Calligraphic (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>Calligraphic (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Calligraphic (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Calligraphic (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="Calligraphic (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Calligraphic (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Class-and-package-commands.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Class-and-package-commands.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Class-and-package-commands.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Class and package commands (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>Class and package commands (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Class and package commands (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Class and package commands (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="Class and package commands (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Class and package commands (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Class-and-package-construction.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Class-and-package-construction.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Class-and-package-construction.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Class and package construction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>Class and package construction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Class and package construction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Class and package construction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="Class and package construction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Class and package construction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Class-and-package-structure.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Class-and-package-structure.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Class-and-package-structure.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Class and package structure (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>Class and package structure (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Class and package structure (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Class and package structure (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="Class and package structure (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Class and package structure (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Colon-character-_0026-_005ccolon.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Colon-character-_0026-_005ccolon.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Colon-character-_0026-_005ccolon.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Colon character & \colon (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>Colon character & \colon (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Colon character & \colon (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Colon character & \colon (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="Colon character & \colon (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Colon character & \colon (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Color-models.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Color-models.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Color-models.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Color models (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>Color models (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Color models (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Color models (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="Color models (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Color models (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Color-package-options.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Color-package-options.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Color-package-options.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Color package options (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>Color package options (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Color package options (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Color package options (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="Color package options (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Color package options (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Color.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Color.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Color.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Color (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>Color (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Color (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Color (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="Color (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Color (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Colored-boxes.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Colored-boxes.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Colored-boxes.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Colored boxes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>Colored boxes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Colored boxes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Colored boxes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="Colored boxes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Colored boxes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Colored-pages.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Colored-pages.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Colored-pages.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Colored pages (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>Colored pages (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Colored pages (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Colored pages (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="Colored pages (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Colored pages (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Colored-text.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Colored-text.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Colored-text.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Colored text (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>Colored text (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Colored text (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Colored text (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="Colored text (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Colored text (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Command-Index.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Command-Index.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Command-Index.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Command Index (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>Command Index (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Command Index (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Command Index (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="Command Index (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Command Index (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Command-line-input.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Command-line-input.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Command-line-input.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Command line input (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>Command line input (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Command line input (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Command line input (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="Command line input (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Command line input (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Command-line-interface.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Command-line-interface.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Command-line-interface.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Command line interface (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>Command line interface (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Command line interface (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Command line interface (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="Command line interface (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Command line interface (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Command-line-options.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Command-line-options.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Command-line-options.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Command line options (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>Command line options (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Command line options (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Command line options (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="Command line options (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Command line options (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Command-line.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Command-line.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Command-line.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Command line (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>Command line (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Command line (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Command line (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="Command line (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Command line (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Commands-for-color.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Commands-for-color.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Commands-for-color.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Commands for color (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>Commands for color (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Commands for color (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Commands for color (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="Commands for color (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Commands for color (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Commands-for-graphics.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Commands-for-graphics.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Commands-for-graphics.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Commands for graphics (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>Commands for graphics (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Commands for graphics (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Commands for graphics (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="Commands for graphics (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Commands for graphics (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Control-sequences.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Control-sequences.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Control-sequences.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Control sequences (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>Control sequences (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Control sequences (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Control sequences (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="Control sequences (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Control sequences (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Counters.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Counters.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Counters.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Counters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>Counters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Counters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Counters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="Counters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Counters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Cross-references.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Cross-references.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Cross-references.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Cross references (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>Cross references (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Cross references (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Cross references (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="Cross references (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Cross references (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Define-colors.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Define-colors.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Define-colors.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Define colors (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>Define colors (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Define colors (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Define colors (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="Define colors (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Define colors (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Definitions.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Definitions.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Definitions.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Definitions (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>Definitions (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Definitions (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Definitions (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="Definitions (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Definitions (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Delimiters.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Delimiters.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Delimiters.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Delimiters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>Delimiters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Delimiters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Delimiters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="Delimiters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Delimiters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Document-class-options.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Document-class-options.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Document-class-options.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Document class options (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>Document class options (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Document class options (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Document class options (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="Document class options (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Document class options (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
@@ -166,15 +166,13 @@
 
 <p>When using one of the engines pdfLaTeX, LuaLaTeX, or XeLaTeX
 (see <a class="pxref" href="TeX-engines.html">TeX engines</a>), options other than <code class="code">letterpaper</code> set
-the print area but you must also set the physical paper size.  One way
-to do that is to put <code class="code">\pdfpagewidth=\paperwidth</code> and
-<code class="code">\pdfpageheight=\paperheight</code> in your document’s preamble.
-<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-geometry-1"></a>
-<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-geometry-package-1"></a>
+the print area but you must also set the physical paper size. Usually,
+The <code class="code">geometry</code> package is the best way to do that; it
+provides flexible ways of setting the print area and physical page size.
+Otherwise, setting the paper size is engine-dependent.  For example,
+with pdfLaTeX, you could include <code class="code">\pdfpagewidth=\paperwidth</code> and
+<code class="code">\pdfpageheight=\paperheight</code> in the preamble.
 </p>
-<p>The <code class="code">geometry</code> package provides flexible ways of setting the print
-area and physical page size.
-</p>
 <a class="index-entry-id" id="index-draft-option"></a>
 <a class="index-entry-id" id="index-final-option"></a>
 <a class="index-entry-id" id="index-fleqn-option"></a>

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Document-classes.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Document-classes.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Document-classes.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Document classes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>Document classes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Document classes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Document classes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="Document classes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Document classes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Document-templates.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Document-templates.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Document-templates.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Document templates (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>Document templates (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Document templates (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Document templates (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="Document templates (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Document templates (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Dots.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Dots.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Dots.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Dots (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>Dots (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Dots (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Dots (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="Dots (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Dots (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Environment.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Environment.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Environment.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Environment (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>Environment (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Environment (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Environment (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="Environment (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Environment (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Environments.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Environments.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Environments.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Environments (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>Environments (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Environments (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Environments (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="Environments (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Environments (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Expressions.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Expressions.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Expressions.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Expressions (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>Expressions (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Expressions (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Expressions (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="Expressions (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Expressions (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Floats.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Floats.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Floats.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Floats (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>Floats (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Floats (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Floats (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="Floats (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Floats (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Font-sizes.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Font-sizes.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Font-sizes.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Font sizes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>Font sizes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Font sizes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Font sizes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="Font sizes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Font sizes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Font-styles.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Font-styles.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Font-styles.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Font styles (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>Font styles (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Font styles (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Font styles (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="Font styles (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Font styles (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Fonts.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Fonts.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Fonts.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Fonts (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>Fonts (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Fonts (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Fonts (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="Fonts (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Fonts (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Footnotes-in-a-table.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Footnotes-in-a-table.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Footnotes-in-a-table.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Footnotes in a table (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>Footnotes in a table (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Footnotes in a table (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Footnotes in a table (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="Footnotes in a table (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Footnotes in a table (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Footnotes-in-section-headings.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Footnotes-in-section-headings.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Footnotes-in-section-headings.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Footnotes in section headings (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>Footnotes in section headings (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Footnotes in section headings (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Footnotes in section headings (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="Footnotes in section headings (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Footnotes in section headings (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Footnotes-of-footnotes.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Footnotes-of-footnotes.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Footnotes-of-footnotes.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Footnotes of footnotes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>Footnotes of footnotes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Footnotes of footnotes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Footnotes of footnotes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="Footnotes of footnotes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Footnotes of footnotes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Footnotes.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Footnotes.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Footnotes.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Footnotes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>Footnotes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Footnotes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Footnotes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="Footnotes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Footnotes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Front_002fback-matter.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Front_002fback-matter.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Front_002fback-matter.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Front/back matter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>Front/back matter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Front/back matter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Front/back matter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="Front/back matter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Front/back matter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Glossaries.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Glossaries.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Glossaries.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Glossaries (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>Glossaries (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Glossaries (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Glossaries (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="Glossaries (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Glossaries (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Graphics-package-configuration.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Graphics-package-configuration.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Graphics-package-configuration.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Graphics package configuration (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>Graphics package configuration (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Graphics package configuration (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Graphics package configuration (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="Graphics package configuration (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Graphics package configuration (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Graphics-package-options.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Graphics-package-options.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Graphics-package-options.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Graphics package options (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>Graphics package options (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Graphics package options (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Graphics package options (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="Graphics package options (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Graphics package options (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Graphics.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Graphics.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Graphics.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Graphics (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>Graphics (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Graphics (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Graphics (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="Graphics (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Graphics (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Greek-letters.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Greek-letters.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Greek-letters.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Greek letters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>Greek letters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Greek letters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Greek letters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="Greek letters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Greek letters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Index.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Index.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Index.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Index (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>Index (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Index (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Index (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="Index (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Index (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
@@ -587,6 +587,8 @@
 <tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="_005cgraphicspath.html#index-_005cgraphicspath"><code>\graphicspath</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="_005cgraphicspath.html">\graphicspath</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="_005cgraphpaper.html#index-_005cgraphpaper"><code>\graphpaper</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="_005cgraphpaper.html">\graphpaper</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Math-accents.html#index-_005cgrave"><code>\grave</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Math-accents.html">Math accents</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Text-symbols.html#index-_005cguillemetleft-_0028_00ab_0029"><code>\guillemetleft <span class="r">(«)</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Text-symbols.html">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Text-symbols.html#index-_005cguillemetright-_0028_00bb_0029"><code>\guillemetright <span class="r">(»)</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Text-symbols.html">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Text-symbols.html#index-_005cguillemotleft-_0028_00ab_0029"><code>\guillemotleft <span class="r">(«)</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Text-symbols.html">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Text-symbols.html#index-_005cguillemotright-_0028_00bb_0029"><code>\guillemotright <span class="r">(»)</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Text-symbols.html">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Text-symbols.html#index-_005cguilsinglleft-_0028_2039_0029"><code>\guilsinglleft <span class="r">(‹)</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Text-symbols.html">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
@@ -830,6 +832,7 @@
 <tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Additional-Latin-letters.html#index-_005cng"><code>\ng</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Additional-Latin-letters.html">Additional Latin letters</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Additional-Latin-letters.html#index-_005cNG"><code>\NG</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Additional-Latin-letters.html">Additional Latin letters</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Math-symbols.html#index-_005cni"><code>\ni</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Math-symbols.html">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="_007e.html#index-_005cnobreakspace"><code>\nobreakspace</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="_007e.html">~</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="_005cnocite.html#index-_005cnocite"><code>\nocite</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="_005cnocite.html">\nocite</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="BibTeX-error-messages.html#index-_005cnocite-and-internal-_005ccitation"><code>\nocite <span class="r">and internal <code class="code">\citation</code></span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="BibTeX-error-messages.html">BibTeX error messages</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Using-BibTeX.html#index-_005cnocite-_007b_002a_007d_002c-for-all-keys"><code>\nocite <span class="r">{*}, for all keys</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Using-BibTeX.html">Using BibTeX</a></td></tr>
@@ -1030,6 +1033,7 @@
 <tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Math-functions.html#index-_005csin"><code>\sin</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Math-functions.html">Math functions</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Math-functions.html#index-_005csinh"><code>\sinh</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Math-functions.html">Math functions</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Font-styles.html#index-_005csl"><code>\sl</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Font-styles.html">Font styles</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="_005cslash.html#index-_005cslash"><code>\slash</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="_005cslash.html">\slash</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="_005cfussy-_0026-_005csloppy.html#index-_005csloppy"><code>\sloppy</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="_005cfussy-_0026-_005csloppy.html">\fussy & \sloppy</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Font-styles.html#index-_005cslshape"><code>\slshape</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Font-styles.html">Font styles</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Font-sizes.html#index-_005csmall"><code>\small</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Font-sizes.html">Font sizes</a></td></tr>
@@ -1167,6 +1171,7 @@
 <tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Additional-Latin-letters.html#index-_005cth-_0028th_0029"><code>\th <span class="r">(þ)</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Additional-Latin-letters.html">Additional Latin letters</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Additional-Latin-letters.html#index-_005cTH-_0028TH_0029"><code>\TH <span class="r">(Þ)</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Additional-Latin-letters.html">Additional Latin letters</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="_005cmaketitle.html#index-_005cthanks_007btext_007d"><code>\thanks{<var class="var">text</var>}</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="_005cmaketitle.html">\maketitle</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="_005cthepage.html#index-_005cthepage"><code>\thepage</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="_005cthepage.html">\thepage</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Math-symbols.html#index-_005ctheta"><code>\theta</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Math-symbols.html">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="_005cthicklines.html#index-_005cthicklines"><code>\thicklines</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="_005cthicklines.html">\thicklines</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Spacing-in-math-mode.html#index-_005cthickspace"><code>\thickspace</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Spacing-in-math-mode.html">Spacing in math mode</a></td></tr>
@@ -1547,6 +1552,7 @@
 <tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="_005cpageref.html#index-cross-referencing-with-page-number">cross referencing with page number</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="_005cpageref.html">\pageref</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="xr-package.html#index-cross-referencing_002c-across-documents">cross referencing, across documents</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="xr-package.html">xr package</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="_005cref.html#index-cross-referencing_002c-symbolic">cross referencing, symbolic</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="_005cref.html">\ref</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="_005cthepage.html#index-cross_002dreferences_002c-page-numbers-in">cross-references, page numbers in</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="_005cthepage.html">\thepage</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="CTAN.html#index-CTAN">CTAN</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="CTAN.html">CTAN</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Delimiters.html#index-curly-braces">curly braces</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Delimiters.html">Delimiters</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Text-symbols.html#index-currency_002c-dollar">currency, dollar</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Text-symbols.html">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
@@ -1726,6 +1732,7 @@
 <tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Units-of-length.html#index-ex">ex</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Units-of-length.html">Units of length</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Units-of-length.html#index-ex-1"><code>ex</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Units-of-length.html">Units of length</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Text-symbols.html#index-exclamation-point_002c-upside_002ddown">exclamation point, upside-down</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Text-symbols.html">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="_005c_0040.html#index-exclamation-points_002c-ending-a-sentence">exclamation points, ending a sentence</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="_005c_0040.html">\@</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Document-class-options.html#index-executivepaper-option"><code>executivepaper <span class="r">option</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Document-class-options.html">Document class options</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="LaTeX-command-syntax.html#index-expl3-package"><code class="code">expl3</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="LaTeX-command-syntax.html">LaTeX command syntax</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Upper-and-lower-case.html#index-expl3-package-1"><code class="code">expl3</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Upper-and-lower-case.html">Upper and lower case</a></td></tr>
@@ -1813,7 +1820,6 @@
 <tr><td colspan="4"> <hr></td></tr>
 <tr><th id="Index_cp_letter-G">G</th><td></td><td></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Document-class-options.html#index-geometry-package"><code class="code">geometry</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Document-class-options.html">Document class options</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Document-class-options.html#index-geometry-package-1"><code class="code">geometry</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Document-class-options.html">Document class options</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Document-class-options.html#index-global-options">global options</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Document-class-options.html">Document class options</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Additional-packages.html#index-global-options-1">global options</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Additional-packages.html">Additional packages</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Glossaries.html#index-glossaries">glossaries</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Glossaries.html">Glossaries</a></td></tr>
@@ -1844,6 +1850,7 @@
 <tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="_005cDeclareGraphicsExtensions.html#index-grfext-package"><code class="code">grfext</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="_005cDeclareGraphicsExtensions.html">\DeclareGraphicsExtensions</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Environments.html#index-group_002c-and-environments">group, and environments</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Environments.html">Environments</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="makeindex.html#index-group_005fskip"><code>group_skip</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="makeindex.html">makeindex</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Text-symbols.html#index-guillemots_002c-birds">guillemots, birds</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Text-symbols.html">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td colspan="4"> <hr></td></tr>
 <tr><th id="Index_cp_letter-H">H</th><td></td><td></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Math-accents.html#index-hacek-accent_002c-math">háček accent, math</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Math-accents.html">Math accents</a></td></tr>
@@ -2049,6 +2056,7 @@
 <tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="_005cfrontmatter-_0026-_005cmainmatter-_0026-_005cbackmatter.html#index-main-matter-of-a-book">main matter of a book</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="_005cfrontmatter-_0026-_005cmainmatter-_0026-_005cbackmatter.html">\frontmatter & \mainmatter & \backmatter</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="_005cmbox-_0026-_005cmakebox.html#index-make-a-box">make a box</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="_005cmbox-_0026-_005cmakebox.html">\mbox & \makebox</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="_005cprintindex.html#index-makeidx-package"><code class="code">makeidx</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="_005cprintindex.html">\printindex</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="_005cthepage.html#index-makeindex-and-special-page-numbers"><code class="command">makeindex</code> and special page numbers</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="_005cthepage.html">\thepage</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="makeindex.html#index-makeindex-program"><code class="command">makeindex</code> program</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="makeindex.html">makeindex</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="makeindex.html#index-makeindex_002c-program"><code>makeindex, <span class="r">program</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="makeindex.html">makeindex</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="makeindex.html#index-makeindex_002c-style-file"><code>makeindex, style file</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="makeindex.html">makeindex</a></td></tr>
@@ -2120,9 +2128,11 @@
 <tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="_005cnewline.html#index-new-line_002c-starting-_0028paragraph-mode_0029">new line, starting (paragraph mode)</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="_005cnewline.html">\newline</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="_005cnewpage.html#index-new-page_002c-starting">new page, starting</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="_005cnewpage.html">\newpage</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="_005cwrite.html#index-newline_002c-in-_005cwrite">newline, in <code class="code">\write</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="_005cwrite.html">\write</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="_007e.html#index-no_002dbreak-space_002c-Unicode-U_002b00A0">no-break space, Unicode U+00A0</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="_007e.html">~</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="filecontents.html#index-noheader-option-for-filecontents"><code class="code">noheader</code> option for <code class="code">filecontents</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="filecontents.html">filecontents</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Text-symbols.html#index-non_002dbreaking-hyphen-character">non-breaking hyphen character</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Text-symbols.html">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Additional-Latin-letters.html#index-non_002dEnglish-characters">non-English characters</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Additional-Latin-letters.html">Additional Latin letters</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="_005c_0040.html#index-non_002dsentence_002dending-punctuation">non-sentence-ending punctuation</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="_005c_0040.html">\@</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Command-line-options.html#index-nonstopmode">nonstopmode</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Command-line-options.html">Command line options</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="filecontents.html#index-nosearch-option-for-filecontents"><code class="code">nosearch</code> option for <code class="code">filecontents</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="filecontents.html">filecontents</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Marginal-notes.html#index-notes-in-the-margin">notes in the margin</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Marginal-notes.html">Marginal notes</a></td></tr>
@@ -2238,7 +2248,6 @@
 <tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="fontenc-package.html#index-package_002c-fontspec"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">fontspec</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="fontenc-package.html">fontenc package</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="OpenType-bold-math.html#index-package_002c-fontspec-1"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">fontspec</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="OpenType-bold-math.html">OpenType bold math</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Document-class-options.html#index-package_002c-geometry"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">geometry</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Document-class-options.html">Document class options</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Document-class-options.html#index-package_002c-geometry-1"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">geometry</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Document-class-options.html">Document class options</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="_005cgraphpaper.html#index-package_002c-graphpap"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">graphpap</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="_005cgraphpaper.html">\graphpaper</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="_005cDeclareGraphicsExtensions.html#index-package_002c-grfext"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">grfext</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="_005cDeclareGraphicsExtensions.html">\DeclareGraphicsExtensions</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="_005cfootnotemark.html#index-package_002c-hyperref"><span class="r">package</span>, <code class="code">hyperref</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="_005cfootnotemark.html">\footnotemark</a></td></tr>
@@ -2320,6 +2329,7 @@
 <tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Page-breaking.html#index-page-breaking">page breaking</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Page-breaking.html">Page breaking</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Counters.html#index-page-counter"><code>page counter</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Counters.html">Counters</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Page-layout-parameters.html#index-page-layout-parameters">page layout parameters</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Page-layout-parameters.html">Page layout parameters</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="_005cthepage.html#index-page-number-representation">page number representation</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="_005cthepage.html">\thepage</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="_005cpageref.html#index-page-number_002c-cross-referencing">page number, cross referencing</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="_005cpageref.html">\pageref</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="_005cpagenumbering.html#index-page-numbering-style">page numbering style</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="_005cpagenumbering.html">\pagenumbering</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="_005cthispagestyle.html#index-page-style_002c-this-page">page style, this page</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="_005cthispagestyle.html">\thispagestyle</a></td></tr>
@@ -2345,6 +2355,7 @@
 <tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand.html#index-parameters_002c-substituting">parameters, substituting</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand.html">\newcommand & \renewcommand</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="_005cwrite-and-security.html#index-parent-directories_002c-cannot-write-to">parent directories, cannot write to</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="_005cwrite-and-security.html">\write and security</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Delimiters.html#index-parentheses">parentheses</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Delimiters.html">Delimiters</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="_005c_0040.html#index-parentheses-and-ends-of-sentences">parentheses and ends of sentences</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="_005c_0040.html">\@</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Sectioning.html#index-part">part</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Sectioning.html">Sectioning</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="_005cpart.html#index-part-1">part</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="_005cpart.html">\part</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Counters.html#index-part-counter"><code>part counter</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Counters.html">Counters</a></td></tr>
@@ -2390,10 +2401,12 @@
 <tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Overview.html#index-pronunciation">pronunciation</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Overview.html">Overview</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="_005cline.html#index-PSTricks-package"><code class="code">PSTricks</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="_005cline.html">\line</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Units-of-length.html#index-pt"><code>pt</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Units-of-length.html">Units of length</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="_005c_0040.html#index-punctuation_002c-sentence_002dending">punctuation, sentence-ending</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="_005c_0040.html">\@</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td colspan="4"> <hr></td></tr>
 <tr><th id="Index_cp_letter-Q">Q</th><td></td><td></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Spacing-in-math-mode.html#index-quad">quad</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Spacing-in-math-mode.html">Spacing in math mode</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Text-symbols.html#index-question-mark_002c-upside_002ddown">question mark, upside-down</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Text-symbols.html">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="_005c_0040.html#index-question-marks_002c-ending-a-sentence">question marks, ending a sentence</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="_005c_0040.html">\@</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="quotation-_0026-quote.html#index-quotation-environment"><code><code class="code">quotation</code> <span class="r">environment</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="quotation-_0026-quote.html">quotation & quote</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Text-symbols.html#index-quotation-marks_002c-French">quotation marks, French</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Text-symbols.html">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="quotation-_0026-quote.html#index-quote-environment"><code><code class="code">quote</code> <span class="r">environment</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="quotation-_0026-quote.html">quotation & quote</a></td></tr>
@@ -2401,6 +2414,7 @@
 <tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Text-symbols.html#index-quote_002c-straight-base">quote, straight base</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Text-symbols.html">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="quotation-_0026-quote.html#index-quoted-text-with-paragraph-indentation_002c-displaying">quoted text with paragraph indentation, displaying</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="quotation-_0026-quote.html">quotation & quote</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="quotation-_0026-quote.html#index-quoted-text-without-paragraph-indentation_002c-displaying">quoted text without paragraph indentation, displaying</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="quotation-_0026-quote.html">quotation & quote</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="_005c_0040.html#index-quotes-and-ends-of-sentences">quotes and ends of sentences</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="_005c_0040.html">\@</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td colspan="4"> <hr></td></tr>
 <tr><th id="Index_cp_letter-R">R</th><td></td><td></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="_005csqrt.html#index-radical">radical</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="_005csqrt.html">\sqrt</a></td></tr>
@@ -2426,6 +2440,7 @@
 <tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Text-symbols.html#index-right-angle-quotation-marks">right angle quotation marks</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Text-symbols.html">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Text-symbols.html#index-right-arrow_002c-in-text">right arrow, in text</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Text-symbols.html">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Text-symbols.html#index-right-brace_002c-in-text">right brace, in text</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Text-symbols.html">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="_005c_0040.html#index-right-parentheses_002fquotes_002c-and-spacing">right parentheses/quotes, and spacing</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="_005c_0040.html">\@</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Text-symbols.html#index-right-quote">right quote</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Text-symbols.html">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Text-symbols.html#index-right-quote_002c-double">right quote, double</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Text-symbols.html">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Text-symbols.html#index-right-quote_002c-single">right quote, single</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Text-symbols.html">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
@@ -2474,6 +2489,7 @@
 <tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="_005cwrite-and-security.html#index-security-and-_005cwrite">security and <code class="code">\write</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="_005cwrite-and-security.html">\write and security</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="_005cindex.html#index-see-and-see-also-index-entries">see and see also index entries</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="_005cindex.html">\index</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="filecontents.html#index-self_002dcontained-sources">self-contained sources</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="filecontents.html">filecontents</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="_005c_0040.html#index-sentence_002dending-punctuation">sentence-ending punctuation</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="_005c_0040.html">\@</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Low_002dlevel-font-commands.html#index-series_002c-of-fonts">series, of fonts</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Low_002dlevel-font-commands.html">Low-level font commands</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="_005cbaselineskip-_0026-_005cbaselinestretch.html#index-setspace-package"><code class="code">setspace</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="_005cbaselineskip-_0026-_005cbaselinestretch.html">\baselineskip & \baselinestretch</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="_005csetcounter.html#index-setting-counters">setting counters</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="_005csetcounter.html">\setcounter</a></td></tr>
@@ -2498,6 +2514,7 @@
 <tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Lengths.html#index-skip-plain-TeX">skip <span class="r">plain TeX</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Lengths.html">Lengths</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="_005cnewlength.html#index-skip-register_002c-plain-TeX">skip register, plain TeX</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="_005cnewlength.html">\newlength</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Font-styles.html#index-slanted-font">slanted font</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Font-styles.html">Font styles</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="_005cslash.html#index-slash-character_002c-breakable">slash character, breakable</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="_005cslash.html">\slash</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Document-classes.html#index-slides-class"><code>slides <span class="r">class</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Document-classes.html">Document classes</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="sloppypar.html#index-sloppypar-environment">sloppypar environment</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="sloppypar.html">sloppypar</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="sloppypar.html#index-sloppypar-environment-1"><code><code class="code">sloppypar</code> <span class="r">environment</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="sloppypar.html">sloppypar</a></td></tr>
@@ -2507,6 +2524,7 @@
 <tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="filecontents.html#index-source-files_002c-making-self_002dcontained">source files, making self-contained</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="filecontents.html">filecontents</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Units-of-length.html#index-sp"><code>sp</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Units-of-length.html">Units of length</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="_005cbaselineskip-_0026-_005cbaselinestretch.html#index-space-between-lines">space between lines</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="_005cbaselineskip-_0026-_005cbaselinestretch.html">\baselineskip & \baselinestretch</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="_005cspacefactor.html#index-space-factor">space factor</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="_005cspacefactor.html">\spacefactor</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="_005chss.html#index-space_002c-inserting-horizontal">space, inserting horizontal</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="_005chss.html">\hss</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="_005caddvspace.html#index-space_002c-inserting-vertical">space, inserting vertical</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="_005caddvspace.html">\addvspace</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="_005cthinspace-_0026-_005cnegthinspace.html#index-space_002c-negative-thin">space, negative thin</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="_005cthinspace-_0026-_005cnegthinspace.html">\thinspace & \negthinspace</a></td></tr>
@@ -2580,6 +2598,7 @@
 <tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Output-files.html#index-table-of-contents-file">table of contents file</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Output-files.html">Output files</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Footnotes-in-section-headings.html#index-table-of-contents_002c-avoiding-footnotes">table of contents, avoiding footnotes</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Footnotes-in-section-headings.html">Footnotes in section headings</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Table-of-contents-etc_002e.html#index-table-of-contents_002c-creating">table of contents, creating</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Table-of-contents-etc_002e.html">Table of contents etc.</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="_005cthepage.html#index-table-of-contents_002c-page-numbers-in">table of contents, page numbers in</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="_005cthepage.html">\thepage</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Sectioning.html#index-table-of-contents_002c-sectioning-numbers-printed">table of contents, sectioning numbers printed</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Sectioning.html">Sectioning</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="Footnotes-in-a-table.html#index-tablefootnote-package"><code class="code">tablefootnote</code> <span class="r">package</span></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="Footnotes-in-a-table.html">Footnotes in a table</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="table.html#index-tables_002c-creating">tables, creating</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="table.html">table</a></td></tr>

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Indexes.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Indexes.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Indexes.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Indexes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>Indexes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Indexes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Indexes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="Indexes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Indexes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Input_002foutput.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Input_002foutput.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Input_002foutput.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Input/output (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>Input/output (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Input/output (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Input/output (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="Input/output (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Input/output (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Jobname.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Jobname.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Jobname.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Jobname (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>Jobname (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Jobname (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Jobname (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="Jobname (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Jobname (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/LaTeX-command-syntax.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/LaTeX-command-syntax.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/LaTeX-command-syntax.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>LaTeX command syntax (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>LaTeX command syntax (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="LaTeX command syntax (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="LaTeX command syntax (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="LaTeX command syntax (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="LaTeX command syntax (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Larger-book-template.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Larger-book-template.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Larger-book-template.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Larger book template (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>Larger book template (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Larger book template (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Larger book template (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="Larger book template (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Larger book template (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Layout.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Layout.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Layout.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Layout (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>Layout (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Layout (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Layout (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="Layout (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Layout (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Leading-blanks.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Leading-blanks.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Leading-blanks.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Leading blanks (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>Leading blanks (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Leading blanks (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Leading blanks (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="Leading blanks (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Leading blanks (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Lengths.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Lengths.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Lengths.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Lengths (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>Lengths (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Lengths (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Lengths (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="Lengths (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Lengths (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
@@ -129,7 +129,7 @@
   \fboxsep=0pt\fbox{\hbox to #1{#2}}} 
 </pre></div>
 
-<p>This example uses those commands to show a black bar 100 points
+<p>This next example uses those commands to show a black bar 100 points
 long between ‘<samp class="samp">XXX</samp>’ and ‘<samp class="samp">YYY</samp>’.  This length is rigid.
 </p>
 <div class="example">
@@ -195,7 +195,7 @@
 <p>The <code class="code">plus</code> or <code class="code">minus</code> component of a rubber length can contain
 a <em class="dfn">fill</em> component, as in <code class="code">1in plus2fill</code>.  This gives the
 length infinite stretchability or shrinkability so that TeX could set
-it to any distance.  Here the two figures will be equal-spaced across
+it to any distance.  Here the two figures will be equally spaced across
 the page.
 </p>
 <div class="example">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Lengths_002fem.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Lengths_002fem.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Lengths_002fem.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Lengths/em (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>Lengths/em (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Lengths/em (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Lengths/em (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="Lengths/em (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Lengths/em (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Lengths_002fex.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Lengths_002fex.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Lengths_002fex.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Lengths/ex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>Lengths/ex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Lengths/ex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Lengths/ex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="Lengths/ex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Lengths/ex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Letters.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Letters.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Letters.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Letters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>Letters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Letters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Letters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="Letters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Letters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Line-breaking.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Line-breaking.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Line-breaking.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Line breaking (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>Line breaking (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Line breaking (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Line breaking (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="Line breaking (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Line breaking (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
@@ -120,10 +120,11 @@
 <li><a href="_005cobeycr-_0026-_005crestorecr.html" accesskey="2"><code class="code">\obeycr</code> & <code class="code">\restorecr</code></a></li>
 <li><a href="_005cnewline.html" accesskey="3"><code class="code">\newline</code></a></li>
 <li><a href="_005c_002d-_0028hyphenation_0029.html" accesskey="4"><code class="code">\-</code> (discretionary hyphen)</a></li>
-<li><a href="_005cdiscretionary.html" accesskey="5"><code class="code">\discretionary</code> (generalized hyphenation point)</a></li>
-<li><a href="_005cfussy-_0026-_005csloppy.html" accesskey="6"><code class="code">\fussy</code> & <code class="code">\sloppy</code></a></li>
-<li><a href="_005chyphenation.html" accesskey="7"><code class="code">\hyphenation</code></a></li>
-<li><a href="_005clinebreak-_0026-_005cnolinebreak.html" accesskey="8"><code class="code">\linebreak</code> & <code class="code">\nolinebreak</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="_005cslash.html" accesskey="5"><code class="code">\slash</code>: breakable ‘<samp class="samp">/</samp>’</a></li>
+<li><a href="_005cdiscretionary.html" accesskey="6"><code class="code">\discretionary</code> (generalized hyphenation point)</a></li>
+<li><a href="_005cfussy-_0026-_005csloppy.html" accesskey="7"><code class="code">\fussy</code> & <code class="code">\sloppy</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="_005chyphenation.html" accesskey="8"><code class="code">\hyphenation</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="_005clinebreak-_0026-_005cnolinebreak.html" accesskey="9"><code class="code">\linebreak</code> & <code class="code">\nolinebreak</code></a></li>
 </ul>
 </div>
 

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Low_002dlevel-font-commands.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Low_002dlevel-font-commands.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Low_002dlevel-font-commands.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Low-level font commands (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>Low-level font commands (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Low-level font commands (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Low-level font commands (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="Low-level font commands (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Low-level font commands (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Making-paragraphs.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Making-paragraphs.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Making-paragraphs.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Making paragraphs (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>Making paragraphs (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Making paragraphs (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Making paragraphs (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="Making paragraphs (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Making paragraphs (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Marginal-notes.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Marginal-notes.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Marginal-notes.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Marginal notes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>Marginal notes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Marginal notes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Marginal notes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="Marginal notes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Marginal notes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Math-accents.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Math-accents.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Math-accents.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Math accents (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>Math accents (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Math accents (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Math accents (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="Math accents (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Math accents (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Math-formulas.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Math-formulas.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Math-formulas.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Math formulas (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>Math formulas (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Math formulas (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Math formulas (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="Math formulas (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Math formulas (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Math-functions.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Math-functions.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Math-functions.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Math functions (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>Math functions (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Math functions (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Math functions (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="Math functions (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Math functions (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Math-miscellany.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Math-miscellany.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Math-miscellany.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Math miscellany (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>Math miscellany (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Math miscellany (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Math miscellany (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="Math miscellany (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Math miscellany (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Math-styles.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Math-styles.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Math-styles.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Math styles (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>Math styles (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Math styles (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Math styles (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="Math styles (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Math styles (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Math-symbols.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Math-symbols.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Math-symbols.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Math symbols (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>Math symbols (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Math symbols (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Math symbols (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="Math symbols (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Math symbols (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Modes.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Modes.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Modes.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Modes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>Modes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Modes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Modes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="Modes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Modes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Non_002dEnglish-characters.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Non_002dEnglish-characters.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Non_002dEnglish-characters.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Non-English characters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>Non-English characters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Non-English characters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Non-English characters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="Non-English characters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Non-English characters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/OpenType-bold-math.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/OpenType-bold-math.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/OpenType-bold-math.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>OpenType bold math (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>OpenType bold math (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="OpenType bold math (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="OpenType bold math (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="OpenType bold math (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="OpenType bold math (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Output-files.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Output-files.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Output-files.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Output files (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>Output files (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Output files (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Output files (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="Output files (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Output files (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Over_002d-and-Underlining.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Over_002d-and-Underlining.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Over_002d-and-Underlining.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Over- and Underlining (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>Over- and Underlining (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Over- and Underlining (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Over- and Underlining (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="Over- and Underlining (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Over- and Underlining (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Overview.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Overview.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Overview.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Overview (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>Overview (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Overview (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Overview (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="Overview (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Overview (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Page-breaking.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Page-breaking.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Page-breaking.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Page breaking (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>Page breaking (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Page breaking (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Page breaking (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="Page breaking (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Page breaking (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Page-layout-parameters.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Page-layout-parameters.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Page-layout-parameters.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Page layout parameters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>Page layout parameters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Page layout parameters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Page layout parameters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="Page layout parameters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Page layout parameters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Page-styles.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Page-styles.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Page-styles.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Page styles (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>Page styles (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Page styles (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Page styles (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="Page styles (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Page styles (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
@@ -119,6 +119,7 @@
 <li><a href="_005cpagenumbering.html" accesskey="2"><code class="code">\pagenumbering</code></a></li>
 <li><a href="_005cpagestyle.html" accesskey="3"><code class="code">\pagestyle</code></a></li>
 <li><a href="_005cthispagestyle.html" accesskey="4"><code class="code">\thispagestyle</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="_005cthepage.html" accesskey="5"><code class="code">\thepage</code></a></li>
 </ul>
 </div>
 

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Produce-the-index-manually.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Produce-the-index-manually.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Produce-the-index-manually.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Produce the index manually (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>Produce the index manually (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Produce the index manually (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Produce the index manually (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="Produce the index manually (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Produce the index manually (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Recovering-from-errors.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Recovering-from-errors.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Recovering-from-errors.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Recovering from errors (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>Recovering from errors (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Recovering from errors (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Recovering from errors (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="Recovering from errors (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Recovering from errors (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Reserved-characters.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Reserved-characters.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Reserved-characters.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Reserved characters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>Reserved characters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Reserved characters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Reserved characters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="Reserved characters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Reserved characters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Sectioning.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Sectioning.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Sectioning.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Sectioning (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>Sectioning (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Sectioning (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Sectioning (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="Sectioning (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Sectioning (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Sectioning_002fsecnumdepth.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Sectioning_002fsecnumdepth.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Sectioning_002fsecnumdepth.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Sectioning/secnumdepth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>Sectioning/secnumdepth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Sectioning/secnumdepth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Sectioning/secnumdepth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="Sectioning/secnumdepth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Sectioning/secnumdepth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Sectioning_002ftocdepth.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Sectioning_002ftocdepth.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Sectioning_002ftocdepth.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Sectioning/tocdepth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>Sectioning/tocdepth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Sectioning/tocdepth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Sectioning/tocdepth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="Sectioning/tocdepth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Sectioning/tocdepth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Spaces.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Spaces.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Spaces.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Spaces (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>Spaces (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Spaces (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Spaces (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="Spaces (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Spaces (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
@@ -112,7 +112,7 @@
 <li><a href="_005chss.html" accesskey="4"><code class="code">\hss</code></a></li>
 <li><a href="_005cspacefactor.html" accesskey="5"><code class="code">\spacefactor</code></a></li>
 <li><a href="_005c_0028SPACE_0029.html" accesskey="6">Backslash-space, <code class="code">\ </code></a></li>
-<li><a href="_007e.html" accesskey="7"><code class="code">~</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="_007e.html" accesskey="7"><code class="code">~</code>, <code class="code">\nobreakspace</code></a></li>
 <li><a href="_005cthinspace-_0026-_005cnegthinspace.html" accesskey="8"><code class="code">\thinspace</code> & <code class="code">\negthinspace</code></a></li>
 <li><a href="_005c_002f.html" accesskey="9"><code class="code">\/</code></a></li>
 <li><a href="_005chrulefill-_0026-_005cdotfill.html"><code class="code">\hrulefill</code> & <code class="code">\dotfill</code></a></li>

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Spacing-in-math-mode.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Spacing-in-math-mode.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Spacing-in-math-mode.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Spacing in math mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>Spacing in math mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Spacing in math mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Spacing in math mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="Spacing in math mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Spacing in math mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Spacing-in-math-mode_002f_005cthinspace.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Spacing-in-math-mode_002f_005cthinspace.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Spacing-in-math-mode_002f_005cthinspace.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Spacing in math mode/\thinspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>Spacing in math mode/\thinspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Spacing in math mode/\thinspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Spacing in math mode/\thinspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="Spacing in math mode/\thinspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Spacing in math mode/\thinspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Special-insertions.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Special-insertions.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Special-insertions.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Special insertions (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>Special insertions (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Special insertions (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Special insertions (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="Special insertions (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Special insertions (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Splitting-the-input.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Splitting-the-input.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Splitting-the-input.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Splitting the input (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>Splitting the input (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Splitting the input (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Splitting the input (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="Splitting the input (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Splitting the input (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Starting-_0026-ending.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Starting-_0026-ending.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Starting-_0026-ending.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Starting & ending (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>Starting & ending (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Starting & ending (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Starting & ending (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="Starting & ending (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Starting & ending (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Starting-and-ending.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Starting-and-ending.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Starting-and-ending.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Starting and ending (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>Starting and ending (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Starting and ending (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Starting and ending (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="Starting and ending (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Starting and ending (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Subscripts-_0026-superscripts.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Subscripts-_0026-superscripts.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Subscripts-_0026-superscripts.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Subscripts & superscripts (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>Subscripts & superscripts (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Subscripts & superscripts (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Subscripts & superscripts (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="Subscripts & superscripts (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Subscripts & superscripts (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Symbols-by-font-position.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Symbols-by-font-position.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Symbols-by-font-position.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Symbols by font position (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>Symbols by font position (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Symbols by font position (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Symbols by font position (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="Symbols by font position (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Symbols by font position (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Table-of-contents-etc_002e.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Table-of-contents-etc_002e.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Table-of-contents-etc_002e.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Table of contents etc. (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>Table of contents etc. (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Table of contents etc. (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Table of contents etc. (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="Table of contents etc. (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Table of contents etc. (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/TeX-engines.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/TeX-engines.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/TeX-engines.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>TeX engines (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>TeX engines (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="TeX engines (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="TeX engines (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="TeX engines (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="TeX engines (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Text-symbols.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Text-symbols.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Text-symbols.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Text symbols (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>Text symbols (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Text symbols (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Text symbols (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="Text symbols (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Text symbols (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
@@ -143,6 +143,8 @@
 <p>The LaTeX2e logo.
 </p>
 </dd>
+<dt id='index-_005cguillemetleft-_0028_00ab_0029'><span><code class="code">\guillemetleft <span class="r">(«)</span></code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cguillemetleft-_0028_00ab_0029'> ¶</a></span></dt>
+<dt id='index-_005cguillemetright-_0028_00bb_0029'><span><code class="code">\guillemetright <span class="r">(»)</span></code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cguillemetright-_0028_00bb_0029'> ¶</a></span></dt>
 <dt id='index-_005cguillemotleft-_0028_00ab_0029'><span><code class="code">\guillemotleft <span class="r">(«)</span></code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cguillemotleft-_0028_00ab_0029'> ¶</a></span></dt>
 <dt id='index-_005cguillemotright-_0028_00bb_0029'><span><code class="code">\guillemotright <span class="r">(»)</span></code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cguillemotright-_0028_00bb_0029'> ¶</a></span></dt>
 <dt id='index-_005cguilsinglleft-_0028_2039_0029'><span><code class="code">\guilsinglleft <span class="r">(‹)</span></code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cguilsinglleft-_0028_2039_0029'> ¶</a></span></dt>
@@ -155,8 +157,12 @@
 <a class="index-entry-id" id="index-single-angle-quotation-marks"></a>
 <a class="index-entry-id" id="index-French-quotation-marks"></a>
 <a class="index-entry-id" id="index-quotation-marks_002c-French"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-guillemots_002c-birds"></a>
 <p>«, », ‹, ›
 Double and single angle quotation marks, commonly used in French.
+The commands <code class="code">@guillemotleft</code> and <code class="code">@guillemotright</code> are
+synonyms for <code class="code">@guillemet...</code>; these are misspellings inherited
+from Adobe. (Guillemots are seabirds; guillemets are French quotes.)
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt id='index-_005cldots-1'><span><code class="code">\ldots</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cldots-1'> ¶</a></span></dt>

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Typefaces.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Typefaces.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Typefaces.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Typefaces (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>Typefaces (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Typefaces (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Typefaces (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="Typefaces (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Typefaces (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Units-of-length.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Units-of-length.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Units-of-length.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Units of length (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>Units of length (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Units of length (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Units of length (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="Units of length (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Units of length (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Upper-and-lower-case.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Upper-and-lower-case.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Upper-and-lower-case.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Upper and lower case (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>Upper and lower case (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Upper and lower case (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Upper and lower case (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="Upper and lower case (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Upper and lower case (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Using-BibTeX.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Using-BibTeX.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Using-BibTeX.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Using BibTeX (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>Using BibTeX (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Using BibTeX (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Using BibTeX (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="Using BibTeX (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Using BibTeX (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cAT.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cAT.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cAT.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\AT (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\AT (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\AT (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\AT (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\AT (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\AT (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cAtBeginDocument.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cAtBeginDocument.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cAtBeginDocument.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\AtBeginDocument (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\AtBeginDocument (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\AtBeginDocument (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\AtBeginDocument (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\AtBeginDocument (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\AtBeginDocument (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cAtEndDocument.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cAtEndDocument.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cAtEndDocument.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\AtEndDocument (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\AtEndDocument (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\AtEndDocument (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\AtEndDocument (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\AtEndDocument (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\AtEndDocument (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareFontEncoding.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareFontEncoding.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareFontEncoding.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\DeclareFontEncoding (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\DeclareFontEncoding (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\DeclareFontEncoding (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\DeclareFontEncoding (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\DeclareFontEncoding (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\DeclareFontEncoding (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareGraphicsExtensions.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareGraphicsExtensions.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareGraphicsExtensions.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\DeclareGraphicsExtensions (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\DeclareGraphicsExtensions (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\DeclareGraphicsExtensions (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\DeclareGraphicsExtensions (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\DeclareGraphicsExtensions (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\DeclareGraphicsExtensions (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareGraphicsRule.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareGraphicsRule.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareGraphicsRule.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\DeclareGraphicsRule (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\DeclareGraphicsRule (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\DeclareGraphicsRule (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\DeclareGraphicsRule (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\DeclareGraphicsRule (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\DeclareGraphicsRule (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareTextAccent.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareTextAccent.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareTextAccent.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\DeclareTextAccent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\DeclareTextAccent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\DeclareTextAccent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\DeclareTextAccent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\DeclareTextAccent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\DeclareTextAccent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareTextAccentDefault.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareTextAccentDefault.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareTextAccentDefault.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\DeclareTextAccentDefault (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\DeclareTextAccentDefault (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\DeclareTextAccentDefault (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\DeclareTextAccentDefault (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\DeclareTextAccentDefault (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\DeclareTextAccentDefault (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareTextCommand-_0026-_005cProvideTextCommand.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareTextCommand-_0026-_005cProvideTextCommand.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareTextCommand-_0026-_005cProvideTextCommand.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\DeclareTextCommand & \ProvideTextCommand (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\DeclareTextCommand & \ProvideTextCommand (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\DeclareTextCommand & \ProvideTextCommand (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\DeclareTextCommand & \ProvideTextCommand (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\DeclareTextCommand & \ProvideTextCommand (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\DeclareTextCommand & \ProvideTextCommand (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareTextCommand.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareTextCommand.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareTextCommand.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\DeclareTextCommand (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\DeclareTextCommand (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\DeclareTextCommand (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\DeclareTextCommand (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\DeclareTextCommand (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\DeclareTextCommand (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareTextCommandDefault-_0026-_005cProvideTextCommandDefault.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareTextCommandDefault-_0026-_005cProvideTextCommandDefault.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareTextCommandDefault-_0026-_005cProvideTextCommandDefault.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\DeclareTextCommandDefault & \ProvideTextCommandDefault (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\DeclareTextCommandDefault & \ProvideTextCommandDefault (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\DeclareTextCommandDefault & \ProvideTextCommandDefault (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\DeclareTextCommandDefault & \ProvideTextCommandDefault (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\DeclareTextCommandDefault & \ProvideTextCommandDefault (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\DeclareTextCommandDefault & \ProvideTextCommandDefault (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareTextCommandDefault.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareTextCommandDefault.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareTextCommandDefault.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\DeclareTextCommandDefault (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\DeclareTextCommandDefault (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\DeclareTextCommandDefault (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\DeclareTextCommandDefault (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\DeclareTextCommandDefault (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\DeclareTextCommandDefault (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareTextComposite.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareTextComposite.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareTextComposite.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\DeclareTextComposite (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\DeclareTextComposite (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\DeclareTextComposite (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\DeclareTextComposite (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\DeclareTextComposite (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\DeclareTextComposite (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareTextCompositeCommand.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareTextCompositeCommand.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareTextCompositeCommand.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\DeclareTextCompositeCommand (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\DeclareTextCompositeCommand (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\DeclareTextCompositeCommand (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\DeclareTextCompositeCommand (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\DeclareTextCompositeCommand (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\DeclareTextCompositeCommand (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareTextSymbol.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareTextSymbol.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareTextSymbol.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\DeclareTextSymbol (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\DeclareTextSymbol (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\DeclareTextSymbol (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\DeclareTextSymbol (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\DeclareTextSymbol (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\DeclareTextSymbol (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
@@ -114,10 +114,10 @@
 glyph to use for &#x00AB;, the left guillemet.
 </p>
 <div class="example">
-<pre class="example-preformatted">\DeclareTextSymbol{\guillemotleft}{T1}{19}
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\DeclareTextSymbol{\guillemetleft}{T1}{19}
 </pre></div>
 
-<p>The command <code class="code">\DeclareTextCommand{\guillemotleft}{T1}{\char
+<p>The command <code class="code">\DeclareTextCommand{\guillemetleft}{T1}{\char
 19}</code> has the same effect but is slower (see <a class="pxref" href="_005cDeclareTextCommand-_0026-_005cProvideTextCommand.html"><code class="code">\DeclareTextCommand</code> & <code class="code">\ProvideTextCommand</code></a>).
 </p>
 <p>See <a class="xref" href="fontenc-package.html"><code class="code">fontenc</code> package</a>, for a list of common encodings.  The <var class="var">slot</var>

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareTextSymbolDefault.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareTextSymbolDefault.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareTextSymbolDefault.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\DeclareTextSymbolDefault (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\DeclareTextSymbolDefault (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\DeclareTextSymbolDefault (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\DeclareTextSymbolDefault (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\DeclareTextSymbolDefault (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\DeclareTextSymbolDefault (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cLastDeclaredEncoding.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cLastDeclaredEncoding.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cLastDeclaredEncoding.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\LastDeclaredEncoding (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\LastDeclaredEncoding (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\LastDeclaredEncoding (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\LastDeclaredEncoding (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\LastDeclaredEncoding (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\LastDeclaredEncoding (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cProvideTextCommand.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cProvideTextCommand.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cProvideTextCommand.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\ProvideTextCommand (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\ProvideTextCommand (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\ProvideTextCommand (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\ProvideTextCommand (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\ProvideTextCommand (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\ProvideTextCommand (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cProvideTextCommandDefault.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cProvideTextCommandDefault.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cProvideTextCommandDefault.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\ProvideTextCommandDefault (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\ProvideTextCommandDefault (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\ProvideTextCommandDefault (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\ProvideTextCommandDefault (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\ProvideTextCommandDefault (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\ProvideTextCommandDefault (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cUseTextAccent.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cUseTextAccent.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cUseTextAccent.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\UseTextAccent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\UseTextAccent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\UseTextAccent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\UseTextAccent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\UseTextAccent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\UseTextAccent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cUseTextSymbol-_0026-_005cUseTextAccent.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cUseTextSymbol-_0026-_005cUseTextAccent.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cUseTextSymbol-_0026-_005cUseTextAccent.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\UseTextSymbol & \UseTextAccent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\UseTextSymbol & \UseTextAccent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\UseTextSymbol & \UseTextAccent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\UseTextSymbol & \UseTextAccent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\UseTextSymbol & \UseTextAccent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\UseTextSymbol & \UseTextAccent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cUseTextSymbol.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cUseTextSymbol.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cUseTextSymbol.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\UseTextSymbol (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\UseTextSymbol (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\UseTextSymbol (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\UseTextSymbol (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\UseTextSymbol (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\UseTextSymbol (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0028SPACE_0029.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0028SPACE_0029.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0028SPACE_0029.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\(SPACE) (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\(SPACE) (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\(SPACE) (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\(SPACE) (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\(SPACE) (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\(SPACE) (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
@@ -94,7 +94,7 @@
 <div class="section-level-extent" id="g_t_005c_0028SPACE_0029">
 <div class="nav-panel">
 <p>
-Next: <a href="_007e.html" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">~</code></a>, Previous: <a href="_005cspacefactor.html" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\spacefactor</code></a>, Up: <a href="Spaces.html" accesskey="u" rel="up">Spaces</a>   [<a href="index.html#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="Index.html" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Next: <a href="_007e.html" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">~</code>, <code class="code">\nobreakspace</code></a>, Previous: <a href="_005cspacefactor.html" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\spacefactor</code></a>, Up: <a href="Spaces.html" accesskey="u" rel="up">Spaces</a>   [<a href="index.html#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="Index.html" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
 </div>
 <hr>
 <h3 class="section" id="Backslash_002dspace_002c-_005c-">19.6 Backslash-space, <code class="code">\ </code></h3>
@@ -106,7 +106,7 @@
 <a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cSPACE-1"></a>
 
 <p>This section refers to the command consisting of two characters, a
-backslash followed by a space.<br>Synopsis:
+backslash followed by a space. Synopsis:
 </p>
 <div class="example">
 <pre class="example-preformatted">\ <!-- /@w -->
@@ -115,8 +115,9 @@
 <p>Produce a space. By default it produces white space of length
 3.33333<span class="dmn">pt</span> plus 1.66666<span class="dmn">pt</span> minus 1.11111<span class="dmn">pt</span>.
 </p>
-<p>When you type one or more blanks between words, LaTeX produces white
-space.  But that is different than an explicit space.  This illustrates.
+<p>When you type one or more blanks between words, LaTeX produces
+whitespace that is different than an explicit space.  This
+illustrates:
 </p>
 <div class="example">
 <pre class="example-preformatted">\begin{tabular}{rl}
@@ -150,9 +151,9 @@
 <p>Under normal circumstances, <code class="code">\</code><kbd class="key">TAB</kbd> and <code class="code">\</code><kbd class="key">NEWLINE</kbd>
 are equivalent to backslash-space, <code class="code">\ </code>.
 </p>
-<a class="anchor" id="Leading-blanks"></a><p>Please also note that in order to allow source code indentation, under
-normal circumstances, TeX ignores leading blanks in a line. So the
-following prints ‘<samp class="samp">one word</samp>’:
+<a class="anchor" id="Leading-blanks"></a><p>In order to allow source code indentation, under normal circumstances,
+TeX ignores leading blanks in a line. So the following prints
+‘<samp class="samp">one word</samp>’:
 </p>
 <div class="example">
 <pre class="example-preformatted">one

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_002a.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_002a.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_002a.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\* (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\* (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\* (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\* (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\* (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\* (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_002d-_0028hyphenation_0029.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_002d-_0028hyphenation_0029.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_002d-_0028hyphenation_0029.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\- (hyphenation) (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\- (hyphenation) (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\- (hyphenation) (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\- (hyphenation) (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\- (hyphenation) (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\- (hyphenation) (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
@@ -52,7 +52,7 @@
 <link href="Index.html" rel="index" title="Index">
 <link href="index.html#SEC_Contents" rel="contents" title="Table of Contents">
 <link href="Line-breaking.html" rel="up" title="Line breaking">
-<link href="_005cdiscretionary.html" rel="next" title="\discretionary">
+<link href="_005cslash.html" rel="next" title="\slash">
 <link href="_005cnewline.html" rel="prev" title="\newline">
 <style type="text/css">
 <!--
@@ -93,7 +93,7 @@
 <div class="section-level-extent" id="g_t_005c_002d-_0028hyphenation_0029">
 <div class="nav-panel">
 <p>
-Next: <a href="_005cdiscretionary.html" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\discretionary</code> (generalized hyphenation point)</a>, Previous: <a href="_005cnewline.html" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\newline</code></a>, Up: <a href="Line-breaking.html" accesskey="u" rel="up">Line breaking</a>   [<a href="index.html#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="Index.html" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Next: <a href="_005cslash.html" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\slash</code>: breakable ‘<samp class="samp">/</samp>’</a>, Previous: <a href="_005cnewline.html" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\newline</code></a>, Up: <a href="Line-breaking.html" accesskey="u" rel="up">Line breaking</a>   [<a href="index.html#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="Index.html" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
 </div>
 <hr>
 <h3 class="section" id="g_t_005c_002d-_0028discretionary-hyphen_0029">9.4 <code class="code">\-</code> (discretionary hyphen)</h3>

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_002f.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_002f.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_002f.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\/ (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\/ (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\/ (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\/ (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\/ (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\/ (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\@ (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\@ (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\@ (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\@ (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\@ (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\@ (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
@@ -101,6 +101,9 @@
 <a class="index-entry-id" id="index-period_002c-sentence_002dending"></a>
 <a class="index-entry-id" id="index-period_002c-abbreviation_002dending"></a>
 <a class="index-entry-id" id="index-period_002c-spacing-after"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-sentence_002dending-punctuation"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-non_002dsentence_002dending-punctuation"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-punctuation_002c-sentence_002dending"></a>
 <a class="anchor" id="g_t_005cAT"></a>
 <p>Synopsis:
 </p>
@@ -108,13 +111,11 @@
 <pre class="example-preformatted"><var class="var">capital-letter</var>\@.    
 </pre></div>
 
-<p>Treat a period as sentence-ending, where LaTeX would otherwise think
-it is part of an abbreviation.  LaTeX thinks that a period ends an
-abbreviation if the period comes after a capital letter, and otherwise
-thinks the period ends the sentence.  By default, in justifying a line
-LaTeX adjusts the space after a sentence-ending period (or a question
-mark, exclamation point, comma, or colon) more than it adjusts the space
-between words (see <a class="pxref" href="_005cspacefactor.html"><code class="code">\spacefactor</code></a>).
+<p>Treat a period (or other punctuation) as sentence-ending, where
+LaTeX would otherwise think it is part of an abbreviation.
+LaTeX thinks that a period ends an abbreviation if the period comes
+after a capital letter, and otherwise thinks the period ends the
+sentence.
 </p>
 <p>This example shows the two cases to remember.
 </p>
@@ -122,12 +123,15 @@
 <pre class="example-preformatted">The songs \textit{Red Guitar}, etc.\ are by Loudon Wainwright~III\@.
 </pre></div>
 
-<p>The second period ends the sentence, despite that it is preceded by a
-capital.  We tell LaTeX that it ends the sentence by putting
-<code class="code">\@</code> before it.  The first period ends the abbreviation
-‘<samp class="samp">etc.</samp>’ but not the sentence.  The backslash-space, <code class="code">\ </code>,
-produces a mid-sentence space.
+<p>The first period ends the abbreviation ‘<samp class="samp">etc.</samp>’ but not the
+sentence.  The backslash-space, <code class="code">\ </code>, produces a mid-sentence
+space.  The second period ends the sentence, despite it being preceded
+by a capital letter.  We tell LaTeX that it ends the sentence by
+putting <code class="code">\@</code> before it.
 </p>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-right-parentheses_002fquotes_002c-and-spacing"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-parentheses-and-ends-of-sentences"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-quotes-and-ends-of-sentences"></a>
 <p>So: if you have a capital letter followed by a period that ends the
 sentence, then put <code class="code">\@</code> before the period.  This holds even if
 there is an intervening right parenthesis or bracket, or right single or
@@ -141,17 +145,24 @@
 
 <p>will have correct inter-sentence spacing after the period.
 </p>
-<p>The <code class="code">\@</code> command is only for a text mode. If you use it outside of
-a text mode then you get ‘<samp class="samp">You can't use `\spacefactor' in vertical
-mode</samp>’ (see <a class="pxref" href="Modes.html">Modes</a>).
+<p>The <code class="code">\@</code> command is only for text modes. If you use it outside
+of a text mode then you get the error ‘<samp class="samp">You can't use
+`\spacefactor' in vertical mode</samp>’ (see <a class="pxref" href="Modes.html">Modes</a>).
 </p>
-<p>Comment: the converse case is a period ending an abbreviation whose last
-letter is not a capital letter, and that abbreviation is not the last
-word in the sentence.  For that case follow the period with a
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-question-marks_002c-ending-a-sentence"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-exclamation-points_002c-ending-a-sentence"></a>
+<p>All the above applies equally to question marks and exclamation points
+as periods, since all are sentence-ending punctuation, and LaTeX
+increases the space after each in the same way, when they end a
+sentence.  LaTeX also increases spacing after colon, semicolon, and
+comma characters (see <a class="pxref" href="_005cspacefactor.html"><code class="code">\spacefactor</code></a>).
+</p>
+<p>In addition: the converse case is a period (or other punctuation) that
+does not end a sentence.  For that case, follow the period with a
 backslash-space, (<code class="code">\ </code>), or a tie, (<code class="code">~</code>), or <code class="code">\@</code>.
 Examples are <code class="code">Nat.\ Acad.\ Science</code>, and <code class="code">Mr.~Bean</code>, and
 <code class="code">(manure, etc.\@) for sale</code> (note in the last one that the
-<code class="code">\@</code> comes before the closing parenthesis).
+<code class="code">\@</code> comes after the period but before the closing parenthesis).
 </p>
 
 </div>

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040dottedtocline.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040dottedtocline.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040dottedtocline.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\@dottedtocline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\@dottedtocline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\@dottedtocline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\@dottedtocline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\@dottedtocline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\@dottedtocline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040ifstar.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040ifstar.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040ifstar.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\@ifstar (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\@ifstar (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\@ifstar (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\@ifstar (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\@ifstar (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\@ifstar (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040startsection.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040startsection.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040startsection.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\@startsection (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\@startsection (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\@startsection (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\@startsection (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\@startsection (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\@startsection (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040startsection_002fafterskip.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040startsection_002fafterskip.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040startsection_002fafterskip.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\@startsection/afterskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\@startsection/afterskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\@startsection/afterskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\@startsection/afterskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\@startsection/afterskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\@startsection/afterskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040startsection_002fbeforeskip.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040startsection_002fbeforeskip.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040startsection_002fbeforeskip.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\@startsection/beforeskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\@startsection/beforeskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\@startsection/beforeskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\@startsection/beforeskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\@startsection/beforeskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\@startsection/beforeskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040startsection_002findent.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040startsection_002findent.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040startsection_002findent.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\@startsection/indent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\@startsection/indent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\@startsection/indent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\@startsection/indent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\@startsection/indent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\@startsection/indent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040startsection_002flevel.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040startsection_002flevel.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040startsection_002flevel.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\@startsection/level (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\@startsection/level (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\@startsection/level (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\@startsection/level (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\@startsection/level (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\@startsection/level (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040startsection_002fname.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040startsection_002fname.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040startsection_002fname.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\@startsection/name (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\@startsection/name (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\@startsection/name (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\@startsection/name (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\@startsection/name (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\@startsection/name (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040startsection_002fstyle.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040startsection_002fstyle.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040startsection_002fstyle.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\@startsection/style (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\@startsection/style (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\@startsection/style (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\@startsection/style (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\@startsection/style (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\@startsection/style (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_005c.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_005c.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_005c.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\\ (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\\ (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\\ (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\\ (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\\ (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\\ (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005caccent.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005caccent.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005caccent.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\accent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\accent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\accent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\accent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\accent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\accent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005caddcontentsline.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005caddcontentsline.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005caddcontentsline.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\addcontentsline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\addcontentsline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\addcontentsline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\addcontentsline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\addcontentsline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\addcontentsline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005caddress.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005caddress.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005caddress.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\address (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\address (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\address (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\address (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\address (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\address (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005caddtocontents.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005caddtocontents.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005caddtocontents.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\addtocontents (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\addtocontents (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\addtocontents (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\addtocontents (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\addtocontents (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\addtocontents (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005caddtocounter.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005caddtocounter.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005caddtocounter.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\addtocounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\addtocounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\addtocounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\addtocounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\addtocounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\addtocounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005caddtolength.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005caddtolength.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005caddtolength.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\addtolength (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\addtolength (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\addtolength (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\addtolength (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\addtolength (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\addtolength (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005caddvspace.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005caddvspace.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005caddvspace.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\addvspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\addvspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\addvspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\addvspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\addvspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\addvspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005calph-_005cAlph-_005carabic-_005croman-_005cRoman-_005cfnsymbol.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005calph-_005cAlph-_005carabic-_005croman-_005cRoman-_005cfnsymbol.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005calph-_005cAlph-_005carabic-_005croman-_005cRoman-_005cfnsymbol.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cappendix.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cappendix.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cappendix.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\appendix (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\appendix (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\appendix (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\appendix (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\appendix (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\appendix (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cbackmatter.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cbackmatter.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cbackmatter.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\backmatter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\backmatter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\backmatter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\backmatter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\backmatter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\backmatter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cbaselineskip-_0026-_005cbaselinestretch.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cbaselineskip-_0026-_005cbaselinestretch.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cbaselineskip-_0026-_005cbaselinestretch.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\baselineskip & \baselinestretch (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\baselineskip & \baselinestretch (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\baselineskip & \baselinestretch (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\baselineskip & \baselinestretch (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\baselineskip & \baselinestretch (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\baselineskip & \baselinestretch (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cbaselineskip.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cbaselineskip.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cbaselineskip.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\baselineskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\baselineskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\baselineskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\baselineskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\baselineskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\baselineskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cbaselinestretch.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cbaselinestretch.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cbaselinestretch.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\baselinestretch (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\baselinestretch (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\baselinestretch (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\baselinestretch (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\baselinestretch (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\baselinestretch (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cbibitem.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cbibitem.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cbibitem.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\bibitem (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\bibitem (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\bibitem (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\bibitem (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\bibitem (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\bibitem (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cbigbreak-_0026-_005cmedbreak-_0026-_005csmallbreak.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cbigbreak-_0026-_005cmedbreak-_0026-_005csmallbreak.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cbigbreak-_0026-_005cmedbreak-_0026-_005csmallbreak.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\bigbreak & \medbreak & \smallbreak (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\bigbreak & \medbreak & \smallbreak (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\bigbreak & \medbreak & \smallbreak (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\bigbreak & \medbreak & \smallbreak (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\bigbreak & \medbreak & \smallbreak (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\bigbreak & \medbreak & \smallbreak (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cbigbreak.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cbigbreak.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cbigbreak.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\bigbreak (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\bigbreak (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\bigbreak (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\bigbreak (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\bigbreak (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\bigbreak (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cbigl-_0026-_005cbigr-etc_002e.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cbigl-_0026-_005cbigr-etc_002e.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cbigl-_0026-_005cbigr-etc_002e.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\bigl & \bigr etc. (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\bigl & \bigr etc. (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\bigl & \bigr etc. (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\bigl & \bigr etc. (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\bigl & \bigr etc. (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\bigl & \bigr etc. (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cbigl.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cbigl.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cbigl.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\bigl (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\bigl (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\bigl (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\bigl (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\bigl (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\bigl (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cbigr.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cbigr.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cbigr.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\bigr (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\bigr (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\bigr (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\bigr (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\bigr (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\bigr (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cbigskip-_0026-_005cmedskip-_0026-_005csmallskip.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cbigskip-_0026-_005cmedskip-_0026-_005csmallskip.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cbigskip-_0026-_005cmedskip-_0026-_005csmallskip.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\bigskip & \medskip & \smallskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\bigskip & \medskip & \smallskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\bigskip & \medskip & \smallskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\bigskip & \medskip & \smallskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\bigskip & \medskip & \smallskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\bigskip & \medskip & \smallskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cbigskip.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cbigskip.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cbigskip.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\bigskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\bigskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\bigskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\bigskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\bigskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\bigskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cboldmath-_0026-_005cunboldmath.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cboldmath-_0026-_005cunboldmath.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cboldmath-_0026-_005cunboldmath.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\boldmath & \unboldmath (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\boldmath & \unboldmath (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\boldmath & \unboldmath (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\boldmath & \unboldmath (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\boldmath & \unboldmath (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\boldmath & \unboldmath (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cboldmath.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cboldmath.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cboldmath.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\boldmath (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\boldmath (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\boldmath (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\boldmath (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\boldmath (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\boldmath (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ccaption.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ccaption.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ccaption.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\caption (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\caption (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\caption (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\caption (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\caption (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\caption (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ccc.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ccc.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ccc.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\cc (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\cc (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\cc (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\cc (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\cc (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\cc (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ccentering.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ccentering.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ccentering.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\centering (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\centering (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\centering (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\centering (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\centering (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\centering (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cchapter.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cchapter.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cchapter.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\chapter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\chapter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\chapter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\chapter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\chapter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\chapter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ccircle.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ccircle.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ccircle.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\circle (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\circle (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\circle (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\circle (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\circle (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\circle (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ccite.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ccite.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ccite.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\cite (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\cite (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\cite (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\cite (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\cite (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\cite (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ccleardoublepage.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ccleardoublepage.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ccleardoublepage.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\cleardoublepage (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\cleardoublepage (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\cleardoublepage (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\cleardoublepage (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\cleardoublepage (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\cleardoublepage (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cclearpage-_0026-_005ccleardoublepage.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cclearpage-_0026-_005ccleardoublepage.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cclearpage-_0026-_005ccleardoublepage.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\clearpage & \cleardoublepage (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\clearpage & \cleardoublepage (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\clearpage & \cleardoublepage (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\clearpage & \cleardoublepage (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\clearpage & \cleardoublepage (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\clearpage & \cleardoublepage (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cclearpage.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cclearpage.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cclearpage.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\clearpage (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\clearpage (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\clearpage (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\clearpage (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\clearpage (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\clearpage (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ccline.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ccline.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ccline.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\cline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\cline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\cline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\cline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\cline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\cline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cclosein.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cclosein.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cclosein.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\closein (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\closein (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\closein (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\closein (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\closein (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\closein (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ccloseout.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ccloseout.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ccloseout.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\closeout (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\closeout (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\closeout (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\closeout (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\closeout (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\closeout (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cclosing.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cclosing.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cclosing.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\closing (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\closing (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\closing (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\closing (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\closing (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\closing (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ccontentsline.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ccontentsline.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ccontentsline.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\contentsline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\contentsline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\contentsline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\contentsline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\contentsline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\contentsline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cdashbox.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cdashbox.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cdashbox.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\dashbox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\dashbox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\dashbox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\dashbox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\dashbox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\dashbox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cday-_0026-_005cmonth-_0026-_005cyear.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cday-_0026-_005cmonth-_0026-_005cyear.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cday-_0026-_005cmonth-_0026-_005cyear.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\day & \month & \year (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\day & \month & \year (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\day & \month & \year (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\day & \month & \year (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\day & \month & \year (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\day & \month & \year (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cday.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cday.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cday.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\day (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\day (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\day (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\day (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\day (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\day (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cdiscretionary.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cdiscretionary.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cdiscretionary.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\discretionary (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\discretionary (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\discretionary (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\discretionary (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\discretionary (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\discretionary (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
@@ -53,7 +53,7 @@
 <link href="index.html#SEC_Contents" rel="contents" title="Table of Contents">
 <link href="Line-breaking.html" rel="up" title="Line breaking">
 <link href="_005cfussy-_0026-_005csloppy.html" rel="next" title="\fussy & \sloppy">
-<link href="_005c_002d-_0028hyphenation_0029.html" rel="prev" title="\- (hyphenation)">
+<link href="_005cslash.html" rel="prev" title="\slash">
 <style type="text/css">
 <!--
 /* $Id: latex2e.css 935 2021-07-23 17:48:15Z jimhefferon $
@@ -92,10 +92,10 @@
 <div class="section-level-extent" id="g_t_005cdiscretionary">
 <div class="nav-panel">
 <p>
-Next: <a href="_005cfussy-_0026-_005csloppy.html" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\fussy</code> & <code class="code">\sloppy</code></a>, Previous: <a href="_005c_002d-_0028hyphenation_0029.html" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\-</code> (discretionary hyphen)</a>, Up: <a href="Line-breaking.html" accesskey="u" rel="up">Line breaking</a>   [<a href="index.html#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="Index.html" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Next: <a href="_005cfussy-_0026-_005csloppy.html" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\fussy</code> & <code class="code">\sloppy</code></a>, Previous: <a href="_005cslash.html" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\slash</code>: breakable ‘<samp class="samp">/</samp>’</a>, Up: <a href="Line-breaking.html" accesskey="u" rel="up">Line breaking</a>   [<a href="index.html#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="Index.html" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
 </div>
 <hr>
-<h3 class="section" id="g_t_005cdiscretionary-_0028generalized-hyphenation-point_0029">9.5 <code class="code">\discretionary</code> (generalized hyphenation point)</h3>
+<h3 class="section" id="g_t_005cdiscretionary-_0028generalized-hyphenation-point_0029">9.6 <code class="code">\discretionary</code> (generalized hyphenation point)</h3>
 <a class="index-entry-id" id="index-hyphenation_002c-discretionary"></a>
 <a class="index-entry-id" id="index-discretionary-hyphenation"></a>
 

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cdotfill.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cdotfill.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cdotfill.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\dotfill (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\dotfill (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\dotfill (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\dotfill (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\dotfill (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\dotfill (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cencl.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cencl.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cencl.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\encl (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\encl (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\encl (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\encl (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\encl (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\encl (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cendinput.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cendinput.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cendinput.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\endinput (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\endinput (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\endinput (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\endinput (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\endinput (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\endinput (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cenlargethispage.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cenlargethispage.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cenlargethispage.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\enlargethispage (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\enlargethispage (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\enlargethispage (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\enlargethispage (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\enlargethispage (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\enlargethispage (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005censpace-_0026-_005cquad-_0026-_005cqquad.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005censpace-_0026-_005cquad-_0026-_005cqquad.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005censpace-_0026-_005cquad-_0026-_005cqquad.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\enspace & \quad & \qquad (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\enspace & \quad & \qquad (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\enspace & \quad & \qquad (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\enspace & \quad & \qquad (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\enspace & \quad & \qquad (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\enspace & \quad & \qquad (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005censpace.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005censpace.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005censpace.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\enspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\enspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\enspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\enspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\enspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\enspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005censuremath.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005censuremath.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005censuremath.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\ensuremath (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\ensuremath (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\ensuremath (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\ensuremath (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\ensuremath (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\ensuremath (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cextracolsep.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cextracolsep.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cextracolsep.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\extracolsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\extracolsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\extracolsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\extracolsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\extracolsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\extracolsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfbox-_0026-_005cframebox.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfbox-_0026-_005cframebox.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfbox-_0026-_005cframebox.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\fbox & \framebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\fbox & \framebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\fbox & \framebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\fbox & \framebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\fbox & \framebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\fbox & \framebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfbox.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfbox.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfbox.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\fbox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\fbox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\fbox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\fbox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\fbox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\fbox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cflushbottom.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cflushbottom.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cflushbottom.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\flushbottom (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\flushbottom (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\flushbottom (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\flushbottom (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\flushbottom (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\flushbottom (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfootnote.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfootnote.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfootnote.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\footnote (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\footnote (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\footnote (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\footnote (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\footnote (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\footnote (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfootnotemark.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfootnotemark.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfootnotemark.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\footnotemark (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\footnotemark (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\footnotemark (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\footnotemark (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\footnotemark (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\footnotemark (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfootnotetext.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfootnotetext.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfootnotetext.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\footnotetext (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\footnotetext (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\footnotetext (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\footnotetext (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\footnotetext (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\footnotetext (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfrac.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfrac.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfrac.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\frac (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\frac (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\frac (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\frac (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\frac (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\frac (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cframe.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cframe.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cframe.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\frame (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\frame (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\frame (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\frame (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\frame (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\frame (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cframebox-_0028picture_0029.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cframebox-_0028picture_0029.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cframebox-_0028picture_0029.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\framebox (picture) (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\framebox (picture) (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\framebox (picture) (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\framebox (picture) (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\framebox (picture) (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\framebox (picture) (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cframebox.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cframebox.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cframebox.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\framebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\framebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\framebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\framebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\framebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\framebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfrenchspacing-_0026-_005cnonfrenchspacing.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfrenchspacing-_0026-_005cnonfrenchspacing.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfrenchspacing-_0026-_005cnonfrenchspacing.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\frenchspacing & \nonfrenchspacing (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\frenchspacing & \nonfrenchspacing (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\frenchspacing & \nonfrenchspacing (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\frenchspacing & \nonfrenchspacing (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\frenchspacing & \nonfrenchspacing (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\frenchspacing & \nonfrenchspacing (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
@@ -108,19 +108,22 @@
 \nonfrenchspacing
 </pre></div>
 
-<p>The first declaration causes LaTeX to handle spacing between
-sentences in the same way as spacing between words in the middle of a
-sentence.  The second switches back to the default handling in which
-spacing between sentences stretches or shrinks more
-(see <a class="pxref" href="_005cspacefactor.html"><code class="code">\spacefactor</code></a>).
+<p><code class="code">\frenchspacing</code> causes LaTeX to make spacing after all
+punctuation, including periods, be the same as the space between words
+in the middle of a sentence.  <code class="code">\nonfrenchspacing</code> switches back
+to the default handling in which spacing after most punctuation stretches
+or shrinks differently than a word space (see <a class="pxref" href="_005cspacefactor.html"><code class="code">\spacefactor</code></a>).
 </p>
-<p>Some typographic traditions, including English, prefer to adjust the
-space between sentences (or spaces following a question mark,
-exclamation point, comma, or colon) more than the space between words
-that are in the middle of a sentence.  Declaring <code class="code">\frenchspacing</code>
-(the command is from plain TeX) switches to the tradition that all
-spaces are treated equally.
+<p>In American English, the typesetting tradition is to adjust, typically
+increasing, the space after punctuation more than the space between
+words that are in the middle of a sentence.  Declaring
+<code class="code">\frenchspacing</code> (the command is inherited from plain TeX)
+switches to the tradition that all spaces are treated equally.
 </p>
+<p>If your LaTeX document specifies the language being used, for
+example with the <code class="code">babel</code> package, the necessary settings
+should be taken care of for you.
+</p>
 
 </div>
 

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfrenchspacing.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfrenchspacing.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfrenchspacing.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\frenchspacing (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\frenchspacing (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\frenchspacing (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\frenchspacing (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\frenchspacing (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\frenchspacing (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfrontmatter-_0026-_005cmainmatter-_0026-_005cbackmatter.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfrontmatter-_0026-_005cmainmatter-_0026-_005cbackmatter.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfrontmatter-_0026-_005cmainmatter-_0026-_005cbackmatter.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\frontmatter & \mainmatter & \backmatter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\frontmatter & \mainmatter & \backmatter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\frontmatter & \mainmatter & \backmatter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\frontmatter & \mainmatter & \backmatter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\frontmatter & \mainmatter & \backmatter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\frontmatter & \mainmatter & \backmatter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfrontmatter.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfrontmatter.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfrontmatter.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\frontmatter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\frontmatter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\frontmatter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\frontmatter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\frontmatter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\frontmatter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfussy-_0026-_005csloppy.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfussy-_0026-_005csloppy.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfussy-_0026-_005csloppy.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\fussy & \sloppy (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\fussy & \sloppy (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\fussy & \sloppy (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\fussy & \sloppy (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\fussy & \sloppy (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\fussy & \sloppy (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
@@ -94,7 +94,7 @@
 Next: <a href="_005chyphenation.html" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\hyphenation</code></a>, Previous: <a href="_005cdiscretionary.html" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\discretionary</code> (generalized hyphenation point)</a>, Up: <a href="Line-breaking.html" accesskey="u" rel="up">Line breaking</a>   [<a href="index.html#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="Index.html" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
 </div>
 <hr>
-<h3 class="section" id="g_t_005cfussy-_0026-_005csloppy-1">9.6 <code class="code">\fussy</code> & <code class="code">\sloppy</code></h3>
+<h3 class="section" id="g_t_005cfussy-_0026-_005csloppy-1">9.7 <code class="code">\fussy</code> & <code class="code">\sloppy</code></h3>
 
 <a class="anchor" id="g_t_005cfussy"></a><a class="anchor" id="g_t_005csloppy"></a><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cfussy"></a>
 <a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005csloppy"></a>

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfussy.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfussy.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfussy.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\fussy (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\fussy (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\fussy (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\fussy (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\fussy (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\fussy (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cgls.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cgls.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cgls.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\gls (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\gls (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\gls (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\gls (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\gls (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\gls (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cgraphicspath.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cgraphicspath.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cgraphicspath.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\graphicspath (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\graphicspath (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\graphicspath (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\graphicspath (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\graphicspath (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\graphicspath (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cgraphpaper.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cgraphpaper.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cgraphpaper.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\graphpaper (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\graphpaper (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\graphpaper (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\graphpaper (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\graphpaper (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\graphpaper (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005chfill.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005chfill.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005chfill.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\hfill (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\hfill (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\hfill (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\hfill (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\hfill (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\hfill (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005chline.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005chline.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005chline.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\hline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\hline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\hline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\hline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\hline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\hline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005chphantom.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005chphantom.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005chphantom.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\hphantom (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\hphantom (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\hphantom (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\hphantom (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\hphantom (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\hphantom (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005chrulefill-_0026-_005cdotfill.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005chrulefill-_0026-_005cdotfill.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005chrulefill-_0026-_005cdotfill.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\hrulefill & \dotfill (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\hrulefill & \dotfill (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\hrulefill & \dotfill (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\hrulefill & \dotfill (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\hrulefill & \dotfill (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\hrulefill & \dotfill (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005chrulefill.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005chrulefill.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005chrulefill.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\hrulefill (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\hrulefill (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\hrulefill (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\hrulefill (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\hrulefill (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\hrulefill (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005chspace.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005chspace.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005chspace.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\hspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\hspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\hspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\hspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\hspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\hspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005chss.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005chss.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005chss.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\hss (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\hss (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\hss (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\hss (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\hss (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\hss (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005chyphenation.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005chyphenation.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005chyphenation.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\hyphenation (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\hyphenation (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\hyphenation (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\hyphenation (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\hyphenation (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\hyphenation (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
@@ -95,7 +95,7 @@
 Next: <a href="_005clinebreak-_0026-_005cnolinebreak.html" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\linebreak</code> & <code class="code">\nolinebreak</code></a>, Previous: <a href="_005cfussy-_0026-_005csloppy.html" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\fussy</code> & <code class="code">\sloppy</code></a>, Up: <a href="Line-breaking.html" accesskey="u" rel="up">Line breaking</a>   [<a href="index.html#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="Index.html" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
 </div>
 <hr>
-<h3 class="section" id="g_t_005chyphenation-1">9.7 <code class="code">\hyphenation</code></h3>
+<h3 class="section" id="g_t_005chyphenation-1">9.8 <code class="code">\hyphenation</code></h3>
 
 <a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005chyphenation"></a>
 <a class="index-entry-id" id="index-hyphenation_002c-defining"></a>
@@ -108,7 +108,7 @@
 
 <p>Declares allowed hyphenation points within the words in the list.  The
 words in that list are separated by spaces.  Show permitted points for
-hyphenation with a dash character, <code class="code">-</code>.
+hyphenation with an ASCII dash character, <code class="code">-</code>.
 </p>
 <p>Here is an example:
 </p>
@@ -117,7 +117,7 @@
 </pre></div>
 
 <p>Use lowercase letters.  TeX will only hyphenate if the word matches
-exactly, no inflections are tried.  Multiple <code class="code">\hyphenation</code>
+exactly; no inflections are tried.  Multiple <code class="code">\hyphenation</code>
 commands accumulate.
 </p>
 

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cignorespaces-_0026-_005cignorespacesafterend.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cignorespaces-_0026-_005cignorespacesafterend.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cignorespaces-_0026-_005cignorespacesafterend.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\ignorespaces & \ignorespacesafterend (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\ignorespaces & \ignorespacesafterend (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\ignorespaces & \ignorespacesafterend (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\ignorespaces & \ignorespacesafterend (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\ignorespaces & \ignorespacesafterend (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\ignorespaces & \ignorespacesafterend (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cignorespaces.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cignorespaces.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cignorespaces.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\ignorespaces (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\ignorespaces (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\ignorespaces (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\ignorespaces (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\ignorespaces (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\ignorespaces (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cignorespacesafterend.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cignorespacesafterend.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cignorespacesafterend.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\ignorespacesafterend (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\ignorespacesafterend (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\ignorespacesafterend (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\ignorespacesafterend (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\ignorespacesafterend (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\ignorespacesafterend (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cinclude-_0026-_005cincludeonly.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cinclude-_0026-_005cincludeonly.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cinclude-_0026-_005cincludeonly.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\include & \includeonly (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\include & \includeonly (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\include & \includeonly (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\include & \includeonly (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\include & \includeonly (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\include & \includeonly (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cinclude.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cinclude.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cinclude.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\include (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\include (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\include (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\include (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\include (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\include (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cincludegraphics.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cincludegraphics.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cincludegraphics.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\includegraphics (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\includegraphics (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\includegraphics (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\includegraphics (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\includegraphics (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\includegraphics (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cincludeonly.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cincludeonly.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cincludeonly.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\includeonly (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\includeonly (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\includeonly (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\includeonly (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\includeonly (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\includeonly (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cindent-_0026-_005cnoindent.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cindent-_0026-_005cnoindent.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cindent-_0026-_005cnoindent.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\indent & \noindent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\indent & \noindent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\indent & \noindent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\indent & \noindent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\indent & \noindent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\indent & \noindent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cindent.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cindent.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cindent.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\indent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\indent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\indent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\indent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\indent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\indent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cindex.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cindex.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cindex.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\index (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\index (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\index (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\index (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\index (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\index (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cinput.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cinput.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cinput.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\input (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\input (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\input (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\input (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\input (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\input (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cinputencoding.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cinputencoding.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cinputencoding.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\inputencoding (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\inputencoding (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\inputencoding (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\inputencoding (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\inputencoding (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\inputencoding (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005citem.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005citem.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005citem.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\item (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\item (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\item (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\item (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\item (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\item (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005clabel.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005clabel.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005clabel.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\label (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\label (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\label (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\label (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\label (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\label (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cleft-_0026-_005cright.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cleft-_0026-_005cright.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cleft-_0026-_005cright.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\left & \right (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\left & \right (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\left & \right (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\left & \right (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\left & \right (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\left & \right (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cleft.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cleft.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cleft.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\left (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\left (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\left (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\left (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\left (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\left (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cline.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cline.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cline.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\line (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\line (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\line (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\line (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\line (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\line (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005clinebreak-_0026-_005cnolinebreak.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005clinebreak-_0026-_005cnolinebreak.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005clinebreak-_0026-_005cnolinebreak.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\linebreak & \nolinebreak (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\linebreak & \nolinebreak (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\linebreak & \nolinebreak (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\linebreak & \nolinebreak (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\linebreak & \nolinebreak (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\linebreak & \nolinebreak (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
@@ -94,7 +94,7 @@
 Previous: <a href="_005chyphenation.html" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\hyphenation</code></a>, Up: <a href="Line-breaking.html" accesskey="u" rel="up">Line breaking</a>   [<a href="index.html#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="Index.html" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
 </div>
 <hr>
-<h3 class="section" id="g_t_005clinebreak-_0026-_005cnolinebreak-1">9.8 <code class="code">\linebreak</code> & <code class="code">\nolinebreak</code></h3>
+<h3 class="section" id="g_t_005clinebreak-_0026-_005cnolinebreak-1">9.9 <code class="code">\linebreak</code> & <code class="code">\nolinebreak</code></h3>
 
 <a class="anchor" id="g_t_005clinebreak"></a><a class="anchor" id="g_t_005cnolinebreak"></a><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005clinebreak"></a>
 <a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cnolinebreak"></a>

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005clinebreak.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005clinebreak.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005clinebreak.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\linebreak (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\linebreak (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\linebreak (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\linebreak (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\linebreak (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\linebreak (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005clinethickness.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005clinethickness.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005clinethickness.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\linethickness (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\linethickness (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\linethickness (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\linethickness (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\linethickness (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\linethickness (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005clocation.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005clocation.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005clocation.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\location (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\location (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\location (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\location (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\location (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\location (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmainmatter.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmainmatter.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmainmatter.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\mainmatter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\mainmatter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\mainmatter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\mainmatter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\mainmatter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\mainmatter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmakeatletter-_0026-_005cmakeatother.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmakeatletter-_0026-_005cmakeatother.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmakeatletter-_0026-_005cmakeatother.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\makeatletter & \makeatother (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\makeatletter & \makeatother (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\makeatletter & \makeatother (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\makeatletter & \makeatother (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\makeatletter & \makeatother (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\makeatletter & \makeatother (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmakeatletter.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmakeatletter.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmakeatletter.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\makeatletter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\makeatletter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\makeatletter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\makeatletter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\makeatletter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\makeatletter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmakeatother.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmakeatother.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmakeatother.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\makeatother (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\makeatother (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\makeatother (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\makeatother (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\makeatother (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\makeatother (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmakebox-_0028picture_0029.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmakebox-_0028picture_0029.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmakebox-_0028picture_0029.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\makebox (picture) (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\makebox (picture) (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\makebox (picture) (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\makebox (picture) (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\makebox (picture) (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\makebox (picture) (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmakebox.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmakebox.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmakebox.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\makebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\makebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\makebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\makebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\makebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\makebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmakelabels.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmakelabels.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmakelabels.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\makelabels (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\makelabels (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\makelabels (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\makelabels (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\makelabels (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\makelabels (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmaketitle.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmaketitle.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmaketitle.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\maketitle (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\maketitle (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\maketitle (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\maketitle (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\maketitle (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\maketitle (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
@@ -166,11 +166,11 @@
 <dt id='index-_005cthanks_007btext_007d'><span><code class="code">\thanks{<var class="var">text</var>}</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cthanks_007btext_007d'> ¶</a></span></dt>
 <dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-thanks_002c-for-titlepage"></a>
 <a class="index-entry-id" id="index-credit-footnote"></a>
-<p>Optional.  Produce a footnote.  You can use it in the author information
-for acknowledgements as illustrated above, but you can also use it in
-the title, or any place a footnote mark makes sense.  It can be any text
-at all so you can use it for any purpose, such as to print an email
-address.
+<p>Optional.  Produce a footnote.  You can use it in the author
+information for acknowledgements as illustrated above, but you can
+also use it in the title, or anywhere that a footnote mark makes
+sense.  It can be any text at all so you can use it for any purpose,
+such as to print an email address.
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt id='index-_005ctitle_007btext_007d'><span><code class="code">\title{<var class="var">text</var>}</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005ctitle_007btext_007d'> ¶</a></span></dt>
@@ -184,11 +184,11 @@
 </dd>
 </dl>
 
-<p>To make your own title page, see <a class="ref" href="titlepage.html"><code class="code">titlepage</code></a>. You can either
+<p>To make your own title page, see <a class="pxref" href="titlepage.html"><code class="code">titlepage</code></a>. You can either
 create this as a one-off or you can include it as part of a renewed
-<code class="code">\maketitle</code> command.  (Many publishers will provide a class to use
+<code class="code">\maketitle</code> command.  Many publishers will provide a class to use
 in place of <code class="code">article</code> that formats the title according to their
-house requirements.)
+house requirements.
 </p>
 
 </div>

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmathstrut.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmathstrut.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmathstrut.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\mathstrut (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\mathstrut (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\mathstrut (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\mathstrut (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\mathstrut (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\mathstrut (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmathversion.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmathversion.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmathversion.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\mathversion (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\mathversion (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\mathversion (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\mathversion (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\mathversion (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\mathversion (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmbox-_0026-_005cmakebox.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmbox-_0026-_005cmakebox.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmbox-_0026-_005cmakebox.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\mbox & \makebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\mbox & \makebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\mbox & \makebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\mbox & \makebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\mbox & \makebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\mbox & \makebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
@@ -133,7 +133,7 @@
 <p>In the third version the optional argument <var class="var">width</var> specifies the
 width of the box.  Note that the space occupied by the text need not
 equal the width of the box.  For one thing, <var class="var">text</var> can be too small;
-this creates a full-line box
+this creates a full-line box:
 </p>
 <div class="example">
 <pre class="example-preformatted">\makebox[\linewidth]{Chapter Exam}

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmbox.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmbox.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmbox.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\mbox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\mbox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\mbox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\mbox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\mbox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\mbox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmedbreak.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmedbreak.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmedbreak.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\medbreak (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\medbreak (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\medbreak (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\medbreak (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\medbreak (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\medbreak (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmedskip.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmedskip.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmedskip.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\medskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\medskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\medskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\medskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\medskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\medskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmessage.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmessage.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmessage.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\message (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\message (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\message (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\message (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\message (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\message (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmonth.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmonth.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmonth.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\month (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\month (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\month (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\month (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\month (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\month (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmulticolumn.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmulticolumn.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmulticolumn.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\multicolumn (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\multicolumn (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\multicolumn (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\multicolumn (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\multicolumn (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\multicolumn (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmultiput.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmultiput.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmultiput.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\multiput (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\multiput (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\multiput (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\multiput (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\multiput (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\multiput (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cname.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cname.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cname.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\name (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\name (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\name (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\name (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\name (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\name (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnegthinspace.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnegthinspace.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnegthinspace.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\negthinspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\negthinspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\negthinspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\negthinspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\negthinspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\negthinspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\newcommand & \renewcommand (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\newcommand & \renewcommand (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\newcommand & \renewcommand (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\newcommand & \renewcommand (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\newcommand & \renewcommand (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\newcommand & \renewcommand (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewcommand.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewcommand.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewcommand.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\newcommand (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\newcommand (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\newcommand (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\newcommand (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\newcommand (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\newcommand (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewcounter.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewcounter.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewcounter.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\newcounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\newcounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\newcounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\newcounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\newcounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\newcounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewenvironment-_0026-_005crenewenvironment.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewenvironment-_0026-_005crenewenvironment.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewenvironment-_0026-_005crenewenvironment.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\newenvironment & \renewenvironment (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\newenvironment & \renewenvironment (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\newenvironment & \renewenvironment (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\newenvironment & \renewenvironment (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\newenvironment & \renewenvironment (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\newenvironment & \renewenvironment (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewenvironment.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewenvironment.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewenvironment.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\newenvironment (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\newenvironment (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\newenvironment (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\newenvironment (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\newenvironment (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\newenvironment (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewfont.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewfont.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewfont.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\newfont (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\newfont (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\newfont (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\newfont (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\newfont (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\newfont (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewglossaryentry.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewglossaryentry.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewglossaryentry.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\newglossaryentry (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\newglossaryentry (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\newglossaryentry (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\newglossaryentry (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\newglossaryentry (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\newglossaryentry (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewlength.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewlength.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewlength.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\newlength (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\newlength (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\newlength (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\newlength (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\newlength (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\newlength (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewline.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewline.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewline.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\newline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\newline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\newline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\newline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\newline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\newline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewpage.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewpage.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewpage.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\newpage (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\newpage (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\newpage (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\newpage (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\newpage (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\newpage (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewsavebox.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewsavebox.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewsavebox.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\newsavebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\newsavebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\newsavebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\newsavebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\newsavebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\newsavebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewtheorem.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewtheorem.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewtheorem.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\newtheorem (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\newtheorem (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\newtheorem (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\newtheorem (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\newtheorem (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\newtheorem (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnocite.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnocite.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnocite.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\nocite (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\nocite (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\nocite (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\nocite (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\nocite (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\nocite (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnocorr.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnocorr.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnocorr.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\nocorr (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\nocorr (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\nocorr (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\nocorr (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\nocorr (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\nocorr (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnocorrlist.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnocorrlist.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnocorrlist.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\nocorrlist (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\nocorrlist (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\nocorrlist (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\nocorrlist (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\nocorrlist (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\nocorrlist (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnofiles.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnofiles.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnofiles.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\nofiles (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\nofiles (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\nofiles (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\nofiles (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\nofiles (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\nofiles (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnoindent.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnoindent.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnoindent.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\noindent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\noindent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\noindent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\noindent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\noindent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\noindent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnolinebreak.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnolinebreak.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnolinebreak.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\nolinebreak (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\nolinebreak (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\nolinebreak (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\nolinebreak (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\nolinebreak (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\nolinebreak (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnonfrenchspacing.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnonfrenchspacing.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnonfrenchspacing.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\nonfrenchspacing (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\nonfrenchspacing (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\nonfrenchspacing (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\nonfrenchspacing (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\nonfrenchspacing (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\nonfrenchspacing (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnopagebreak.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnopagebreak.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnopagebreak.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\nopagebreak (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\nopagebreak (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\nopagebreak (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\nopagebreak (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\nopagebreak (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\nopagebreak (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnormalsfcodes.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnormalsfcodes.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnormalsfcodes.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\normalsfcodes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\normalsfcodes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\normalsfcodes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\normalsfcodes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\normalsfcodes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\normalsfcodes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnumberline.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnumberline.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnumberline.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\numberline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\numberline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\numberline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\numberline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\numberline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\numberline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cobeycr-_0026-_005crestorecr.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cobeycr-_0026-_005crestorecr.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cobeycr-_0026-_005crestorecr.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\obeycr & \restorecr (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\obeycr & \restorecr (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\obeycr & \restorecr (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\obeycr & \restorecr (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\obeycr & \restorecr (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\obeycr & \restorecr (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cobeycr.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cobeycr.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cobeycr.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\obeycr (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\obeycr (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\obeycr (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\obeycr (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\obeycr (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\obeycr (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005coldstylenums.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005coldstylenums.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005coldstylenums.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\oldstylenums (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\oldstylenums (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\oldstylenums (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\oldstylenums (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\oldstylenums (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\oldstylenums (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005conecolumn.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005conecolumn.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005conecolumn.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\onecolumn (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\onecolumn (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\onecolumn (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\onecolumn (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\onecolumn (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\onecolumn (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005copenin-_0026-_005copenout.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005copenin-_0026-_005copenout.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005copenin-_0026-_005copenout.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\openin & \openout (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\openin & \openout (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\openin & \openout (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\openin & \openout (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\openin & \openout (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\openin & \openout (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005copenin.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005copenin.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005copenin.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\openin (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\openin (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\openin (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\openin (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\openin (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\openin (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005copening.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005copening.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005copening.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\opening (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\opening (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\opening (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\opening (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\opening (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\opening (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005copenout.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005copenout.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005copenout.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\openout (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\openout (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\openout (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\openout (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\openout (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\openout (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005coval.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005coval.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005coval.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\oval (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\oval (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\oval (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\oval (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\oval (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\oval (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cpagebreak-_0026-_005cnopagebreak.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cpagebreak-_0026-_005cnopagebreak.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cpagebreak-_0026-_005cnopagebreak.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\pagebreak & \nopagebreak (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\pagebreak & \nopagebreak (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\pagebreak & \nopagebreak (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\pagebreak & \nopagebreak (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\pagebreak & \nopagebreak (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\pagebreak & \nopagebreak (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
@@ -150,11 +150,10 @@
 </p>
 <a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005csamepage"></a>
 <a class="index-entry-id" id="index-samepage-environment"></a>
-<p>(There is an obsolete declaration <code class="code">\samepage</code>, which tries to only
-allow a break between two paragraphs.  There is a related environment
-<code class="code">samepage</code>, also obsolete.  Neither of these work reliably.  For
-more on keeping material on the same page, see the FAQ entry
-<a class="url" href="https://texfaq.org/FAQ-nopagebrk">https://texfaq.org/FAQ-nopagebrk</a>.)
+<p>A declaration <code class="code">\samepage</code> and corresponding <code class="code">samepage</code>
+environment try to only allow breaks between paragraphs. They are not
+perfectly reliable.  For more on keeping material on the same page,
+see the FAQ entry <a class="url" href="https://texfaq.org/FAQ-nopagebrk">https://texfaq.org/FAQ-nopagebrk</a>.)
 </p>
 
 </div>

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cpagebreak.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cpagebreak.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cpagebreak.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\pagebreak (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\pagebreak (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\pagebreak (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\pagebreak (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\pagebreak (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\pagebreak (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cpagenumbering.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cpagenumbering.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cpagenumbering.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\pagenumbering (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\pagenumbering (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\pagenumbering (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\pagenumbering (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\pagenumbering (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\pagenumbering (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
@@ -61,10 +61,8 @@
    Originally written by Jim Hefferon and Karl Berry, 2018. */
 
 
-a.copiable-link {visibility: hidden; text-decoration: none; line-height: 0em}
 div.example {margin-left: 3.2em}
 span.r {font-family: initial; font-weight: normal; font-style: normal}
-span:hover a.copiable-link {visibility: visible}
 BODY {
   margin-top: 1em;
   margin-left: 1em; /* auto results in two-digit <ol> lost off left */
@@ -115,20 +113,11 @@
 so its effect is not stopped by an end of group such as a closing brace
 or an end of environment.
 </p>
-<p>In this example, before the ‘<samp class="samp">Main</samp>’ section the pages are numbered
-‘<samp class="samp">a</samp>’, etc.  Starting on the page containing the
-<code class="code">\pagenumbering</code> call in that section, the pages are numbered
-‘<samp class="samp">1</samp>’, etc.
+<p>By default, LaTeX numbers pages starting at 1, using Arabic
+numerals.
 </p>
-<div class="example">
-<pre class="example-preformatted">\begin{document}\pagenumbering{alph}
-  ...
-\section{Main}\pagenumbering{arabic}
-  ...
-</pre></div>
-
 <p>The argument <var class="var">number-style</var> is one of the following (see
-also <a class="ref" href="_005calph-_005cAlph-_005carabic-_005croman-_005cRoman-_005cfnsymbol.html"><code class="code">\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol</code>: Printing counters</a>).
+also <a class="ref" href="_005calph-_005cAlph-_005carabic-_005croman-_005cRoman-_005cfnsymbol.html"><code class="code">\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol</code>: Printing counters</a>).
 </p>
 <dl class="table">
 <dt><code class="code">arabic</code></dt>
@@ -153,26 +142,46 @@
 get ‘<samp class="samp">LaTeX Error: Counter too large</samp>’.
 </p>
 </dd>
-<dt id='index-package_002c-hyperref-2'><span><code class="code">gobble</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-package_002c-hyperref-2'> ¶</a></span></dt>
-<dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-hyperref-package-2"></a>
-<p>LaTeX does not output a page number, although it
-does get reset.  References to that page also are blank.  (This does not
-work with the popular package <code class="code">hyperref</code> so to have the page number
-not appear you may want to instead use <code class="code">\pagestyle{empty}</code> or
-<code class="code">\thispagestyle{empty}</code>.)
+<dt><code class="code">gobble</code></dt>
+<dd><p>no page number is output, though the number is still reset.
+References to that page also are blank.
 </p>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-hyperref-2"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-hyperref-package-2"></a>
+
+<p>This setting does not work with the popular package <code class="code">hyperref</code>,
+so to omit page numbers you may want to instead use
+<code class="code">\pagestyle{empty}</code> or <code class="code">\thispagestyle{empty}</code>.
+</p>
 </dd>
 </dl>
 
+<p>If you want to typeset the page number in some other way, or change
+where the page number appears on the page, see <a class="ref" href="_005cpagestyle.html"><code class="code">\pagestyle</code></a>
+(in short: use the <code class="code">fancyhdr</code> package).  The list above of
+LaTeX’s built-in numbering styles cannot be extended.
+</p>
 <p>Traditionally, if a document has front matter—preface, table of
-contents, etc.—then it is numbered with lowercase Roman numerals. The
-main matter of a document uses arabic.  See <a class="xref" href="_005cfrontmatter-_0026-_005cmainmatter-_0026-_005cbackmatter.html"><code class="code">\frontmatter</code>, <code class="code">\mainmatter</code>, <code class="code">\backmatter</code></a>.
+contents, etc.—then it is numbered with lowercase Roman
+numerals. The main matter of a document uses arabic.  LaTeX
+implements this, by providing explicit commands for the different parts
+(see <a class="pxref" href="_005cfrontmatter-_0026-_005cmainmatter-_0026-_005cbackmatter.html"><code class="code">\frontmatter</code>, <code class="code">\mainmatter</code>, <code class="code">\backmatter</code></a>).
 </p>
-<p>If you want to change where the page number appears on the page,
-see <a class="ref" href="_005cpagestyle.html"><code class="code">\pagestyle</code></a>.  If you want to change the value of the page
-number, then you manipulate the <code class="code">page</code> counter (see <a class="pxref" href="Counters.html">Counters</a>).
+<p>As an explicit example, before the ‘<samp class="samp">Main</samp>’ section the pages are
+numbered ‘<samp class="samp">a</samp>’, etc.  Starting on the page containing the
+<code class="code">\pagenumbering</code> call in that section, the pages are numbered
+‘<samp class="samp">1</samp>’, etc.
 </p>
+<div class="example">
+<pre class="example-preformatted">\begin{document}\pagenumbering{alph}
+  ...
+\section{Main}\pagenumbering{arabic}
+  ...
+</pre></div>
 
+<p>If you want to change the value of the page number, then you
+manipulate the <code class="code">page</code> counter (see <a class="pxref" href="Counters.html">Counters</a>).
+</p>
 </div>
 
 

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cpageref.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cpageref.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cpageref.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\pageref (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\pageref (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\pageref (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\pageref (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\pageref (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\pageref (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cpagestyle.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cpagestyle.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cpagestyle.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\pagestyle (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\pagestyle (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\pagestyle (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\pagestyle (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\pagestyle (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\pagestyle (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
@@ -117,11 +117,11 @@
 <a class="index-entry-id" id="index-package_002c-fancyhdr-1"></a>
 <a class="index-entry-id" id="index-fancyhdr-package-1"></a>
 
-<p>A discussion with an example is below.  Note first that the package
+<p>A discussion with an example is below.  First, however: the package
 <code class="code">fancyhdr</code> is now the standard way to manipulate headers and
 footers.  New documents that need to do anything other than one of the
 standard options below should use this package.  See its documentation
-on CTAN.
+(<a class="url" href="https://ctan.org/pkg/fancyhdr">https://ctan.org/pkg/fancyhdr</a>).
 </p>
 <p>Values for <var class="var">style</var>:
 </p>

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cpar.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cpar.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cpar.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\par (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\par (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\par (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\par (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\par (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\par (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cparagraph.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cparagraph.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cparagraph.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\paragraph (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\paragraph (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\paragraph (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\paragraph (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\paragraph (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\paragraph (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cparbox.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cparbox.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cparbox.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\parbox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\parbox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\parbox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\parbox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\parbox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\parbox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cparindent-_0026-_005cparskip.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cparindent-_0026-_005cparskip.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cparindent-_0026-_005cparskip.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\parindent & \parskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\parindent & \parskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\parindent & \parskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\parindent & \parskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\parindent & \parskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\parindent & \parskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cparindent.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cparindent.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cparindent.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\parindent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\parindent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\parindent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\parindent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\parindent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\parindent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cparskip.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cparskip.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cparskip.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\parskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\parskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\parskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\parskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\parskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\parskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cpart.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cpart.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cpart.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\part (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\part (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\part (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\part (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\part (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\part (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cphantom-_0026-_005cvphantom-_0026-_005chphantom.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cphantom-_0026-_005cvphantom-_0026-_005chphantom.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cphantom-_0026-_005cvphantom-_0026-_005chphantom.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cphantom.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cphantom.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cphantom.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\phantom (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\phantom (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\phantom (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\phantom (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\phantom (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\phantom (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cprintindex.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cprintindex.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cprintindex.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\printindex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\printindex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\printindex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\printindex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\printindex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\printindex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cprotect.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cprotect.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cprotect.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\protect (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\protect (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\protect (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\protect (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\protect (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\protect (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cprovidecommand.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cprovidecommand.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cprovidecommand.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\providecommand (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\providecommand (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\providecommand (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\providecommand (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\providecommand (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\providecommand (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cps.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cps.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cps.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\ps (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\ps (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\ps (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\ps (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\ps (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\ps (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cput.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cput.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cput.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\put (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\put (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\put (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\put (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\put (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\put (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cqbezier.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cqbezier.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cqbezier.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\qbezier (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\qbezier (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\qbezier (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\qbezier (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\qbezier (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\qbezier (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cqquad.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cqquad.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cqquad.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\qquad (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\qquad (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\qquad (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\qquad (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\qquad (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\qquad (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cquad.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cquad.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cquad.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\quad (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\quad (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\quad (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\quad (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\quad (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\quad (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005craggedbottom.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005craggedbottom.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005craggedbottom.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\raggedbottom (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\raggedbottom (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\raggedbottom (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\raggedbottom (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\raggedbottom (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\raggedbottom (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005craggedleft.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005craggedleft.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005craggedleft.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\raggedleft (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\raggedleft (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\raggedleft (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\raggedleft (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\raggedleft (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\raggedleft (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005craggedright.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005craggedright.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005craggedright.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\raggedright (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\raggedright (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\raggedright (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\raggedright (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\raggedright (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\raggedright (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005craisebox.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005craisebox.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005craisebox.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\raisebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\raisebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\raisebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\raisebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\raisebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\raisebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cread.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cread.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cread.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\read (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\read (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\read (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\read (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\read (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\read (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cref.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cref.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cref.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\ref (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\ref (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\ref (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\ref (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\ref (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\ref (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005crefstepcounter.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005crefstepcounter.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005crefstepcounter.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\refstepcounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\refstepcounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\refstepcounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\refstepcounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\refstepcounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\refstepcounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005crenewcommand.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005crenewcommand.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005crenewcommand.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\renewcommand (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\renewcommand (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\renewcommand (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\renewcommand (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\renewcommand (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\renewcommand (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005crenewenvironment.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005crenewenvironment.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005crenewenvironment.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\renewenvironment (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\renewenvironment (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\renewenvironment (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\renewenvironment (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\renewenvironment (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\renewenvironment (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cresizebox.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cresizebox.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cresizebox.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\resizebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\resizebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\resizebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\resizebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\resizebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\resizebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005crestorecr.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005crestorecr.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005crestorecr.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\restorecr (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\restorecr (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\restorecr (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\restorecr (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\restorecr (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\restorecr (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cright.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cright.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cright.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\right (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\right (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\right (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\right (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\right (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\right (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005crotatebox.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005crotatebox.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005crotatebox.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\rotatebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\rotatebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\rotatebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\rotatebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\rotatebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\rotatebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005crule.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005crule.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005crule.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\rule (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\rule (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\rule (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\rule (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\rule (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\rule (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csavebox.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csavebox.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csavebox.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\savebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\savebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\savebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\savebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\savebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\savebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csbox-_0026-_005csavebox.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csbox-_0026-_005csavebox.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csbox-_0026-_005csavebox.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\sbox & \savebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\sbox & \savebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\sbox & \savebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\sbox & \savebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\sbox & \savebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\sbox & \savebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csbox.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csbox.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csbox.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\sbox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\sbox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\sbox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\sbox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\sbox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\sbox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cscalebox.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cscalebox.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cscalebox.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\scalebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\scalebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\scalebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\scalebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\scalebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\scalebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csection.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csection.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csection.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\section (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\section (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\section (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\section (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\section (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\section (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csetcounter.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csetcounter.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csetcounter.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\setcounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\setcounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\setcounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\setcounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\setcounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\setcounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csetlength.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csetlength.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csetlength.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\setlength (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\setlength (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\setlength (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\setlength (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\setlength (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\setlength (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csettodepth.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csettodepth.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csettodepth.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\settodepth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\settodepth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\settodepth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\settodepth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\settodepth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\settodepth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csettoheight.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csettoheight.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csettoheight.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\settoheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\settoheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\settoheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\settoheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\settoheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\settoheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csettowidth.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csettowidth.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csettowidth.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\settowidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\settowidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\settowidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\settowidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\settowidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\settowidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cshortstack.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cshortstack.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cshortstack.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\shortstack (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\shortstack (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\shortstack (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\shortstack (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\shortstack (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\shortstack (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csignature.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csignature.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csignature.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\signature (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\signature (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\signature (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\signature (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\signature (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\signature (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Index: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cslash.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cslash.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cslash.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)

Property changes on: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cslash.html
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csloppy.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csloppy.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csloppy.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\sloppy (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\sloppy (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\sloppy (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\sloppy (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\sloppy (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\sloppy (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csmallbreak.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csmallbreak.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csmallbreak.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\smallbreak (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\smallbreak (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\smallbreak (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\smallbreak (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\smallbreak (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\smallbreak (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csmallskip.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csmallskip.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csmallskip.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\smallskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\smallskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\smallskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\smallskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\smallskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\smallskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csmash.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csmash.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csmash.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\smash (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\smash (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\smash (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\smash (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\smash (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\smash (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cspacefactor.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cspacefactor.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cspacefactor.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\spacefactor (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\spacefactor (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\spacefactor (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\spacefactor (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\spacefactor (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\spacefactor (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
@@ -104,13 +104,14 @@
 </pre></div>
 
 <a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cspacefactor"></a>
-<p>Influence LaTeX’s glue stretch and shrink behavior.  Most user-level
-documents do not use this command.
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-space-factor"></a>
+<p>Influence LaTeX’s stretching and shrinking of glue.  Few user-level
+documents need to use this.
 </p>
 <p>While LaTeX is laying out the material, it may stretch or shrink the
 gaps between words.  (This space is not a character; it is called the
-<em class="dfn">interword glue</em>; see <a class="pxref" href="_005chspace.html"><code class="code">\hspace</code></a>).  The <code class="code">\spacefactor</code> command
-(from Plain TeX) allows you to, for instance, have the space
+<em class="dfn">interword glue</em>; see <a class="pxref" href="_005chspace.html"><code class="code">\hspace</code></a>).  The <code class="code">\spacefactor</code> parameter
+(a TeX primitive) allows you to, for instance, have the space
 after a period stretch more than the space after a word-ending letter.
 </p>
 <p>After LaTeX places each character, or rule or other box, it sets a
@@ -120,7 +121,7 @@
 that the glue can stretch more and shrink less.  Normally, the space
 factor is 1000. This value is in effect following most characters, and
 any non-character box or math formula.  But it is 3000 after a period,
-exclamation mark, or question mark, it is 2000 after a colon, 1500 after
+exclamation mark, or question mark, 2000 after a colon, 1500 after
 a semicolon, 1250 after a comma, and 0 after a right parenthesis or
 bracket, or closing double quote or single quote.  Finally, it is 999
 after a capital letter.
@@ -127,41 +128,42 @@
 </p>
 <p>If the space factor <var class="var">f</var> is 1000 then the glue gap will be the
 font’s normal space value (for Computer Modern Roman 10 point this is
-3.3333 points).  Otherwise, if the space factor <var class="var">f</var> is greater
+3.3333<span class="dmn">pt</span>).  Otherwise, if the space factor <var class="var">f</var> is greater
 than 2000 then TeX adds the font’s extra space value (for Computer
-Modern Roman 10 point this is 1.11111 points), and then the font’s
+Modern Roman 10 point this is 1.11111<span class="dmn">pt</span>), and then the font’s
 normal stretch value is multiplied by <em class="math">f /1000</em> and the normal
 shrink value is multiplied by <em class="math">1000/f</em> (for Computer Modern Roman
-10 point these are 1.66666 and 1.11111 points).
+10 point these are 1.66666 and 1.11111<span class="dmn">pt</span>).
 </p>
-<p>For example, consider the period ending <code class="code">A man's best friend is his
-dog.</code>  After it, TeX puts in a fixed extra space, and also allows the
-glue to stretch 3 times as much and shrink 1/3 as much, as the glue
-after <code class="code">friend</code>, which does not end in a period.
+<p>For example, consider the period ending ‘<samp class="samp">A man's best friend is
+his dog.</samp>’.  After it, TeX puts in a fixed extra space, and also
+allows the glue to stretch 3 times as much and shrink 1/3 as much, as
+the glue after <code class="code">friend</code> or any of the other words, since they are
+not followed by punctuation.
 </p>
 <p>The rules for space factors are even more complex because they play
-additional roles.  In practice, there are two consequences.  First, if a
-period or other punctuation is followed by a right parenthesis or
-bracket, or right single or double quote then the spacing effect of that
-period carries through those characters (that is, the following glue
-will have increased stretch and shrink).  Second, if
-punctuation comes after a capital letter then its effect is not in place
-so you get an ordinary space.  This second case also affects abbreviations
-that do not end in a capital letter (see <a class="pxref" href="_005c_0040.html"><code class="code">\@</code></a>).
+additional roles.  In practice, there are two consequences.  First, if
+a period or other punctuation is followed by a right parenthesis or
+bracket, or right single or double quote then the spacing effect of
+that period carries through those characters (that is, the following
+glue will have increased stretch and shrink).  Second, if punctuation
+comes after a capital letter then the normal effect of the period is
+does not happen, so you get an ordinary space.  This second case also
+affects abbreviations that do not end in a capital letter
+(see <a class="pxref" href="_005c_0040.html"><code class="code">\@</code></a>).
 </p>
 <p>You can only use <code class="code">\spacefactor</code> in paragraph mode or LR mode
 (see <a class="pxref" href="Modes.html">Modes</a>).  You can see the current value with
 <code class="code">\the\spacefactor</code> or <code class="code">\showthe\spacefactor</code>.
 </p>
-<p>(Comment, not really related to <code class="code">\spacefactor</code>: if you get errors
-like ‘<samp class="samp">You can't use `\spacefactor' in vertical mode</samp>’, or ‘<samp class="samp">You
-can't use `\spacefactor' in math mode.</samp>’, or ‘<samp class="samp">Improper \spacefactor</samp>’
-then you have probably tried to redefine an internal command.
-See <a class="xref" href="_005cmakeatletter-_0026-_005cmakeatother.html"><code class="code">\makeatletter</code> & <code class="code">\makeatother</code></a>.)
+<p>Finally, not especially related to <code class="code">\spacefactor</code> itself: if you
+get errors like ‘<samp class="samp">You can't use `\spacefactor' in vertical mode</samp>’,
+or ‘<samp class="samp">You can't use `\spacefactor' in math mode.</samp>’, or
+‘<samp class="samp">Improper \spacefactor</samp>’ then you have probably tried to redefine
+an internal command.  See <a class="xref" href="_005cmakeatletter-_0026-_005cmakeatother.html"><code class="code">\makeatletter</code> & <code class="code">\makeatother</code></a>.
 </p>
 
 
-
 <ul class="mini-toc">
 <li><a href="_005c_0040.html" accesskey="1"><code class="code">\@</code></a></li>
 <li><a href="_005cfrenchspacing-_0026-_005cnonfrenchspacing.html" accesskey="2"><code class="code">\frenchspacing</code> & <code class="code">\nonfrenchspacing</code></a></li>

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csqrt.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csqrt.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csqrt.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\sqrt (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\sqrt (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\sqrt (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\sqrt (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\sqrt (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\sqrt (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cstackrel.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cstackrel.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cstackrel.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\stackrel (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\stackrel (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\stackrel (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\stackrel (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\stackrel (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\stackrel (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cstepcounter.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cstepcounter.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cstepcounter.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\stepcounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\stepcounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\stepcounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\stepcounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\stepcounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\stepcounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cstretch.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cstretch.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cstretch.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\stretch (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\stretch (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\stretch (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\stretch (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\stretch (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\stretch (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cstrut.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cstrut.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cstrut.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\strut (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\strut (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\strut (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\strut (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\strut (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\strut (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csubparagraph.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csubparagraph.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csubparagraph.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\subparagraph (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\subparagraph (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\subparagraph (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\subparagraph (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\subparagraph (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\subparagraph (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csubsection.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csubsection.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csubsection.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\subsection (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\subsection (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\subsection (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\subsection (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\subsection (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\subsection (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csubsubsection-_0026-_005cparagraph-_0026-_005csubparagraph.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csubsubsection-_0026-_005cparagraph-_0026-_005csubparagraph.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csubsubsection-_0026-_005cparagraph-_0026-_005csubparagraph.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\subsubsection & \paragraph & \subparagraph (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\subsubsection & \paragraph & \subparagraph (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\subsubsection & \paragraph & \subparagraph (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\subsubsection & \paragraph & \subparagraph (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\subsubsection & \paragraph & \subparagraph (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\subsubsection & \paragraph & \subparagraph (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csubsubsection.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csubsubsection.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csubsubsection.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\subsubsection (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\subsubsection (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\subsubsection (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\subsubsection (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\subsubsection (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\subsubsection (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ctelephone.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ctelephone.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ctelephone.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\telephone (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\telephone (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\telephone (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\telephone (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\telephone (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\telephone (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Index: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cthepage.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cthepage.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cthepage.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)

Property changes on: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cthepage.html
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cthicklines.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cthicklines.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cthicklines.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\thicklines (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\thicklines (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\thicklines (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\thicklines (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\thicklines (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\thicklines (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cthinlines.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cthinlines.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cthinlines.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\thinlines (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\thinlines (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\thinlines (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\thinlines (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\thinlines (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\thinlines (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cthinspace-_0026-_005cnegthinspace.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cthinspace-_0026-_005cnegthinspace.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cthinspace-_0026-_005cnegthinspace.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\thinspace & \negthinspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\thinspace & \negthinspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\thinspace & \negthinspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\thinspace & \negthinspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\thinspace & \negthinspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\thinspace & \negthinspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
@@ -93,7 +93,7 @@
 <div class="section-level-extent" id="g_t_005cthinspace-_0026-_005cnegthinspace">
 <div class="nav-panel">
 <p>
-Next: <a href="_005c_002f.html" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\/</code></a>, Previous: <a href="_007e.html" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">~</code></a>, Up: <a href="Spaces.html" accesskey="u" rel="up">Spaces</a>   [<a href="index.html#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="Index.html" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Next: <a href="_005c_002f.html" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\/</code></a>, Previous: <a href="_007e.html" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">~</code>, <code class="code">\nobreakspace</code></a>, Up: <a href="Spaces.html" accesskey="u" rel="up">Spaces</a>   [<a href="index.html#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="Index.html" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
 </div>
 <hr>
 <h3 class="section" id="g_t_005cthinspace-_0026-_005cnegthinspace-1">19.8 <code class="code">\thinspace</code> & <code class="code">\negthinspace</code></h3>

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cthinspace.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cthinspace.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cthinspace.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\thinspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\thinspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\thinspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\thinspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\thinspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\thinspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cthispagestyle.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cthispagestyle.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cthispagestyle.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\thispagestyle (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\thispagestyle (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\thispagestyle (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\thispagestyle (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\thispagestyle (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\thispagestyle (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
@@ -52,6 +52,7 @@
 <link href="Index.html" rel="index" title="Index">
 <link href="index.html#SEC_Contents" rel="contents" title="Table of Contents">
 <link href="Page-styles.html" rel="up" title="Page styles">
+<link href="_005cthepage.html" rel="next" title="\thepage">
 <link href="_005cpagestyle.html" rel="prev" title="\pagestyle">
 <style type="text/css">
 <!--
@@ -91,7 +92,7 @@
 <div class="section-level-extent" id="g_t_005cthispagestyle">
 <div class="nav-panel">
 <p>
-Previous: <a href="_005cpagestyle.html" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\pagestyle</code></a>, Up: <a href="Page-styles.html" accesskey="u" rel="up">Page styles</a>   [<a href="index.html#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="Index.html" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Next: <a href="_005cthepage.html" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\thepage</code></a>, Previous: <a href="_005cpagestyle.html" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\pagestyle</code></a>, Up: <a href="Page-styles.html" accesskey="u" rel="up">Page styles</a>   [<a href="index.html#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="Index.html" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
 </div>
 <hr>
 <h3 class="section" id="g_t_005cthispagestyle-1">18.4 <code class="code">\thispagestyle</code></h3>

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ctoday.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ctoday.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ctoday.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\today (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\today (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\today (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\today (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\today (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\today (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ctwocolumn.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ctwocolumn.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ctwocolumn.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\twocolumn (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\twocolumn (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\twocolumn (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\twocolumn (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\twocolumn (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\twocolumn (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ctypein.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ctypein.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ctypein.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\typein (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\typein (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\typein (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\typein (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\typein (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\typein (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ctypeout.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ctypeout.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ctypeout.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\typeout (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\typeout (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\typeout (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\typeout (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\typeout (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\typeout (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cunboldmath.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cunboldmath.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cunboldmath.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\unboldmath (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\unboldmath (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\unboldmath (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\unboldmath (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\unboldmath (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\unboldmath (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cusebox.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cusebox.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cusebox.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\usebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\usebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\usebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\usebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\usebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\usebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cusecounter.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cusecounter.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cusecounter.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\usecounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\usecounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\usecounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\usecounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\usecounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\usecounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cvalue.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cvalue.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cvalue.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\value (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\value (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\value (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\value (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\value (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\value (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cvector.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cvector.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cvector.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\vector (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\vector (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\vector (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\vector (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\vector (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\vector (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cverb.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cverb.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cverb.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\verb (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\verb (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\verb (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\verb (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\verb (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\verb (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cvfill.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cvfill.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cvfill.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\vfill (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\vfill (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\vfill (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\vfill (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\vfill (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\vfill (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cvline.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cvline.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cvline.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\vline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\vline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\vline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\vline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\vline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\vline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cvphantom.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cvphantom.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cvphantom.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\vphantom (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\vphantom (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\vphantom (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\vphantom (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\vphantom (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\vphantom (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cvspace.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cvspace.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cvspace.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\vspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\vspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\vspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\vspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\vspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\vspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cwlog.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cwlog.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cwlog.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\wlog (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\wlog (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\wlog (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\wlog (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\wlog (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\wlog (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cwrite-and-security.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cwrite-and-security.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cwrite-and-security.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\write and security (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\write and security (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\write and security (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\write and security (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\write and security (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\write and security (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cwrite.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cwrite.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cwrite.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\write (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\write (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\write (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\write (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\write (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\write (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cwrite18.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cwrite18.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cwrite18.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\write18 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\write18 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\write18 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\write18 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\write18 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\write18 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cyear.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cyear.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cyear.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\year (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>\year (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\year (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\year (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="\year (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\year (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_007e.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_007e.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_007e.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>~ (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>~ (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="~ (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="~ (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="~ (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="~ (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
@@ -97,7 +97,7 @@
 Next: <a href="_005cthinspace-_0026-_005cnegthinspace.html" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\thinspace</code> & <code class="code">\negthinspace</code></a>, Previous: <a href="_005c_0028SPACE_0029.html" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Backslash-space, <code class="code">\ </code></a>, Up: <a href="Spaces.html" accesskey="u" rel="up">Spaces</a>   [<a href="index.html#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="Index.html" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
 </div>
 <hr>
-<h3 class="section" id="g_t_007e-1">19.7 <code class="code">~</code></h3>
+<h3 class="section" id="g_t_007e_002c-_005cnobreakspace">19.7 <code class="code">~</code>, <code class="code">\nobreakspace</code></h3>
 
 <a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_007e"></a>
 <a class="index-entry-id" id="index-tie"></a>
@@ -112,10 +112,14 @@
 <pre class="example-preformatted"><var class="var">before</var>~<var class="var">after</var>
 </pre></div>
 
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cnobreakspace"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-no_002dbreak-space_002c-Unicode-U_002b00A0"></a>
 <p>The <em class="dfn">tie</em> character, <code class="code">~</code>, produces a space between <var class="var">before</var> and
 <var class="var">after</var> at which the line will not be broken. By default the white
 space has length 3.33333<span class="dmn">pt</span> plus 1.66666<span class="dmn">pt</span> minus
-1.11111<span class="dmn">pt</span> (see <a class="pxref" href="Lengths.html">Lengths</a>).
+1.11111<span class="dmn">pt</span> (see <a class="pxref" href="Lengths.html">Lengths</a>).  The command <code class="code">\nobreakspace</code>
+and the Unicode input character U+00A0 (also in many 8-bit encodings)
+are synonyms.
 </p>
 <p>Note that the word ‘<samp class="samp">tie</samp>’ has this meaning in the TeX/Texinfo
 community; this differs from the typographic term “tie”, which
@@ -131,14 +135,14 @@
 <p>In addition, despite the period, LaTeX does not use the
 end-of-sentence spacing (see <a class="pxref" href="_005c_0040.html"><code class="code">\@</code></a>).
 </p>
-<p>Ties prevent the end of line separation of things where that could
-cause confusion. They also still allow hyphenation (of either of the
-tied words), so they are generally preferable to putting consecutive
-words in an <code class="code">\mbox</code> (see <a class="pxref" href="_005cmbox-_0026-_005cmakebox.html"><code class="code">\mbox</code> & <code class="code">\makebox</code></a>). 
+<p>Ties prevent a line break where that could cause confusion. They also
+still allow hyphenation (of either of the tied words), so they are
+generally preferable to putting consecutive words in an <code class="code">\mbox</code>
+(see <a class="pxref" href="_005cmbox-_0026-_005cmakebox.html"><code class="code">\mbox</code> & <code class="code">\makebox</code></a>).
 </p>
-<p>They are also matters of taste, sometimes alarmingly dogmatic taste,
-among readers. Nevertheless, here are some usage models, many of them
-from <cite class="cite">The TeXbook</cite>.
+<p>Exactly where ties should be used is something of a matter of taste,
+sometimes alarmingly dogmatic taste, among readers. Nevertheless, here
+are some usage models, many of them from <cite class="cite">The TeXbook</cite>.
 </p>
 <ul class="itemize mark-bullet">
 <li>Between an enumerator label and number, such as in references:

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/abstract.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/abstract.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/abstract.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>abstract (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>abstract (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="abstract (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="abstract (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="abstract (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="abstract (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/array.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/array.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/array.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>array (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>array (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="array (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="array (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="array (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="array (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/article-template.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/article-template.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/article-template.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>article template (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>article template (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="article template (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="article template (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="article template (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="article template (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/beamer-template.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/beamer-template.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/beamer-template.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>beamer template (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>beamer template (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="beamer template (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="beamer template (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="beamer template (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="beamer template (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/bigskip.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/bigskip.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/bigskip.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>bigskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>bigskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="bigskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="bigskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="bigskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="bigskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/bm.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/bm.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/bm.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>bm (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>bm (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="bm (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="bm (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="bm (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="bm (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/book-template.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/book-template.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/book-template.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>book template (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>book template (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="book template (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="book template (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="book template (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="book template (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/center.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/center.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/center.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>center (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>center (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="center (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="center (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="center (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="center (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/colon.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/colon.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/colon.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>colon (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>colon (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="colon (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="colon (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="colon (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="colon (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/color-models-RGB.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/color-models-RGB.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/color-models-RGB.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>color models RGB (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>color models RGB (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="color models RGB (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="color models RGB (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="color models RGB (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="color models RGB (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/color-models-cmyk.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/color-models-cmyk.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/color-models-cmyk.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>color models cmyk (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>color models cmyk (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="color models cmyk (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="color models cmyk (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="color models cmyk (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="color models cmyk (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/color-models-gray.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/color-models-gray.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/color-models-gray.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>color models gray (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>color models gray (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="color models gray (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="color models gray (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="color models gray (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="color models gray (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/color-models-named.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/color-models-named.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/color-models-named.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>color models named (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>color models named (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="color models named (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="color models named (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="color models named (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="color models named (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/color-models-rgb.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/color-models-rgb.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/color-models-rgb.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>color models rgb (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>color models rgb (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="color models rgb (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="color models rgb (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="color models rgb (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="color models rgb (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/description.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/description.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/description.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>description (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>description (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="description (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="description (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="description (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="description (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/displaymath.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/displaymath.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/displaymath.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>displaymath (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>displaymath (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="displaymath (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="displaymath (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="displaymath (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="displaymath (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
@@ -128,7 +128,7 @@
 ways in that package for having math text broken across lines.
 </p>
 <a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005c_005b_002e_002e_002e_005c_005d-display-math"></a>
-<p>The construct <code class="code">\[<var class="var">math</var>\]</code> is a synonym for the environment
+<p>The construct <code class="code">\[ <var class="var">math</var> \]</code> is a synonym for the environment
 <code class="code">\begin{displaymath} <var class="var">math</var> \end{displaymath}</code> but the
 latter is easier to work with in the source; for instance,
 searching for a square bracket may get false positives but the word
@@ -135,11 +135,11 @@
 <code class="code">displaymath</code> will likely be unique.
 </p>
 <a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_0024_0024_002e_002e_002e_0024_0024-plain-TeX-display-math"></a>
-<p>(Aside: The construct <code class="code">$$<var class="var">math</var>$$</code> from Plain TeX is
-sometimes mistakenly used as a synonym for <code class="code">displaymath</code>.  It is
+<p>The construct <code class="code">$$<var class="var">math</var>$$</code> from Plain TeX is
+sometimes used as a synonym for LaTeX’s <code class="code">displaymath</code>.  It is
 not a synonym, and is not officially supported in LaTeX at all;
 <code class="code">$$</code> doesn’t support the <code class="code">fleqn</code> option (see <a class="pxref" href="Document-class-options.html">Document class options</a>), has different vertical spacing, and doesn’t perform
-consistency checks.)
+consistency checks.
 </p>
 <p>The output from this example is centered and alone on its line. 
 </p>

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/document-classes-article.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/document-classes-article.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/document-classes-article.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>document classes article (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>document classes article (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="document classes article (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="document classes article (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="document classes article (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="document classes article (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/document-classes-book.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/document-classes-book.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/document-classes-book.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>document classes book (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>document classes book (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="document classes book (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="document classes book (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="document classes book (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="document classes book (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/document-classes-letter.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/document-classes-letter.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/document-classes-letter.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>document classes letter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>document classes letter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="document classes letter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="document classes letter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="document classes letter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="document classes letter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/document-classes-report.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/document-classes-report.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/document-classes-report.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>document classes report (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>document classes report (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="document classes report (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="document classes report (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="document classes report (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="document classes report (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/document-classes-slides.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/document-classes-slides.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/document-classes-slides.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>document classes slides (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>document classes slides (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="document classes slides (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="document classes slides (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="document classes slides (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="document classes slides (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/document.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/document.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/document.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>document (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>document (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="document (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="document (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="document (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="document (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/ellipses-cdots.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/ellipses-cdots.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/ellipses-cdots.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>ellipses cdots (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>ellipses cdots (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="ellipses cdots (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="ellipses cdots (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="ellipses cdots (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="ellipses cdots (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/ellipses-ddots.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/ellipses-ddots.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/ellipses-ddots.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>ellipses ddots (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>ellipses ddots (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="ellipses ddots (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="ellipses ddots (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="ellipses ddots (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="ellipses ddots (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/ellipses-ldots.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/ellipses-ldots.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/ellipses-ldots.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>ellipses ldots (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>ellipses ldots (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="ellipses ldots (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="ellipses ldots (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="ellipses ldots (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="ellipses ldots (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/ellipses-vdots.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/ellipses-vdots.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/ellipses-vdots.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>ellipses vdots (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>ellipses vdots (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="ellipses vdots (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="ellipses vdots (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="ellipses vdots (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="ellipses vdots (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate-enumi.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate-enumi.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate-enumi.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>enumerate enumi (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>enumerate enumi (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="enumerate enumi (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="enumerate enumi (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="enumerate enumi (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="enumerate enumi (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate-enumii.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate-enumii.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate-enumii.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>enumerate enumii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>enumerate enumii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="enumerate enumii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="enumerate enumii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="enumerate enumii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="enumerate enumii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate-enumiii.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate-enumiii.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate-enumiii.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>enumerate enumiii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>enumerate enumiii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="enumerate enumiii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="enumerate enumiii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="enumerate enumiii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="enumerate enumiii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate-enumiv.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate-enumiv.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate-enumiv.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>enumerate enumiv (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>enumerate enumiv (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="enumerate enumiv (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="enumerate enumiv (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="enumerate enumiv (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="enumerate enumiv (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate-labelenumi.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate-labelenumi.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate-labelenumi.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>enumerate labelenumi (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>enumerate labelenumi (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="enumerate labelenumi (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="enumerate labelenumi (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="enumerate labelenumi (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="enumerate labelenumi (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate-labelenumii.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate-labelenumii.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate-labelenumii.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>enumerate labelenumii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>enumerate labelenumii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="enumerate labelenumii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="enumerate labelenumii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="enumerate labelenumii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="enumerate labelenumii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate-labelenumiii.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate-labelenumiii.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate-labelenumiii.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>enumerate labelenumiii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>enumerate labelenumiii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="enumerate labelenumiii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="enumerate labelenumiii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="enumerate labelenumiii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="enumerate labelenumiii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate-labelenumiv.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate-labelenumiv.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate-labelenumiv.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>enumerate labelenumiv (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>enumerate labelenumiv (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="enumerate labelenumiv (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="enumerate labelenumiv (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="enumerate labelenumiv (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="enumerate labelenumiv (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>enumerate (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>enumerate (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="enumerate (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="enumerate (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="enumerate (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="enumerate (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/eqnarray.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/eqnarray.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/eqnarray.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>eqnarray (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>eqnarray (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="eqnarray (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="eqnarray (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="eqnarray (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="eqnarray (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/equation.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/equation.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/equation.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>equation (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>equation (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="equation (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="equation (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="equation (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="equation (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/fbox-framebox-fboxrule.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/fbox-framebox-fboxrule.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/fbox-framebox-fboxrule.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>fbox framebox fboxrule (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>fbox framebox fboxrule (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="fbox framebox fboxrule (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="fbox framebox fboxrule (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="fbox framebox fboxrule (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="fbox framebox fboxrule (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/fbox-framebox-fboxsep.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/fbox-framebox-fboxsep.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/fbox-framebox-fboxsep.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>fbox framebox fboxsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>fbox framebox fboxsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="fbox framebox fboxsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="fbox framebox fboxsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="fbox framebox fboxsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="fbox framebox fboxsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/figure.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/figure.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/figure.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>figure (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>figure (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="figure (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="figure (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="figure (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="figure (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/filecontents.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/filecontents.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/filecontents.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>filecontents (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>filecontents (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="filecontents (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="filecontents (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="filecontents (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="filecontents (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-bottomfraction.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-bottomfraction.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-bottomfraction.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>floats bottomfraction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>floats bottomfraction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="floats bottomfraction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="floats bottomfraction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="floats bottomfraction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="floats bottomfraction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-bottomnumber.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-bottomnumber.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-bottomnumber.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>floats bottomnumber (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>floats bottomnumber (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="floats bottomnumber (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="floats bottomnumber (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="floats bottomnumber (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="floats bottomnumber (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-dbltopnumber.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-dbltopnumber.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-dbltopnumber.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>floats dbltopnumber (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>floats dbltopnumber (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="floats dbltopnumber (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="floats dbltopnumber (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="floats dbltopnumber (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="floats dbltopnumber (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-floatpagefraction.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-floatpagefraction.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-floatpagefraction.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>floats floatpagefraction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>floats floatpagefraction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="floats floatpagefraction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="floats floatpagefraction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="floats floatpagefraction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="floats floatpagefraction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-floatsep.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-floatsep.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-floatsep.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>floats floatsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>floats floatsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="floats floatsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="floats floatsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="floats floatsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="floats floatsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-intextsep.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-intextsep.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-intextsep.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>floats intextsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>floats intextsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="floats intextsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="floats intextsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="floats intextsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="floats intextsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-textfloatsep.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-textfloatsep.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-textfloatsep.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>floats textfloatsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>floats textfloatsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="floats textfloatsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="floats textfloatsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="floats textfloatsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="floats textfloatsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-textfraction.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-textfraction.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-textfraction.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>floats textfraction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>floats textfraction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="floats textfraction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="floats textfraction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="floats textfraction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="floats textfraction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-topfraction.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-topfraction.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-topfraction.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>floats topfraction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>floats topfraction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="floats topfraction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="floats topfraction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="floats topfraction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="floats topfraction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-topnumber.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-topnumber.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-topnumber.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>floats topnumber (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>floats topnumber (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="floats topnumber (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="floats topnumber (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="floats topnumber (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="floats topnumber (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-totalnumber.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-totalnumber.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-totalnumber.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>floats totalnumber (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>floats totalnumber (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="floats totalnumber (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="floats totalnumber (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="floats totalnumber (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="floats totalnumber (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/flushleft.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/flushleft.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/flushleft.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>flushleft (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>flushleft (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="flushleft (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="flushleft (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="flushleft (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="flushleft (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/flushright.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/flushright.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/flushright.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>flushright (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>flushright (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="flushright (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="flushright (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="flushright (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="flushright (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/fontenc-package.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/fontenc-package.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/fontenc-package.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>fontenc package (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>fontenc package (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="fontenc package (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="fontenc package (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="fontenc package (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="fontenc package (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/footnote-footnoterule.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/footnote-footnoterule.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/footnote-footnoterule.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>footnote footnoterule (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>footnote footnoterule (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="footnote footnoterule (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="footnote footnoterule (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="footnote footnoterule (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="footnote footnoterule (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/footnote-footnotesep.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/footnote-footnotesep.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/footnote-footnotesep.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>footnote footnotesep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>footnote footnotesep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="footnote footnotesep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="footnote footnotesep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="footnote footnotesep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="footnote footnotesep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-bb.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-bb.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-bb.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>includegraphics bb (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>includegraphics bb (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="includegraphics bb (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics bb (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="includegraphics bb (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics bb (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-bbllx.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-bbllx.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-bbllx.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>includegraphics bbllx (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>includegraphics bbllx (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="includegraphics bbllx (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics bbllx (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="includegraphics bbllx (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics bbllx (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-bblly.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-bblly.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-bblly.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>includegraphics bblly (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>includegraphics bblly (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="includegraphics bblly (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics bblly (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="includegraphics bblly (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics bblly (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-bburx.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-bburx.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-bburx.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>includegraphics bburx (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>includegraphics bburx (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="includegraphics bburx (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics bburx (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="includegraphics bburx (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics bburx (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-bbury.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-bbury.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-bbury.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>includegraphics bbury (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>includegraphics bbury (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="includegraphics bbury (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics bbury (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="includegraphics bbury (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics bbury (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-clip.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-clip.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-clip.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>includegraphics clip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>includegraphics clip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="includegraphics clip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics clip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="includegraphics clip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics clip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-command.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-command.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-command.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>includegraphics command (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>includegraphics command (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="includegraphics command (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics command (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="includegraphics command (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics command (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-draft.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-draft.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-draft.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>includegraphics draft (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>includegraphics draft (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="includegraphics draft (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics draft (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="includegraphics draft (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics draft (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-ext.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-ext.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-ext.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>includegraphics ext (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>includegraphics ext (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="includegraphics ext (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics ext (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="includegraphics ext (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics ext (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-height.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-height.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-height.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>includegraphics height (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>includegraphics height (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="includegraphics height (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics height (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="includegraphics height (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics height (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-hiresbb.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-hiresbb.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-hiresbb.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>includegraphics hiresbb (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>includegraphics hiresbb (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="includegraphics hiresbb (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics hiresbb (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="includegraphics hiresbb (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics hiresbb (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-interpolate.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-interpolate.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-interpolate.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>includegraphics interpolate (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>includegraphics interpolate (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="includegraphics interpolate (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics interpolate (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="includegraphics interpolate (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics interpolate (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-keepaspectratio.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-keepaspectratio.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-keepaspectratio.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>includegraphics keepaspectratio (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>includegraphics keepaspectratio (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="includegraphics keepaspectratio (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics keepaspectratio (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="includegraphics keepaspectratio (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics keepaspectratio (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-natheight.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-natheight.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-natheight.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>includegraphics natheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>includegraphics natheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="includegraphics natheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics natheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="includegraphics natheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics natheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-natwidth.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-natwidth.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-natwidth.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>includegraphics natwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>includegraphics natwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="includegraphics natwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics natwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="includegraphics natwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics natwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-page.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-page.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-page.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>includegraphics page (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>includegraphics page (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="includegraphics page (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics page (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="includegraphics page (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics page (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-pagebox.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-pagebox.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-pagebox.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>includegraphics pagebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>includegraphics pagebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="includegraphics pagebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics pagebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="includegraphics pagebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics pagebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-quiet.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-quiet.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-quiet.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>includegraphics quiet (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>includegraphics quiet (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="includegraphics quiet (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics quiet (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="includegraphics quiet (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics quiet (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-read.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-read.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-read.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>includegraphics read (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>includegraphics read (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="includegraphics read (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics read (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="includegraphics read (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics read (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-totalheight.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-totalheight.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-totalheight.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>includegraphics totalheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>includegraphics totalheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="includegraphics totalheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics totalheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="includegraphics totalheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics totalheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-trim.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-trim.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-trim.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>includegraphics trim (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>includegraphics trim (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="includegraphics trim (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics trim (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="includegraphics trim (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics trim (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-type.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-type.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-type.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>includegraphics type (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>includegraphics type (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="includegraphics type (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics type (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="includegraphics type (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics type (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-viewport.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-viewport.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-viewport.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>includegraphics viewport (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>includegraphics viewport (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="includegraphics viewport (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics viewport (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="includegraphics viewport (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics viewport (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-width.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-width.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-width.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>includegraphics width (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>includegraphics width (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="includegraphics width (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics width (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="includegraphics width (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics width (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/index.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/index.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/index.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Top (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>Top (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Top (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Top (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="Top (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Top (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
@@ -135,7 +135,7 @@
 <h1 class="top" id="LaTeX2e_003a-An-unofficial-reference-manual">LaTeX2e: An unofficial reference manual</h1>
 
 <p>This document is an unofficial reference manual (version of
-January 2023) for LaTeX2e, a document preparation system.
+July 2023) for LaTeX2e, a document preparation system.
 </p>
 
 <div class="element-contents" id="SEC_Contents">
@@ -305,13 +305,14 @@
     <li><a id="toc-_005cobeycr-_0026-_005crestorecr-1" href="_005cobeycr-_0026-_005crestorecr.html">9.2 <code class="code">\obeycr</code> & <code class="code">\restorecr</code></a></li>
     <li><a id="toc-_005cnewline-1" href="_005cnewline.html">9.3 <code class="code">\newline</code></a></li>
     <li><a id="toc-_005c_002d-_0028discretionary-hyphen_0029" href="_005c_002d-_0028hyphenation_0029.html">9.4 <code class="code">\-</code> (discretionary hyphen)</a></li>
-    <li><a id="toc-_005cdiscretionary-_0028generalized-hyphenation-point_0029" href="_005cdiscretionary.html">9.5 <code class="code">\discretionary</code> (generalized hyphenation point)</a></li>
-    <li><a id="toc-_005cfussy-_0026-_005csloppy-1" href="_005cfussy-_0026-_005csloppy.html">9.6 <code class="code">\fussy</code> & <code class="code">\sloppy</code></a>
+    <li><a id="toc-_005cslash_003a-breakable-_002f" href="_005cslash.html">9.5 <code class="code">\slash</code>: breakable ‘<samp class="samp">/</samp>’</a></li>
+    <li><a id="toc-_005cdiscretionary-_0028generalized-hyphenation-point_0029" href="_005cdiscretionary.html">9.6 <code class="code">\discretionary</code> (generalized hyphenation point)</a></li>
+    <li><a id="toc-_005cfussy-_0026-_005csloppy-1" href="_005cfussy-_0026-_005csloppy.html">9.7 <code class="code">\fussy</code> & <code class="code">\sloppy</code></a>
     <ul class="toc-numbered-mark">
-      <li><a id="toc-sloppypar-1" href="sloppypar.html">9.6.1 <code class="code">sloppypar</code></a></li>
+      <li><a id="toc-sloppypar-1" href="sloppypar.html">9.7.1 <code class="code">sloppypar</code></a></li>
     </ul></li>
-    <li><a id="toc-_005chyphenation-1" href="_005chyphenation.html">9.7 <code class="code">\hyphenation</code></a></li>
-    <li><a id="toc-_005clinebreak-_0026-_005cnolinebreak-1" href="_005clinebreak-_0026-_005cnolinebreak.html">9.8 <code class="code">\linebreak</code> & <code class="code">\nolinebreak</code></a></li>
+    <li><a id="toc-_005chyphenation-1" href="_005chyphenation.html">9.8 <code class="code">\hyphenation</code></a></li>
+    <li><a id="toc-_005clinebreak-_0026-_005cnolinebreak-1" href="_005clinebreak-_0026-_005cnolinebreak.html">9.9 <code class="code">\linebreak</code> & <code class="code">\nolinebreak</code></a></li>
   </ul></li>
   <li><a id="toc-Page-breaking-1" href="Page-breaking.html">10 Page breaking</a>
   <ul class="toc-numbered-mark">
@@ -427,6 +428,7 @@
     <li><a id="toc-_005cpagenumbering-1" href="_005cpagenumbering.html">18.2 <code class="code">\pagenumbering</code></a></li>
     <li><a id="toc-_005cpagestyle-1" href="_005cpagestyle.html">18.3 <code class="code">\pagestyle</code></a></li>
     <li><a id="toc-_005cthispagestyle-1" href="_005cthispagestyle.html">18.4 <code class="code">\thispagestyle</code></a></li>
+    <li><a id="toc-_005cthepage-1" href="_005cthepage.html">18.5 <code class="code">\thepage</code></a></li>
   </ul></li>
   <li><a id="toc-Spaces-1" href="Spaces.html">19 Spaces</a>
   <ul class="toc-numbered-mark">
@@ -441,7 +443,7 @@
       <li><a id="toc-_005cnormalsfcodes-1" href="_005cnormalsfcodes.html">19.5.3 <code class="code">\normalsfcodes</code></a></li>
     </ul></li>
     <li><a id="toc-Backslash_002dspace_002c-_005c-" href="_005c_0028SPACE_0029.html">19.6 Backslash-space, <code class="code">\ </code></a></li>
-    <li><a id="toc-_007e-1" href="_007e.html">19.7 <code class="code">~</code></a></li>
+    <li><a id="toc-_007e_002c-_005cnobreakspace" href="_007e.html">19.7 <code class="code">~</code>, <code class="code">\nobreakspace</code></a></li>
     <li><a id="toc-_005cthinspace-_0026-_005cnegthinspace-1" href="_005cthinspace-_0026-_005cnegthinspace.html">19.8 <code class="code">\thinspace</code> & <code class="code">\negthinspace</code></a></li>
     <li><a id="toc-_005c_002f-1" href="_005c_002f.html">19.9 <code class="code">\/</code></a></li>
     <li><a id="toc-_005chrulefill-_0026-_005cdotfill-1" href="_005chrulefill-_0026-_005cdotfill.html">19.10 <code class="code">\hrulefill</code> & <code class="code">\dotfill</code></a></li>

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/inputenc-package.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/inputenc-package.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/inputenc-package.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>inputenc package (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>inputenc package (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="inputenc package (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="inputenc package (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="inputenc package (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="inputenc package (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/interaction-modes.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/interaction-modes.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/interaction-modes.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>interaction modes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>interaction modes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="interaction modes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="interaction modes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="interaction modes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="interaction modes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-labelitemi.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-labelitemi.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-labelitemi.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>itemize labelitemi (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>itemize labelitemi (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="itemize labelitemi (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="itemize labelitemi (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="itemize labelitemi (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="itemize labelitemi (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-labelitemii.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-labelitemii.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-labelitemii.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>itemize labelitemii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>itemize labelitemii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="itemize labelitemii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="itemize labelitemii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="itemize labelitemii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="itemize labelitemii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-labelitemiii.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-labelitemiii.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-labelitemiii.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>itemize labelitemiii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>itemize labelitemiii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="itemize labelitemiii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="itemize labelitemiii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="itemize labelitemiii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="itemize labelitemiii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-labelitemiv.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-labelitemiv.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-labelitemiv.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>itemize labelitemiv (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>itemize labelitemiv (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="itemize labelitemiv (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="itemize labelitemiv (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="itemize labelitemiv (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="itemize labelitemiv (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-leftmargin.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-leftmargin.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-leftmargin.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>itemize leftmargin (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>itemize leftmargin (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="itemize leftmargin (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="itemize leftmargin (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="itemize leftmargin (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="itemize leftmargin (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-leftmargini.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-leftmargini.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-leftmargini.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>itemize leftmargini (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>itemize leftmargini (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="itemize leftmargini (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="itemize leftmargini (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="itemize leftmargini (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="itemize leftmargini (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-leftmarginii.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-leftmarginii.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-leftmarginii.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>itemize leftmarginii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>itemize leftmarginii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="itemize leftmarginii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="itemize leftmarginii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="itemize leftmarginii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="itemize leftmarginii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-leftmarginiii.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-leftmarginiii.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-leftmarginiii.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>itemize leftmarginiii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>itemize leftmarginiii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="itemize leftmarginiii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="itemize leftmarginiii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="itemize leftmarginiii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="itemize leftmarginiii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-leftmarginiv.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-leftmarginiv.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-leftmarginiv.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>itemize leftmarginiv (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>itemize leftmarginiv (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="itemize leftmarginiv (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="itemize leftmarginiv (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="itemize leftmarginiv (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="itemize leftmarginiv (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-leftmarginv.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-leftmarginv.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-leftmarginv.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>itemize leftmarginv (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>itemize leftmarginv (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="itemize leftmarginv (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="itemize leftmarginv (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="itemize leftmarginv (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="itemize leftmarginv (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-leftmarginvi.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-leftmarginvi.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-leftmarginvi.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>itemize leftmarginvi (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>itemize leftmarginvi (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="itemize leftmarginvi (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="itemize leftmarginvi (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="itemize leftmarginvi (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="itemize leftmarginvi (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>itemize (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>itemize (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="itemize (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="itemize (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="itemize (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="itemize (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/letter.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/letter.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/letter.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>letter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>letter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="letter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="letter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="letter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="letter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-beginparpenalty.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-beginparpenalty.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-beginparpenalty.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>list beginparpenalty (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>list beginparpenalty (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="list beginparpenalty (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="list beginparpenalty (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="list beginparpenalty (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="list beginparpenalty (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-endparpenalty.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-endparpenalty.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-endparpenalty.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>list endparpenalty (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>list endparpenalty (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="list endparpenalty (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="list endparpenalty (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="list endparpenalty (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="list endparpenalty (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-itemindent.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-itemindent.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-itemindent.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>list itemindent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>list itemindent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="list itemindent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="list itemindent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="list itemindent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="list itemindent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-itempenalty.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-itempenalty.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-itempenalty.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>list itempenalty (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>list itempenalty (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="list itempenalty (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="list itempenalty (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="list itempenalty (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="list itempenalty (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-itemsep.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-itemsep.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-itemsep.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>list itemsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>list itemsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="list itemsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="list itemsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="list itemsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="list itemsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-labelsep.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-labelsep.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-labelsep.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>list labelsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>list labelsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="list labelsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="list labelsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="list labelsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="list labelsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-labelwidth.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-labelwidth.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-labelwidth.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>list labelwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>list labelwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="list labelwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="list labelwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="list labelwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="list labelwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-leftmargin.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-leftmargin.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-leftmargin.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>list leftmargin (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>list leftmargin (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="list leftmargin (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="list leftmargin (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="list leftmargin (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="list leftmargin (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-listparindent.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-listparindent.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-listparindent.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>list listparindent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>list listparindent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="list listparindent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="list listparindent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="list listparindent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="list listparindent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-makelabel.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-makelabel.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-makelabel.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>list makelabel (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>list makelabel (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="list makelabel (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="list makelabel (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="list makelabel (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="list makelabel (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-parsep.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-parsep.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-parsep.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>list parsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>list parsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="list parsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="list parsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="list parsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="list parsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-partopsep.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-partopsep.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-partopsep.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>list partopsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>list partopsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="list partopsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="list partopsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="list partopsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="list partopsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-rightmargin.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-rightmargin.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-rightmargin.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>list rightmargin (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>list rightmargin (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="list rightmargin (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="list rightmargin (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="list rightmargin (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="list rightmargin (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-topsep.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-topsep.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-topsep.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>list topsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>list topsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="list topsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="list topsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="list topsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="list topsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>list (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>list (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="list (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="list (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="list (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="list (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
@@ -187,7 +187,7 @@
 the list.  Each is a length (see <a class="pxref" href="Lengths.html">Lengths</a>).  The vertical spaces are
 normally rubber lengths, with <code class="code">plus</code> and <code class="code">minus</code> components,
 to give TeX flexibility in setting the page.  Change each with a
-command such as <code class="code">\setlength{itemsep}{2pt plus1pt minus1pt}</code>.
+command such as <code class="code">\setlength{\itemsep}{2pt plus1pt minus1pt}</code>.
 For some effects these lengths should be zero or negative.
 </p>
 <dl class="ftable">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/low-level-font-commands-fontencoding.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/low-level-font-commands-fontencoding.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/low-level-font-commands-fontencoding.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>low level font commands fontencoding (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>low level font commands fontencoding (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="low level font commands fontencoding (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="low level font commands fontencoding (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="low level font commands fontencoding (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="low level font commands fontencoding (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/low-level-font-commands-fontfamily.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/low-level-font-commands-fontfamily.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/low-level-font-commands-fontfamily.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>low level font commands fontfamily (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>low level font commands fontfamily (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="low level font commands fontfamily (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="low level font commands fontfamily (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="low level font commands fontfamily (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="low level font commands fontfamily (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/low-level-font-commands-fontseries.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/low-level-font-commands-fontseries.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/low-level-font-commands-fontseries.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>low level font commands fontseries (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>low level font commands fontseries (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="low level font commands fontseries (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="low level font commands fontseries (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="low level font commands fontseries (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="low level font commands fontseries (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/low-level-font-commands-fontshape.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/low-level-font-commands-fontshape.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/low-level-font-commands-fontshape.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>low level font commands fontshape (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>low level font commands fontshape (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="low level font commands fontshape (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="low level font commands fontshape (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="low level font commands fontshape (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="low level font commands fontshape (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/low-level-font-commands-fontsize.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/low-level-font-commands-fontsize.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/low-level-font-commands-fontsize.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>low level font commands fontsize (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>low level font commands fontsize (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="low level font commands fontsize (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="low level font commands fontsize (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="low level font commands fontsize (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="low level font commands fontsize (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/low-level-font-commands-linespread.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/low-level-font-commands-linespread.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/low-level-font-commands-linespread.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>low level font commands linespread (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>low level font commands linespread (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="low level font commands linespread (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="low level font commands linespread (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="low level font commands linespread (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="low level font commands linespread (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/low-level-font-commands-selectfont.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/low-level-font-commands-selectfont.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/low-level-font-commands-selectfont.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>low level font commands selectfont (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>low level font commands selectfont (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="low level font commands selectfont (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="low level font commands selectfont (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="low level font commands selectfont (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="low level font commands selectfont (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/low-level-font-commands-usefont.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/low-level-font-commands-usefont.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/low-level-font-commands-usefont.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>low level font commands usefont (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>low level font commands usefont (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="low level font commands usefont (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="low level font commands usefont (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="low level font commands usefont (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="low level font commands usefont (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/lrbox.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/lrbox.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/lrbox.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>lrbox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>lrbox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="lrbox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="lrbox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="lrbox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="lrbox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-delim-0.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-delim-0.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-delim-0.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>makeindex delim 0 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>makeindex delim 0 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="makeindex delim 0 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex delim 0 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="makeindex delim 0 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex delim 0 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-delim-1.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-delim-1.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-delim-1.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>makeindex delim 1 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>makeindex delim 1 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="makeindex delim 1 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex delim 1 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="makeindex delim 1 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex delim 1 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-delim-2.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-delim-2.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-delim-2.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>makeindex delim 2 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>makeindex delim 2 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="makeindex delim 2 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex delim 2 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="makeindex delim 2 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex delim 2 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-delim-n.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-delim-n.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-delim-n.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>makeindex delim n (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>makeindex delim n (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="makeindex delim n (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex delim n (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="makeindex delim n (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex delim n (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-delim-r.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-delim-r.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-delim-r.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>makeindex delim r (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>makeindex delim r (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="makeindex delim r (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex delim r (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="makeindex delim r (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex delim r (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-group-skip.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-group-skip.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-group-skip.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>makeindex group skip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>makeindex group skip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="makeindex group skip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex group skip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="makeindex group skip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex group skip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-indent-length.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-indent-length.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-indent-length.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>makeindex indent length (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>makeindex indent length (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="makeindex indent length (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex indent length (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="makeindex indent length (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex indent length (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-indent-space.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-indent-space.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-indent-space.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>makeindex indent space (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>makeindex indent space (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="makeindex indent space (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex indent space (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="makeindex indent space (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex indent space (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-item-0.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-item-0.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-item-0.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>makeindex item 0 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>makeindex item 0 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="makeindex item 0 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex item 0 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="makeindex item 0 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex item 0 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-item-01.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-item-01.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-item-01.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>makeindex item 01 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>makeindex item 01 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="makeindex item 01 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex item 01 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="makeindex item 01 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex item 01 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-item-1.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-item-1.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-item-1.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>makeindex item 1 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>makeindex item 1 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="makeindex item 1 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex item 1 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="makeindex item 1 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex item 1 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-item-12.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-item-12.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-item-12.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>makeindex item 12 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>makeindex item 12 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="makeindex item 12 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex item 12 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="makeindex item 12 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex item 12 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-item-2.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-item-2.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-item-2.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>makeindex item 2 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>makeindex item 2 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="makeindex item 2 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex item 2 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="makeindex item 2 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex item 2 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-item-x1.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-item-x1.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-item-x1.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>makeindex item x1 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>makeindex item x1 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="makeindex item x1 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex item x1 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="makeindex item x1 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex item x1 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-item-x2.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-item-x2.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-item-x2.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>makeindex item x2 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>makeindex item x2 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="makeindex item x2 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex item x2 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="makeindex item x2 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex item x2 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-lethead-prefix.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-lethead-prefix.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-lethead-prefix.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>makeindex lethead prefix (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>makeindex lethead prefix (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="makeindex lethead prefix (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex lethead prefix (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="makeindex lethead prefix (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex lethead prefix (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-lethead-suffix.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-lethead-suffix.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-lethead-suffix.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>makeindex lethead suffix (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>makeindex lethead suffix (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="makeindex lethead suffix (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex lethead suffix (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="makeindex lethead suffix (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex lethead suffix (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-letheadflag.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-letheadflag.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-letheadflag.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>makeindex letheadflag (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>makeindex letheadflag (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="makeindex letheadflag (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex letheadflag (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="makeindex letheadflag (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex letheadflag (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-line-max.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-line-max.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-line-max.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>makeindex line max (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>makeindex line max (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="makeindex line max (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex line max (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="makeindex line max (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex line max (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-page-precedence.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-page-precedence.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-page-precedence.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>makeindex page precedence (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>makeindex page precedence (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="makeindex page precedence (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex page precedence (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="makeindex page precedence (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex page precedence (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-postamble.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-postamble.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-postamble.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>makeindex postamble (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>makeindex postamble (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="makeindex postamble (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex postamble (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="makeindex postamble (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex postamble (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-preamble.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-preamble.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-preamble.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>makeindex preamble (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>makeindex preamble (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="makeindex preamble (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex preamble (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="makeindex preamble (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex preamble (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>makeindex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>makeindex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="makeindex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="makeindex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/marginal-notes-marginparpush.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/marginal-notes-marginparpush.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/marginal-notes-marginparpush.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>marginal notes marginparpush (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>marginal notes marginparpush (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="marginal notes marginparpush (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="marginal notes marginparpush (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="marginal notes marginparpush (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="marginal notes marginparpush (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/marginal-notes-marginparsep.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/marginal-notes-marginparsep.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/marginal-notes-marginparsep.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>marginal notes marginparsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>marginal notes marginparsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="marginal notes marginparsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="marginal notes marginparsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="marginal notes marginparsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="marginal notes marginparsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/marginal-notes-marginparwidth.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/marginal-notes-marginparwidth.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/marginal-notes-marginparwidth.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>marginal notes marginparwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>marginal notes marginparwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="marginal notes marginparwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="marginal notes marginparwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="marginal notes marginparwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="marginal notes marginparwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/math.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/math.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/math.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>math (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>math (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="math (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="math (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="math (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="math (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/mbox-makebox-depth.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/mbox-makebox-depth.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/mbox-makebox-depth.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>mbox makebox depth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>mbox makebox depth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="mbox makebox depth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="mbox makebox depth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="mbox makebox depth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="mbox makebox depth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/mbox-makebox-height.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/mbox-makebox-height.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/mbox-makebox-height.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>mbox makebox height (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>mbox makebox height (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="mbox makebox height (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="mbox makebox height (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="mbox makebox height (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="mbox makebox height (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/mbox-makebox-totalheight.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/mbox-makebox-totalheight.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/mbox-makebox-totalheight.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>mbox makebox totalheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>mbox makebox totalheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="mbox makebox totalheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="mbox makebox totalheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="mbox makebox totalheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="mbox makebox totalheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/mbox-makebox-width.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/mbox-makebox-width.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/mbox-makebox-width.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>mbox makebox width (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>mbox makebox width (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="mbox makebox width (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="mbox makebox width (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="mbox makebox width (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="mbox makebox width (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/medskip.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/medskip.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/medskip.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>medskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>medskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="medskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="medskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="medskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="medskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/minipage.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/minipage.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/minipage.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>minipage (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>minipage (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="minipage (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="minipage (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="minipage (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="minipage (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/modes-inner-paragraph-mode.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/modes-inner-paragraph-mode.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/modes-inner-paragraph-mode.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>modes inner paragraph mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>modes inner paragraph mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="modes inner paragraph mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="modes inner paragraph mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="modes inner paragraph mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="modes inner paragraph mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/modes-internal-vertical-mode.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/modes-internal-vertical-mode.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/modes-internal-vertical-mode.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>modes internal vertical mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>modes internal vertical mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="modes internal vertical mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="modes internal vertical mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="modes internal vertical mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="modes internal vertical mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/modes-lr-mode.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/modes-lr-mode.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/modes-lr-mode.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>modes lr mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>modes lr mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="modes lr mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="modes lr mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="modes lr mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="modes lr mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/modes-math-mode.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/modes-math-mode.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/modes-math-mode.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>modes math mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>modes math mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="modes math mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="modes math mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="modes math mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="modes math mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/modes-outer-paragraph-mode.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/modes-outer-paragraph-mode.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/modes-outer-paragraph-mode.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>modes outer paragraph mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>modes outer paragraph mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="modes outer paragraph mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="modes outer paragraph mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="modes outer paragraph mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="modes outer paragraph mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/modes-paragraph-mode.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/modes-paragraph-mode.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/modes-paragraph-mode.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>modes paragraph mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>modes paragraph mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="modes paragraph mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="modes paragraph mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="modes paragraph mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="modes paragraph mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/modes-vertical-mode.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/modes-vertical-mode.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/modes-vertical-mode.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>modes vertical mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>modes vertical mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="modes vertical mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="modes vertical mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="modes vertical mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="modes vertical mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/output-directory.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/output-directory.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/output-directory.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>output directory (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>output directory (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="output directory (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="output directory (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="output directory (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="output directory (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/output-files-aux.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/output-files-aux.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/output-files-aux.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>output files aux (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>output files aux (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="output files aux (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="output files aux (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="output files aux (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="output files aux (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/output-files-dvi.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/output-files-dvi.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/output-files-dvi.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>output files dvi (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>output files dvi (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="output files dvi (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="output files dvi (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="output files dvi (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="output files dvi (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/output-files-log.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/output-files-log.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/output-files-log.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>output files log (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>output files log (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="output files log (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="output files log (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="output files log (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="output files log (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/output-files-pdf.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/output-files-pdf.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/output-files-pdf.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>output files pdf (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>output files pdf (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="output files pdf (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="output files pdf (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="output files pdf (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="output files pdf (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-columnsep.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-columnsep.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-columnsep.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>page layout parameters columnsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>page layout parameters columnsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="page layout parameters columnsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="page layout parameters columnsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="page layout parameters columnsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="page layout parameters columnsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-columnseprule.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-columnseprule.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-columnseprule.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>page layout parameters columnseprule (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>page layout parameters columnseprule (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="page layout parameters columnseprule (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="page layout parameters columnseprule (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="page layout parameters columnseprule (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="page layout parameters columnseprule (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-columnwidth.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-columnwidth.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-columnwidth.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>page layout parameters columnwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>page layout parameters columnwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="page layout parameters columnwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="page layout parameters columnwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="page layout parameters columnwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="page layout parameters columnwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-evensidemargin.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-evensidemargin.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-evensidemargin.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>page layout parameters evensidemargin (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>page layout parameters evensidemargin (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="page layout parameters evensidemargin (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="page layout parameters evensidemargin (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="page layout parameters evensidemargin (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="page layout parameters evensidemargin (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-footskip.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-footskip.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-footskip.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>page layout parameters footskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>page layout parameters footskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="page layout parameters footskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="page layout parameters footskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="page layout parameters footskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="page layout parameters footskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-headheight.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-headheight.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-headheight.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>page layout parameters headheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>page layout parameters headheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="page layout parameters headheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="page layout parameters headheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="page layout parameters headheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="page layout parameters headheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-headsep.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-headsep.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-headsep.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>page layout parameters headsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>page layout parameters headsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="page layout parameters headsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="page layout parameters headsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="page layout parameters headsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="page layout parameters headsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-hsize.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-hsize.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-hsize.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>page layout parameters hsize (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>page layout parameters hsize (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="page layout parameters hsize (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="page layout parameters hsize (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="page layout parameters hsize (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="page layout parameters hsize (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-linewidth.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-linewidth.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-linewidth.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>page layout parameters linewidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>page layout parameters linewidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="page layout parameters linewidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="page layout parameters linewidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="page layout parameters linewidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="page layout parameters linewidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-marginparpush.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-marginparpush.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-marginparpush.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>page layout parameters marginparpush (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>page layout parameters marginparpush (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="page layout parameters marginparpush (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="page layout parameters marginparpush (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="page layout parameters marginparpush (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="page layout parameters marginparpush (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-marginparwidth.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-marginparwidth.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-marginparwidth.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>page layout parameters marginparwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>page layout parameters marginparwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="page layout parameters marginparwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="page layout parameters marginparwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="page layout parameters marginparwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="page layout parameters marginparwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-marginsep.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-marginsep.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-marginsep.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>page layout parameters marginsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>page layout parameters marginsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="page layout parameters marginsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="page layout parameters marginsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="page layout parameters marginsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="page layout parameters marginsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-oddsidemargin.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-oddsidemargin.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-oddsidemargin.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>page layout parameters oddsidemargin (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>page layout parameters oddsidemargin (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="page layout parameters oddsidemargin (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="page layout parameters oddsidemargin (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="page layout parameters oddsidemargin (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="page layout parameters oddsidemargin (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-paperheight.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-paperheight.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-paperheight.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>page layout parameters paperheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>page layout parameters paperheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="page layout parameters paperheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="page layout parameters paperheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="page layout parameters paperheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="page layout parameters paperheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-paperwidth.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-paperwidth.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-paperwidth.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>page layout parameters paperwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>page layout parameters paperwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="page layout parameters paperwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="page layout parameters paperwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="page layout parameters paperwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="page layout parameters paperwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-textheight.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-textheight.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-textheight.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>page layout parameters textheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>page layout parameters textheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="page layout parameters textheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="page layout parameters textheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="page layout parameters textheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="page layout parameters textheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-textwidth.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-textwidth.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-textwidth.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>page layout parameters textwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>page layout parameters textwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="page layout parameters textwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="page layout parameters textwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="page layout parameters textwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="page layout parameters textwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-topmargin.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-topmargin.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-topmargin.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>page layout parameters topmargin (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>page layout parameters topmargin (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="page layout parameters topmargin (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="page layout parameters topmargin (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="page layout parameters topmargin (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="page layout parameters topmargin (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-topskip.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-topskip.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-topskip.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>page layout parameters topskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>page layout parameters topskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="page layout parameters topskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="page layout parameters topskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="page layout parameters topskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="page layout parameters topskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/picture.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/picture.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/picture.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>picture (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>picture (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="picture (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="picture (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="picture (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="picture (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/quotation-_0026-quote.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/quotation-_0026-quote.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/quotation-_0026-quote.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>quotation & quote (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>quotation & quote (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="quotation & quote (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="quotation & quote (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="quotation & quote (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="quotation & quote (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/quotation.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/quotation.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/quotation.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>quotation (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>quotation (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="quotation (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="quotation (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="quotation (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="quotation (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/quote.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/quote.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/quote.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>quote (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>quote (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="quote (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="quote (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="quote (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="quote (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/raisebox-depth.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/raisebox-depth.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/raisebox-depth.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>raisebox depth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>raisebox depth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="raisebox depth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="raisebox depth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="raisebox depth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="raisebox depth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/raisebox-height.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/raisebox-height.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/raisebox-height.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>raisebox height (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>raisebox height (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="raisebox height (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="raisebox height (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="raisebox height (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="raisebox height (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/raisebox-totalheight.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/raisebox-totalheight.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/raisebox-totalheight.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>raisebox totalheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>raisebox totalheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="raisebox totalheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="raisebox totalheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="raisebox totalheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="raisebox totalheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/raisebox-width.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/raisebox-width.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/raisebox-width.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>raisebox width (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>raisebox width (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="raisebox width (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="raisebox width (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="raisebox width (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="raisebox width (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/sectioning-secnumdepth.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/sectioning-secnumdepth.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/sectioning-secnumdepth.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>sectioning secnumdepth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>sectioning secnumdepth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="sectioning secnumdepth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="sectioning secnumdepth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="sectioning secnumdepth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="sectioning secnumdepth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/sectioning-tocdepth.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/sectioning-tocdepth.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/sectioning-tocdepth.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>sectioning tocdepth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>sectioning tocdepth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="sectioning tocdepth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="sectioning tocdepth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="sectioning tocdepth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="sectioning tocdepth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/sloppypar.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/sloppypar.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/sloppypar.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>sloppypar (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>sloppypar (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="sloppypar (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="sloppypar (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="sloppypar (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="sloppypar (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
@@ -94,7 +94,7 @@
 Up: <a href="_005cfussy-_0026-_005csloppy.html" accesskey="u" rel="up"><code class="code">\fussy</code> & <code class="code">\sloppy</code></a>   [<a href="index.html#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="Index.html" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
 </div>
 <hr>
-<h4 class="subsection" id="sloppypar-1">9.6.1 <code class="code">sloppypar</code></h4>
+<h4 class="subsection" id="sloppypar-1">9.7.1 <code class="code">sloppypar</code></h4>
 
 <a class="index-entry-id" id="index-environment_002c-sloppypar"></a>
 <a class="index-entry-id" id="index-sloppypar-environment-1"></a>

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/smallskip.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/smallskip.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/smallskip.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>smallskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>smallskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="smallskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="smallskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="smallskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="smallskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/spacing-in-math-mode-medspace.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/spacing-in-math-mode-medspace.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/spacing-in-math-mode-medspace.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>spacing in math mode medspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>spacing in math mode medspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="spacing in math mode medspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="spacing in math mode medspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="spacing in math mode medspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="spacing in math mode medspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/spacing-in-math-mode-negthinspace.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/spacing-in-math-mode-negthinspace.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/spacing-in-math-mode-negthinspace.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>spacing in math mode negthinspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>spacing in math mode negthinspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="spacing in math mode negthinspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="spacing in math mode negthinspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="spacing in math mode negthinspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="spacing in math mode negthinspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/spacing-in-math-mode-qquad.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/spacing-in-math-mode-qquad.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/spacing-in-math-mode-qquad.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>spacing in math mode qquad (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>spacing in math mode qquad (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="spacing in math mode qquad (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="spacing in math mode qquad (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="spacing in math mode qquad (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="spacing in math mode qquad (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/spacing-in-math-mode-quad.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/spacing-in-math-mode-quad.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/spacing-in-math-mode-quad.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>spacing in math mode quad (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>spacing in math mode quad (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="spacing in math mode quad (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="spacing in math mode quad (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="spacing in math mode quad (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="spacing in math mode quad (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/spacing-in-math-mode-thickspace.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/spacing-in-math-mode-thickspace.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/spacing-in-math-mode-thickspace.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>spacing in math mode thickspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>spacing in math mode thickspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="spacing in math mode thickspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="spacing in math mode thickspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="spacing in math mode thickspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="spacing in math mode thickspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/spacing-in-math-mode-thinspace.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/spacing-in-math-mode-thinspace.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/spacing-in-math-mode-thinspace.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>spacing in math mode thinspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>spacing in math mode thinspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="spacing in math mode thinspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="spacing in math mode thinspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="spacing in math mode thinspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="spacing in math mode thinspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/startsection-afterskip.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/startsection-afterskip.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/startsection-afterskip.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>startsection afterskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>startsection afterskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="startsection afterskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="startsection afterskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="startsection afterskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="startsection afterskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/startsection-beforeskip.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/startsection-beforeskip.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/startsection-beforeskip.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>startsection beforeskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>startsection beforeskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="startsection beforeskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="startsection beforeskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="startsection beforeskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="startsection beforeskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/startsection-indent.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/startsection-indent.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/startsection-indent.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>startsection indent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>startsection indent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="startsection indent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="startsection indent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="startsection indent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="startsection indent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/startsection-level.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/startsection-level.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/startsection-level.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>startsection level (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>startsection level (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="startsection level (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="startsection level (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="startsection level (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="startsection level (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/startsection-name.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/startsection-name.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/startsection-name.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>startsection name (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>startsection name (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="startsection name (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="startsection name (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="startsection name (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="startsection name (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/startsection-style.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/startsection-style.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/startsection-style.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>startsection style (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>startsection style (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="startsection style (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="startsection style (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="startsection style (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="startsection style (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/subscript.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/subscript.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/subscript.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>subscript (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>subscript (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="subscript (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="subscript (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="subscript (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="subscript (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/superscript.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/superscript.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/superscript.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>superscript (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>superscript (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="superscript (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="superscript (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="superscript (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="superscript (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/tabbing.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/tabbing.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/tabbing.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>tabbing (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>tabbing (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="tabbing (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="tabbing (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="tabbing (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="tabbing (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/table.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/table.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/table.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>table (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>table (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="table (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="table (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="table (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="table (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/tabular-arrayrulewidth.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/tabular-arrayrulewidth.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/tabular-arrayrulewidth.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>tabular arrayrulewidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>tabular arrayrulewidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="tabular arrayrulewidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="tabular arrayrulewidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="tabular arrayrulewidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="tabular arrayrulewidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/tabular-arraystrech.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/tabular-arraystrech.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/tabular-arraystrech.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>tabular arraystrech (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>tabular arraystrech (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="tabular arraystrech (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="tabular arraystrech (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="tabular arraystrech (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="tabular arraystrech (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/tabular-doublerulesep.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/tabular-doublerulesep.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/tabular-doublerulesep.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>tabular doublerulesep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>tabular doublerulesep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="tabular doublerulesep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="tabular doublerulesep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="tabular doublerulesep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="tabular doublerulesep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/tabular-tabcolsep.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/tabular-tabcolsep.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/tabular-tabcolsep.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>tabular tabcolsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>tabular tabcolsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="tabular tabcolsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="tabular tabcolsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="tabular tabcolsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="tabular tabcolsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/tabular.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/tabular.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/tabular.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>tabular (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>tabular (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="tabular (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="tabular (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="tabular (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="tabular (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/tex-engines-latex.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/tex-engines-latex.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/tex-engines-latex.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>tex engines latex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>tex engines latex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="tex engines latex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="tex engines latex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="tex engines latex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="tex engines latex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/tex-engines-lualatex.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/tex-engines-lualatex.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/tex-engines-lualatex.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>tex engines lualatex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>tex engines lualatex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="tex engines lualatex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="tex engines lualatex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="tex engines lualatex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="tex engines lualatex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/tex-engines-xelatex.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/tex-engines-xelatex.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/tex-engines-xelatex.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>tex engines xelatex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>tex engines xelatex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="tex engines xelatex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="tex engines xelatex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="tex engines xelatex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="tex engines xelatex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/thebibliography.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/thebibliography.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/thebibliography.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>thebibliography (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>thebibliography (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="thebibliography (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="thebibliography (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="thebibliography (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="thebibliography (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/theorem.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/theorem.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/theorem.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>theorem (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>theorem (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="theorem (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="theorem (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="theorem (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="theorem (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/titlepage.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/titlepage.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/titlepage.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>titlepage (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>titlepage (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="titlepage (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="titlepage (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="titlepage (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="titlepage (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/trivlist.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/trivlist.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/trivlist.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>trivlist (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>trivlist (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="trivlist (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="trivlist (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="trivlist (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="trivlist (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/twocolumn-columnsep.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/twocolumn-columnsep.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/twocolumn-columnsep.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>twocolumn columnsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>twocolumn columnsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="twocolumn columnsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="twocolumn columnsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="twocolumn columnsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="twocolumn columnsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/twocolumn-columnseprule.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/twocolumn-columnseprule.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/twocolumn-columnseprule.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>twocolumn columnseprule (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>twocolumn columnseprule (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="twocolumn columnseprule (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="twocolumn columnseprule (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="twocolumn columnseprule (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="twocolumn columnseprule (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/twocolumn-columnwidth.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/twocolumn-columnwidth.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/twocolumn-columnwidth.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>twocolumn columnwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>twocolumn columnwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="twocolumn columnwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="twocolumn columnwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="twocolumn columnwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="twocolumn columnwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/twocolumn-dblfloatpagefraction.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/twocolumn-dblfloatpagefraction.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/twocolumn-dblfloatpagefraction.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>twocolumn dblfloatpagefraction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>twocolumn dblfloatpagefraction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="twocolumn dblfloatpagefraction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="twocolumn dblfloatpagefraction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="twocolumn dblfloatpagefraction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="twocolumn dblfloatpagefraction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/twocolumn-dblfloatsep.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/twocolumn-dblfloatsep.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/twocolumn-dblfloatsep.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>twocolumn dblfloatsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>twocolumn dblfloatsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="twocolumn dblfloatsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="twocolumn dblfloatsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="twocolumn dblfloatsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="twocolumn dblfloatsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/twocolumn-dbltextfloatsep.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/twocolumn-dbltextfloatsep.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/twocolumn-dbltextfloatsep.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>twocolumn dbltextfloatsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>twocolumn dbltextfloatsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="twocolumn dbltextfloatsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="twocolumn dbltextfloatsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="twocolumn dbltextfloatsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="twocolumn dbltextfloatsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/twocolumn-dbltopfraction.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/twocolumn-dbltopfraction.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/twocolumn-dbltopfraction.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>twocolumn dbltopfraction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>twocolumn dbltopfraction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="twocolumn dbltopfraction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="twocolumn dbltopfraction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="twocolumn dbltopfraction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="twocolumn dbltopfraction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/twocolumn-dbltopnumber.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/twocolumn-dbltopnumber.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/twocolumn-dbltopnumber.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>twocolumn dbltopnumber (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>twocolumn dbltopnumber (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="twocolumn dbltopnumber (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="twocolumn dbltopnumber (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="twocolumn dbltopnumber (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="twocolumn dbltopnumber (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-bp.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-bp.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-bp.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>units of length bp (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>units of length bp (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="units of length bp (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="units of length bp (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="units of length bp (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="units of length bp (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-cc.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-cc.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-cc.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>units of length cc (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>units of length cc (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="units of length cc (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="units of length cc (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="units of length cc (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="units of length cc (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-cm.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-cm.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-cm.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>units of length cm (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>units of length cm (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="units of length cm (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="units of length cm (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="units of length cm (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="units of length cm (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-dd.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-dd.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-dd.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>units of length dd (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>units of length dd (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="units of length dd (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="units of length dd (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="units of length dd (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="units of length dd (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-em.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-em.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-em.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>units of length em (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>units of length em (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="units of length em (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="units of length em (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="units of length em (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="units of length em (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-ex.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-ex.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-ex.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>units of length ex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>units of length ex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="units of length ex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="units of length ex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="units of length ex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="units of length ex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-in.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-in.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-in.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>units of length in (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>units of length in (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="units of length in (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="units of length in (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="units of length in (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="units of length in (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-mm.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-mm.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-mm.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>units of length mm (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>units of length mm (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="units of length mm (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="units of length mm (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="units of length mm (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="units of length mm (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-mu.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-mu.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-mu.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>units of length mu (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>units of length mu (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="units of length mu (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="units of length mu (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="units of length mu (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="units of length mu (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-pc.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-pc.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-pc.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>units of length pc (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>units of length pc (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="units of length pc (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="units of length pc (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="units of length pc (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="units of length pc (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-pt.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-pt.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-pt.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>units of length pt (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>units of length pt (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="units of length pt (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="units of length pt (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="units of length pt (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="units of length pt (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-sp.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-sp.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-sp.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <!-- This file redirects to the location of a node or anchor -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>units of length sp (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>units of length sp (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="units of length sp (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="units of length sp (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="units of length sp (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="units of length sp (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/verbatim.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/verbatim.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/verbatim.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>verbatim (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>verbatim (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="verbatim (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="verbatim (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="verbatim (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="verbatim (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/verse.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/verse.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/verse.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>verse (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>verse (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="verse (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="verse (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="verse (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="verse (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/xr-package.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/xr-package.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/xr-package.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>xr package (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>xr package (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="xr package (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="xr package (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="xr package (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="xr package (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/xspace-package.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/xspace-package.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/xspace-package.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.1, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
+<!-- Created by GNU Texinfo 7.0.3, https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ -->
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>xspace package (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))</title>
+<title>xspace package (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="xspace package (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="xspace package (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023))">
+<meta name="description" content="xspace package (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="xspace package (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e.dbk
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e.dbk	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e.dbk	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -5,16 +5,16 @@
 ]>
 <book id="latex2e.dbk" lang="en">
 <title>&latex;2e: An unofficial reference manual</title>
-<subtitle>January 2023</subtitle>
-<titleabbrev>&latex;2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023)</titleabbrev>
+<subtitle>July 2023</subtitle>
+<titleabbrev>&latex;2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023)</titleabbrev>
 <bookinfo><title>&latex;2e: An unofficial reference manual</title>
-<subtitle>January 2023</subtitle>
-<titleabbrev>&latex;2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023)</titleabbrev>
+<subtitle>July 2023</subtitle>
+<titleabbrev>&latex;2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023)</titleabbrev>
 <authorgroup>
 <collab><collabname><ulink url="https://latexref.xyz">https://latexref.xyz</ulink></collabname></collab>
 </authorgroup>
 <legalnotice><para>This document is an unofficial reference manual for &latex;, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 </para>
 <para>This manual was originally translated from <filename>LATEX.HLP</filename> v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -607,15 +607,13 @@
 
 <para>When using one of the engines pdf&latex;, Lua&latex;, or Xe&latex;
 (see <link linkend="TeX-engines">&tex; engines</link>), options other than <literal>letterpaper</literal> set
-the print area but you must also set the physical paper size.  One way
-to do that is to put <literal>\pdfpagewidth=\paperwidth</literal> and
-<literal>\pdfpageheight=\paperheight</literal> in your document’s preamble.
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>geometry</literal></primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>geometry</literal> package</primary></indexterm>
+the print area but you must also set the physical paper size. Usually,
+The <literal>geometry</literal> package is the best way to do that; it
+provides flexible ways of setting the print area and physical page size.
+Otherwise, setting the paper size is engine-dependent.  For example,
+with pdf&latex;, you could include <literal>\pdfpagewidth=\paperwidth</literal> and
+<literal>\pdfpageheight=\paperheight</literal> in the preamble.
 </para>
-<para>The <literal>geometry</literal> package provides flexible ways of setting the print
-area and physical page size.
-</para>
 <indexterm role="fn"><primary>draft option</primary></indexterm>
 <indexterm role="fn"><primary>final option</primary></indexterm>
 <indexterm role="fn"><primary>fleqn option</primary></indexterm>
@@ -1642,9 +1640,9 @@
 <para>For example, this line from <filename>t1enc.def</filename> declares the number of the
 glyph to use for &#x00AB;, the left guillemet.
 </para>
-<screen>\DeclareTextSymbol{\guillemotleft}{T1}{19}
+<screen>\DeclareTextSymbol{\guillemetleft}{T1}{19}
 </screen>
-<para>The command <literal>\DeclareTextCommand{\guillemotleft}{T1}{\char
+<para>The command <literal>\DeclareTextCommand{\guillemetleft}{T1}{\char
 19}</literal> has the same effect but is slower (see <link linkend="_005cDeclareTextCommand-_0026-_005cProvideTextCommand">\DeclareTextCommand &
 \ProvideTextCommand</link>).
 </para>
@@ -4492,7 +4490,7 @@
 ways in that package for having math text broken across lines.
 </para>
 <indexterm role="fn"><primary>\[...\] display math</primary></indexterm>
-<para>The construct <literal>\[<replaceable>math</replaceable>\]</literal> is a synonym for the environment
+<para>The construct <literal>\[ <replaceable>math</replaceable> \]</literal> is a synonym for the environment
 <literal>\begin{displaymath} <replaceable>math</replaceable> \end{displaymath}</literal> but the
 latter is easier to work with in the source; for instance,
 searching for a square bracket may get false positives but the word
@@ -4499,12 +4497,12 @@
 <literal>displaymath</literal> will likely be unique.
 </para>
 <indexterm role="fn"><primary>$$...$$ plain &tex; display math</primary></indexterm>
-<para>(Aside: The construct <literal>$$<replaceable>math</replaceable>$$</literal> from Plain &tex; is
-sometimes mistakenly used as a synonym for <literal>displaymath</literal>.  It is
+<para>The construct <literal>$$<replaceable>math</replaceable>$$</literal> from Plain &tex; is
+sometimes used as a synonym for &latex;’s <literal>displaymath</literal>.  It is
 not a synonym, and is not officially supported in &latex; at all;
 <literal>$$</literal> doesn’t support the <literal>fleqn</literal> option (see <link linkend="Document-class-options">Document
 class options</link>), has different vertical spacing, and doesn’t perform
-consistency checks.)
+consistency checks.
 </para>
 <para>The output from this example is centered and alone on its line. 
 </para>
@@ -4750,7 +4748,7 @@
 The equation number is generated using the <literal>equation</literal> counter.
 </para>
 <para>You should have no blank lines between <literal>\begin{equation}</literal> and
-<literal>\begin{equation}</literal>, or &latex; will tell you that there is a
+<literal>\end{equation}</literal>, or &latex; will tell you that there is a
 missing dollar sign.
 </para>
 <indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>amsmath</literal></primary></indexterm>
@@ -5272,7 +5270,7 @@
 the list.  Each is a length (see <link linkend="Lengths">Lengths</link>).  The vertical spaces are
 normally rubber lengths, with <literal>plus</literal> and <literal>minus</literal> components,
 to give &tex; flexibility in setting the page.  Change each with a
-command such as <literal>\setlength{itemsep}{2pt plus1pt minus1pt}</literal>.
+command such as <literal>\setlength{\itemsep}{2pt plus1pt minus1pt}</literal>.
 For some effects these lengths should be zero or negative.
 </para>
 <variablelist><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\itemindent</primary></indexterm><literal>\itemindent</literal>
@@ -7920,7 +7918,23 @@
 </para>
 
 </sect1>
-<sect1 label="9.5" id="_005cdiscretionary">
+<sect1 label="9.5" id="_005cslash">
+<title><literal>\slash</literal>: breakable ‘<literal>/</literal>’</title>
+
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\slash</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>slash character, breakable</primary></indexterm>
+
+<para>The <literal>\slash</literal> command produces a ‘<literal>/</literal>’ character and then a
+penalty of the same value as an explicit ‘<literal>-</literal>’ character
+(<literal>\exhyphenpenalty</literal>). This allows &tex; to break a line at the
+‘<literal>/</literal>’, similar to a hyphen. Hyphenation is allowed in the word part
+preceding the ‘<literal>/</literal>’, but not after. For example:
+</para>
+<screen>The input\slash output of the program is complicated.
+</screen>
+
+</sect1>
+<sect1 label="9.6" id="_005cdiscretionary">
 <title><literal>\discretionary</literal> (generalized hyphenation point)</title>
 <indexterm role="cp"><primary>hyphenation, discretionary</primary></indexterm>
 <indexterm role="cp"><primary>discretionary hyphenation</primary></indexterm>
@@ -7950,7 +7964,7 @@
 
 
 </sect1>
-<sect1 label="9.6" id="_005cfussy-_0026-_005csloppy">
+<sect1 label="9.7" id="_005cfussy-_0026-_005csloppy">
 <title><literal>\fussy</literal> & <literal>\sloppy</literal></title>
 
 <anchor id="_005cfussy"/><anchor id="_005csloppy"/><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\fussy</primary></indexterm>
@@ -7971,7 +7985,7 @@
 </para>
 
 
-<sect2 label="9.6.1" id="sloppypar">
+<sect2 label="9.7.1" id="sloppypar">
 <title><literal>sloppypar</literal></title>
 
 <indexterm role="fn"><primary>environment, <literal>sloppypar</literal></primary></indexterm>
@@ -8007,7 +8021,7 @@
 
 </sect2>
 </sect1>
-<sect1 label="9.7" id="_005chyphenation">
+<sect1 label="9.8" id="_005chyphenation">
 <title><literal>\hyphenation</literal></title>
 
 <indexterm role="fn"><primary>\hyphenation</primary></indexterm>
@@ -8019,7 +8033,7 @@
 </screen>
 <para>Declares allowed hyphenation points within the words in the list.  The
 words in that list are separated by spaces.  Show permitted points for
-hyphenation with a dash character, <literal>-</literal>.
+hyphenation with an ASCII dash character, <literal>-</literal>.
 </para>
 <para>Here is an example:
 </para>
@@ -8026,7 +8040,7 @@
 <screen>\hyphenation{hat-er il-lit-e-ra-ti tru-th-i-ness}
 </screen>
 <para>Use lowercase letters.  &tex; will only hyphenate if the word matches
-exactly, no inflections are tried.  Multiple <literal>\hyphenation</literal>
+exactly; no inflections are tried.  Multiple <literal>\hyphenation</literal>
 commands accumulate.
 </para>
 <!-- xx Re-align on LaTeX-fr which also mentions fontenc, and that -->
@@ -8035,7 +8049,7 @@
 
 
 </sect1>
-<sect1 label="9.8" id="_005clinebreak-_0026-_005cnolinebreak">
+<sect1 label="9.9" id="_005clinebreak-_0026-_005cnolinebreak">
 <title><literal>\linebreak</literal> & <literal>\nolinebreak</literal></title>
 
 <anchor id="_005clinebreak"/><anchor id="_005cnolinebreak"/><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\linebreak</primary></indexterm>
@@ -8287,11 +8301,10 @@
 </para>
 <indexterm role="fn"><primary>\samepage</primary></indexterm>
 <indexterm role="fn"><primary>samepage environment</primary></indexterm>
-<para>(There is an obsolete declaration <literal>\samepage</literal>, which tries to only
-allow a break between two paragraphs.  There is a related environment
-<literal>samepage</literal>, also obsolete.  Neither of these work reliably.  For
-more on keeping material on the same page, see the FAQ entry
-<ulink url="https://texfaq.org/FAQ-nopagebrk">https://texfaq.org/FAQ-nopagebrk</ulink>.)
+<para>A declaration <literal>\samepage</literal> and corresponding <literal>samepage</literal>
+environment try to only allow breaks between paragraphs. They are not
+perfectly reliable.  For more on keeping material on the same page,
+see the FAQ entry <ulink url="https://texfaq.org/FAQ-nopagebrk">https://texfaq.org/FAQ-nopagebrk</ulink>.)
 </para>
 
 </sect1>
@@ -9982,7 +9995,7 @@
 \newcommand{\showhbox}[2]{%
   \fboxsep=0pt\fbox{\hbox to #1{#2}}} 
 </screen>
-<para>This example uses those commands to show a black bar 100 points
+<para>This next example uses those commands to show a black bar 100 points
 long between ‘<literal>XXX</literal>’ and ‘<literal>YYY</literal>’.  This length is rigid.
 </para>
 <screen>XXX\showhbox{100pt}{\blackbar{100pt}}YYY
@@ -10040,7 +10053,7 @@
 <para>The <literal>plus</literal> or <literal>minus</literal> component of a rubber length can contain
 a <firstterm>fill</firstterm> component, as in <literal>1in plus2fill</literal>.  This gives the
 length infinite stretchability or shrinkability so that &tex; could set
-it to any distance.  Here the two figures will be equal-spaced across
+it to any distance.  Here the two figures will be equally spaced across
 the page.
 </para>
 <screen>\begin{minipage}{\linewidth}
@@ -13365,11 +13378,11 @@
 </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\thanks{<replaceable>text</replaceable>}</primary></indexterm><literal>\thanks{<replaceable>text</replaceable>}</literal>
 </term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>thanks, for titlepage</primary></indexterm>
 <indexterm role="cp"><primary>credit footnote</primary></indexterm>
-<para>Optional.  Produce a footnote.  You can use it in the author information
-for acknowledgements as illustrated above, but you can also use it in
-the title, or any place a footnote mark makes sense.  It can be any text
-at all so you can use it for any purpose, such as to print an email
-address.
+<para>Optional.  Produce a footnote.  You can use it in the author
+information for acknowledgements as illustrated above, but you can
+also use it in the title, or anywhere that a footnote mark makes
+sense.  It can be any text at all so you can use it for any purpose,
+such as to print an email address.
 </para>
 </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\title{<replaceable>text</replaceable>}</primary></indexterm><literal>\title{<replaceable>text</replaceable>}</literal>
 </term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>title, for titlepage</primary></indexterm>
@@ -13380,11 +13393,11 @@
 yields error ‘<literal>LaTeX Error: No \title given</literal>’.
 </para>
 </listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
-<para>To make your own title page, see <link linkend="titlepage">titlepage</link>. You can either
+<para>To make your own title page, see <link linkend="titlepage">titlepage</link>. You can either
 create this as a one-off or you can include it as part of a renewed
-<literal>\maketitle</literal> command.  (Many publishers will provide a class to use
+<literal>\maketitle</literal> command.  Many publishers will provide a class to use
 in place of <literal>article</literal> that formats the title according to their
-house requirements.)
+house requirements.
 </para>
 
 </sect1>
@@ -13404,18 +13417,11 @@
 so its effect is not stopped by an end of group such as a closing brace
 or an end of environment.
 </para>
-<para>In this example, before the ‘<literal>Main</literal>’ section the pages are numbered
-‘<literal>a</literal>’, etc.  Starting on the page containing the
-<literal>\pagenumbering</literal> call in that section, the pages are numbered
-‘<literal>1</literal>’, etc.
+<para>By default, &latex; numbers pages starting at 1, using Arabic
+numerals.
 </para>
-<screen>\begin{document}\pagenumbering{alph}
-  ...
-\section{Main}\pagenumbering{arabic}
-  ...
-</screen>
 <para>The argument <replaceable>number-style</replaceable> is one of the following (see
-also <link linkend="_005calph-_005cAlph-_005carabic-_005croman-_005cRoman-_005cfnsymbol">\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol</link>).
+also <link linkend="_005calph-_005cAlph-_005carabic-_005croman-_005cRoman-_005cfnsymbol">\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol</link>).
 </para>
 <variablelist><varlistentry><term><literal>arabic</literal>
 </term><listitem><para>Arabic numerals: 1, 2, … 
@@ -13435,25 +13441,41 @@
 get ‘<literal>LaTeX Error: Counter too large</literal>’.
 </para>
 </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>gobble</literal>
-</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>hyperref</literal></primary></indexterm>
+</term><listitem><para>no page number is output, though the number is still reset.
+References to that page also are blank.
+</para>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>hyperref</literal></primary></indexterm>
 <indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>hyperref</literal> package</primary></indexterm>
-<para>&latex; does not output a page number, although it
-does get reset.  References to that page also are blank.  (This does not
-work with the popular package <literal>hyperref</literal> so to have the page number
-not appear you may want to instead use <literal>\pagestyle{empty}</literal> or
-<literal>\thispagestyle{empty}</literal>.)
+
+<para>This setting does not work with the popular package <literal>hyperref</literal>,
+so to omit page numbers you may want to instead use
+<literal>\pagestyle{empty}</literal> or <literal>\thispagestyle{empty}</literal>.
 </para>
 </listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
+<para>If you want to typeset the page number in some other way, or change
+where the page number appears on the page, see <link linkend="_005cpagestyle">\pagestyle</link>
+(in short: use the <literal>fancyhdr</literal> package).  The list above of
+&latex;’s built-in numbering styles cannot be extended.
+</para>
 <para>Traditionally, if a document has front matter—preface, table of
-contents, etc.—then it is numbered with lowercase Roman numerals. The
-main matter of a document uses arabic.  See <link linkend="_005cfrontmatter-_0026-_005cmainmatter-_0026-_005cbackmatter">\frontmatter & \mainmatter
-& \backmatter</link>.
+contents, etc.—then it is numbered with lowercase Roman
+numerals. The main matter of a document uses arabic.  &latex;
+implements this, by providing explicit commands for the different parts
+(see <link linkend="_005cfrontmatter-_0026-_005cmainmatter-_0026-_005cbackmatter">\frontmatter & \mainmatter & \backmatter</link>).
 </para>
-<para>If you want to change where the page number appears on the page,
-see <link linkend="_005cpagestyle">\pagestyle</link>.  If you want to change the value of the page
-number, then you manipulate the <literal>page</literal> counter (see <link linkend="Counters">Counters</link>).
+<para>As an explicit example, before the ‘<literal>Main</literal>’ section the pages are
+numbered ‘<literal>a</literal>’, etc.  Starting on the page containing the
+<literal>\pagenumbering</literal> call in that section, the pages are numbered
+‘<literal>1</literal>’, etc.
 </para>
-
+<screen>\begin{document}\pagenumbering{alph}
+  ...
+\section{Main}\pagenumbering{arabic}
+  ...
+</screen>
+<para>If you want to change the value of the page number, then you
+manipulate the <literal>page</literal> counter (see <link linkend="Counters">Counters</link>).
+</para>
 </sect1>
 <sect1 label="18.3" id="_005cpagestyle">
 <title><literal>\pagestyle</literal></title>
@@ -13473,11 +13495,11 @@
 <indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>fancyhdr</literal></primary></indexterm>
 <indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>fancyhdr</literal> package</primary></indexterm>
 
-<para>A discussion with an example is below.  Note first that the package
+<para>A discussion with an example is below.  First, however: the package
 <literal>fancyhdr</literal> is now the standard way to manipulate headers and
 footers.  New documents that need to do anything other than one of the
 standard options below should use this package.  See its documentation
-on CTAN.
+(<ulink url="https://ctan.org/pkg/fancyhdr">https://ctan.org/pkg/fancyhdr</ulink>).
 </para>
 <para>Values for <replaceable>style</replaceable>:
 </para>
@@ -13588,6 +13610,66 @@
 </para>
 
 </sect1>
+<sect1 label="18.5" id="_005cthepage">
+<title><literal>\thepage</literal></title>
+
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\thepage</primary></indexterm>
+
+<para>If you want to change the appearance of page numbers only in the page
+headers, for example by adding an ornament, typesetting in small caps,
+etc., then the <literal>fancyhdr</literal> package, as mentioned in a previous
+section, is the best approach.
+</para>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>page number representation</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>table of contents, page numbers in</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>cross-references, page numbers in</primary></indexterm>
+<para>On the other hand, you may want to change how page numbers are denoted
+everywhere, including the table of contents and cross-references, as
+well as the page headers.  In this case, you should redefine
+<literal>\thepage</literal>, which is the command &latex; uses for the
+representation of page numbers.
+</para>
+<para>For example, for the <citetitle>TUGboat</citetitle> journal
+(<ulink url="https://tug.org/TUGboat">https://tug.org/TUGboat</ulink>), we often circulate draft versions of
+articles.  For this, we change the page numbering to start at 901, but
+want to print the page numbers with a ‘?’, as in printing ‘?1’ for the
+first page. This helps avoid people from thinking that the page
+numbers are final. We want the ‘?’ to appear in the table of contents
+and cross-references as well as the headers; therefore, we redefine
+<literal>\thepage</literal>:
+</para>
+<screen>\renewcommand\thepage{%
+  \ifnum\value{page}>900
+    % In CM, numerals are exactly .5em,
+    % so make our `?' have that width too.
+    % The \texorpdfstring avoids the hyperref warning:
+    %   Token not allowed in a PDF string ... removing `\@ifnextchar' 
+    \texorpdfstring{\makebox[.5em][l]{\small ?}}{?}%
+    %
+    \textsl{\@arabic{\numexpr\value{page}-900\relax}}% assume e-TeX
+  \else
+    \@arabic{\value{page}}%
+  \fi
+}
+</screen>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary><command>makeindex</command> and special page numbers</primary></indexterm>
+
+<para>There is another complication.  Changing <literal>\thepage</literal> will probably
+break <command>makeindex</command>, since it only understands a few kinds of
+basic counter representations.  Thus, a method to extract a standard
+integer from the document’s special representation has to be
+provided. Continuing our <citetitle>TUGboat</citetitle> example:
+</para>
+<screen>\usepackage{index}
+...
+\newcommand\specialthepage{\inteval{\value{page}-900}}
+\newindex[specialthepage]*{default}{idx}{ind}{Index}
+</screen>
+<para>Thanks to Ulrike Fischer for providing this code.
+There is more discussion at
+<ulink url="https://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/687258">https://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/687258</ulink>.
+</para>
+</sect1>
 </chapter>
 <chapter label="19" id="Spaces">
 <title>Spaces</title>
@@ -13764,13 +13846,14 @@
 <screen>\spacefactor=<replaceable>integer</replaceable>
 </screen>
 <indexterm role="fn"><primary>\spacefactor</primary></indexterm>
-<para>Influence &latex;’s glue stretch and shrink behavior.  Most user-level
-documents do not use this command.
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>space factor</primary></indexterm>
+<para>Influence &latex;’s stretching and shrinking of glue.  Few user-level
+documents need to use this.
 </para>
 <para>While &latex; is laying out the material, it may stretch or shrink the
 gaps between words.  (This space is not a character; it is called the
-<firstterm>interword glue</firstterm>; see <link linkend="_005chspace">\hspace</link>).  The <literal>\spacefactor</literal> command
-(from Plain &tex;) allows you to, for instance, have the space
+<firstterm>interword glue</firstterm>; see <link linkend="_005chspace">\hspace</link>).  The <literal>\spacefactor</literal> parameter
+(a &tex; primitive) allows you to, for instance, have the space
 after a period stretch more than the space after a word-ending letter.
 </para>
 <para>After &latex; places each character, or rule or other box, it sets a
@@ -13780,7 +13863,7 @@
 that the glue can stretch more and shrink less.  Normally, the space
 factor is 1000. This value is in effect following most characters, and
 any non-character box or math formula.  But it is 3000 after a period,
-exclamation mark, or question mark, it is 2000 after a colon, 1500 after
+exclamation mark, or question mark, 2000 after a colon, 1500 after
 a semicolon, 1250 after a comma, and 0 after a right parenthesis or
 bracket, or closing double quote or single quote.  Finally, it is 999
 after a capital letter.
@@ -13787,41 +13870,42 @@
 </para>
 <para>If the space factor <replaceable>f</replaceable> is 1000 then the glue gap will be the
 font’s normal space value (for Computer Modern Roman 10 point this is
-3.3333 points).  Otherwise, if the space factor <replaceable>f</replaceable> is greater
+3.3333pt).  Otherwise, if the space factor <replaceable>f</replaceable> is greater
 than 2000 then &tex; adds the font’s extra space value (for Computer
-Modern Roman 10 point this is 1.11111 points), and then the font’s
+Modern Roman 10 point this is 1.11111pt), and then the font’s
 normal stretch value is multiplied by <inlineequation><mathphrase>f /1000</mathphrase></inlineequation> and the normal
 shrink value is multiplied by <inlineequation><mathphrase>1000/f</mathphrase></inlineequation> (for Computer Modern Roman
-10 point these are 1.66666 and 1.11111 points).
+10 point these are 1.66666 and 1.11111pt).
 </para>
-<para>For example, consider the period ending <literal>A man's best friend is his
-dog.</literal>  After it, &tex; puts in a fixed extra space, and also allows the
-glue to stretch 3 times as much and shrink 1/3 as much, as the glue
-after <literal>friend</literal>, which does not end in a period.
+<para>For example, consider the period ending ‘<literal>A man's best friend is
+his dog.</literal>’.  After it, &tex; puts in a fixed extra space, and also
+allows the glue to stretch 3 times as much and shrink 1/3 as much, as
+the glue after <literal>friend</literal> or any of the other words, since they are
+not followed by punctuation.
 </para>
 <para>The rules for space factors are even more complex because they play
-additional roles.  In practice, there are two consequences.  First, if a
-period or other punctuation is followed by a right parenthesis or
-bracket, or right single or double quote then the spacing effect of that
-period carries through those characters (that is, the following glue
-will have increased stretch and shrink).  Second, if
-punctuation comes after a capital letter then its effect is not in place
-so you get an ordinary space.  This second case also affects abbreviations
-that do not end in a capital letter (see <link linkend="_005c_0040">\@</link>).
+additional roles.  In practice, there are two consequences.  First, if
+a period or other punctuation is followed by a right parenthesis or
+bracket, or right single or double quote then the spacing effect of
+that period carries through those characters (that is, the following
+glue will have increased stretch and shrink).  Second, if punctuation
+comes after a capital letter then the normal effect of the period is
+does not happen, so you get an ordinary space.  This second case also
+affects abbreviations that do not end in a capital letter
+(see <link linkend="_005c_0040">\@</link>).
 </para>
 <para>You can only use <literal>\spacefactor</literal> in paragraph mode or LR mode
 (see <link linkend="Modes">Modes</link>).  You can see the current value with
 <literal>\the\spacefactor</literal> or <literal>\showthe\spacefactor</literal>.
 </para>
-<para>(Comment, not really related to <literal>\spacefactor</literal>: if you get errors
-like ‘<literal>You can't use `\spacefactor' in vertical mode</literal>’, or ‘<literal>You
-can't use `\spacefactor' in math mode.</literal>’, or ‘<literal>Improper \spacefactor</literal>’
-then you have probably tried to redefine an internal command.
-See <link linkend="_005cmakeatletter-_0026-_005cmakeatother">\makeatletter & \makeatother</link>.)
+<para>Finally, not especially related to <literal>\spacefactor</literal> itself: if you
+get errors like ‘<literal>You can't use `\spacefactor' in vertical mode</literal>’,
+or ‘<literal>You can't use `\spacefactor' in math mode.</literal>’, or
+‘<literal>Improper \spacefactor</literal>’ then you have probably tried to redefine
+an internal command.  See <link linkend="_005cmakeatletter-_0026-_005cmakeatother">\makeatletter & \makeatother</link>.
 </para>
 
 
-
 <sect2 label="19.5.1" id="_005c_0040">
 <title><literal>\@</literal></title>
 
@@ -13830,6 +13914,9 @@
 <indexterm role="cp"><primary>period, sentence-ending</primary></indexterm>
 <indexterm role="cp"><primary>period, abbreviation-ending</primary></indexterm>
 <indexterm role="cp"><primary>period, spacing after</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>sentence-ending punctuation</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>non-sentence-ending punctuation</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>punctuation, sentence-ending</primary></indexterm>
 <anchor id="_005cAT"/><!-- old name -->
 
 <para>Synopsis:
@@ -13836,24 +13923,25 @@
 </para>
 <screen><replaceable>capital-letter</replaceable>\@.    
 </screen>
-<para>Treat a period as sentence-ending, where &latex; would otherwise think
-it is part of an abbreviation.  &latex; thinks that a period ends an
-abbreviation if the period comes after a capital letter, and otherwise
-thinks the period ends the sentence.  By default, in justifying a line
-&latex; adjusts the space after a sentence-ending period (or a question
-mark, exclamation point, comma, or colon) more than it adjusts the space
-between words (see <link linkend="_005cspacefactor">\spacefactor</link>).
+<para>Treat a period (or other punctuation) as sentence-ending, where
+&latex; would otherwise think it is part of an abbreviation.
+&latex; thinks that a period ends an abbreviation if the period comes
+after a capital letter, and otherwise thinks the period ends the
+sentence.
 </para>
 <para>This example shows the two cases to remember.
 </para>
 <screen>The songs \textit{Red Guitar}, etc.\ are by Loudon Wainwright~III\@.
 </screen>
-<para>The second period ends the sentence, despite that it is preceded by a
-capital.  We tell &latex; that it ends the sentence by putting
-<literal>\@</literal> before it.  The first period ends the abbreviation
-‘<literal>etc.</literal>’ but not the sentence.  The backslash-space, <literal>\ </literal>,
-produces a mid-sentence space.
+<para>The first period ends the abbreviation ‘<literal>etc.</literal>’ but not the
+sentence.  The backslash-space, <literal>\ </literal>, produces a mid-sentence
+space.  The second period ends the sentence, despite it being preceded
+by a capital letter.  We tell &latex; that it ends the sentence by
+putting <literal>\@</literal> before it.
 </para>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>right parentheses/quotes, and spacing</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>parentheses and ends of sentences</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>quotes and ends of sentences</primary></indexterm>
 <para>So: if you have a capital letter followed by a period that ends the
 sentence, then put <literal>\@</literal> before the period.  This holds even if
 there is an intervening right parenthesis or bracket, or right single or
@@ -13865,17 +13953,24 @@
 </screen>
 <para>will have correct inter-sentence spacing after the period.
 </para>
-<para>The <literal>\@</literal> command is only for a text mode. If you use it outside of
-a text mode then you get ‘<literal>You can't use `\spacefactor' in vertical
-mode</literal>’ (see <link linkend="Modes">Modes</link>).
+<para>The <literal>\@</literal> command is only for text modes. If you use it outside
+of a text mode then you get the error ‘<literal>You can't use
+`\spacefactor' in vertical mode</literal>’ (see <link linkend="Modes">Modes</link>).
 </para>
-<para>Comment: the converse case is a period ending an abbreviation whose last
-letter is not a capital letter, and that abbreviation is not the last
-word in the sentence.  For that case follow the period with a
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>question marks, ending a sentence</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>exclamation points, ending a sentence</primary></indexterm>
+<para>All the above applies equally to question marks and exclamation points
+as periods, since all are sentence-ending punctuation, and &latex;
+increases the space after each in the same way, when they end a
+sentence.  &latex; also increases spacing after colon, semicolon, and
+comma characters (see <link linkend="_005cspacefactor">\spacefactor</link>).
+</para>
+<para>In addition: the converse case is a period (or other punctuation) that
+does not end a sentence.  For that case, follow the period with a
 backslash-space, (<literal>\ </literal>), or a tie, (<literal>~</literal>), or <literal>\@</literal>.
 Examples are <literal>Nat.\ Acad.\ Science</literal>, and <literal>Mr.~Bean</literal>, and
 <literal>(manure, etc.\@) for sale</literal> (note in the last one that the
-<literal>\@</literal> comes before the closing parenthesis).
+<literal>\@</literal> comes after the period but before the closing parenthesis).
 </para>
 
 </sect2>
@@ -13892,19 +13987,22 @@
 <screen>\frenchspacing
 \nonfrenchspacing
 </screen>
-<para>The first declaration causes &latex; to handle spacing between
-sentences in the same way as spacing between words in the middle of a
-sentence.  The second switches back to the default handling in which
-spacing between sentences stretches or shrinks more
-(see <link linkend="_005cspacefactor">\spacefactor</link>).
+<para><literal>\frenchspacing</literal> causes &latex; to make spacing after all
+punctuation, including periods, be the same as the space between words
+in the middle of a sentence.  <literal>\nonfrenchspacing</literal> switches back
+to the default handling in which spacing after most punctuation stretches
+or shrinks differently than a word space (see <link linkend="_005cspacefactor">\spacefactor</link>).
 </para>
-<para>Some typographic traditions, including English, prefer to adjust the
-space between sentences (or spaces following a question mark,
-exclamation point, comma, or colon) more than the space between words
-that are in the middle of a sentence.  Declaring <literal>\frenchspacing</literal>
-(the command is from plain &tex;) switches to the tradition that all
-spaces are treated equally.
+<para>In American English, the typesetting tradition is to adjust, typically
+increasing, the space after punctuation more than the space between
+words that are in the middle of a sentence.  Declaring
+<literal>\frenchspacing</literal> (the command is inherited from plain &tex;)
+switches to the tradition that all spaces are treated equally.
 </para>
+<para>If your &latex; document specifies the language being used, for
+example with the <literal>babel</literal> package, the necessary settings
+should be taken care of for you.
+</para>
 
 </sect2>
 <sect2 label="19.5.3" id="_005cnormalsfcodes">
@@ -13933,8 +14031,7 @@
 <indexterm role="fn"><primary>\<keycap>SPACE</keycap></primary></indexterm>
 
 <para>This section refers to the command consisting of two characters, a
-backslash followed by a space.
-Synopsis:
+backslash followed by a space. Synopsis:
 </para>
 <screen>\ <!-- /@w -->
 </screen>
@@ -13941,8 +14038,9 @@
 <para>Produce a space. By default it produces white space of length
 3.33333pt plus 1.66666pt minus 1.11111pt.
 </para>
-<para>When you type one or more blanks between words, &latex; produces white
-space.  But that is different than an explicit space.  This illustrates.
+<para>When you type one or more blanks between words, &latex; produces
+whitespace that is different than an explicit space.  This
+illustrates:
 </para>
 <screen>\begin{tabular}{rl}
 One blank:& makes some space \\
@@ -13974,9 +14072,9 @@
 <para>Under normal circumstances, <literal>\</literal><keycap>TAB</keycap> and <literal>\</literal><keycap>NEWLINE</keycap>
 are equivalent to backslash-space, <literal>\ </literal>.
 </para>
-<anchor id="Leading-blanks"/><para>Please also note that in order to allow source code indentation, under
-normal circumstances, &tex; ignores leading blanks in a line. So the
-following prints ‘<literal>one word</literal>’:
+<anchor id="Leading-blanks"/><para>In order to allow source code indentation, under normal circumstances,
+&tex; ignores leading blanks in a line. So the following prints
+‘<literal>one word</literal>’:
 </para>
 <screen>one
  word
@@ -13991,7 +14089,7 @@
 
 </sect1>
 <sect1 label="19.7" id="_007e">
-<title><literal>~</literal></title>
+<title><literal>~</literal>, <literal>\nobreakspace</literal></title>
 
 <indexterm role="fn"><primary>~</primary></indexterm>
 <indexterm role="cp"><primary>tie</primary></indexterm>
@@ -14004,10 +14102,14 @@
 </para>
 <screen><replaceable>before</replaceable>~<replaceable>after</replaceable>
 </screen>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>\nobreakspace</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>no-break space, Unicode U+00A0</primary></indexterm>
 <para>The <firstterm>tie</firstterm> character, <literal>~</literal>, produces a space between <replaceable>before</replaceable> and
 <replaceable>after</replaceable> at which the line will not be broken. By default the white
 space has length 3.33333pt plus 1.66666pt minus
-1.11111pt (see <link linkend="Lengths">Lengths</link>).
+1.11111pt (see <link linkend="Lengths">Lengths</link>).  The command <literal>\nobreakspace</literal>
+and the Unicode input character U+00A0 (also in many 8-bit encodings)
+are synonyms.
 </para>
 <!-- This paragraph is not translated to French, as the French translation -->
 <!-- uses a term that means ``unbreakable''. -->
@@ -14023,14 +14125,14 @@
 <para>In addition, despite the period, &latex; does not use the
 end-of-sentence spacing (see <link linkend="_005c_0040">\@</link>).
 </para>
-<para>Ties prevent the end of line separation of things where that could
-cause confusion. They also still allow hyphenation (of either of the
-tied words), so they are generally preferable to putting consecutive
-words in an <literal>\mbox</literal> (see <link linkend="_005cmbox-_0026-_005cmakebox">\mbox & \makebox</link>). 
+<para>Ties prevent a line break where that could cause confusion. They also
+still allow hyphenation (of either of the tied words), so they are
+generally preferable to putting consecutive words in an <literal>\mbox</literal>
+(see <link linkend="_005cmbox-_0026-_005cmakebox">\mbox & \makebox</link>).
 </para>
-<para>They are also matters of taste, sometimes alarmingly dogmatic taste,
-among readers. Nevertheless, here are some usage models, many of them
-from <citetitle>The &tex;book</citetitle>.
+<para>Exactly where ties should be used is something of a matter of taste,
+sometimes alarmingly dogmatic taste, among readers. Nevertheless, here
+are some usage models, many of them from <citetitle>The &tex;book</citetitle>.
 </para>
 <itemizedlist><listitem><para>Between an enumerator label and number, such as in references:
 <literal>Chapter~12</literal>, or <literal>Theorem~\ref{th:Wilsons}</literal>, or
@@ -14613,7 +14715,7 @@
 <para>In the third version the optional argument <replaceable>width</replaceable> specifies the
 width of the box.  Note that the space occupied by the text need not
 equal the width of the box.  For one thing, <replaceable>text</replaceable> can be too small;
-this creates a full-line box
+this creates a full-line box:
 </para>
 <screen>\makebox[\linewidth]{Chapter Exam}
 </screen>
@@ -16366,7 +16468,9 @@
 <indexterm role="cp"><primary>logo, &latex;2e</primary></indexterm>
 <para>The &latex;2e logo.
 </para>
-</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\guillemotleft («)</primary></indexterm><literal>\guillemotleft («)</literal>
+</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\guillemetleft («)</primary></indexterm><literal>\guillemetleft («)</literal>
+</term><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\guillemetright (»)</primary></indexterm><literal>\guillemetright (»)</literal>
+</term><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\guillemotleft («)</primary></indexterm><literal>\guillemotleft («)</literal>
 </term><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\guillemotright (»)</primary></indexterm><literal>\guillemotright (»)</literal>
 </term><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\guilsinglleft (‹)</primary></indexterm><literal>\guilsinglleft (‹)</literal>
 </term><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\guilsinglright (›)</primary></indexterm><literal>\guilsinglright (›)</literal>
@@ -16378,8 +16482,12 @@
 <indexterm role="cp"><primary>single angle quotation marks</primary></indexterm>
 <indexterm role="cp"><primary>French quotation marks</primary></indexterm>
 <indexterm role="cp"><primary>quotation marks, French</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>guillemots, birds</primary></indexterm>
 <para>«, », ‹, ›
 Double and single angle quotation marks, commonly used in French.
+The commands <literal>@guillemotleft</literal> and <literal>@guillemotright</literal> are
+synonyms for <literal>@guillemet...</literal>; these are misspellings inherited
+from Adobe. (Guillemots are seabirds; guillemets are French quotes.)
 </para>
 </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\ldots</primary></indexterm><literal>\ldots</literal>
 </term><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\textellipsis</primary></indexterm><literal>\textellipsis</literal>

Modified: trunk/latex2e.dvi
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: trunk/latex2e.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e.html	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e.html	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of March 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (March 2023)</title>
+<title>LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023)</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (March 2023)">
-<meta name="keywords" content="LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (March 2023)">
+<meta name="description" content="LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023)">
+<meta name="keywords" content="LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023)">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
@@ -147,7 +147,7 @@
 <h1 class="top" id="LaTeX2e_003a-An-unofficial-reference-manual">LaTeX2e: An unofficial reference manual</h1>
 
 <p>This document is an unofficial reference manual (version of
-March 2023) for LaTeX2e, a document preparation system.
+July 2023) for LaTeX2e, a document preparation system.
 </p>
 
 <div class="element-contents" id="SEC_Contents">
@@ -455,7 +455,7 @@
       <li><a id="toc-_005cnormalsfcodes-1" href="#g_t_005cnormalsfcodes">19.5.3 <code class="code">\normalsfcodes</code></a></li>
     </ul></li>
     <li><a id="toc-Backslash_002dspace_002c-_005c-" href="#g_t_005c_0028SPACE_0029">19.6 Backslash-space, <code class="code">\ </code></a></li>
-    <li><a id="toc-_007e-1" href="#g_t_007e">19.7 <code class="code">~</code></a></li>
+    <li><a id="toc-_007e_002c-_005cnobreakspace" href="#g_t_007e">19.7 <code class="code">~</code>, <code class="code">\nobreakspace</code></a></li>
     <li><a id="toc-_005cthinspace-_0026-_005cnegthinspace-1" href="#g_t_005cthinspace-_0026-_005cnegthinspace">19.8 <code class="code">\thinspace</code> & <code class="code">\negthinspace</code></a></li>
     <li><a id="toc-_005c_002f-1" href="#g_t_005c_002f">19.9 <code class="code">\/</code></a></li>
     <li><a id="toc-_005chrulefill-_0026-_005cdotfill-1" href="#g_t_005chrulefill-_0026-_005cdotfill">19.10 <code class="code">\hrulefill</code> & <code class="code">\dotfill</code></a></li>
@@ -16646,11 +16646,11 @@
 <dt id='index-_005cthanks_007btext_007d'><span><code class="code">\thanks{<var class="var">text</var>}</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005cthanks_007btext_007d'> ¶</a></span></dt>
 <dd><a class="index-entry-id" id="index-thanks_002c-for-titlepage"></a>
 <a class="index-entry-id" id="index-credit-footnote"></a>
-<p>Optional.  Produce a footnote.  You can use it in the author information
-for acknowledgements as illustrated above, but you can also use it in
-the title, or any place a footnote mark makes sense.  It can be any text
-at all so you can use it for any purpose, such as to print an email
-address.
+<p>Optional.  Produce a footnote.  You can use it in the author
+information for acknowledgements as illustrated above, but you can
+also use it in the title, or anywhere that a footnote mark makes
+sense.  It can be any text at all so you can use it for any purpose,
+such as to print an email address.
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt id='index-_005ctitle_007btext_007d'><span><code class="code">\title{<var class="var">text</var>}</code><a class="copiable-link" href='#index-_005ctitle_007btext_007d'> ¶</a></span></dt>
@@ -16664,11 +16664,11 @@
 </dd>
 </dl>
 
-<p>To make your own title page, see <a class="ref" href="#titlepage"><code class="code">titlepage</code></a>. You can either
+<p>To make your own title page, see <a class="pxref" href="#titlepage"><code class="code">titlepage</code></a>. You can either
 create this as a one-off or you can include it as part of a renewed
-<code class="code">\maketitle</code> command.  (Many publishers will provide a class to use
+<code class="code">\maketitle</code> command.  Many publishers will provide a class to use
 in place of <code class="code">article</code> that formats the title according to their
-house requirements.)
+house requirements.
 </p>
 
 <hr>
@@ -17019,7 +17019,7 @@
 <li><a href="#g_t_005chss" accesskey="4"><code class="code">\hss</code></a></li>
 <li><a href="#g_t_005cspacefactor" accesskey="5"><code class="code">\spacefactor</code></a></li>
 <li><a href="#g_t_005c_0028SPACE_0029" accesskey="6">Backslash-space, <code class="code">\ </code></a></li>
-<li><a href="#g_t_007e" accesskey="7"><code class="code">~</code></a></li>
+<li><a href="#g_t_007e" accesskey="7"><code class="code">~</code>, <code class="code">\nobreakspace</code></a></li>
 <li><a href="#g_t_005cthinspace-_0026-_005cnegthinspace" accesskey="8"><code class="code">\thinspace</code> & <code class="code">\negthinspace</code></a></li>
 <li><a href="#g_t_005c_002f" accesskey="9"><code class="code">\/</code></a></li>
 <li><a href="#g_t_005chrulefill-_0026-_005cdotfill"><code class="code">\hrulefill</code> & <code class="code">\dotfill</code></a></li>
@@ -17449,7 +17449,7 @@
 <div class="section-level-extent" id="g_t_005c_0028SPACE_0029">
 <div class="nav-panel">
 <p>
-Next: <a href="#g_t_007e" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">~</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cspacefactor" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\spacefactor</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Spaces" accesskey="u" rel="up">Spaces</a>   [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Next: <a href="#g_t_007e" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">~</code>, <code class="code">\nobreakspace</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005cspacefactor" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">\spacefactor</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Spaces" accesskey="u" rel="up">Spaces</a>   [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
 </div>
 <h3 class="section" id="Backslash_002dspace_002c-_005c-">19.6 Backslash-space, <code class="code">\ </code></h3>
 
@@ -17460,7 +17460,7 @@
 <a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cSPACE-1"></a>
 
 <p>This section refers to the command consisting of two characters, a
-backslash followed by a space.<br>Synopsis:
+backslash followed by a space. Synopsis:
 </p>
 <div class="example">
 <pre class="example-preformatted">\ <!-- /@w -->
@@ -17526,7 +17526,7 @@
 <p>
 Next: <a href="#g_t_005cthinspace-_0026-_005cnegthinspace" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\thinspace</code> & <code class="code">\negthinspace</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_005c_0028SPACE_0029" accesskey="p" rel="prev">Backslash-space, <code class="code">\ </code></a>, Up: <a href="#Spaces" accesskey="u" rel="up">Spaces</a>   [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
 </div>
-<h3 class="section" id="g_t_007e-1">19.7 <code class="code">~</code></h3>
+<h3 class="section" id="g_t_007e_002c-_005cnobreakspace">19.7 <code class="code">~</code>, <code class="code">\nobreakspace</code></h3>
 
 <a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_007e"></a>
 <a class="index-entry-id" id="index-tie"></a>
@@ -17541,10 +17541,14 @@
 <pre class="example-preformatted"><var class="var">before</var>~<var class="var">after</var>
 </pre></div>
 
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-_005cnobreakspace"></a>
+<a class="index-entry-id" id="index-no_002dbreak-space_002c-Unicode-U_002b00A0"></a>
 <p>The <em class="dfn">tie</em> character, <code class="code">~</code>, produces a space between <var class="var">before</var> and
 <var class="var">after</var> at which the line will not be broken. By default the white
 space has length 3.33333<span class="dmn">pt</span> plus 1.66666<span class="dmn">pt</span> minus
-1.11111<span class="dmn">pt</span> (see <a class="pxref" href="#Lengths">Lengths</a>).
+1.11111<span class="dmn">pt</span> (see <a class="pxref" href="#Lengths">Lengths</a>).  The command <code class="code">\nobreakspace</code>
+and the Unicode input character U+00A0 (also in many 8-bit encodings)
+are synonyms.
 </p>
 <p>Note that the word ‘<samp class="samp">tie</samp>’ has this meaning in the TeX/Texinfo
 community; this differs from the typographic term “tie”, which
@@ -17560,14 +17564,14 @@
 <p>In addition, despite the period, LaTeX does not use the
 end-of-sentence spacing (see <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005c_0040"><code class="code">\@</code></a>).
 </p>
-<p>Ties prevent the end of line separation of things where that could
-cause confusion. They also still allow hyphenation (of either of the
-tied words), so they are generally preferable to putting consecutive
-words in an <code class="code">\mbox</code> (see <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cmbox-_0026-_005cmakebox"><code class="code">\mbox</code> & <code class="code">\makebox</code></a>). 
+<p>Ties prevent a line break where that could cause confusion. They also
+still allow hyphenation (of either of the tied words), so they are
+generally preferable to putting consecutive words in an <code class="code">\mbox</code>
+(see <a class="pxref" href="#g_t_005cmbox-_0026-_005cmakebox"><code class="code">\mbox</code> & <code class="code">\makebox</code></a>).
 </p>
-<p>They are also matters of taste, sometimes alarmingly dogmatic taste,
-among readers. Nevertheless, here are some usage models, many of them
-from <cite class="cite">The TeXbook</cite>.
+<p>Exactly where ties should be used is something of a matter of taste,
+sometimes alarmingly dogmatic taste, among readers. Nevertheless, here
+are some usage models, many of them from <cite class="cite">The TeXbook</cite>.
 </p>
 <ul class="itemize mark-bullet">
 <li>Between an enumerator label and number, such as in references:
@@ -17616,7 +17620,7 @@
 <div class="section-level-extent" id="g_t_005cthinspace-_0026-_005cnegthinspace">
 <div class="nav-panel">
 <p>
-Next: <a href="#g_t_005c_002f" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\/</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_007e" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">~</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Spaces" accesskey="u" rel="up">Spaces</a>   [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
+Next: <a href="#g_t_005c_002f" accesskey="n" rel="next"><code class="code">\/</code></a>, Previous: <a href="#g_t_007e" accesskey="p" rel="prev"><code class="code">~</code>, <code class="code">\nobreakspace</code></a>, Up: <a href="#Spaces" accesskey="u" rel="up">Spaces</a>   [<a href="#SEC_Contents" title="Table of contents" rel="contents">Contents</a>][<a href="#Index" title="Index" rel="index">Index</a>]</p>
 </div>
 <h3 class="section" id="g_t_005cthinspace-_0026-_005cnegthinspace-1">19.8 <code class="code">\thinspace</code> & <code class="code">\negthinspace</code></h3>
 
@@ -25533,6 +25537,7 @@
 <tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cng"><code>\ng</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Additional-Latin-letters">Additional Latin letters</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cNG"><code>\NG</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Additional-Latin-letters">Additional Latin letters</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cni"><code>\ni</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Math-symbols">Math symbols</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cnobreakspace"><code>\nobreakspace</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_007e">~</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cnocite"><code>\nocite</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cnocite">\nocite</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cnocite-and-internal-_005ccitation"><code>\nocite <span class="r">and internal <code class="code">\citation</code></span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#BibTeX-error-messages">BibTeX error messages</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-_005cnocite-_007b_002a_007d_002c-for-all-keys"><code>\nocite <span class="r">{*}, for all keys</span></code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Using-BibTeX">Using BibTeX</a></td></tr>
@@ -26828,6 +26833,7 @@
 <tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-new-line_002c-starting-_0028paragraph-mode_0029">new line, starting (paragraph mode)</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cnewline">\newline</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-new-page_002c-starting">new page, starting</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cnewpage">\newpage</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-newline_002c-in-_005cwrite">newline, in <code class="code">\write</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_005cwrite">\write</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-no_002dbreak-space_002c-Unicode-U_002b00A0">no-break space, Unicode U+00A0</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#g_t_007e">~</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-noheader-option-for-filecontents"><code class="code">noheader</code> option for <code class="code">filecontents</code></a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#filecontents">filecontents</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-non_002dbreaking-hyphen-character">non-breaking hyphen character</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td class="printindex-index-entry"><a href="#index-non_002dEnglish-characters">non-English characters</a>:</td><td> </td><td class="printindex-index-section"><a href="#Additional-Latin-letters">Additional Latin letters</a></td></tr>

Modified: trunk/latex2e.info
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e.info	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e.info	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
 latex2e.texi.
 
 This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a document
-preparation system, version of March 2023.
+preparation system, version of July 2023.
 
    This manual was originally translated from ‘LATEX.HLP’ v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by George D.
@@ -44,7 +44,7 @@
 LaTeX2e: An unofficial reference manual
 ***************************************
 
-This document is an unofficial reference manual (version of March 2023)
+This document is an unofficial reference manual (version of July 2023)
 for LaTeX2e, a document preparation system.
 
 * Menu:
@@ -3550,7 +3550,7 @@
 * tabbing::               Align text arbitrarily.
 * table::                 Floating tables.
 * tabular::               Align text in columns.
-* thebibliography::      Bibliography or reference list.
+* thebibliography::       Bibliography or reference list.
 * theorem::               Theorems, lemmas, etc.
 * titlepage::             For hand crafted title pages.
 * verbatim::              Simulating typed input.
@@ -11883,9 +11883,9 @@
 ‘\thanks{TEXT}’
      Optional.  Produce a footnote.  You can use it in the author
      information for acknowledgements as illustrated above, but you can
-     also use it in the title, or any place a footnote mark makes sense.
-     It can be any text at all so you can use it for any purpose, such
-     as to print an email address.
+     also use it in the title, or anywhere that a footnote mark makes
+     sense.  It can be any text at all so you can use it for any
+     purpose, such as to print an email address.
 
 ‘\title{TEXT}’
      Required.  Declare TEXT to be the title of the document.  Get line
@@ -11893,11 +11893,11 @@
      ‘\title’ declaration then the ‘\maketitle’ command yields error
      ‘LaTeX Error: No \title given’.
 
-   To make your own title page, see *note titlepage::.  You can either
+   To make your own title page, *note titlepage::.  You can either
 create this as a one-off or you can include it as part of a renewed
-‘\maketitle’ command.  (Many publishers will provide a class to use in
+‘\maketitle’ command.  Many publishers will provide a class to use in
 place of ‘article’ that formats the title according to their house
-requirements.)
+requirements.
 
 
 File: latex2e.info,  Node: \pagenumbering,  Next: \pagestyle,  Prev: \maketitle,  Up: Page styles
@@ -12485,8 +12485,7 @@
 ==========================
 
 This section refers to the command consisting of two characters, a
-backslash followed by a space.
-Synopsis:
+backslash followed by a space.  Synopsis:
 
      \ 
 
@@ -12538,8 +12537,8 @@
 
 File: latex2e.info,  Node: ~,  Next: \thinspace & \negthinspace,  Prev: \(SPACE),  Up: Spaces
 
-19.7 ‘~’
-========
+19.7 ‘~’, ‘\nobreakspace’
+=========================
 
 Synopsis:
 
@@ -12547,7 +12546,9 @@
 
    The “tie” character, ‘~’, produces a space between BEFORE and AFTER
 at which the line will not be broken.  By default the white space has
-length 3.33333pt plus 1.66666pt minus 1.11111pt (*note Lengths::).
+length 3.33333pt plus 1.66666pt minus 1.11111pt (*note Lengths::).  The
+command ‘\nobreakspace’ and the Unicode input character U+00A0 (also in
+many 8-bit encodings) are synonyms.
 
    Note that the word ‘tie’ has this meaning in the TeX/Texinfo
 community; this differs from the typographic term “tie”, which is a
@@ -12561,14 +12562,14 @@
 In addition, despite the period, LaTeX does not use the end-of-sentence
 spacing (*note \@::).
 
-   Ties prevent the end of line separation of things where that could
-cause confusion.  They also still allow hyphenation (of either of the
-tied words), so they are generally preferable to putting consecutive
-words in an ‘\mbox’ (*note \mbox & \makebox::).
+   Ties prevent a line break where that could cause confusion.  They
+also still allow hyphenation (of either of the tied words), so they are
+generally preferable to putting consecutive words in an ‘\mbox’ (*note
+\mbox & \makebox::).
 
-   They are also matters of taste, sometimes alarmingly dogmatic taste,
-among readers.  Nevertheless, here are some usage models, many of them
-from ‘The TeXbook’.
+   Exactly where ties should be used is something of a matter of taste,
+sometimes alarmingly dogmatic taste, among readers.  Nevertheless, here
+are some usage models, many of them from ‘The TeXbook’.
 
    • Between an enumerator label and number, such as in references:
      ‘Chapter~12’, or ‘Theorem~\ref{th:Wilsons}’, or
@@ -18583,6 +18584,7 @@
 * \NG:                                   Additional Latin letters.
                                                               (line  40)
 * \ni:                                   Math symbols.        (line 420)
+* \nobreakspace:                         ~.                   (line  10)
 * \nocite:                               \nocite.             (line   6)
 * \nocite and internal \citation:        BibTeX error messages.
                                                               (line  23)
@@ -20086,6 +20088,7 @@
 * new line, starting (paragraph mode):   \newline.            (line   6)
 * new page, starting:                    \newpage.            (line   6)
 * newline, in \write:                    \write.              (line  94)
+* no-break space, Unicode U+00A0:        ~.                   (line  10)
 * noheader option for filecontents:      filecontents.        (line  34)
 * non-breaking hyphen character:         Text symbols.        (line 172)
 * non-English characters:                Additional Latin letters.
@@ -20289,7 +20292,7 @@
 * package, shellesc:                     \write18.            (line  71)
 * package, showidx:                      Indexes.             (line  51)
 * package, siunitx:                      minipage.            (line 137)
-* package, siunitx <1>:                  ~.                   (line  42)
+* package, siunitx <1>:                  ~.                   (line  44)
 * package, suffix:                       \@ifstar.            (line  64)
 * package, tablefootnote:                Footnotes in a table.
                                                               (line  53)
@@ -20533,7 +20536,7 @@
 * single quote, straight:                Text symbols.        (line 200)
 * single right quote:                    Text symbols.        (line 197)
 * siunitx package:                       minipage.            (line 137)
-* siunitx package <1>:                   ~.                   (line  42)
+* siunitx package <1>:                   ~.                   (line  44)
 * sizes of text:                         Font sizes.          (line   6)
 * skip plain TeX:                        Lengths.             (line   9)
 * skip register, plain TeX:              \newlength.          (line   6)
@@ -20817,637 +20820,637 @@
 
 
 Tag Table:
-Node: Top1877
-Node: About this document3686
-Node: Overview5434
-Node: Starting and ending7236
-Ref: Starting & ending7371
-Node: Output files8596
-Ref: output files dvi8889
-Ref: output files pdf9437
-Ref: output files log9770
-Ref: output files aux9971
-Node: TeX engines10962
-Ref: tex engines latex11514
-Ref: tex engines lualatex12391
-Ref: tex engines xelatex12874
-Node: LaTeX command syntax14930
-Node: Environment16915
-Node: CTAN18174
-Node: Document classes19642
-Ref: document classes article20088
-Ref: document classes book20180
-Ref: document classes letter20369
-Ref: document classes report20449
-Ref: document classes slides20613
-Node: Document class options21070
-Node: Additional packages24464
-Node: Class and package construction25111
-Node: Class and package structure26597
-Node: Class and package commands28958
-Node: Fonts47269
-Ref: Typefaces47372
-Node: fontenc package49342
-Node: \DeclareFontEncoding53732
-Node: \DeclareTextAccent55200
-Node: \DeclareTextAccentDefault56151
-Node: \DeclareTextCommand & \ProvideTextCommand57258
-Ref: \DeclareTextCommand57563
-Ref: \ProvideTextCommand57563
-Node: \DeclareTextCommandDefault & \ProvideTextCommandDefault59570
-Ref: \DeclareTextCommandDefault59901
-Ref: \ProvideTextCommandDefault59901
-Node: \DeclareTextComposite60914
-Node: \DeclareTextCompositeCommand62031
-Node: \DeclareTextSymbol62745
-Node: \DeclareTextSymbolDefault63882
-Node: \LastDeclaredEncoding64870
-Node: \UseTextSymbol & \UseTextAccent65506
-Ref: \UseTextSymbol65715
-Ref: \UseTextAccent65715
-Node: Font styles66744
-Ref: \nocorrlist67684
-Ref: \nocorr67684
-Ref: \mathversion70439
-Ref: \oldstylenums70609
-Node: Font sizes71182
-Node: Low-level font commands74185
-Ref: low level font commands fontencoding74469
-Ref: low level font commands fontfamily75039
-Ref: low level font commands fontseries75886
-Ref: low level font commands fontshape77142
-Ref: low level font commands fontsize77487
-Ref: low level font commands linespread78092
-Ref: low level font commands selectfont78389
-Ref: low level font commands usefont78731
-Node: Layout78998
-Node: \onecolumn79572
-Node: \twocolumn79939
-Ref: twocolumn columnsep80574
-Ref: twocolumn columnseprule80826
-Ref: twocolumn columnwidth81134
-Ref: twocolumn dbltopfraction81749
-Ref: twocolumn dblfloatpagefraction82761
-Ref: twocolumn dblfloatsep83013
-Ref: twocolumn dbltextfloatsep83346
-Ref: twocolumn dbltopnumber83534
-Node: \flushbottom84493
-Node: \raggedbottom85664
-Node: Page layout parameters86206
-Ref: page layout parameters columnsep86447
-Ref: page layout parameters columnseprule86447
-Ref: page layout parameters columnwidth86447
-Ref: page layout parameters headheight86709
-Ref: page layout parameters headsep86896
-Ref: page layout parameters footskip87236
-Ref: page layout parameters linewidth87602
-Ref: page layout parameters marginparpush87993
-Ref: page layout parameters marginsep87993
-Ref: page layout parameters marginparwidth87993
-Ref: page layout parameters oddsidemargin89119
-Ref: page layout parameters evensidemargin89119
-Ref: page layout parameters paperheight89708
-Ref: page layout parameters paperwidth89942
-Ref: page layout parameters textheight90174
-Ref: page layout parameters textwidth90595
-Ref: page layout parameters hsize91601
-Ref: page layout parameters topmargin91806
-Ref: page layout parameters topskip92128
-Node: \baselineskip & \baselinestretch92348
-Ref: \baselineskip92561
-Ref: \baselinestretch92561
-Node: Floats97740
-Ref: floats bottomfraction102236
-Ref: floats floatpagefraction102371
-Ref: floats textfraction102490
-Ref: floats topfraction102700
-Ref: floats floatsep102964
-Ref: floats intextsep103082
-Ref: floats textfloatsep103309
-Ref: floats bottomnumber103585
-Ref: floats dbltopnumber103697
-Ref: floats topnumber103820
-Ref: floats totalnumber103928
-Node: \caption104553
-Node: Sectioning107379
-Ref: sectioning secnumdepth110638
-Ref: Sectioning/secnumdepth110638
-Ref: sectioning tocdepth111314
-Ref: Sectioning/tocdepth111314
-Node: \part112380
-Node: \chapter114614
-Node: \section118469
-Node: \subsection121808
-Node: \subsubsection & \paragraph & \subparagraph124590
-Ref: \subsubsection124836
-Ref: \paragraph124836
-Ref: \subparagraph124836
-Node: \appendix127323
-Node: \frontmatter & \mainmatter & \backmatter128708
-Ref: \frontmatter128948
-Ref: \mainmatter128948
-Ref: \backmatter128948
-Node: \@startsection130153
-Ref: startsection name131706
-Ref: \@startsection/name131706
-Ref: startsection level132186
-Ref: \@startsection/level132186
-Ref: startsection indent133099
-Ref: \@startsection/indent133099
-Ref: startsection beforeskip133370
-Ref: \@startsection/beforeskip133370
-Ref: startsection afterskip134923
-Ref: \@startsection/afterskip134923
-Ref: startsection style136280
-Ref: \@startsection/style136280
-Node: Cross references140123
-Node: \label142358
-Node: \pageref144250
-Node: \ref145060
-Node: xr package146099
-Node: Environments147972
-Node: abstract149990
-Node: array151607
-Node: center154632
-Node: \centering156405
-Node: description157978
-Node: displaymath160245
-Node: document161989
-Node: \AtBeginDocument162427
-Node: \AtEndDocument163059
-Node: enumerate163715
-Ref: enumerate enumi165676
-Ref: enumerate enumii165676
-Ref: enumerate enumiii165676
-Ref: enumerate enumiv165676
-Ref: enumerate labelenumi166090
-Ref: enumerate labelenumii166090
-Ref: enumerate labelenumiii166090
-Ref: enumerate labelenumiv166090
-Node: eqnarray166641
-Node: equation168693
-Node: figure169383
-Node: filecontents171616
-Node: flushleft173569
-Node: \raggedright174608
-Node: flushright175839
-Node: \raggedleft176683
-Node: itemize177588
-Ref: itemize labelitemi179180
-Ref: itemize labelitemii179180
-Ref: itemize labelitemiii179180
-Ref: itemize labelitemiv179180
-Ref: itemize leftmargin179873
-Ref: itemize leftmargini179873
-Ref: itemize leftmarginii179873
-Ref: itemize leftmarginiii179873
-Ref: itemize leftmarginiv179873
-Ref: itemize leftmarginv179873
-Ref: itemize leftmarginvi179873
-Node: letter181411
-Node: list181653
-Ref: list makelabel184172
-Ref: list itemindent185610
-Ref: list itemsep185759
-Ref: list labelsep186494
-Ref: list labelwidth186679
-Ref: list leftmargin187772
-Ref: list listparindent188691
-Ref: list parsep188938
-Ref: list partopsep189460
-Ref: list rightmargin190320
-Ref: list topsep190513
-Ref: list beginparpenalty194227
-Ref: list itempenalty194334
-Ref: list endparpenalty194446
-Node: \item195329
-Node: trivlist196607
-Node: math198185
-Node: minipage198507
-Node: picture204252
-Node: \put210630
-Node: \multiput211211
-Node: \qbezier211954
-Node: \graphpaper213459
-Node: \line214267
-Node: \linethickness216268
-Node: \thinlines216745
-Node: \thicklines217160
-Node: \circle217549
-Node: \oval218111
-Node: \shortstack219166
-Node: \vector220934
-Node: \makebox (picture)221867
-Node: \framebox (picture)223093
-Node: \frame224594
-Node: \dashbox225035
-Node: quotation & quote226196
-Ref: quotation226358
-Ref: quote226358
-Node: tabbing227120
-Node: table233313
-Node: tabular235424
-Ref: \extracolsep239466
-Ref: tabular arrayrulewidth242007
-Ref: tabular arraystrech242279
-Ref: tabular doublerulesep242520
-Ref: tabular tabcolsep242668
-Node: \multicolumn243201
-Node: \vline247220
-Node: \cline248677
-Node: \hline249407
-Node: thebibliography250117
-Node: \bibitem252698
-Node: \cite255084
-Node: \nocite257000
-Node: Using BibTeX257516
-Node: BibTeX error messages259966
-Node: theorem260923
-Node: titlepage261865
-Node: verbatim263160
-Node: \verb265033
-Node: verse267211
-Node: Line breaking268448
-Node: \\269871
-Node: \obeycr & \restorecr272403
-Ref: \obeycr272569
-Ref: \restorecr272569
-Node: \newline273248
-Node: \- (hyphenation)274337
-Node: \slash275993
-Node: \discretionary276537
-Node: \fussy & \sloppy277442
-Ref: \fussy277612
-Ref: \sloppy277612
-Node: sloppypar278281
-Node: \hyphenation279443
-Node: \linebreak & \nolinebreak280082
-Ref: \linebreak280256
-Ref: \nolinebreak280256
-Node: Page breaking281278
-Node: \clearpage & \cleardoublepage283320
-Ref: \clearpage283504
-Ref: \cleardoublepage283504
-Node: \newpage284990
-Node: \enlargethispage286334
-Node: \pagebreak & \nopagebreak287306
-Ref: \pagebreak287486
-Ref: \nopagebreak287486
-Node: Footnotes289270
-Node: \footnote290424
-Ref: footnote footnoterule291712
-Ref: footnote footnotesep292341
-Node: \footnotemark293469
-Node: \footnotetext295854
-Node: Footnotes in section headings296464
-Node: Footnotes in a table297309
-Node: Footnotes of footnotes300284
-Node: Definitions300988
-Node: \newcommand & \renewcommand302035
-Ref: \newcommand302218
-Ref: \renewcommand302218
-Node: Control sequences308629
-Node: \providecommand310096
-Node: \makeatletter & \makeatother311320
-Ref: \makeatletter311523
-Ref: \makeatother311523
-Node: \@ifstar313506
-Node: \newcounter317117
-Node: \newlength318889
-Node: \newsavebox319848
-Node: \newenvironment & \renewenvironment320839
-Ref: \newenvironment321062
-Ref: \renewenvironment321062
-Node: \newtheorem326295
-Node: \newfont329967
-Node: \protect331240
-Node: \ignorespaces & \ignorespacesafterend333734
-Ref: \ignorespaces333957
-Ref: \ignorespacesafterend333957
-Node: xspace package336546
-Node: Counters338820
-Node: \alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol340561
-Node: \usecounter343330
-Node: \value344209
-Node: \setcounter345298
-Node: \addtocounter345912
-Node: \refstepcounter346374
-Node: \stepcounter347067
-Node: \day & \month & \year347640
-Ref: \day347807
-Ref: \month347807
-Ref: \year347807
-Node: Lengths348581
-Node: Units of length353312
-Ref: units of length pt353519
-Ref: units of length pc353640
-Ref: units of length in353667
-Ref: units of length bp353697
-Ref: units of length mm353832
-Ref: units of length cm353867
-Ref: units of length dd353899
-Ref: units of length cc353935
-Ref: units of length sp353964
-Ref: Lengths/ex354110
-Ref: units of length ex354110
-Ref: Lengths/em354261
-Ref: units of length em354261
-Ref: units of length mu354610
-Node: \setlength355147
-Node: \addtolength356289
-Node: \settodepth357764
-Node: \settoheight358784
-Node: \settowidth359818
-Node: \stretch360855
-Node: Expressions362069
-Node: Making paragraphs367107
-Node: \par369450
-Node: \indent & \noindent371580
-Ref: \indent371764
-Ref: \noindent371764
-Node: \parindent & \parskip373161
-Ref: \parindent373359
-Ref: \parskip373359
-Node: Marginal notes374560
-Ref: marginal notes marginparpush375994
-Ref: marginal notes marginparsep376184
-Ref: marginal notes marginparwidth376332
-Node: Math formulas376713
-Node: Subscripts & superscripts379807
-Ref: superscript379967
-Ref: subscript379967
-Node: Math symbols382100
-Node: Arrows407580
-Node: \boldmath & \unboldmath408904
-Ref: \boldmath409095
-Ref: \unboldmath409095
-Node: bm410205
-Node: OpenType bold math410957
-Node: Blackboard bold412395
-Node: Calligraphic413224
-Node: Delimiters413759
-Node: \left & \right416070
-Ref: \left416224
-Ref: \right416224
-Node: \bigl & \bigr etc.420231
-Ref: \bigl420393
-Ref: \bigr420393
-Node: Dots423089
-Ref: ellipses cdots423520
-Ref: ellipses ddots423673
-Ref: ellipses ldots423758
-Ref: ellipses vdots424178
-Node: Greek letters426304
-Node: Math functions428153
-Node: Math accents430002
-Node: Over- and Underlining430961
-Node: Spacing in math mode432860
-Ref: spacing in math mode thickspace433825
-Ref: spacing in math mode medspace434308
-Ref: Spacing in math mode/\thinspace434792
-Ref: spacing in math mode thinspace434792
-Ref: spacing in math mode negthinspace435289
-Ref: spacing in math mode quad435686
-Ref: spacing in math mode qquad435950
-Node: \smash436288
-Node: \phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom438559
-Ref: \phantom438788
-Ref: \vphantom438788
-Ref: \hphantom438788
-Node: \mathstrut441203
-Node: Math styles442205
-Node: Math miscellany445011
-Node: Colon character & \colon445510
-Ref: colon445683
-Node: \*446239
-Node: \frac446843
-Node: \sqrt447226
-Node: \stackrel447873
-Node: Modes448146
-Ref: modes paragraph mode448598
-Ref: modes lr mode448918
-Ref: modes math mode449537
-Ref: modes vertical mode449886
-Ref: modes internal vertical mode450108
-Ref: modes inner paragraph mode450651
-Ref: modes outer paragraph mode450651
-Node: \ensuremath451085
-Node: Page styles451798
-Node: \maketitle452630
-Node: \pagenumbering455783
-Node: \pagestyle458227
-Node: \thispagestyle461917
-Node: \thepage462912
-Node: Spaces465145
-Node: \enspace & \quad & \qquad466465
-Ref: \enspace466637
-Ref: \quad466637
-Ref: \qquad466637
-Node: \hspace467404
-Node: \hfill469313
-Node: \hss470407
-Node: \spacefactor471127
-Node: \@474642
-Ref: \AT474766
-Node: \frenchspacing & \nonfrenchspacing476847
-Ref: \frenchspacing476965
-Ref: \nonfrenchspacing477066
-Node: \normalsfcodes477955
-Node: \(SPACE)478227
-Ref: Leading blanks480212
-Node: ~480523
-Node: \thinspace & \negthinspace483512
-Ref: \thinspace483684
-Ref: \negthinspace483684
-Node: \/484758
-Node: \hrulefill & \dotfill486770
-Ref: \hrulefill486960
-Ref: \dotfill486960
-Node: \bigskip & \medskip & \smallskip488146
-Ref: \bigskip488399
-Ref: \medskip488399
-Ref: \smallskip488399
-Ref: bigskip488978
-Ref: medskip489202
-Ref: smallskip489431
-Node: \bigbreak & \medbreak & \smallbreak490128
-Ref: \bigbreak490372
-Ref: \medbreak490372
-Ref: \smallbreak490372
-Node: \strut491157
-Node: \vspace494490
-Node: \vfill496084
-Node: \addvspace497036
-Node: Boxes499153
-Node: \mbox & \makebox499871
-Ref: \mbox500017
-Ref: \makebox500017
-Ref: mbox makebox depth501184
-Ref: mbox makebox height501184
-Ref: mbox makebox width501184
-Ref: mbox makebox totalheight501184
-Node: \fbox & \framebox503380
-Ref: \fbox503544
-Ref: \framebox503544
-Ref: fbox framebox fboxrule504727
-Ref: fbox framebox fboxsep504925
-Node: \parbox506065
-Node: \raisebox508429
-Ref: raisebox depth509406
-Ref: raisebox height509406
-Ref: raisebox width509406
-Ref: raisebox totalheight509406
-Node: \sbox & \savebox510137
-Ref: \sbox510289
-Ref: \savebox510289
-Node: lrbox513329
-Node: \usebox514243
-Node: Color514702
-Node: Color package options515519
-Node: Color models517293
-Ref: color models cmyk518108
-Ref: color models gray518475
-Ref: color models rgb518628
-Ref: color models RGB518969
-Ref: color models named519368
-Node: Commands for color519700
-Node: Define colors520119
-Node: Colored text520850
-Node: Colored boxes523285
-Node: Colored pages524716
-Node: Graphics525413
-Node: Graphics package options527559
-Node: Graphics package configuration530486
-Node: \graphicspath531298
-Node: \DeclareGraphicsExtensions534370
-Node: \DeclareGraphicsRule536224
-Node: Commands for graphics539502
-Node: \includegraphics540015
-Ref: includegraphics width545178
-Ref: includegraphics height545739
-Ref: includegraphics totalheight546161
-Ref: includegraphics keepaspectratio546429
-Ref: includegraphics viewport548221
-Ref: includegraphics trim548632
-Ref: includegraphics clip549100
-Ref: includegraphics page549372
-Ref: includegraphics pagebox549471
-Ref: includegraphics interpolate550362
-Ref: includegraphics quiet550575
-Ref: includegraphics draft550748
-Ref: includegraphics bb551575
-Ref: includegraphics bbllx551985
-Ref: includegraphics bblly551985
-Ref: includegraphics bburx551985
-Ref: includegraphics bbury551985
-Ref: includegraphics natwidth552131
-Ref: includegraphics natheight552131
-Ref: includegraphics hiresbb552329
-Ref: includegraphics type553139
-Ref: includegraphics ext553183
-Ref: includegraphics read553294
-Ref: includegraphics command553419
-Node: \rotatebox553677
-Node: \scalebox556639
-Node: \resizebox557747
-Node: Special insertions558987
-Node: Reserved characters559861
-Node: Upper and lower case561180
-Node: Symbols by font position563654
-Node: Text symbols564361
-Node: Accents570595
-Node: \accent573052
-Node: Additional Latin letters574910
-Ref: Non-English characters575092
-Node: inputenc package576213
-Ref: \inputencoding578489
-Node: \rule578865
-Node: \today580069
-Node: Splitting the input581059
-Node: \endinput582841
-Node: \include & \includeonly584198
-Ref: \include584386
-Ref: \includeonly584386
-Node: \input588683
-Node: Front/back matter589926
-Node: Table of contents etc.590259
-Node: \@dottedtocline596207
-Node: \addcontentsline597858
-Node: \addtocontents601047
-Node: \contentsline603340
-Node: \nofiles605230
-Node: \numberline606013
-Node: Indexes607241
-Node: Produce the index manually610131
-Node: \index611319
-Node: makeindex616760
-Ref: makeindex preamble618476
-Ref: makeindex postamble618630
-Ref: makeindex group skip618734
-Ref: makeindex letheadflag619094
-Ref: makeindex lethead prefix619571
-Ref: makeindex lethead suffix619731
-Ref: makeindex item 0619887
-Ref: makeindex item 1619975
-Ref: makeindex item 2620058
-Ref: makeindex item 01620144
-Ref: makeindex item x1620257
-Ref: makeindex item 12620476
-Ref: makeindex item x2620592
-Ref: makeindex delim 0620762
-Ref: makeindex delim 1620900
-Ref: makeindex delim 2621038
-Ref: makeindex delim n621172
-Ref: makeindex delim r621315
-Ref: makeindex line max621431
-Ref: makeindex indent space621576
-Ref: makeindex indent length621679
-Ref: makeindex page precedence621876
-Node: \printindex622957
-Node: Glossaries623446
-Node: \newglossaryentry625465
-Node: \gls626968
-Node: Letters627782
-Node: \address631498
-Node: \cc632325
-Node: \closing632779
-Node: \encl633099
-Node: \location633525
-Node: \makelabels633797
-Node: \name636174
-Node: \opening636421
-Node: \ps636710
-Node: \signature637007
-Node: \telephone638283
-Node: Input/output638658
-Node: \openin & \openout639388
-Ref: \openin639535
-Ref: \openout639535
-Ref: \closein639535
-Ref: \closeout639535
-Node: \read642256
-Node: \typein643483
-Node: \typeout644767
-Node: \write645857
-Node: \write and security650772
-Node: \message651728
-Node: \wlog653609
-Node: \write18654118
-Node: Command line interface657719
-Ref: Command line657883
-Node: Command line options660102
-Ref: interaction modes661149
-Ref: output directory662161
-Node: Command line input663936
-Node: Jobname666085
-Node: Recovering from errors669464
-Node: Document templates670940
-Node: beamer template671374
-Node: article template672024
-Node: book template672491
-Node: Larger book template672974
-Node: Index674558
-Ref: Command Index674644
+Node: Top1876
+Node: About this document3684
+Node: Overview5432
+Node: Starting and ending7234
+Ref: Starting & ending7369
+Node: Output files8594
+Ref: output files dvi8887
+Ref: output files pdf9435
+Ref: output files log9768
+Ref: output files aux9969
+Node: TeX engines10960
+Ref: tex engines latex11512
+Ref: tex engines lualatex12389
+Ref: tex engines xelatex12872
+Node: LaTeX command syntax14928
+Node: Environment16913
+Node: CTAN18172
+Node: Document classes19640
+Ref: document classes article20086
+Ref: document classes book20178
+Ref: document classes letter20367
+Ref: document classes report20447
+Ref: document classes slides20611
+Node: Document class options21068
+Node: Additional packages24462
+Node: Class and package construction25109
+Node: Class and package structure26595
+Node: Class and package commands28956
+Node: Fonts47267
+Ref: Typefaces47370
+Node: fontenc package49340
+Node: \DeclareFontEncoding53730
+Node: \DeclareTextAccent55198
+Node: \DeclareTextAccentDefault56149
+Node: \DeclareTextCommand & \ProvideTextCommand57256
+Ref: \DeclareTextCommand57561
+Ref: \ProvideTextCommand57561
+Node: \DeclareTextCommandDefault & \ProvideTextCommandDefault59568
+Ref: \DeclareTextCommandDefault59899
+Ref: \ProvideTextCommandDefault59899
+Node: \DeclareTextComposite60912
+Node: \DeclareTextCompositeCommand62029
+Node: \DeclareTextSymbol62743
+Node: \DeclareTextSymbolDefault63880
+Node: \LastDeclaredEncoding64868
+Node: \UseTextSymbol & \UseTextAccent65504
+Ref: \UseTextSymbol65713
+Ref: \UseTextAccent65713
+Node: Font styles66742
+Ref: \nocorrlist67682
+Ref: \nocorr67682
+Ref: \mathversion70437
+Ref: \oldstylenums70607
+Node: Font sizes71180
+Node: Low-level font commands74183
+Ref: low level font commands fontencoding74467
+Ref: low level font commands fontfamily75037
+Ref: low level font commands fontseries75884
+Ref: low level font commands fontshape77140
+Ref: low level font commands fontsize77485
+Ref: low level font commands linespread78090
+Ref: low level font commands selectfont78387
+Ref: low level font commands usefont78729
+Node: Layout78996
+Node: \onecolumn79570
+Node: \twocolumn79937
+Ref: twocolumn columnsep80572
+Ref: twocolumn columnseprule80824
+Ref: twocolumn columnwidth81132
+Ref: twocolumn dbltopfraction81747
+Ref: twocolumn dblfloatpagefraction82759
+Ref: twocolumn dblfloatsep83011
+Ref: twocolumn dbltextfloatsep83344
+Ref: twocolumn dbltopnumber83532
+Node: \flushbottom84491
+Node: \raggedbottom85662
+Node: Page layout parameters86204
+Ref: page layout parameters columnsep86445
+Ref: page layout parameters columnseprule86445
+Ref: page layout parameters columnwidth86445
+Ref: page layout parameters headheight86707
+Ref: page layout parameters headsep86894
+Ref: page layout parameters footskip87234
+Ref: page layout parameters linewidth87600
+Ref: page layout parameters marginparpush87991
+Ref: page layout parameters marginsep87991
+Ref: page layout parameters marginparwidth87991
+Ref: page layout parameters oddsidemargin89117
+Ref: page layout parameters evensidemargin89117
+Ref: page layout parameters paperheight89706
+Ref: page layout parameters paperwidth89940
+Ref: page layout parameters textheight90172
+Ref: page layout parameters textwidth90593
+Ref: page layout parameters hsize91599
+Ref: page layout parameters topmargin91804
+Ref: page layout parameters topskip92126
+Node: \baselineskip & \baselinestretch92346
+Ref: \baselineskip92559
+Ref: \baselinestretch92559
+Node: Floats97738
+Ref: floats bottomfraction102234
+Ref: floats floatpagefraction102369
+Ref: floats textfraction102488
+Ref: floats topfraction102698
+Ref: floats floatsep102962
+Ref: floats intextsep103080
+Ref: floats textfloatsep103307
+Ref: floats bottomnumber103583
+Ref: floats dbltopnumber103695
+Ref: floats topnumber103818
+Ref: floats totalnumber103926
+Node: \caption104551
+Node: Sectioning107377
+Ref: sectioning secnumdepth110636
+Ref: Sectioning/secnumdepth110636
+Ref: sectioning tocdepth111312
+Ref: Sectioning/tocdepth111312
+Node: \part112378
+Node: \chapter114612
+Node: \section118467
+Node: \subsection121806
+Node: \subsubsection & \paragraph & \subparagraph124588
+Ref: \subsubsection124834
+Ref: \paragraph124834
+Ref: \subparagraph124834
+Node: \appendix127321
+Node: \frontmatter & \mainmatter & \backmatter128706
+Ref: \frontmatter128946
+Ref: \mainmatter128946
+Ref: \backmatter128946
+Node: \@startsection130151
+Ref: startsection name131704
+Ref: \@startsection/name131704
+Ref: startsection level132184
+Ref: \@startsection/level132184
+Ref: startsection indent133097
+Ref: \@startsection/indent133097
+Ref: startsection beforeskip133368
+Ref: \@startsection/beforeskip133368
+Ref: startsection afterskip134921
+Ref: \@startsection/afterskip134921
+Ref: startsection style136278
+Ref: \@startsection/style136278
+Node: Cross references140121
+Node: \label142356
+Node: \pageref144248
+Node: \ref145058
+Node: xr package146097
+Node: Environments147970
+Node: abstract149989
+Node: array151606
+Node: center154631
+Node: \centering156404
+Node: description157977
+Node: displaymath160244
+Node: document161988
+Node: \AtBeginDocument162426
+Node: \AtEndDocument163058
+Node: enumerate163714
+Ref: enumerate enumi165675
+Ref: enumerate enumii165675
+Ref: enumerate enumiii165675
+Ref: enumerate enumiv165675
+Ref: enumerate labelenumi166089
+Ref: enumerate labelenumii166089
+Ref: enumerate labelenumiii166089
+Ref: enumerate labelenumiv166089
+Node: eqnarray166640
+Node: equation168692
+Node: figure169382
+Node: filecontents171615
+Node: flushleft173568
+Node: \raggedright174607
+Node: flushright175838
+Node: \raggedleft176682
+Node: itemize177587
+Ref: itemize labelitemi179179
+Ref: itemize labelitemii179179
+Ref: itemize labelitemiii179179
+Ref: itemize labelitemiv179179
+Ref: itemize leftmargin179872
+Ref: itemize leftmargini179872
+Ref: itemize leftmarginii179872
+Ref: itemize leftmarginiii179872
+Ref: itemize leftmarginiv179872
+Ref: itemize leftmarginv179872
+Ref: itemize leftmarginvi179872
+Node: letter181410
+Node: list181652
+Ref: list makelabel184171
+Ref: list itemindent185609
+Ref: list itemsep185758
+Ref: list labelsep186493
+Ref: list labelwidth186678
+Ref: list leftmargin187771
+Ref: list listparindent188690
+Ref: list parsep188937
+Ref: list partopsep189459
+Ref: list rightmargin190319
+Ref: list topsep190512
+Ref: list beginparpenalty194226
+Ref: list itempenalty194333
+Ref: list endparpenalty194445
+Node: \item195328
+Node: trivlist196606
+Node: math198184
+Node: minipage198506
+Node: picture204251
+Node: \put210629
+Node: \multiput211210
+Node: \qbezier211953
+Node: \graphpaper213458
+Node: \line214266
+Node: \linethickness216267
+Node: \thinlines216744
+Node: \thicklines217159
+Node: \circle217548
+Node: \oval218110
+Node: \shortstack219165
+Node: \vector220933
+Node: \makebox (picture)221866
+Node: \framebox (picture)223092
+Node: \frame224593
+Node: \dashbox225034
+Node: quotation & quote226195
+Ref: quotation226357
+Ref: quote226357
+Node: tabbing227119
+Node: table233312
+Node: tabular235423
+Ref: \extracolsep239465
+Ref: tabular arrayrulewidth242006
+Ref: tabular arraystrech242278
+Ref: tabular doublerulesep242519
+Ref: tabular tabcolsep242667
+Node: \multicolumn243200
+Node: \vline247219
+Node: \cline248676
+Node: \hline249406
+Node: thebibliography250116
+Node: \bibitem252697
+Node: \cite255083
+Node: \nocite256999
+Node: Using BibTeX257515
+Node: BibTeX error messages259965
+Node: theorem260922
+Node: titlepage261864
+Node: verbatim263159
+Node: \verb265032
+Node: verse267210
+Node: Line breaking268447
+Node: \\269870
+Node: \obeycr & \restorecr272402
+Ref: \obeycr272568
+Ref: \restorecr272568
+Node: \newline273247
+Node: \- (hyphenation)274336
+Node: \slash275992
+Node: \discretionary276536
+Node: \fussy & \sloppy277441
+Ref: \fussy277611
+Ref: \sloppy277611
+Node: sloppypar278280
+Node: \hyphenation279442
+Node: \linebreak & \nolinebreak280081
+Ref: \linebreak280255
+Ref: \nolinebreak280255
+Node: Page breaking281277
+Node: \clearpage & \cleardoublepage283319
+Ref: \clearpage283503
+Ref: \cleardoublepage283503
+Node: \newpage284989
+Node: \enlargethispage286333
+Node: \pagebreak & \nopagebreak287305
+Ref: \pagebreak287485
+Ref: \nopagebreak287485
+Node: Footnotes289269
+Node: \footnote290423
+Ref: footnote footnoterule291711
+Ref: footnote footnotesep292340
+Node: \footnotemark293468
+Node: \footnotetext295853
+Node: Footnotes in section headings296463
+Node: Footnotes in a table297308
+Node: Footnotes of footnotes300283
+Node: Definitions300987
+Node: \newcommand & \renewcommand302034
+Ref: \newcommand302217
+Ref: \renewcommand302217
+Node: Control sequences308628
+Node: \providecommand310095
+Node: \makeatletter & \makeatother311319
+Ref: \makeatletter311522
+Ref: \makeatother311522
+Node: \@ifstar313505
+Node: \newcounter317116
+Node: \newlength318888
+Node: \newsavebox319847
+Node: \newenvironment & \renewenvironment320838
+Ref: \newenvironment321061
+Ref: \renewenvironment321061
+Node: \newtheorem326294
+Node: \newfont329966
+Node: \protect331239
+Node: \ignorespaces & \ignorespacesafterend333733
+Ref: \ignorespaces333956
+Ref: \ignorespacesafterend333956
+Node: xspace package336545
+Node: Counters338819
+Node: \alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol340560
+Node: \usecounter343329
+Node: \value344208
+Node: \setcounter345297
+Node: \addtocounter345911
+Node: \refstepcounter346373
+Node: \stepcounter347066
+Node: \day & \month & \year347639
+Ref: \day347806
+Ref: \month347806
+Ref: \year347806
+Node: Lengths348580
+Node: Units of length353311
+Ref: units of length pt353518
+Ref: units of length pc353639
+Ref: units of length in353666
+Ref: units of length bp353696
+Ref: units of length mm353831
+Ref: units of length cm353866
+Ref: units of length dd353898
+Ref: units of length cc353934
+Ref: units of length sp353963
+Ref: Lengths/ex354109
+Ref: units of length ex354109
+Ref: Lengths/em354260
+Ref: units of length em354260
+Ref: units of length mu354609
+Node: \setlength355146
+Node: \addtolength356288
+Node: \settodepth357763
+Node: \settoheight358783
+Node: \settowidth359817
+Node: \stretch360854
+Node: Expressions362068
+Node: Making paragraphs367106
+Node: \par369449
+Node: \indent & \noindent371579
+Ref: \indent371763
+Ref: \noindent371763
+Node: \parindent & \parskip373160
+Ref: \parindent373358
+Ref: \parskip373358
+Node: Marginal notes374559
+Ref: marginal notes marginparpush375993
+Ref: marginal notes marginparsep376183
+Ref: marginal notes marginparwidth376331
+Node: Math formulas376712
+Node: Subscripts & superscripts379806
+Ref: superscript379966
+Ref: subscript379966
+Node: Math symbols382099
+Node: Arrows407579
+Node: \boldmath & \unboldmath408903
+Ref: \boldmath409094
+Ref: \unboldmath409094
+Node: bm410204
+Node: OpenType bold math410956
+Node: Blackboard bold412394
+Node: Calligraphic413223
+Node: Delimiters413758
+Node: \left & \right416069
+Ref: \left416223
+Ref: \right416223
+Node: \bigl & \bigr etc.420230
+Ref: \bigl420392
+Ref: \bigr420392
+Node: Dots423088
+Ref: ellipses cdots423519
+Ref: ellipses ddots423672
+Ref: ellipses ldots423757
+Ref: ellipses vdots424177
+Node: Greek letters426303
+Node: Math functions428152
+Node: Math accents430001
+Node: Over- and Underlining430960
+Node: Spacing in math mode432859
+Ref: spacing in math mode thickspace433824
+Ref: spacing in math mode medspace434307
+Ref: Spacing in math mode/\thinspace434791
+Ref: spacing in math mode thinspace434791
+Ref: spacing in math mode negthinspace435288
+Ref: spacing in math mode quad435685
+Ref: spacing in math mode qquad435949
+Node: \smash436287
+Node: \phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom438558
+Ref: \phantom438787
+Ref: \vphantom438787
+Ref: \hphantom438787
+Node: \mathstrut441202
+Node: Math styles442204
+Node: Math miscellany445010
+Node: Colon character & \colon445509
+Ref: colon445682
+Node: \*446238
+Node: \frac446842
+Node: \sqrt447225
+Node: \stackrel447872
+Node: Modes448145
+Ref: modes paragraph mode448597
+Ref: modes lr mode448917
+Ref: modes math mode449536
+Ref: modes vertical mode449885
+Ref: modes internal vertical mode450107
+Ref: modes inner paragraph mode450650
+Ref: modes outer paragraph mode450650
+Node: \ensuremath451084
+Node: Page styles451797
+Node: \maketitle452629
+Node: \pagenumbering455781
+Node: \pagestyle458225
+Node: \thispagestyle461915
+Node: \thepage462910
+Node: Spaces465143
+Node: \enspace & \quad & \qquad466463
+Ref: \enspace466635
+Ref: \quad466635
+Ref: \qquad466635
+Node: \hspace467402
+Node: \hfill469311
+Node: \hss470405
+Node: \spacefactor471125
+Node: \@474640
+Ref: \AT474764
+Node: \frenchspacing & \nonfrenchspacing476845
+Ref: \frenchspacing476963
+Ref: \nonfrenchspacing477064
+Node: \normalsfcodes477953
+Node: \(SPACE)478225
+Ref: Leading blanks480211
+Node: ~480522
+Node: \thinspace & \negthinspace483679
+Ref: \thinspace483851
+Ref: \negthinspace483851
+Node: \/484925
+Node: \hrulefill & \dotfill486937
+Ref: \hrulefill487127
+Ref: \dotfill487127
+Node: \bigskip & \medskip & \smallskip488313
+Ref: \bigskip488566
+Ref: \medskip488566
+Ref: \smallskip488566
+Ref: bigskip489145
+Ref: medskip489369
+Ref: smallskip489598
+Node: \bigbreak & \medbreak & \smallbreak490295
+Ref: \bigbreak490539
+Ref: \medbreak490539
+Ref: \smallbreak490539
+Node: \strut491324
+Node: \vspace494657
+Node: \vfill496251
+Node: \addvspace497203
+Node: Boxes499320
+Node: \mbox & \makebox500038
+Ref: \mbox500184
+Ref: \makebox500184
+Ref: mbox makebox depth501351
+Ref: mbox makebox height501351
+Ref: mbox makebox width501351
+Ref: mbox makebox totalheight501351
+Node: \fbox & \framebox503547
+Ref: \fbox503711
+Ref: \framebox503711
+Ref: fbox framebox fboxrule504894
+Ref: fbox framebox fboxsep505092
+Node: \parbox506232
+Node: \raisebox508596
+Ref: raisebox depth509573
+Ref: raisebox height509573
+Ref: raisebox width509573
+Ref: raisebox totalheight509573
+Node: \sbox & \savebox510304
+Ref: \sbox510456
+Ref: \savebox510456
+Node: lrbox513496
+Node: \usebox514410
+Node: Color514869
+Node: Color package options515686
+Node: Color models517460
+Ref: color models cmyk518275
+Ref: color models gray518642
+Ref: color models rgb518795
+Ref: color models RGB519136
+Ref: color models named519535
+Node: Commands for color519867
+Node: Define colors520286
+Node: Colored text521017
+Node: Colored boxes523452
+Node: Colored pages524883
+Node: Graphics525580
+Node: Graphics package options527726
+Node: Graphics package configuration530653
+Node: \graphicspath531465
+Node: \DeclareGraphicsExtensions534537
+Node: \DeclareGraphicsRule536391
+Node: Commands for graphics539669
+Node: \includegraphics540182
+Ref: includegraphics width545345
+Ref: includegraphics height545906
+Ref: includegraphics totalheight546328
+Ref: includegraphics keepaspectratio546596
+Ref: includegraphics viewport548388
+Ref: includegraphics trim548799
+Ref: includegraphics clip549267
+Ref: includegraphics page549539
+Ref: includegraphics pagebox549638
+Ref: includegraphics interpolate550529
+Ref: includegraphics quiet550742
+Ref: includegraphics draft550915
+Ref: includegraphics bb551742
+Ref: includegraphics bbllx552152
+Ref: includegraphics bblly552152
+Ref: includegraphics bburx552152
+Ref: includegraphics bbury552152
+Ref: includegraphics natwidth552298
+Ref: includegraphics natheight552298
+Ref: includegraphics hiresbb552496
+Ref: includegraphics type553306
+Ref: includegraphics ext553350
+Ref: includegraphics read553461
+Ref: includegraphics command553586
+Node: \rotatebox553844
+Node: \scalebox556806
+Node: \resizebox557914
+Node: Special insertions559154
+Node: Reserved characters560028
+Node: Upper and lower case561347
+Node: Symbols by font position563821
+Node: Text symbols564528
+Node: Accents570762
+Node: \accent573219
+Node: Additional Latin letters575077
+Ref: Non-English characters575259
+Node: inputenc package576380
+Ref: \inputencoding578656
+Node: \rule579032
+Node: \today580236
+Node: Splitting the input581226
+Node: \endinput583008
+Node: \include & \includeonly584365
+Ref: \include584553
+Ref: \includeonly584553
+Node: \input588850
+Node: Front/back matter590093
+Node: Table of contents etc.590426
+Node: \@dottedtocline596374
+Node: \addcontentsline598025
+Node: \addtocontents601214
+Node: \contentsline603507
+Node: \nofiles605397
+Node: \numberline606180
+Node: Indexes607408
+Node: Produce the index manually610298
+Node: \index611486
+Node: makeindex616927
+Ref: makeindex preamble618643
+Ref: makeindex postamble618797
+Ref: makeindex group skip618901
+Ref: makeindex letheadflag619261
+Ref: makeindex lethead prefix619738
+Ref: makeindex lethead suffix619898
+Ref: makeindex item 0620054
+Ref: makeindex item 1620142
+Ref: makeindex item 2620225
+Ref: makeindex item 01620311
+Ref: makeindex item x1620424
+Ref: makeindex item 12620643
+Ref: makeindex item x2620759
+Ref: makeindex delim 0620929
+Ref: makeindex delim 1621067
+Ref: makeindex delim 2621205
+Ref: makeindex delim n621339
+Ref: makeindex delim r621482
+Ref: makeindex line max621598
+Ref: makeindex indent space621743
+Ref: makeindex indent length621846
+Ref: makeindex page precedence622043
+Node: \printindex623124
+Node: Glossaries623613
+Node: \newglossaryentry625632
+Node: \gls627135
+Node: Letters627949
+Node: \address631665
+Node: \cc632492
+Node: \closing632946
+Node: \encl633266
+Node: \location633692
+Node: \makelabels633964
+Node: \name636341
+Node: \opening636588
+Node: \ps636877
+Node: \signature637174
+Node: \telephone638450
+Node: Input/output638825
+Node: \openin & \openout639555
+Ref: \openin639702
+Ref: \openout639702
+Ref: \closein639702
+Ref: \closeout639702
+Node: \read642423
+Node: \typein643650
+Node: \typeout644934
+Node: \write646024
+Node: \write and security650939
+Node: \message651895
+Node: \wlog653776
+Node: \write18654285
+Node: Command line interface657886
+Ref: Command line658050
+Node: Command line options660269
+Ref: interaction modes661316
+Ref: output directory662328
+Node: Command line input664103
+Node: Jobname666252
+Node: Recovering from errors669631
+Node: Document templates671107
+Node: beamer template671541
+Node: article template672191
+Node: book template672658
+Node: Larger book template673141
+Node: Index674725
+Ref: Command Index674811
 
 End Tag Table
 

Modified: trunk/latex2e.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: trunk/latex2e.txt
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e.txt	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e.txt	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -150,11 +150,12 @@
   9.2 ‘\obeycr’ & ‘\restorecr’
   9.3 ‘\newline’
   9.4 ‘\-’ (discretionary hyphen)
-  9.5 ‘\discretionary’ (generalized hyphenation point)
-  9.6 ‘\fussy’ & ‘\sloppy’
-    9.6.1 ‘sloppypar’
-  9.7 ‘\hyphenation’
-  9.8 ‘\linebreak’ & ‘\nolinebreak’
+  9.5 ‘\slash’: breakable ‘/’
+  9.6 ‘\discretionary’ (generalized hyphenation point)
+  9.7 ‘\fussy’ & ‘\sloppy’
+    9.7.1 ‘sloppypar’
+  9.8 ‘\hyphenation’
+  9.9 ‘\linebreak’ & ‘\nolinebreak’
 10 Page breaking
   10.1 ‘\clearpage’ & ‘\cleardoublepage’
   10.2 ‘\newpage’
@@ -240,6 +241,7 @@
   18.2 ‘\pagenumbering’
   18.3 ‘\pagestyle’
   18.4 ‘\thispagestyle’
+  18.5 ‘\thepage’
 19 Spaces
   19.1 ‘\enspace’ & ‘\quad’ & ‘\qquad’
   19.2 ‘\hspace’
@@ -250,7 +252,7 @@
     19.5.2 ‘\frenchspacing’ & ‘\nonfrenchspacing’
     19.5.3 ‘\normalsfcodes’
   19.6 Backslash-space, ‘\ ’
-  19.7 ‘~’
+  19.7 ‘~’, ‘\nobreakspace’
   19.8 ‘\thinspace’ & ‘\negthinspace’
   19.9 ‘\/’
   19.10 ‘\hrulefill’ & ‘\dotfill’
@@ -354,8 +356,8 @@
 LaTeX2e: An unofficial reference manual
 ***************************************
 
-This document is an unofficial reference manual (version of January
-2023) for LaTeX2e, a document preparation system.
+This document is an unofficial reference manual (version of July 2023)
+for LaTeX2e, a document preparation system.
 
 1 About this document
 *********************
@@ -767,13 +769,13 @@
 
    When using one of the engines pdfLaTeX, LuaLaTeX, or XeLaTeX (*note
 TeX engines::), options other than ‘letterpaper’ set the print area but
-you must also set the physical paper size.  One way to do that is to put
-‘\pdfpagewidth=\paperwidth’ and ‘\pdfpageheight=\paperheight’ in your
-document’s preamble.
+you must also set the physical paper size.  Usually, The ‘geometry’
+package is the best way to do that; it provides flexible ways of setting
+the print area and physical page size.  Otherwise, setting the paper
+size is engine-dependent.  For example, with pdfLaTeX, you could include
+‘\pdfpagewidth=\paperwidth’ and ‘\pdfpageheight=\paperheight’ in the
+preamble.
 
-   The ‘geometry’ package provides flexible ways of setting the print
-area and physical page size.
-
    Miscellaneous other options:
 
 ‘draft’
@@ -1603,9 +1605,9 @@
    For example, this line from ‘t1enc.def’ declares the number of the
 glyph to use for «, the left guillemet.
 
-     \DeclareTextSymbol{\guillemotleft}{T1}{19}
+     \DeclareTextSymbol{\guillemetleft}{T1}{19}
 
-The command ‘\DeclareTextCommand{\guillemotleft}{T1}{\char 19}’ has the
+The command ‘\DeclareTextCommand{\guillemetleft}{T1}{\char 19}’ has the
 same effect but is slower (*note \DeclareTextCommand &
 \ProvideTextCommand::).
 
@@ -3858,17 +3860,17 @@
 displayed equation facilities.  For example, there are a number of ways
 in that package for having math text broken across lines.
 
-   The construct ‘\[MATH\]’ is a synonym for the environment
+   The construct ‘\[ MATH \]’ is a synonym for the environment
 ‘\begin{displaymath} MATH \end{displaymath}’ but the latter is easier to
 work with in the source; for instance, searching for a square bracket
 may get false positives but the word ‘displaymath’ will likely be
 unique.
 
-   (Aside: The construct ‘$$MATH$$’ from Plain TeX is sometimes
-mistakenly used as a synonym for ‘displaymath’.  It is not a synonym,
-and is not officially supported in LaTeX at all; ‘$$’ doesn’t support
-the ‘fleqn’ option (*note Document class options::), has different
-vertical spacing, and doesn’t perform consistency checks.)
+   The construct ‘$$MATH$$’ from Plain TeX is sometimes used as a
+synonym for LaTeX’s ‘displaymath’.  It is not a synonym, and is not
+officially supported in LaTeX at all; ‘$$’ doesn’t support the ‘fleqn’
+option (*note Document class options::), has different vertical spacing,
+and doesn’t perform consistency checks.
 
    The output from this example is centered and alone on its line.
 
@@ -4052,8 +4054,8 @@
 equation number is generated using the ‘equation’ counter.
 
    You should have no blank lines between ‘\begin{equation}’ and
-‘\begin{equation}’, or LaTeX will tell you that there is a missing
-dollar sign.
+‘\end{equation}’, or LaTeX will tell you that there is a missing dollar
+sign.
 
    The package ‘amsmath’ package has extensive displayed equation
 facilities.  New documents should include this package.
@@ -4461,7 +4463,7 @@
 the list.  Each is a length (*note Lengths::).  The vertical spaces are
 normally rubber lengths, with ‘plus’ and ‘minus’ components, to give TeX
 flexibility in setting the page.  Change each with a command such as
-‘\setlength{itemsep}{2pt plus1pt minus1pt}’.  For some effects these
+‘\setlength{\itemsep}{2pt plus1pt minus1pt}’.  For some effects these
 lengths should be zero or negative.
 
 ‘\itemindent’
@@ -6668,7 +6670,18 @@
 ‘Hef-\linebreak feron’.  Of course, if you later change the text then
 this forced break may look out of place, so this approach requires care.
 
-9.5 ‘\discretionary’ (generalized hyphenation point)
+9.5 ‘\slash’: breakable ‘/’
+===========================
+
+The ‘\slash’ command produces a ‘/’ character and then a penalty of the
+same value as an explicit ‘-’ character (‘\exhyphenpenalty’).  This
+allows TeX to break a line at the ‘/’, similar to a hyphen.  Hyphenation
+is allowed in the word part preceding the ‘/’, but not after.  For
+example:
+
+     The input\slash output of the program is complicated.
+
+9.6 ‘\discretionary’ (generalized hyphenation point)
 ====================================================
 
 Synopsis:
@@ -6691,7 +6704,7 @@
    Note that users do not have to do this.  It is typically handled
 automatically by TeX’s hyphenation algorithm.
 
-9.6 ‘\fussy’ & ‘\sloppy’
+9.7 ‘\fussy’ & ‘\sloppy’
 ========================
 
 Declarations to make TeX more picky or less picky about line breaking.
@@ -6705,7 +6718,7 @@
 So to affect the line breaks, include that paragraph-ending material in
 the scope of the command.
 
-9.6.1 ‘sloppypar’
+9.7.1 ‘sloppypar’
 -----------------
 
 Synopsis:
@@ -6733,7 +6746,7 @@
        there were anyone at leisure to answer her or not.
      \end{sloppypar}
 
-9.7 ‘\hyphenation’
+9.8 ‘\hyphenation’
 ==================
 
 Synopsis:
@@ -6742,7 +6755,7 @@
 
    Declares allowed hyphenation points within the words in the list.
 The words in that list are separated by spaces.  Show permitted points
-for hyphenation with a dash character, ‘-’.
+for hyphenation with an ASCII dash character, ‘-’.
 
    Here is an example:
 
@@ -6749,10 +6762,10 @@
      \hyphenation{hat-er il-lit-e-ra-ti tru-th-i-ness}
 
    Use lowercase letters.  TeX will only hyphenate if the word matches
-exactly, no inflections are tried.  Multiple ‘\hyphenation’ commands
+exactly; no inflections are tried.  Multiple ‘\hyphenation’ commands
 accumulate.
 
-9.8 ‘\linebreak’ & ‘\nolinebreak’
+9.9 ‘\linebreak’ & ‘\nolinebreak’
 =================================
 
 Synopses, one of:
@@ -6956,11 +6969,10 @@
 ‘Underfull \vbox (badness 10000) has occurred while \output is active’.
 *Note \newpage::, for a command that does not have these effects.
 
-   (There is an obsolete declaration ‘\samepage’, which tries to only
-allow a break between two paragraphs.  There is a related environment
-‘samepage’, also obsolete.  Neither of these work reliably.  For more on
-keeping material on the same page, see the FAQ entry
-<https://texfaq.org/FAQ-nopagebrk>.)
+   A declaration ‘\samepage’ and corresponding ‘samepage’ environment
+try to only allow breaks between paragraphs.  They are not perfectly
+reliable.  For more on keeping material on the same page, see the FAQ
+entry <https://texfaq.org/FAQ-nopagebrk>.)
 
 11 Footnotes
 ************
@@ -8357,8 +8369,8 @@
      \newcommand{\showhbox}[2]{%
        \fboxsep=0pt\fbox{\hbox to #1{#2}}}
 
-This example uses those commands to show a black bar 100 points long
-between ‘XXX’ and ‘YYY’.  This length is rigid.
+This next example uses those commands to show a black bar 100 points
+long between ‘XXX’ and ‘YYY’.  This length is rigid.
 
      XXX\showhbox{100pt}{\blackbar{100pt}}YYY
 
@@ -8414,7 +8426,7 @@
    The ‘plus’ or ‘minus’ component of a rubber length can contain a
 “fill” component, as in ‘1in plus2fill’.  This gives the length infinite
 stretchability or shrinkability so that TeX could set it to any
-distance.  Here the two figures will be equal-spaced across the page.
+distance.  Here the two figures will be equally spaced across the page.
 
      \begin{minipage}{\linewidth}
        \hspace{0pt plus 1fill}\includegraphics{godel.png}%
@@ -11220,9 +11232,9 @@
 ‘\thanks{TEXT}’
      Optional.  Produce a footnote.  You can use it in the author
      information for acknowledgements as illustrated above, but you can
-     also use it in the title, or any place a footnote mark makes sense.
-     It can be any text at all so you can use it for any purpose, such
-     as to print an email address.
+     also use it in the title, or anywhere that a footnote mark makes
+     sense.  It can be any text at all so you can use it for any
+     purpose, such as to print an email address.
 
 ‘\title{TEXT}’
      Required.  Declare TEXT to be the title of the document.  Get line
@@ -11230,11 +11242,11 @@
      ‘\title’ declaration then the ‘\maketitle’ command yields error
      ‘LaTeX Error: No \title given’.
 
-   To make your own title page, see *note titlepage::.  You can either
+   To make your own title page, *note titlepage::.  You can either
 create this as a one-off or you can include it as part of a renewed
-‘\maketitle’ command.  (Many publishers will provide a class to use in
+‘\maketitle’ command.  Many publishers will provide a class to use in
 place of ‘article’ that formats the title according to their house
-requirements.)
+requirements.
 
 18.2 ‘\pagenumbering’
 =====================
@@ -11249,15 +11261,8 @@
 so its effect is not stopped by an end of group such as a closing brace
 or an end of environment.
 
-   In this example, before the ‘Main’ section the pages are numbered
-‘a’, etc.  Starting on the page containing the ‘\pagenumbering’ call in
-that section, the pages are numbered ‘1’, etc.
+   By default, LaTeX numbers pages starting at 1, using Arabic numerals.
 
-     \begin{document}\pagenumbering{alph}
-       ...
-     \section{Main}\pagenumbering{arabic}
-       ...
-
    The argument NUMBER-STYLE is one of the following (see also *note
 \alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol::).
 
@@ -11279,21 +11284,36 @@
      you get ‘LaTeX Error: Counter too large’.
 
 ‘gobble’
-     LaTeX does not output a page number, although it does get reset.
-     References to that page also are blank.  (This does not work with
-     the popular package ‘hyperref’ so to have the page number not
-     appear you may want to instead use ‘\pagestyle{empty}’ or
-     ‘\thispagestyle{empty}’.)
+     no page number is output, though the number is still reset.
+     References to that page also are blank.
 
+     This setting does not work with the popular package ‘hyperref’, so
+     to omit page numbers you may want to instead use
+     ‘\pagestyle{empty}’ or ‘\thispagestyle{empty}’.
+
+   If you want to typeset the page number in some other way, or change
+where the page number appears on the page, see *note \pagestyle:: (in
+short: use the ‘fancyhdr’ package).  The list above of LaTeX’s built-in
+numbering styles cannot be extended.
+
    Traditionally, if a document has front matter—preface, table of
 contents, etc.—then it is numbered with lowercase Roman numerals.  The
-main matter of a document uses arabic.  *Note \frontmatter & \mainmatter
-& \backmatter::.
+main matter of a document uses arabic.  LaTeX implements this, by
+providing explicit commands for the different parts (*note \frontmatter
+& \mainmatter & \backmatter::).
 
-   If you want to change where the page number appears on the page,
-see *note \pagestyle::.  If you want to change the value of the page
-number, then you manipulate the ‘page’ counter (*note Counters::).
+   As an explicit example, before the ‘Main’ section the pages are
+numbered ‘a’, etc.  Starting on the page containing the ‘\pagenumbering’
+call in that section, the pages are numbered ‘1’, etc.
 
+     \begin{document}\pagenumbering{alph}
+       ...
+     \section{Main}\pagenumbering{arabic}
+       ...
+
+   If you want to change the value of the page number, then you
+manipulate the ‘page’ counter (*note Counters::).
+
 18.3 ‘\pagestyle’
 =================
 
@@ -11304,10 +11324,11 @@
    Declaration that specifies how the page headers and footers are
 typeset, from the current page onwards.
 
-   A discussion with an example is below.  Note first that the package
+   A discussion with an example is below.  First, however: the package
 ‘fancyhdr’ is now the standard way to manipulate headers and footers.
 New documents that need to do anything other than one of the standard
-options below should use this package.  See its documentation on CTAN.
+options below should use this package.  See its documentation
+(<https://ctan.org/pkg/fancyhdr>).
 
    Values for STYLE:
 
@@ -11407,6 +11428,56 @@
 make the page entirely empty, the command ‘\thispagestyle{empty}’
 immediately follows the second ‘\chapter’.
 
+18.5 ‘\thepage’
+===============
+
+If you want to change the appearance of page numbers only in the page
+headers, for example by adding an ornament, typesetting in small caps,
+etc., then the ‘fancyhdr’ package, as mentioned in a previous section,
+is the best approach.
+
+   On the other hand, you may want to change how page numbers are
+denoted everywhere, including the table of contents and
+cross-references, as well as the page headers.  In this case, you should
+redefine ‘\thepage’, which is the command LaTeX uses for the
+representation of page numbers.
+
+   For example, for the ‘TUGboat’ journal (<https://tug.org/TUGboat>),
+we often circulate draft versions of articles.  For this, we change the
+page numbering to start at 901, but want to print the page numbers with
+a ‘?’, as in printing ‘?1’ for the first page.  This helps avoid people
+from thinking that the page numbers are final.  We want the ‘?’ to
+appear in the table of contents and cross-references as well as the
+headers; therefore, we redefine ‘\thepage’:
+
+     \renewcommand\thepage{%
+       \ifnum\value{page}>900
+         % In CM, numerals are exactly .5em,
+         % so make our `?' have that width too.
+         % The \texorpdfstring avoids the hyperref warning:
+         %   Token not allowed in a PDF string ... removing `\@ifnextchar'
+         \texorpdfstring{\makebox[.5em][l]{\small ?}}{?}%
+         %
+         \textsl{\@arabic{\numexpr\value{page}-900\relax}}% assume e-TeX
+       \else
+         \@arabic{\value{page}}%
+       \fi
+     }
+
+   There is another complication.  Changing ‘\thepage’ will probably
+break ‘makeindex’, since it only understands a few kinds of basic
+counter representations.  Thus, a method to extract a standard integer
+from the document’s special representation has to be provided.
+Continuing our ‘TUGboat’ example:
+
+     \usepackage{index}
+     ...
+     \newcommand\specialthepage{\inteval{\value{page}-900}}
+     \newindex[specialthepage]*{default}{idx}{ind}{Index}
+
+   Thanks to Ulrike Fischer for providing this code.  There is more
+discussion at <https://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/687258>.
+
 19 Spaces
 *********
 
@@ -11550,13 +11621,13 @@
 
      \spacefactor=INTEGER
 
-   Influence LaTeX’s glue stretch and shrink behavior.  Most user-level
-documents do not use this command.
+   Influence LaTeX’s stretching and shrinking of glue.  Few user-level
+documents need to use this.
 
    While LaTeX is laying out the material, it may stretch or shrink the
 gaps between words.  (This space is not a character; it is called the
-“interword glue”; *note \hspace::).  The ‘\spacefactor’ command (from
-Plain TeX) allows you to, for instance, have the space after a period
+“interword glue”; *note \hspace::).  The ‘\spacefactor’ parameter (a TeX
+primitive) allows you to, for instance, have the space after a period
 stretch more than the space after a word-ending letter.
 
    After LaTeX places each character, or rule or other box, it sets a
@@ -11566,24 +11637,25 @@
 the glue can stretch more and shrink less.  Normally, the space factor
 is 1000.  This value is in effect following most characters, and any
 non-character box or math formula.  But it is 3000 after a period,
-exclamation mark, or question mark, it is 2000 after a colon, 1500 after
-a semicolon, 1250 after a comma, and 0 after a right parenthesis or
+exclamation mark, or question mark, 2000 after a colon, 1500 after a
+semicolon, 1250 after a comma, and 0 after a right parenthesis or
 bracket, or closing double quote or single quote.  Finally, it is 999
 after a capital letter.
 
    If the space factor F is 1000 then the glue gap will be the font’s
 normal space value (for Computer Modern Roman 10 point this is
-3.3333 points).  Otherwise, if the space factor F is greater than 2000
-then TeX adds the font’s extra space value (for Computer Modern Roman 10
-point this is 1.11111 points), and then the font’s normal stretch value
-is multiplied by f /1000 and the normal shrink value is multiplied by
+3.3333pt).  Otherwise, if the space factor F is greater than 2000 then
+TeX adds the font’s extra space value (for Computer Modern Roman 10
+point this is 1.11111pt), and then the font’s normal stretch value is
+multiplied by f /1000 and the normal shrink value is multiplied by
 1000/f (for Computer Modern Roman 10 point these are 1.66666 and
-1.11111 points).
+1.11111pt).
 
    For example, consider the period ending ‘A man's best friend is his
-dog.’ After it, TeX puts in a fixed extra space, and also allows the
+dog.’.  After it, TeX puts in a fixed extra space, and also allows the
 glue to stretch 3 times as much and shrink 1/3 as much, as the glue
-after ‘friend’, which does not end in a period.
+after ‘friend’ or any of the other words, since they are not followed by
+punctuation.
 
    The rules for space factors are even more complex because they play
 additional roles.  In practice, there are two consequences.  First, if a
@@ -11591,19 +11663,19 @@
 bracket, or right single or double quote then the spacing effect of that
 period carries through those characters (that is, the following glue
 will have increased stretch and shrink).  Second, if punctuation comes
-after a capital letter then its effect is not in place so you get an
-ordinary space.  This second case also affects abbreviations that do not
-end in a capital letter (*note \@::).
+after a capital letter then the normal effect of the period is does not
+happen, so you get an ordinary space.  This second case also affects
+abbreviations that do not end in a capital letter (*note \@::).
 
    You can only use ‘\spacefactor’ in paragraph mode or LR mode (*note
 Modes::).  You can see the current value with ‘\the\spacefactor’ or
 ‘\showthe\spacefactor’.
 
-   (Comment, not really related to ‘\spacefactor’: if you get errors
-like ‘You can't use `\spacefactor' in vertical mode’, or ‘You can't use
-`\spacefactor' in math mode.’, or ‘Improper \spacefactor’ then you have
-probably tried to redefine an internal command.  *Note \makeatletter &
-\makeatother::.)
+   Finally, not especially related to ‘\spacefactor’ itself: if you get
+errors like ‘You can't use `\spacefactor' in vertical mode’, or ‘You
+can't use `\spacefactor' in math mode.’, or ‘Improper \spacefactor’ then
+you have probably tried to redefine an internal command.  *Note
+\makeatletter & \makeatother::.
 
 19.5.1 ‘\@’
 -----------
@@ -11612,22 +11684,19 @@
 
      CAPITAL-LETTER\@.
 
-   Treat a period as sentence-ending, where LaTeX would otherwise think
-it is part of an abbreviation.  LaTeX thinks that a period ends an
-abbreviation if the period comes after a capital letter, and otherwise
-thinks the period ends the sentence.  By default, in justifying a line
-LaTeX adjusts the space after a sentence-ending period (or a question
-mark, exclamation point, comma, or colon) more than it adjusts the space
-between words (*note \spacefactor::).
+   Treat a period (or other punctuation) as sentence-ending, where LaTeX
+would otherwise think it is part of an abbreviation.  LaTeX thinks that
+a period ends an abbreviation if the period comes after a capital
+letter, and otherwise thinks the period ends the sentence.
 
    This example shows the two cases to remember.
 
      The songs \textit{Red Guitar}, etc.\ are by Loudon Wainwright~III\@.
 
-The second period ends the sentence, despite that it is preceded by a
-capital.  We tell LaTeX that it ends the sentence by putting ‘\@’ before
-it.  The first period ends the abbreviation ‘etc.’ but not the sentence.
-The backslash-space, ‘\ ’, produces a mid-sentence space.
+The first period ends the abbreviation ‘etc.’ but not the sentence.  The
+backslash-space, ‘\ ’, produces a mid-sentence space.  The second period
+ends the sentence, despite it being preceded by a capital letter.  We
+tell LaTeX that it ends the sentence by putting ‘\@’ before it.
 
    So: if you have a capital letter followed by a period that ends the
 sentence, then put ‘\@’ before the period.  This holds even if there is
@@ -11640,16 +11709,22 @@
 
 will have correct inter-sentence spacing after the period.
 
-   The ‘\@’ command is only for a text mode.  If you use it outside of a
-text mode then you get ‘You can't use `\spacefactor' in vertical mode’
-(*note Modes::).
+   The ‘\@’ command is only for text modes.  If you use it outside of a
+text mode then you get the error ‘You can't use `\spacefactor' in
+vertical mode’ (*note Modes::).
 
-   Comment: the converse case is a period ending an abbreviation whose
-last letter is not a capital letter, and that abbreviation is not the
-last word in the sentence.  For that case follow the period with a
+   All the above applies equally to question marks and exclamation
+points as periods, since all are sentence-ending punctuation, and LaTeX
+increases the space after each in the same way, when they end a
+sentence.  LaTeX also increases spacing after colon, semicolon, and
+comma characters (*note \spacefactor::).
+
+   In addition: the converse case is a period (or other punctuation)
+that does not end a sentence.  For that case, follow the period with a
 backslash-space, (‘\ ’), or a tie, (‘~’), or ‘\@’.  Examples are ‘Nat.\
 Acad.\ Science’, and ‘Mr.~Bean’, and ‘(manure, etc.\@) for sale’ (note
-in the last one that the ‘\@’ comes before the closing parenthesis).
+in the last one that the ‘\@’ comes after the period but before the
+closing parenthesis).
 
 19.5.2 ‘\frenchspacing’ & ‘\nonfrenchspacing’
 ---------------------------------------------
@@ -11659,19 +11734,22 @@
      \frenchspacing
      \nonfrenchspacing
 
-   The first declaration causes LaTeX to handle spacing between
-sentences in the same way as spacing between words in the middle of a
-sentence.  The second switches back to the default handling in which
-spacing between sentences stretches or shrinks more (*note
-\spacefactor::).
+   ‘\frenchspacing’ causes LaTeX to make spacing after all punctuation,
+including periods, be the same as the space between words in the middle
+of a sentence.  ‘\nonfrenchspacing’ switches back to the default
+handling in which spacing after most punctuation stretches or shrinks
+differently than a word space (*note \spacefactor::).
 
-   Some typographic traditions, including English, prefer to adjust the
-space between sentences (or spaces following a question mark,
-exclamation point, comma, or colon) more than the space between words
-that are in the middle of a sentence.  Declaring ‘\frenchspacing’ (the
-command is from plain TeX) switches to the tradition that all spaces are
-treated equally.
+   In American English, the typesetting tradition is to adjust,
+typically increasing, the space after punctuation more than the space
+between words that are in the middle of a sentence.  Declaring
+‘\frenchspacing’ (the command is inherited from plain TeX) switches to
+the tradition that all spaces are treated equally.
 
+   If your LaTeX document specifies the language being used, for example
+with the ‘babel’ package, the necessary settings should be taken care of
+for you.
+
 19.5.3 ‘\normalsfcodes’
 -----------------------
 
@@ -11686,8 +11764,7 @@
 ==========================
 
 This section refers to the command consisting of two characters, a
-backslash followed by a space.
-Synopsis:
+backslash followed by a space.  Synopsis:
 
      \ 
 
@@ -11694,8 +11771,8 @@
    Produce a space.  By default it produces white space of length
 3.33333pt plus 1.66666pt minus 1.11111pt.
 
-   When you type one or more blanks between words, LaTeX produces white
-space.  But that is different than an explicit space.  This illustrates.
+   When you type one or more blanks between words, LaTeX produces
+whitespace that is different than an explicit space.  This illustrates:
 
      \begin{tabular}{rl}
      One blank:& makes some space \\
@@ -11726,9 +11803,9 @@
    Under normal circumstances, ‘\’<TAB> and ‘\’<NEWLINE> are equivalent
 to backslash-space, ‘\ ’.
 
-   Please also note that in order to allow source code indentation,
-under normal circumstances, TeX ignores leading blanks in a line.  So
-the following prints ‘one word’:
+   In order to allow source code indentation, under normal
+circumstances, TeX ignores leading blanks in a line.  So the following
+prints ‘one word’:
 
      one
       word
@@ -11736,8 +11813,8 @@
 where the white space between ‘one’ and ‘word’ is produced by the
 newline after ‘one’, not by the space before ‘word’.
 
-19.7 ‘~’
-========
+19.7 ‘~’, ‘\nobreakspace’
+=========================
 
 Synopsis:
 
@@ -11745,7 +11822,9 @@
 
    The “tie” character, ‘~’, produces a space between BEFORE and AFTER
 at which the line will not be broken.  By default the white space has
-length 3.33333pt plus 1.66666pt minus 1.11111pt (*note Lengths::).
+length 3.33333pt plus 1.66666pt minus 1.11111pt (*note Lengths::).  The
+command ‘\nobreakspace’ and the Unicode input character U+00A0 (also in
+many 8-bit encodings) are synonyms.
 
    Note that the word ‘tie’ has this meaning in the TeX/Texinfo
 community; this differs from the typographic term “tie”, which is a
@@ -11759,14 +11838,14 @@
 In addition, despite the period, LaTeX does not use the end-of-sentence
 spacing (*note \@::).
 
-   Ties prevent the end of line separation of things where that could
-cause confusion.  They also still allow hyphenation (of either of the
-tied words), so they are generally preferable to putting consecutive
-words in an ‘\mbox’ (*note \mbox & \makebox::).
+   Ties prevent a line break where that could cause confusion.  They
+also still allow hyphenation (of either of the tied words), so they are
+generally preferable to putting consecutive words in an ‘\mbox’ (*note
+\mbox & \makebox::).
 
-   They are also matters of taste, sometimes alarmingly dogmatic taste,
-among readers.  Nevertheless, here are some usage models, many of them
-from ‘The TeXbook’.
+   Exactly where ties should be used is something of a matter of taste,
+sometimes alarmingly dogmatic taste, among readers.  Nevertheless, here
+are some usage models, many of them from ‘The TeXbook’.
 
    • Between an enumerator label and number, such as in references:
      ‘Chapter~12’, or ‘Theorem~\ref{th:Wilsons}’, or
@@ -12249,7 +12328,7 @@
    In the third version the optional argument WIDTH specifies the width
 of the box.  Note that the space occupied by the text need not equal the
 width of the box.  For one thing, TEXT can be too small; this creates a
-full-line box
+full-line box:
 
      \makebox[\linewidth]{Chapter Exam}
 
@@ -13721,12 +13800,16 @@
 ‘\LaTeXe’
      The LaTeX2e logo.
 
+‘\guillemetleft («)’
+‘\guillemetright (»)’
 ‘\guillemotleft («)’
 ‘\guillemotright (»)’
 ‘\guilsinglleft (‹)’
 ‘\guilsinglright (›)’
      «, », ‹, › Double and single angle quotation marks, commonly used
-     in French.
+     in French.  The commands ‘@guillemotleft’ and ‘@guillemotright’ are
+     synonyms for ‘@guillemet...’; these are misspellings inherited from
+     Adobe.  (Guillemots are seabirds; guillemets are French quotes.)
 
 ‘\ldots’
 ‘\textellipsis’
@@ -16545,3102 +16628,3119 @@
 
 * Menu:
 
-* $ inline math:                         math.              (line  4760)
-* $$...$$ plain TeX display math:        displaymath.       (line  3866)
-* & (for table cells):                   tabular.           (line  5732)
+* $ inline math:                         math.              (line  4762)
+* $$...$$ plain TeX display math:        displaymath.       (line  3868)
+* & (for table cells):                   tabular.           (line  5734)
 * * prompt:                              Recovering from errors.
-                                                            (line 16383)
-* *, to \nocite all keys:                Using BibTeX.      (line  6263)
+                                                            (line 16466)
+* *, to \nocite all keys:                Using BibTeX.      (line  6265)
 * *-form of environment commands:        \newenvironment & \renewenvironment.
-                                                            (line  7672)
-* *-form of sectioning commands:         Sectioning.        (line  2661)
+                                                            (line  7684)
+* *-form of sectioning commands:         Sectioning.        (line  2663)
 * *-form, defining new commands:         \newcommand & \renewcommand.
-                                                            (line  7256)
+                                                            (line  7268)
 * --disable-write18 command-line option: Command line options.
-                                                            (line 16208)
+                                                            (line 16291)
 * --enable-write18 command-line option:  Command line options.
-                                                            (line 16208)
+                                                            (line 16291)
 * --file-line-error command-line option: Command line options.
-                                                            (line 16229)
+                                                            (line 16312)
 * --halt-on-error command-line option:   Command line options.
-                                                            (line 16226)
+                                                            (line 16309)
 * --help command-line option:            Command line options.
-                                                            (line 16170)
+                                                            (line 16253)
 * --interaction command-line option:     Command line options.
-                                                            (line 16173)
+                                                            (line 16256)
 * --jobname command-line option:         Command line options.
-                                                            (line 16190)
+                                                            (line 16273)
 * --no-file-line-error command-line option: Command line options.
-                                                            (line 16229)
+                                                            (line 16312)
 * --no-shell-escape command-line option: Command line options.
-                                                            (line 16208)
+                                                            (line 16291)
 * --output-directory command-line option: Command line options.
-                                                            (line 16195)
+                                                            (line 16278)
 * --shell-escape command-line option:    Command line options.
-                                                            (line 16208)
+                                                            (line 16291)
 * --version command-line option:         Command line options.
-                                                            (line 16165)
-* -1, write stream number:               \write.            (line 15868)
-* .aux file:                             Output files.      (line   492)
+                                                            (line 16248)
+* -1, write stream number:               \write.            (line 15951)
+* .aux file:                             Output files.      (line   494)
 * .aux file and BibTeX commands:         BibTeX error messages.
-                                                            (line  6270)
-* .dvi file:                             Output files.      (line   469)
-* .fmt file:                             TeX engines.       (line   511)
-* .glo file:                             Glossaries.        (line 15267)
-* .idx file:                             Indexes.           (line 14857)
-* .idx file <1>:                         makeindex.         (line 15056)
-* .ind file:                             makeindex.         (line 15056)
-* .isty file:                            makeindex.         (line 15068)
-* .lof file:                             Output files.      (line   502)
+                                                            (line  6272)
+* .dvi file:                             Output files.      (line   471)
+* .fmt file:                             TeX engines.       (line   513)
+* .glo file:                             Glossaries.        (line 15350)
+* .idx file:                             Indexes.           (line 14940)
+* .idx file <1>:                         makeindex.         (line 15139)
+* .ind file:                             makeindex.         (line 15139)
+* .isty file:                            makeindex.         (line 15151)
+* .lof file:                             Output files.      (line   504)
 * .lof file <1>:                         Table of contents etc..
-                                                            (line 14465)
-* .lof file <2>:                         \contentsline.     (line 14760)
-* .log file:                             Output files.      (line   487)
-* .lot file:                             Output files.      (line   502)
+                                                            (line 14548)
+* .lof file <2>:                         \contentsline.     (line 14843)
+* .log file:                             Output files.      (line   489)
+* .lot file:                             Output files.      (line   504)
 * .lot file <1>:                         Table of contents etc..
-                                                            (line 14465)
-* .lot file <2>:                         \contentsline.     (line 14760)
-* .pdf file:                             Output files.      (line   479)
+                                                            (line 14548)
+* .lot file <2>:                         \contentsline.     (line 14843)
+* .pdf file:                             Output files.      (line   481)
 * .tex, default extension:               Command line interface.
-                                                            (line 16122)
-* .toc file:                             Output files.      (line   502)
+                                                            (line 16205)
+* .toc file:                             Output files.      (line   504)
 * .toc file <1>:                         Table of contents etc..
-                                                            (line 14465)
-* .toc file <2>:                         \contentsline.     (line 14760)
-* .xdv file:                             TeX engines.       (line   547)
-* /bin/sh, used by \write18:             \write18.          (line 16087)
+                                                            (line 14548)
+* .toc file <2>:                         \contentsline.     (line 14843)
+* .xdv file:                             TeX engines.       (line   549)
+* /bin/sh, used by \write18:             \write18.          (line 16170)
 * 10pt option:                           Document class options.
-                                                            (line   741)
+                                                            (line   743)
 * 11pt option:                           Document class options.
-                                                            (line   741)
+                                                            (line   743)
 * 12pt option:                           Document class options.
-                                                            (line   741)
+                                                            (line   743)
 * : (for math):                          Colon character & \colon.
-                                                            (line 11004)
+                                                            (line 11016)
 * [...] (for optional arguments):        LaTeX command syntax.
-                                                            (line   597)
-* \  (backslash-space):                  \(SPACE).          (line 11687)
+                                                            (line   599)
+* \  (backslash-space):                  \(SPACE).          (line 11765)
 * \ character starting commands:         LaTeX command syntax.
-                                                            (line   597)
+                                                            (line   599)
 * \!:                                    Spacing in math mode.
-                                                            (line 10765)
-* \" (umlaut accent):                    Accents.           (line 13939)
+                                                            (line 10777)
+* \" (umlaut accent):                    Accents.           (line 14022)
 * \#:                                    Reserved characters.
-                                                            (line 13612)
+                                                            (line 13691)
 * \$:                                    Reserved characters.
-                                                            (line 13612)
+                                                            (line 13691)
 * \%:                                    Reserved characters.
-                                                            (line 13612)
+                                                            (line 13691)
 * \&:                                    Reserved characters.
-                                                            (line 13612)
-* \' (acute accent):                     Accents.           (line 13943)
-* \' (tabbing):                          tabbing.           (line  5580)
-* \(...\) inline math:                   math.              (line  4760)
-* \*:                                    \*.                (line 11024)
-* \+:                                    tabbing.           (line  5572)
+                                                            (line 13691)
+* \' (acute accent):                     Accents.           (line 14026)
+* \' (tabbing):                          tabbing.           (line  5582)
+* \(...\) inline math:                   math.              (line  4762)
+* \*:                                    \*.                (line 11036)
+* \+:                                    tabbing.           (line  5574)
 * \,:                                    Spacing in math mode.
-                                                            (line 10751)
-* \-:                                    tabbing.           (line  5576)
-* \- (hyphenation):                      \- (hyphenation).  (line  6639)
-* \. (dot-over accent):                  Accents.           (line 13946)
-* \/:                                    \/.                (line 11835)
+                                                            (line 10763)
+* \-:                                    tabbing.           (line  5578)
+* \- (hyphenation):                      \- (hyphenation).  (line  6641)
+* \. (dot-over accent):                  Accents.           (line 14029)
+* \/:                                    \/.                (line 11914)
 * \::                                    Spacing in math mode.
-                                                            (line 10740)
+                                                            (line 10752)
 * \;:                                    Spacing in math mode.
-                                                            (line 10727)
-* \<:                                    tabbing.           (line  5568)
-* \= (macron accent):                    Accents.           (line 13950)
-* \= (tabbing):                          tabbing.           (line  5562)
-* \>:                                    tabbing.           (line  5566)
+                                                            (line 10739)
+* \<:                                    tabbing.           (line  5570)
+* \= (macron accent):                    Accents.           (line 14033)
+* \= (tabbing):                          tabbing.           (line  5564)
+* \>:                                    tabbing.           (line  5568)
 * \> <1>:                                Spacing in math mode.
-                                                            (line 10740)
-* \> (tabbing):                          tabbing.           (line  5565)
-* \@:                                    \@.                (line 11610)
-* \@auxout:                              \write.            (line 15883)
-* \@beginparpenalty:                     list.              (line  4642)
-* \@dottedtocline:                       \@dottedtocline.   (line 14588)
-* \@endparpenalty:                       list.              (line  4650)
-* \@fnsymbol:                            \footnote.         (line  7004)
-* \@ifstar:                              \@ifstar.          (line  7486)
-* \@itempenalty:                         list.              (line  4646)
-* \@mainaux:                             \write.            (line 15883)
-* \@startsection:                        \@startsection.    (line  3147)
-* \a (tabbing):                          tabbing.           (line  5595)
-* \a' (acute accent in tabbing):         tabbing.           (line  5596)
-* \a= (macron accent in tabbing):        tabbing.           (line  5596)
+                                                            (line 10752)
+* \> (tabbing):                          tabbing.           (line  5567)
+* \@:                                    \@.                (line 11682)
+* \@auxout:                              \write.            (line 15966)
+* \@beginparpenalty:                     list.              (line  4644)
+* \@dottedtocline:                       \@dottedtocline.   (line 14671)
+* \@endparpenalty:                       list.              (line  4652)
+* \@fnsymbol:                            \footnote.         (line  7016)
+* \@ifstar:                              \@ifstar.          (line  7498)
+* \@itempenalty:                         list.              (line  4648)
+* \@mainaux:                             \write.            (line 15966)
+* \@startsection:                        \@startsection.    (line  3149)
+* \a (tabbing):                          tabbing.           (line  5597)
+* \a' (acute accent in tabbing):         tabbing.           (line  5598)
+* \a= (macron accent in tabbing):        tabbing.           (line  5598)
 * \aa (å):                               Additional Latin letters.
-                                                            (line 14063)
+                                                            (line 14146)
 * \AA (Å):                               Additional Latin letters.
-                                                            (line 14063)
-* \accent:                               \accent.           (line 14012)
-* \acute:                                Math accents.      (line 10621)
-* \addcontentsline:                      \addcontentsline.  (line 14623)
-* \address:                              \address.          (line 15445)
-* \addtocontents{EXT}{TEXT}:             \addtocontents.    (line 14702)
-* \addtocounter:                         \addtocounter.     (line  8268)
-* \addtolength:                          \addtolength.      (line  8526)
-* \addvspace:                            \addvspace.        (line 12170)
+                                                            (line 14146)
+* \accent:                               \accent.           (line 14095)
+* \acute:                                Math accents.      (line 10633)
+* \addcontentsline:                      \addcontentsline.  (line 14706)
+* \address:                              \address.          (line 15528)
+* \addtocontents{EXT}{TEXT}:             \addtocontents.    (line 14785)
+* \addtocounter:                         \addtocounter.     (line  8280)
+* \addtolength:                          \addtolength.      (line  8538)
+* \addvspace:                            \addvspace.        (line 12249)
 * \ae (æ):                               Additional Latin letters.
-                                                            (line 14067)
+                                                            (line 14150)
 * \AE (Æ):                               Additional Latin letters.
-                                                            (line 14067)
-* \aleph:                                Math symbols.      (line  9156)
-* \Alph example:                         enumerate.         (line  3977)
-* \alpha:                                Math symbols.      (line  9159)
+                                                            (line 14150)
+* \aleph:                                Math symbols.      (line  9168)
+* \Alph example:                         enumerate.         (line  3979)
+* \alpha:                                Math symbols.      (line  9171)
 * \alph{COUNTER}:                        \alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol.
-                                                            (line  8143)
+                                                            (line  8155)
 * \Alph{COUNTER}:                        \alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol.
-                                                            (line  8148)
-* \alsoname:                             \index.            (line 14991)
-* \amalg:                                Math symbols.      (line  9162)
-* \and (for \author):                    \maketitle.        (line 11206)
-* \angle:                                Math symbols.      (line  9165)
-* \appendix:                             \appendix.         (line  3077)
-* \approx:                               Math symbols.      (line  9169)
+                                                            (line  8160)
+* \alsoname:                             \index.            (line 15074)
+* \amalg:                                Math symbols.      (line  9174)
+* \and (for \author):                    \maketitle.        (line 11218)
+* \angle:                                Math symbols.      (line  9177)
+* \appendix:                             \appendix.         (line  3079)
+* \approx:                               Math symbols.      (line  9181)
 * \arabic{COUNTER}:                      \alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol.
-                                                            (line  8153)
-* \arccos:                               Math functions.    (line 10504)
-* \arcsin:                               Math functions.    (line 10507)
-* \arctan:                               Math functions.    (line 10510)
-* \arg:                                  Math functions.    (line 10513)
-* \arraycolsep:                          array.             (line  3663)
-* \arrayrulewidth:                       tabular.           (line  5857)
-* \arraystretch:                         tabular.           (line  5863)
-* \ast:                                  Math symbols.      (line  9172)
-* \asymp:                                Math symbols.      (line  9179)
-* \AtBeginDocument:                      \AtBeginDocument.  (line  3890)
+                                                            (line  8165)
+* \arccos:                               Math functions.    (line 10516)
+* \arcsin:                               Math functions.    (line 10519)
+* \arctan:                               Math functions.    (line 10522)
+* \arg:                                  Math functions.    (line 10525)
+* \arraycolsep:                          array.             (line  3665)
+* \arrayrulewidth:                       tabular.           (line  5859)
+* \arraystretch:                         tabular.           (line  5865)
+* \ast:                                  Math symbols.      (line  9184)
+* \asymp:                                Math symbols.      (line  9191)
+* \AtBeginDocument:                      \AtBeginDocument.  (line  3892)
 * \AtBeginDvi:                           Class and package commands.
-                                                            (line   921)
-* \AtEndDocument:                        \AtEndDocument.    (line  3906)
+                                                            (line   923)
+* \AtEndDocument:                        \AtEndDocument.    (line  3908)
 * \AtEndOfClass:                         Class and package commands.
-                                                            (line   926)
+                                                            (line   928)
 * \AtEndOfPackage:                       Class and package commands.
-                                                            (line   926)
-* \author{NAME1 \and NAME2 \and ...}:    \maketitle.        (line 11205)
-* \a` (grave accent in tabbing):         tabbing.           (line  5596)
-* \b (bar-under accent):                 Accents.           (line 13965)
+                                                            (line   928)
+* \author{NAME1 \and NAME2 \and ...}:    \maketitle.        (line 11217)
+* \a` (grave accent in tabbing):         tabbing.           (line  5598)
+* \b (bar-under accent):                 Accents.           (line 14048)
 * \backmatter:                           \frontmatter & \mainmatter & \backmatter.
-                                                            (line  3111)
-* \backslash:                            Math symbols.      (line  9182)
-* \bar:                                  Math accents.      (line 10624)
+                                                            (line  3113)
+* \backslash:                            Math symbols.      (line  9194)
+* \bar:                                  Math accents.      (line 10636)
 * \baselineskip:                         Low-level font commands.
-                                                            (line  1994)
+                                                            (line  1996)
 * \baselineskip <1>:                     \baselineskip & \baselinestretch.
-                                                            (line  2318)
+                                                            (line  2320)
 * \baselinestretch:                      \baselineskip & \baselinestretch.
-                                                            (line  2318)
-* \begin:                                Environments.      (line  3555)
-* \beta:                                 Math symbols.      (line  9186)
-* \bf:                                   Font styles.       (line  1772)
-* \bfseries:                             Font styles.       (line  1737)
+                                                            (line  2320)
+* \begin:                                Environments.      (line  3557)
+* \beta:                                 Math symbols.      (line  9198)
+* \bf:                                   Font styles.       (line  1774)
+* \bfseries:                             Font styles.       (line  1739)
 * \bibdata:                              BibTeX error messages.
-                                                            (line  6280)
-* \bibitem:                              \bibitem.          (line  6085)
-* \bibliography:                         Using BibTeX.      (line  6208)
+                                                            (line  6282)
+* \bibitem:                              \bibitem.          (line  6087)
+* \bibliography:                         Using BibTeX.      (line  6210)
 * \bibliography and internal \bibdata:   BibTeX error messages.
-                                                            (line  6281)
-* \bibliographystyle:                    Using BibTeX.      (line  6208)
+                                                            (line  6283)
+* \bibliographystyle:                    Using BibTeX.      (line  6210)
 * \bibliographystyle and internal \bibstyle: BibTeX error messages.
-                                                            (line  6284)
-* \bibname:                              thebibliography.   (line  6068)
+                                                            (line  6286)
+* \bibname:                              thebibliography.   (line  6070)
 * \bibstyle:                             BibTeX error messages.
-                                                            (line  6283)
+                                                            (line  6285)
 * \bigbreak:                             \bigbreak & \medbreak & \smallbreak.
-                                                            (line 11978)
-* \bigcap:                               Math symbols.      (line  9189)
-* \bigcirc:                              Math symbols.      (line  9193)
-* \bigcup:                               Math symbols.      (line  9196)
+                                                            (line 12057)
+* \bigcap:                               Math symbols.      (line  9201)
+* \bigcirc:                              Math symbols.      (line  9205)
+* \bigcup:                               Math symbols.      (line  9208)
 * \bigl:                                 \bigl & \bigr etc..
-                                                            (line 10301)
-* \bigodot:                              Math symbols.      (line  9200)
-* \bigoplus:                             Math symbols.      (line  9203)
-* \bigotimes:                            Math symbols.      (line  9206)
+                                                            (line 10313)
+* \bigodot:                              Math symbols.      (line  9212)
+* \bigoplus:                             Math symbols.      (line  9215)
+* \bigotimes:                            Math symbols.      (line  9218)
 * \bigr:                                 \bigl & \bigr etc..
-                                                            (line 10301)
+                                                            (line 10313)
 * \bigskip:                              \bigskip & \medskip & \smallskip.
-                                                            (line 11929)
+                                                            (line 12008)
 * \bigskip <1>:                          \bigskip & \medskip & \smallskip.
-                                                            (line 11951)
+                                                            (line 12030)
 * \bigskipamount:                        \bigskip & \medskip & \smallskip.
-                                                            (line 11952)
-* \bigsqcup:                             Math symbols.      (line  9217)
-* \bigtriangledown:                      Math symbols.      (line  9209)
-* \bigtriangleup:                        Math symbols.      (line  9213)
-* \biguplus:                             Math symbols.      (line  9220)
-* \bigvee:                               Math symbols.      (line  9224)
-* \bigwedge:                             Math symbols.      (line  9227)
-* \bmod:                                 Math functions.    (line 10516)
+                                                            (line 12031)
+* \bigsqcup:                             Math symbols.      (line  9229)
+* \bigtriangledown:                      Math symbols.      (line  9221)
+* \bigtriangleup:                        Math symbols.      (line  9225)
+* \biguplus:                             Math symbols.      (line  9232)
+* \bigvee:                               Math symbols.      (line  9236)
+* \bigwedge:                             Math symbols.      (line  9239)
+* \bmod:                                 Math functions.    (line 10528)
 * \boldmath:                             \boldmath & \unboldmath.
-                                                            (line 10028)
+                                                            (line 10040)
 * \boldmath <1>:                         \boldmath & \unboldmath.
-                                                            (line 10036)
-* \bot:                                  Math symbols.      (line  9230)
-* \bottomfraction:                       Floats.            (line  2500)
-* \bottomfraction <1>:                   Floats.            (line  2501)
-* \bowtie:                               Math symbols.      (line  9234)
-* \Box:                                  Math symbols.      (line  9237)
-* \breve:                                Math accents.      (line 10627)
-* \bullet:                               Math symbols.      (line  9242)
-* \c (cedilla accent):                   Accents.           (line 13975)
-* \cal:                                  Font styles.       (line  1775)
-* \cap:                                  Math symbols.      (line  9245)
-* \capitalacute:                         Accents.           (line 13943)
-* \capitalbreve:                         Accents.           (line 14003)
-* \capitalcaron:                         Accents.           (line 14007)
-* \capitalcedilla:                       Accents.           (line 13975)
-* \capitalcircumflex:                    Accents.           (line 13954)
-* \capitaldieresis:                      Accents.           (line 13939)
-* \capitaldotaccent:                     Accents.           (line 13979)
-* \capitalgrave:                         Accents.           (line 13958)
-* \capitalhungarumlaut:                  Accents.           (line 13983)
-* \capitalmacron:                        Accents.           (line 13950)
-* \capitalnewtie:                        Accents.           (line 13997)
-* \capitalogonek:                        Accents.           (line 13987)
-* \capitalring:                          Accents.           (line 13991)
-* \capitaltie:                           Accents.           (line 13997)
-* \capitaltilde:                         Accents.           (line 13962)
-* \caption:                              \caption.          (line  2562)
-* \caption <1>:                          figure.            (line  4100)
-* \caption <2>:                          table.             (line  5684)
-* \cc:                                   \cc.               (line 15470)
-* \cdot:                                 Math symbols.      (line  9249)
-* \cdots:                                Dots.              (line 10398)
-* \centering:                            \centering.        (line  3742)
-* \chapter:                              Sectioning.        (line  2636)
-* \chapter <1>:                          \chapter.          (line  2777)
-* \check:                                Math accents.      (line 10630)
+                                                            (line 10048)
+* \bot:                                  Math symbols.      (line  9242)
+* \bottomfraction:                       Floats.            (line  2502)
+* \bottomfraction <1>:                   Floats.            (line  2503)
+* \bowtie:                               Math symbols.      (line  9246)
+* \Box:                                  Math symbols.      (line  9249)
+* \breve:                                Math accents.      (line 10639)
+* \bullet:                               Math symbols.      (line  9254)
+* \c (cedilla accent):                   Accents.           (line 14058)
+* \cal:                                  Font styles.       (line  1777)
+* \cap:                                  Math symbols.      (line  9257)
+* \capitalacute:                         Accents.           (line 14026)
+* \capitalbreve:                         Accents.           (line 14086)
+* \capitalcaron:                         Accents.           (line 14090)
+* \capitalcedilla:                       Accents.           (line 14058)
+* \capitalcircumflex:                    Accents.           (line 14037)
+* \capitaldieresis:                      Accents.           (line 14022)
+* \capitaldotaccent:                     Accents.           (line 14062)
+* \capitalgrave:                         Accents.           (line 14041)
+* \capitalhungarumlaut:                  Accents.           (line 14066)
+* \capitalmacron:                        Accents.           (line 14033)
+* \capitalnewtie:                        Accents.           (line 14080)
+* \capitalogonek:                        Accents.           (line 14070)
+* \capitalring:                          Accents.           (line 14074)
+* \capitaltie:                           Accents.           (line 14080)
+* \capitaltilde:                         Accents.           (line 14045)
+* \caption:                              \caption.          (line  2564)
+* \caption <1>:                          figure.            (line  4102)
+* \caption <2>:                          table.             (line  5686)
+* \cc:                                   \cc.               (line 15553)
+* \cdot:                                 Math symbols.      (line  9261)
+* \cdots:                                Dots.              (line 10410)
+* \centering:                            \centering.        (line  3744)
+* \chapter:                              Sectioning.        (line  2638)
+* \chapter <1>:                          \chapter.          (line  2779)
+* \check:                                Math accents.      (line 10642)
 * \CheckCommand:                         Class and package commands.
-                                                            (line   933)
+                                                            (line   935)
 * \CheckCommand*:                        Class and package commands.
-                                                            (line   933)
-* \chi:                                  Math symbols.      (line  9252)
-* \circ:                                 Math symbols.      (line  9255)
-* \circle:                               \circle.           (line  5229)
+                                                            (line   935)
+* \chi:                                  Math symbols.      (line  9264)
+* \circ:                                 Math symbols.      (line  9267)
+* \circle:                               \circle.           (line  5231)
 * \citation:                             BibTeX error messages.
-                                                            (line  6286)
-* \cite:                                 \cite.             (line  6143)
+                                                            (line  6288)
+* \cite:                                 \cite.             (line  6145)
 * \cite and internal \citation:          BibTeX error messages.
-                                                            (line  6287)
+                                                            (line  6289)
 * \ClassError:                           Class and package commands.
-                                                            (line   953)
+                                                            (line   955)
 * \ClassInfo:                            Class and package commands.
-                                                            (line   953)
+                                                            (line   955)
 * \ClassInfoNoLine:                      Class and package commands.
-                                                            (line   953)
+                                                            (line   955)
 * \ClassWarning:                         Class and package commands.
-                                                            (line   953)
+                                                            (line   955)
 * \ClassWarningNoLine:                   Class and package commands.
-                                                            (line   953)
+                                                            (line   955)
 * \cleardoublepage:                      \clearpage & \cleardoublepage.
-                                                            (line  6820)
+                                                            (line  6833)
 * \clearpage:                            \clearpage & \cleardoublepage.
-                                                            (line  6820)
-* \cline:                                \cline.            (line  5991)
+                                                            (line  6833)
+* \cline:                                \cline.            (line  5993)
 * \closein:                              \openin & \openout.
-                                                            (line 15671)
+                                                            (line 15754)
 * \closeout:                             \openin & \openout.
-                                                            (line 15671)
-* \closing:                              \closing.          (line 15486)
-* \clubsuit:                             Math symbols.      (line  9259)
+                                                            (line 15754)
+* \closing:                              \closing.          (line 15569)
+* \clubsuit:                             Math symbols.      (line  9271)
 * \colon:                                Colon character & \colon.
-                                                            (line 11004)
-* \columnsep:                            \twocolumn.        (line  2059)
+                                                            (line 11016)
+* \columnsep:                            \twocolumn.        (line  2061)
 * \columnsep <1>:                        Page layout parameters.
-                                                            (line  2185)
+                                                            (line  2187)
 * \columnsep <2>:                        Page layout parameters.
+                                                            (line  2190)
+* \columnseprule:                        \twocolumn.        (line  2067)
+* \columnseprule <1>:                    Page layout parameters.
                                                             (line  2188)
-* \columnseprule:                        \twocolumn.        (line  2065)
-* \columnseprule <1>:                    Page layout parameters.
-                                                            (line  2186)
 * \columnseprule <2>:                    Page layout parameters.
-                                                            (line  2188)
-* \columnwidth:                          \twocolumn.        (line  2072)
+                                                            (line  2190)
+* \columnwidth:                          \twocolumn.        (line  2074)
 * \columnwidth <1>:                      Page layout parameters.
-                                                            (line  2187)
+                                                            (line  2189)
 * \columnwidth <2>:                      Page layout parameters.
-                                                            (line  2188)
-* \complement:                           Math symbols.      (line  9262)
-* \cong:                                 Math symbols.      (line  9268)
+                                                            (line  2190)
+* \complement:                           Math symbols.      (line  9274)
+* \cong:                                 Math symbols.      (line  9280)
 * \contentsline:                         Table of contents etc..
-                                                            (line 14521)
-* \contentsline <1>:                     \addcontentsline.  (line 14627)
-* \contentsline <2>:                     \contentsline.     (line 14760)
-* \coprod:                               Math symbols.      (line  9271)
-* \copyright:                            Text symbols.      (line 13707)
-* \cos:                                  Math functions.    (line 10519)
-* \cosh:                                 Math functions.    (line 10522)
-* \cot:                                  Math functions.    (line 10525)
-* \coth:                                 Math functions.    (line 10528)
-* \csc:                                  Math functions.    (line 10531)
-* \cup:                                  Math symbols.      (line  9274)
+                                                            (line 14604)
+* \contentsline <1>:                     \addcontentsline.  (line 14710)
+* \contentsline <2>:                     \contentsline.     (line 14843)
+* \coprod:                               Math symbols.      (line  9283)
+* \copyright:                            Text symbols.      (line 13786)
+* \cos:                                  Math functions.    (line 10531)
+* \cosh:                                 Math functions.    (line 10534)
+* \cot:                                  Math functions.    (line 10537)
+* \coth:                                 Math functions.    (line 10540)
+* \csc:                                  Math functions.    (line 10543)
+* \cup:                                  Math symbols.      (line  9286)
 * \CurrentOption:                        Class and package commands.
-                                                            (line   972)
-* \d (dot-under accent):                 Accents.           (line 13979)
-* \dag:                                  Text symbols.      (line 13711)
-* \dagger:                               Math symbols.      (line  9278)
-* \dashbox:                              \dashbox.          (line  5439)
-* \dashv:                                Math symbols.      (line  9281)
-* \date{TEXT}:                           \maketitle.        (line 11213)
+                                                            (line   974)
+* \d (dot-under accent):                 Accents.           (line 14062)
+* \dag:                                  Text symbols.      (line 13790)
+* \dagger:                               Math symbols.      (line  9290)
+* \dashbox:                              \dashbox.          (line  5441)
+* \dashv:                                Math symbols.      (line  9293)
+* \date{TEXT}:                           \maketitle.        (line 11225)
 * \day:                                  \day & \month & \year.
-                                                            (line  8317)
-* \dblfloatpagefraction:                 \twocolumn.        (line  2105)
-* \dblfloatsep:                          \twocolumn.        (line  2111)
-* \dbltextfloatsep:                      \twocolumn.        (line  2118)
-* \dbltopfraction:                       \twocolumn.        (line  2084)
-* \dbltopnumber:                         \twocolumn.        (line  2123)
-* \ddag:                                 Text symbols.      (line 13714)
-* \ddagger:                              Math symbols.      (line  9285)
-* \ddot:                                 Math accents.      (line 10633)
-* \ddots:                                Dots.              (line 10402)
+                                                            (line  8329)
+* \dblfloatpagefraction:                 \twocolumn.        (line  2107)
+* \dblfloatsep:                          \twocolumn.        (line  2113)
+* \dbltextfloatsep:                      \twocolumn.        (line  2120)
+* \dbltopfraction:                       \twocolumn.        (line  2086)
+* \dbltopnumber:                         \twocolumn.        (line  2125)
+* \ddag:                                 Text symbols.      (line 13793)
+* \ddagger:                              Math symbols.      (line  9297)
+* \ddot:                                 Math accents.      (line 10645)
+* \ddots:                                Dots.              (line 10414)
 * \DeclareFontEncoding:                  \DeclareFontEncoding.
-                                                            (line  1386)
+                                                            (line  1388)
 * \DeclareGraphicsExtensions:            \DeclareGraphicsExtensions.
-                                                            (line 13034)
+                                                            (line 13113)
 * \DeclareGraphicsRule:                  \DeclareGraphicsRule.
-                                                            (line 13076)
+                                                            (line 13155)
 * \DeclareOption:                        Class and package commands.
-                                                            (line   978)
+                                                            (line   980)
 * \DeclareOption*:                       Class and package commands.
-                                                            (line   978)
+                                                            (line   980)
 * \DeclareRobustCommand:                 Class and package commands.
-                                                            (line  1008)
+                                                            (line  1010)
 * \DeclareRobustCommand*:                Class and package commands.
-                                                            (line  1008)
+                                                            (line  1010)
 * \DeclareTextAccent:                    \DeclareTextAccent.
-                                                            (line  1420)
+                                                            (line  1422)
 * \DeclareTextAccent <1>:                \DeclareTextAccentDefault.
-                                                            (line  1444)
+                                                            (line  1446)
 * \DeclareTextAccentDefault:             \DeclareTextAccentDefault.
-                                                            (line  1444)
+                                                            (line  1446)
 * \DeclareTextCommand:                   \DeclareTextCommand & \ProvideTextCommand.
-                                                            (line  1472)
+                                                            (line  1474)
 * \DeclareTextCommandDefault:            \DeclareTextCommandDefault & \ProvideTextCommandDefault.
-                                                            (line  1521)
+                                                            (line  1523)
 * \DeclareTextComposite:                 \DeclareTextComposite.
-                                                            (line  1553)
+                                                            (line  1555)
 * \DeclareTextCompositeCommand:          \DeclareTextCompositeCommand.
-                                                            (line  1577)
+                                                            (line  1579)
 * \DeclareTextSymbol:                    \DeclareTextCommand & \ProvideTextCommand.
-                                                            (line  1503)
+                                                            (line  1505)
 * \DeclareTextSymbol <1>:                \DeclareTextSymbol.
-                                                            (line  1595)
+                                                            (line  1597)
 * \DeclareTextSymbol <2>:                \DeclareTextSymbolDefault.
-                                                            (line  1622)
+                                                            (line  1624)
 * \DeclareTextSymbolDefault:             \DeclareTextSymbolDefault.
-                                                            (line  1622)
-* \deg:                                  Math functions.    (line 10534)
-* \DelayedShellEscape:                   \write18.          (line 16098)
-* \Delta:                                Math symbols.      (line  9288)
-* \delta:                                Math symbols.      (line  9291)
-* \det:                                  Math functions.    (line 10537)
+                                                            (line  1624)
+* \deg:                                  Math functions.    (line 10546)
+* \DelayedShellEscape:                   \write18.          (line 16181)
+* \Delta:                                Math symbols.      (line  9300)
+* \delta:                                Math symbols.      (line  9303)
+* \det:                                  Math functions.    (line 10549)
 * \dh (ð):                               Additional Latin letters.
-                                                            (line 14071)
+                                                            (line 14154)
 * \DH (Ð):                               Additional Latin letters.
-                                                            (line 14071)
-* \Diamond:                              Math symbols.      (line  9294)
-* \diamond:                              Math symbols.      (line  9298)
-* \diamondsuit:                          Math symbols.      (line  9302)
-* \dim:                                  Math functions.    (line 10540)
-* \displaystyle:                         Math styles.       (line 10953)
-* \div:                                  Math symbols.      (line  9305)
+                                                            (line 14154)
+* \Diamond:                              Math symbols.      (line  9306)
+* \diamond:                              Math symbols.      (line  9310)
+* \diamondsuit:                          Math symbols.      (line  9314)
+* \dim:                                  Math functions.    (line 10552)
+* \displaystyle:                         Math styles.       (line 10965)
+* \div:                                  Math symbols.      (line  9317)
 * \dj:                                   Additional Latin letters.
-                                                            (line 14077)
+                                                            (line 14160)
 * \DJ:                                   Additional Latin letters.
-                                                            (line 14077)
-* \documentclass:                        Document classes.  (line   698)
-* \documentclass, and texput jobname:    Jobname.           (line 16327)
-* \dot:                                  Math accents.      (line 10636)
-* \doteq:                                Math symbols.      (line  9308)
+                                                            (line 14160)
+* \documentclass:                        Document classes.  (line   700)
+* \documentclass, and texput jobname:    Jobname.           (line 16410)
+* \dot:                                  Math accents.      (line 10648)
+* \doteq:                                Math symbols.      (line  9320)
 * \dotfill:                              \hrulefill & \dotfill.
-                                                            (line 11880)
-* \dots:                                 Dots.              (line 10407)
-* \dots <1>:                             Dots.              (line 10430)
-* \dots <2>:                             Text symbols.      (line 13732)
-* \dotsb:                                Dots.              (line 10430)
-* \dotsc:                                Dots.              (line 10430)
-* \dotsi:                                Dots.              (line 10430)
-* \doublerulesep:                        tabular.           (line  5868)
-* \downarrow:                            Math symbols.      (line  9312)
-* \Downarrow:                            Math symbols.      (line  9316)
-* \ell:                                  Math symbols.      (line  9320)
-* \emph:                                 Font styles.       (line  1757)
-* \emptyset:                             Math symbols.      (line  9323)
-* \encl:                                 \encl.             (line 15499)
-* \end:                                  Environments.      (line  3555)
-* \endinput:                             \endinput.         (line 14276)
-* \enlargethispage:                      \enlargethispage.  (line  6895)
+                                                            (line 11959)
+* \dots:                                 Dots.              (line 10419)
+* \dots <1>:                             Dots.              (line 10442)
+* \dots <2>:                             Text symbols.      (line 13815)
+* \dotsb:                                Dots.              (line 10442)
+* \dotsc:                                Dots.              (line 10442)
+* \dotsi:                                Dots.              (line 10442)
+* \doublerulesep:                        tabular.           (line  5870)
+* \downarrow:                            Math symbols.      (line  9324)
+* \Downarrow:                            Math symbols.      (line  9328)
+* \ell:                                  Math symbols.      (line  9332)
+* \emph:                                 Font styles.       (line  1759)
+* \emptyset:                             Math symbols.      (line  9335)
+* \encl:                                 \encl.             (line 15582)
+* \end:                                  Environments.      (line  3557)
+* \endinput:                             \endinput.         (line 14359)
+* \enlargethispage:                      \enlargethispage.  (line  6908)
 * \enspace:                              \enspace & \quad & \qquad.
-                                                            (line 11419)
-* \enumi:                                enumerate.         (line  3963)
-* \enumii:                               enumerate.         (line  3963)
-* \enumiii:                              enumerate.         (line  3963)
-* \enumiv:                               enumerate.         (line  3963)
-* \epsilon:                              Math symbols.      (line  9326)
-* \equiv:                                Math symbols.      (line  9332)
-* \eta:                                  Math symbols.      (line  9335)
+                                                            (line 11490)
+* \enumi:                                enumerate.         (line  3965)
+* \enumii:                               enumerate.         (line  3965)
+* \enumiii:                              enumerate.         (line  3965)
+* \enumiv:                               enumerate.         (line  3965)
+* \epsilon:                              Math symbols.      (line  9338)
+* \equiv:                                Math symbols.      (line  9344)
+* \eta:                                  Math symbols.      (line  9347)
 * \evensidemargin:                       Document class options.
-                                                            (line   811)
+                                                            (line   813)
 * \evensidemargin <1>:                   Page layout parameters.
-                                                            (line  2246)
+                                                            (line  2248)
 * \evensidemargin <2>:                   Page layout parameters.
-                                                            (line  2247)
+                                                            (line  2249)
 * \ExecuteOptions:                       Class and package commands.
-                                                            (line  1084)
-* \exists:                               Math symbols.      (line  9338)
-* \exp:                                  Math functions.    (line 10543)
-* \externaldocument:                     xr package.        (line  3501)
-* \extracolsep:                          tabular.           (line  5808)
-* \fbox:                                 \fbox & \framebox. (line 12316)
+                                                            (line  1086)
+* \exists:                               Math symbols.      (line  9350)
+* \exp:                                  Math functions.    (line 10555)
+* \externaldocument:                     xr package.        (line  3503)
+* \extracolsep:                          tabular.           (line  5810)
+* \fbox:                                 \fbox & \framebox. (line 12395)
 * \fboxrule:                             \framebox (picture).
-                                                            (line  5416)
-* \fboxrule <1>:                         \fbox & \framebox. (line 12348)
-* \fboxrule <2>:                         \fbox & \framebox. (line 12347)
+                                                            (line  5418)
+* \fboxrule <1>:                         \fbox & \framebox. (line 12427)
+* \fboxrule <2>:                         \fbox & \framebox. (line 12426)
 * \fboxsep:                              \framebox (picture).
-                                                            (line  5416)
-* \fboxsep <1>:                          \fbox & \framebox. (line 12353)
-* \fboxsep <2>:                          \fbox & \framebox. (line 12352)
-* \fill:                                 \hfill.            (line 11505)
-* \flat:                                 Math symbols.      (line  9341)
-* \floatpagefraction:                    Floats.            (line  2504)
-* \floatpagefraction <1>:                Floats.            (line  2505)
-* \floatsep:                             Floats.            (line  2520)
-* \floatsep <1>:                         Floats.            (line  2521)
-* \flushbottom:                          \flushbottom.      (line  2152)
-* \fnsymbol, and footnotes:              \footnote.         (line  7004)
+                                                            (line  5418)
+* \fboxsep <1>:                          \fbox & \framebox. (line 12432)
+* \fboxsep <2>:                          \fbox & \framebox. (line 12431)
+* \fill:                                 \hfill.            (line 11576)
+* \flat:                                 Math symbols.      (line  9353)
+* \floatpagefraction:                    Floats.            (line  2506)
+* \floatpagefraction <1>:                Floats.            (line  2507)
+* \floatsep:                             Floats.            (line  2522)
+* \floatsep <1>:                         Floats.            (line  2523)
+* \flushbottom:                          \flushbottom.      (line  2154)
+* \fnsymbol, and footnotes:              \footnote.         (line  7016)
 * \fnsymbol{COUNTER}:                    \alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol.
-                                                            (line  8166)
-* \fontdimen1:                           \/.                (line 11869)
+                                                            (line  8178)
+* \fontdimen1:                           \/.                (line 11948)
 * \fontencoding:                         Low-level font commands.
-                                                            (line  1904)
+                                                            (line  1906)
 * \fontfamily:                           Low-level font commands.
-                                                            (line  1914)
+                                                            (line  1916)
 * \fontseries:                           Low-level font commands.
-                                                            (line  1941)
+                                                            (line  1943)
 * \fontshape:                            Low-level font commands.
-                                                            (line  1981)
+                                                            (line  1983)
 * \fontsize:                             Low-level font commands.
-                                                            (line  1994)
-* \footnote:                             \footnote.         (line  6986)
-* \footnotemark:                         \footnotemark.     (line  7052)
-* \footnoterule:                         \footnote.         (line  7014)
-* \footnotesep:                          \footnote.         (line  7026)
-* \footnotesize:                         Font sizes.        (line  1847)
-* \footnotetext:                         \footnotetext.     (line  7108)
+                                                            (line  1996)
+* \footnote:                             \footnote.         (line  6998)
+* \footnotemark:                         \footnotemark.     (line  7064)
+* \footnoterule:                         \footnote.         (line  7026)
+* \footnotesep:                          \footnote.         (line  7038)
+* \footnotesize:                         Font sizes.        (line  1849)
+* \footnotetext:                         \footnotetext.     (line  7120)
 * \footskip:                             Page layout parameters.
-                                                            (line  2205)
+                                                            (line  2207)
 * \footskip <1>:                         Page layout parameters.
-                                                            (line  2206)
-* \forall:                               Math symbols.      (line  9344)
-* \frac:                                 \frac.             (line 11040)
-* \frame:                                \frame.            (line  5427)
+                                                            (line  2208)
+* \forall:                               Math symbols.      (line  9356)
+* \frac:                                 \frac.             (line 11052)
+* \frame:                                \frame.            (line  5429)
 * \framebox:                             \framebox (picture).
-                                                            (line  5391)
-* \framebox <1>:                         \fbox & \framebox. (line 12316)
+                                                            (line  5393)
+* \framebox <1>:                         \fbox & \framebox. (line 12395)
 * \frenchspacing:                        \frenchspacing & \nonfrenchspacing.
-                                                            (line 11656)
+                                                            (line 11731)
 * \frontmatter:                          \frontmatter & \mainmatter & \backmatter.
-                                                            (line  3111)
-* \frown:                                Math symbols.      (line  9347)
-* \fussy:                                \fussy & \sloppy.  (line  6696)
-* \Gamma:                                Math symbols.      (line  9350)
-* \gamma:                                Math symbols.      (line  9353)
-* \gcd:                                  Math functions.    (line 10546)
-* \ge:                                   Math symbols.      (line  9356)
-* \geq:                                  Math symbols.      (line  9360)
-* \gets:                                 Math symbols.      (line  9364)
-* \gg:                                   Math symbols.      (line  9367)
-* \gls:                                  \gls.              (line 15337)
-* \graphicspath:                         \graphicspath.     (line 12971)
-* \graphpaper:                           \graphpaper.       (line  5132)
-* \grave:                                Math accents.      (line 10639)
-* \guillemotleft («):                    Text symbols.      (line 13723)
-* \guillemotright (»):                   Text symbols.      (line 13724)
-* \guilsinglleft (‹):                    Text symbols.      (line 13725)
-* \guilsinglright (›):                   Text symbols.      (line 13726)
-* \H (Hungarian umlaut accent):          Accents.           (line 13983)
-* \hat:                                  Math accents.      (line 10642)
-* \hbar:                                 Math symbols.      (line  9370)
+                                                            (line  3113)
+* \frown:                                Math symbols.      (line  9359)
+* \fussy:                                \fussy & \sloppy.  (line  6709)
+* \Gamma:                                Math symbols.      (line  9362)
+* \gamma:                                Math symbols.      (line  9365)
+* \gcd:                                  Math functions.    (line 10558)
+* \ge:                                   Math symbols.      (line  9368)
+* \geq:                                  Math symbols.      (line  9372)
+* \gets:                                 Math symbols.      (line  9376)
+* \gg:                                   Math symbols.      (line  9379)
+* \gls:                                  \gls.              (line 15420)
+* \graphicspath:                         \graphicspath.     (line 13050)
+* \graphpaper:                           \graphpaper.       (line  5134)
+* \grave:                                Math accents.      (line 10651)
+* \guillemetleft («):                    Text symbols.      (line 13802)
+* \guillemetright (»):                   Text symbols.      (line 13803)
+* \guillemotleft («):                    Text symbols.      (line 13804)
+* \guillemotright (»):                   Text symbols.      (line 13805)
+* \guilsinglleft (‹):                    Text symbols.      (line 13806)
+* \guilsinglright (›):                   Text symbols.      (line 13807)
+* \H (Hungarian umlaut accent):          Accents.           (line 14066)
+* \hat:                                  Math accents.      (line 10654)
+* \hbar:                                 Math symbols.      (line  9382)
 * \headheight:                           Page layout parameters.
-                                                            (line  2193)
+                                                            (line  2195)
 * \headheight <1>:                       Page layout parameters.
-                                                            (line  2194)
+                                                            (line  2196)
 * \headsep:                              Page layout parameters.
-                                                            (line  2198)
+                                                            (line  2200)
 * \headsep <1>:                          Page layout parameters.
-                                                            (line  2199)
-* \heartsuit:                            Math symbols.      (line  9373)
-* \hfill:                                \hfill.            (line 11493)
-* \hline:                                \hline.            (line  6013)
-* \hom:                                  Math functions.    (line 10549)
-* \hookleftarrow:                        Math symbols.      (line  9376)
-* \hookrightarrow:                       Math symbols.      (line  9379)
+                                                            (line  2201)
+* \heartsuit:                            Math symbols.      (line  9385)
+* \hfill:                                \hfill.            (line 11564)
+* \hline:                                \hline.            (line  6015)
+* \hom:                                  Math functions.    (line 10561)
+* \hookleftarrow:                        Math symbols.      (line  9388)
+* \hookrightarrow:                       Math symbols.      (line  9391)
 * \hphantom:                             \phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom.
-                                                            (line 10845)
+                                                            (line 10857)
 * \hrulefill:                            \hrulefill & \dotfill.
-                                                            (line 11880)
+                                                            (line 11959)
 * \hsize:                                Page layout parameters.
-                                                            (line  2298)
+                                                            (line  2300)
 * \hsize <1>:                            Page layout parameters.
-                                                            (line  2299)
-* \hspace:                               \hspace.           (line 11446)
-* \hss:                                  \hss.              (line 11526)
-* \huge:                                 Font sizes.        (line  1847)
-* \Huge:                                 Font sizes.        (line  1847)
-* \hyphenation:                          \hyphenation.      (line  6738)
-* \i (dotless i):                        Accents.           (line 13933)
-* \IfBeginWith* macro from xstring:      Jobname.           (line 16348)
-* \iff:                                  Math symbols.      (line  9382)
+                                                            (line  2301)
+* \hspace:                               \hspace.           (line 11517)
+* \hss:                                  \hss.              (line 11597)
+* \huge:                                 Font sizes.        (line  1849)
+* \Huge:                                 Font sizes.        (line  1849)
+* \hyphenation:                          \hyphenation.      (line  6751)
+* \i (dotless i):                        Accents.           (line 14016)
+* \IfBeginWith* macro from xstring:      Jobname.           (line 16431)
+* \iff:                                  Math symbols.      (line  9394)
 * \IfFileExists:                         Class and package commands.
-                                                            (line  1040)
+                                                            (line  1042)
 * \ignorespaces:                         \ignorespaces & \ignorespacesafterend.
-                                                            (line  7981)
+                                                            (line  7993)
 * \ignorespacesafterend:                 \ignorespaces & \ignorespacesafterend.
-                                                            (line  7981)
+                                                            (line  7993)
 * \ij (ij):                              Additional Latin letters.
-                                                            (line 14083)
+                                                            (line 14166)
 * \IJ (IJ):                              Additional Latin letters.
-                                                            (line 14083)
-* \Im:                                   Math symbols.      (line  9386)
-* \imath:                                Math symbols.      (line  9389)
-* \immediate\write:                      \write.            (line 15898)
-* \in:                                   Math symbols.      (line  9393)
+                                                            (line 14166)
+* \Im:                                   Math symbols.      (line  9398)
+* \imath:                                Math symbols.      (line  9401)
+* \immediate\write:                      \write.            (line 15981)
+* \in:                                   Math symbols.      (line  9405)
 * \include:                              \include & \includeonly.
-                                                            (line 14308)
-* \includegraphics:                      \includegraphics.  (line 13155)
+                                                            (line 14391)
+* \includegraphics:                      \includegraphics.  (line 13234)
 * \includeonly:                          \include & \includeonly.
-                                                            (line 14308)
+                                                            (line 14391)
 * \indent:                               \indent & \noindent.
-                                                            (line  8881)
-* \index:                                Indexes.           (line 14857)
-* \index <1>:                            \index.            (line 14939)
-* \indexentry:                           \index.            (line 15041)
+                                                            (line  8893)
+* \index:                                Indexes.           (line 14940)
+* \index <1>:                            \index.            (line 15022)
+* \indexentry:                           \index.            (line 15124)
 * \indexspace:                           Produce the index manually.
-                                                            (line 14928)
-* \indexspace <1>:                       makeindex.         (line 15109)
-* \inf:                                  Math functions.    (line 10552)
-* \infty:                                Math symbols.      (line  9397)
-* \input:                                \input.            (line 14427)
-* \inputencoding:                        inputenc package.  (line 14158)
+                                                            (line 15011)
+* \indexspace <1>:                       makeindex.         (line 15192)
+* \inf:                                  Math functions.    (line 10564)
+* \infty:                                Math symbols.      (line  9409)
+* \input:                                \input.            (line 14510)
+* \inputencoding:                        inputenc package.  (line 14241)
 * \InputIfFileExists:                    Class and package commands.
-                                                            (line  1040)
-* \int:                                  Math symbols.      (line  9400)
-* \intextsep:                            Floats.            (line  2524)
-* \intextsep <1>:                        Floats.            (line  2525)
-* \iota:                                 Math symbols.      (line  9403)
-* \it:                                   Font styles.       (line  1778)
-* \item:                                 description.       (line  3809)
-* \item <1>:                             enumerate.         (line  3945)
-* \item <2>:                             itemize.           (line  4295)
-* \item <3>:                             itemize.           (line  4319)
+                                                            (line  1042)
+* \int:                                  Math symbols.      (line  9412)
+* \intextsep:                            Floats.            (line  2526)
+* \intextsep <1>:                        Floats.            (line  2527)
+* \iota:                                 Math symbols.      (line  9415)
+* \it:                                   Font styles.       (line  1780)
+* \item:                                 description.       (line  3811)
+* \item <1>:                             enumerate.         (line  3947)
+* \item <2>:                             itemize.           (line  4297)
+* \item <3>:                             itemize.           (line  4321)
 * \item <4>:                             Produce the index manually.
-                                                            (line 14928)
-* \itemindent:                           list.              (line  4466)
-* \itemsep:                              list.              (line  4470)
-* \itshape:                              Font styles.       (line  1731)
-* \j (dotless j):                        Accents.           (line 13933)
-* \jmath:                                Math symbols.      (line  9409)
-* \jobname:                              Jobname.           (line 16301)
-* \jobname <1>:                          Jobname.           (line 16341)
-* \Join:                                 Math symbols.      (line  9406)
-* \k (ogonek):                           Accents.           (line 13987)
-* \kappa:                                Math symbols.      (line  9413)
-* \ker:                                  Math functions.    (line 10555)
-* \kill:                                 tabbing.           (line  5600)
+                                                            (line 15011)
+* \itemindent:                           list.              (line  4468)
+* \itemsep:                              list.              (line  4472)
+* \itshape:                              Font styles.       (line  1733)
+* \j (dotless j):                        Accents.           (line 14016)
+* \jmath:                                Math symbols.      (line  9421)
+* \jobname:                              Jobname.           (line 16384)
+* \jobname <1>:                          Jobname.           (line 16424)
+* \Join:                                 Math symbols.      (line  9418)
+* \k (ogonek):                           Accents.           (line 14070)
+* \kappa:                                Math symbols.      (line  9425)
+* \ker:                                  Math functions.    (line 10567)
+* \kill:                                 tabbing.           (line  5602)
 * \l (ł):                                Additional Latin letters.
-                                                            (line 14087)
+                                                            (line 14170)
 * \L (Ł):                                Additional Latin letters.
-                                                            (line 14087)
-* \l at chapter:                            \contentsline.     (line 14760)
-* \l at section:                            \contentsline.     (line 14760)
-* \l at subsection:                         \contentsline.     (line 14760)
-* \label:                                \label.            (line  3390)
-* \labelenumi:                           enumerate.         (line  3972)
-* \labelenumii:                          enumerate.         (line  3972)
-* \labelenumiii:                         enumerate.         (line  3972)
-* \labelenumiv:                          enumerate.         (line  3972)
-* \labelitemi:                           itemize.           (line  4331)
-* \labelitemii:                          itemize.           (line  4331)
-* \labelitemiii:                         itemize.           (line  4331)
-* \labelitemiv:                          itemize.           (line  4331)
-* \labelsep:                             list.              (line  4482)
-* \labelwidth:                           list.              (line  4487)
-* \Lambda:                               Math symbols.      (line  9416)
-* \lambda:                               Math symbols.      (line  9419)
-* \land:                                 Math symbols.      (line  9422)
-* \langle:                               Math symbols.      (line  9426)
-* \large:                                Font sizes.        (line  1847)
-* \Large:                                Font sizes.        (line  1847)
-* \LARGE:                                Font sizes.        (line  1847)
+                                                            (line 14170)
+* \l at chapter:                            \contentsline.     (line 14843)
+* \l at section:                            \contentsline.     (line 14843)
+* \l at subsection:                         \contentsline.     (line 14843)
+* \label:                                \label.            (line  3392)
+* \labelenumi:                           enumerate.         (line  3974)
+* \labelenumii:                          enumerate.         (line  3974)
+* \labelenumiii:                         enumerate.         (line  3974)
+* \labelenumiv:                          enumerate.         (line  3974)
+* \labelitemi:                           itemize.           (line  4333)
+* \labelitemii:                          itemize.           (line  4333)
+* \labelitemiii:                         itemize.           (line  4333)
+* \labelitemiv:                          itemize.           (line  4333)
+* \labelsep:                             list.              (line  4484)
+* \labelwidth:                           list.              (line  4489)
+* \Lambda:                               Math symbols.      (line  9428)
+* \lambda:                               Math symbols.      (line  9431)
+* \land:                                 Math symbols.      (line  9434)
+* \langle:                               Math symbols.      (line  9438)
+* \large:                                Font sizes.        (line  1849)
+* \Large:                                Font sizes.        (line  1849)
+* \LARGE:                                Font sizes.        (line  1849)
 * \LastDeclaredEncoding:                 \LastDeclaredEncoding.
-                                                            (line  1648)
-* \LaTeX:                                Text symbols.      (line 13717)
-* \LaTeXe:                               Text symbols.      (line 13720)
-* \lbrace:                               Math symbols.      (line  9430)
-* \lbrack:                               Math symbols.      (line  9433)
-* \lceil:                                Math symbols.      (line  9436)
-* \ldots:                                Dots.              (line 10405)
-* \ldots <1>:                            Text symbols.      (line 13730)
-* \le:                                   Math symbols.      (line  9440)
-* \leadsto:                              Math symbols.      (line  9443)
-* \left:                                 \left & \right.    (line 10193)
-* \Leftarrow:                            Math symbols.      (line  9449)
-* \leftarrow:                            Math symbols.      (line  9453)
-* \lefteqn:                              eqnarray.          (line  4027)
-* \leftharpoondown:                      Math symbols.      (line  9457)
-* \leftharpoonup:                        Math symbols.      (line  9460)
-* \leftmargin:                           itemize.           (line  4347)
-* \leftmargin <1>:                       list.              (line  4507)
-* \leftmargini:                          itemize.           (line  4347)
-* \leftmarginii:                         itemize.           (line  4347)
-* \leftmarginiii:                        itemize.           (line  4347)
-* \leftmarginiv:                         itemize.           (line  4347)
-* \leftmarginv:                          itemize.           (line  4347)
-* \leftmarginvi:                         itemize.           (line  4347)
-* \Leftrightarrow:                       Math symbols.      (line  9463)
-* \leftrightarrow:                       Math symbols.      (line  9467)
-* \leq:                                  Math symbols.      (line  9471)
-* \lfloor:                               Math symbols.      (line  9474)
-* \lg:                                   Math functions.    (line 10558)
-* \lhd:                                  Math symbols.      (line  9477)
-* \lim:                                  Math functions.    (line 10561)
-* \liminf:                               Math functions.    (line 10564)
-* \limsup:                               Math functions.    (line 10567)
-* \line:                                 \line.             (line  5156)
+                                                            (line  1650)
+* \LaTeX:                                Text symbols.      (line 13796)
+* \LaTeXe:                               Text symbols.      (line 13799)
+* \lbrace:                               Math symbols.      (line  9442)
+* \lbrack:                               Math symbols.      (line  9445)
+* \lceil:                                Math symbols.      (line  9448)
+* \ldots:                                Dots.              (line 10417)
+* \ldots <1>:                            Text symbols.      (line 13813)
+* \le:                                   Math symbols.      (line  9452)
+* \leadsto:                              Math symbols.      (line  9455)
+* \left:                                 \left & \right.    (line 10205)
+* \Leftarrow:                            Math symbols.      (line  9461)
+* \leftarrow:                            Math symbols.      (line  9465)
+* \lefteqn:                              eqnarray.          (line  4029)
+* \leftharpoondown:                      Math symbols.      (line  9469)
+* \leftharpoonup:                        Math symbols.      (line  9472)
+* \leftmargin:                           itemize.           (line  4349)
+* \leftmargin <1>:                       list.              (line  4509)
+* \leftmargini:                          itemize.           (line  4349)
+* \leftmarginii:                         itemize.           (line  4349)
+* \leftmarginiii:                        itemize.           (line  4349)
+* \leftmarginiv:                         itemize.           (line  4349)
+* \leftmarginv:                          itemize.           (line  4349)
+* \leftmarginvi:                         itemize.           (line  4349)
+* \Leftrightarrow:                       Math symbols.      (line  9475)
+* \leftrightarrow:                       Math symbols.      (line  9479)
+* \leq:                                  Math symbols.      (line  9483)
+* \lfloor:                               Math symbols.      (line  9486)
+* \lg:                                   Math functions.    (line 10570)
+* \lhd:                                  Math symbols.      (line  9489)
+* \lim:                                  Math functions.    (line 10573)
+* \liminf:                               Math functions.    (line 10576)
+* \limsup:                               Math functions.    (line 10579)
+* \line:                                 \line.             (line  5158)
 * \linebreak:                            \linebreak & \nolinebreak.
-                                                            (line  6757)
+                                                            (line  6770)
 * \lineskip:                             \baselineskip & \baselinestretch.
-                                                            (line  2357)
+                                                            (line  2359)
 * \lineskiplimit:                        \baselineskip & \baselinestretch.
-                                                            (line  2357)
+                                                            (line  2359)
 * \linespread:                           Low-level font commands.
-                                                            (line  2005)
+                                                            (line  2007)
 * \linespread <1>:                       \baselineskip & \baselinestretch.
-                                                            (line  2318)
-* \linethickness:                        \linethickness.    (line  5200)
+                                                            (line  2320)
+* \linethickness:                        \linethickness.    (line  5202)
 * \linewidth:                            Page layout parameters.
-                                                            (line  2212)
+                                                            (line  2214)
 * \linewidth <1>:                        Page layout parameters.
-                                                            (line  2213)
+                                                            (line  2215)
 * \listoffigures:                        Table of contents etc..
-                                                            (line 14465)
-* \listoffigures <1>:                    \contentsline.     (line 14760)
+                                                            (line 14548)
+* \listoffigures <1>:                    \contentsline.     (line 14843)
 * \listoftables:                         Table of contents etc..
-                                                            (line 14465)
-* \listoftables <1>:                     \contentsline.     (line 14760)
-* \listparindent:                        list.              (line  4524)
-* \ll:                                   Math symbols.      (line  9483)
-* \ln:                                   Math functions.    (line 10570)
-* \lnot:                                 Math symbols.      (line  9486)
+                                                            (line 14548)
+* \listoftables <1>:                     \contentsline.     (line 14843)
+* \listparindent:                        list.              (line  4526)
+* \ll:                                   Math symbols.      (line  9495)
+* \ln:                                   Math functions.    (line 10582)
+* \lnot:                                 Math symbols.      (line  9498)
 * \LoadClass:                            Class and package commands.
-                                                            (line  1060)
+                                                            (line  1062)
 * \LoadClassWithOptions:                 Class and package commands.
-                                                            (line  1060)
-* \location:                             \location.         (line 15514)
-* \log:                                  Math functions.    (line 10573)
+                                                            (line  1062)
+* \location:                             \location.         (line 15597)
+* \log:                                  Math functions.    (line 10585)
 * \long:                                 \newcommand & \renewcommand.
-                                                            (line  7256)
-* \longleftarrow:                        Math symbols.      (line  9489)
-* \longleftrightarrow:                   Math symbols.      (line  9493)
-* \longmapsto:                           Math symbols.      (line  9497)
-* \longrightarrow:                       Math symbols.      (line  9501)
-* \lor:                                  Math symbols.      (line  9505)
-* \lq:                                   Text symbols.      (line 13737)
+                                                            (line  7268)
+* \longleftarrow:                        Math symbols.      (line  9501)
+* \longleftrightarrow:                   Math symbols.      (line  9505)
+* \longmapsto:                           Math symbols.      (line  9509)
+* \longrightarrow:                       Math symbols.      (line  9513)
+* \lor:                                  Math symbols.      (line  9517)
+* \lq:                                   Text symbols.      (line 13820)
 * \mainmatter:                           \frontmatter & \mainmatter & \backmatter.
-                                                            (line  3111)
+                                                            (line  3113)
 * \makeatother:                          \makeatletter & \makeatother.
-                                                            (line  7440)
+                                                            (line  7452)
 * \makeatother <1>:                      \makeatletter & \makeatother.
-                                                            (line  7440)
-* \makebox:                              \mbox & \makebox.  (line 12227)
+                                                            (line  7452)
+* \makebox:                              \mbox & \makebox.  (line 12306)
 * \makebox (for picture):                \makebox (picture).
-                                                            (line  5353)
-* \makeglossary:                         Glossaries.        (line 15230)
-* \makeglossary <1>:                     Glossaries.        (line 15267)
-* \makeindex:                            Indexes.           (line 14857)
-* \makelabel:                            list.              (line  4443)
-* \makelabels:                           \makelabels.       (line 15524)
-* \maketitle:                            \maketitle.        (line 11169)
-* \mapsto:                               Math symbols.      (line  9509)
-* \marginpar:                            Marginal notes.    (line  8962)
+                                                            (line  5355)
+* \makeglossary:                         Glossaries.        (line 15313)
+* \makeglossary <1>:                     Glossaries.        (line 15350)
+* \makeindex:                            Indexes.           (line 14940)
+* \makelabel:                            list.              (line  4445)
+* \makelabels:                           \makelabels.       (line 15607)
+* \maketitle:                            \maketitle.        (line 11181)
+* \mapsto:                               Math symbols.      (line  9521)
+* \marginpar:                            Marginal notes.    (line  8974)
 * \marginparpush:                        Page layout parameters.
-                                                            (line  2219)
+                                                            (line  2221)
 * \marginparpush <1>:                    Page layout parameters.
-                                                            (line  2222)
-* \marginparpush <2>:                    Marginal notes.    (line  8991)
-* \marginparsep:                         Marginal notes.    (line  8996)
+                                                            (line  2224)
+* \marginparpush <2>:                    Marginal notes.    (line  9003)
+* \marginparsep:                         Marginal notes.    (line  9008)
 * \marginparwidth:                       Page layout parameters.
-                                                            (line  2221)
+                                                            (line  2223)
 * \marginparwidth <1>:                   Page layout parameters.
+                                                            (line  2224)
+* \marginparwidth <2>:                   Marginal notes.    (line  9012)
+* \marginsep:                            Page layout parameters.
                                                             (line  2222)
-* \marginparwidth <2>:                   Marginal notes.    (line  9000)
-* \marginsep:                            Page layout parameters.
-                                                            (line  2220)
 * \marginsep <1>:                        Page layout parameters.
-                                                            (line  2222)
-* \markboth{LEFT-HEAD}{RIGHT-HEAD}:      \pagestyle.        (line 11369)
-* \markright{RIGHT-HEAD}:                \pagestyle.        (line 11378)
-* \mathbf:                               Font styles.       (line  1808)
-* \mathcal:                              Font styles.       (line  1824)
-* \mathdollar:                           Math symbols.      (line  9969)
-* \mathellipsis:                         Dots.              (line 10406)
-* \mathnormal:                           Font styles.       (line  1821)
-* \mathparagraph:                        Math symbols.      (line  9972)
-* \mathring:                             Math accents.      (line 10645)
-* \mathrm:                               Font styles.       (line  1805)
-* \mathsection:                          Math symbols.      (line  9975)
-* \mathsf:                               Font styles.       (line  1811)
-* \mathsterling:                         Math symbols.      (line  9978)
-* \mathstrut:                            \mathstrut.        (line 10908)
-* \mathtt:                               Font styles.       (line  1814)
-* \mathunderscore:                       Math symbols.      (line  9981)
-* \mathversion:                          Font styles.       (line  1826)
-* \max:                                  Math functions.    (line 10576)
-* \mbox:                                 \mbox & \makebox.  (line 12227)
-* \mdseries:                             Font styles.       (line  1734)
+                                                            (line  2224)
+* \markboth{LEFT-HEAD}{RIGHT-HEAD}:      \pagestyle.        (line 11390)
+* \markright{RIGHT-HEAD}:                \pagestyle.        (line 11399)
+* \mathbf:                               Font styles.       (line  1810)
+* \mathcal:                              Font styles.       (line  1826)
+* \mathdollar:                           Math symbols.      (line  9981)
+* \mathellipsis:                         Dots.              (line 10418)
+* \mathnormal:                           Font styles.       (line  1823)
+* \mathparagraph:                        Math symbols.      (line  9984)
+* \mathring:                             Math accents.      (line 10657)
+* \mathrm:                               Font styles.       (line  1807)
+* \mathsection:                          Math symbols.      (line  9987)
+* \mathsf:                               Font styles.       (line  1813)
+* \mathsterling:                         Math symbols.      (line  9990)
+* \mathstrut:                            \mathstrut.        (line 10920)
+* \mathtt:                               Font styles.       (line  1816)
+* \mathunderscore:                       Math symbols.      (line  9993)
+* \mathversion:                          Font styles.       (line  1828)
+* \max:                                  Math functions.    (line 10588)
+* \mbox:                                 \mbox & \makebox.  (line 12306)
+* \mdseries:                             Font styles.       (line  1736)
 * \medbreak:                             \bigbreak & \medbreak & \smallbreak.
-                                                            (line 11978)
+                                                            (line 12057)
 * \medskip:                              \bigskip & \medskip & \smallskip.
-                                                            (line 11929)
+                                                            (line 12008)
 * \medskip <1>:                          \bigskip & \medskip & \smallskip.
-                                                            (line 11956)
+                                                            (line 12035)
 * \medskipamount:                        \bigskip & \medskip & \smallskip.
-                                                            (line 11957)
+                                                            (line 12036)
 * \medspace:                             Spacing in math mode.
-                                                            (line 10740)
-* \message:                              \message.          (line 15969)
-* \mho:                                  Math symbols.      (line  9513)
-* \mid:                                  Math symbols.      (line  9516)
-* \min:                                  Math functions.    (line 10579)
-* \models:                               Math symbols.      (line  9526)
+                                                            (line 10752)
+* \message:                              \message.          (line 16052)
+* \mho:                                  Math symbols.      (line  9525)
+* \mid:                                  Math symbols.      (line  9528)
+* \min:                                  Math functions.    (line 10591)
+* \models:                               Math symbols.      (line  9538)
 * \month:                                \day & \month & \year.
-                                                            (line  8317)
-* \mp:                                   Math symbols.      (line  9530)
-* \mu:                                   Math symbols.      (line  9533)
-* \multicolumn:                          \multicolumn.      (line  5883)
-* \multiput:                             \multiput.         (line  5069)
-* \nabla:                                Math symbols.      (line  9536)
-* \name:                                 \name.             (line 15581)
-* \natural:                              Math symbols.      (line  9539)
-* \ne:                                   Math symbols.      (line  9542)
-* \nearrow:                              Math symbols.      (line  9545)
+                                                            (line  8329)
+* \mp:                                   Math symbols.      (line  9542)
+* \mu:                                   Math symbols.      (line  9545)
+* \multicolumn:                          \multicolumn.      (line  5885)
+* \multiput:                             \multiput.         (line  5071)
+* \nabla:                                Math symbols.      (line  9548)
+* \name:                                 \name.             (line 15664)
+* \natural:                              Math symbols.      (line  9551)
+* \ne:                                   Math symbols.      (line  9554)
+* \nearrow:                              Math symbols.      (line  9557)
 * \NeedsTeXFormat:                       Class and package commands.
-                                                            (line  1094)
-* \neg:                                  Math symbols.      (line  9548)
+                                                            (line  1096)
+* \neg:                                  Math symbols.      (line  9560)
 * \negmedspace:                          Spacing in math mode.
+                                                            (line 10758)
+* \negthickspace:                        Spacing in math mode.
                                                             (line 10746)
-* \negthickspace:                        Spacing in math mode.
-                                                            (line 10734)
 * \negthinspace:                         Spacing in math mode.
-                                                            (line 10765)
+                                                            (line 10777)
 * \negthinspace <1>:                     \thinspace & \negthinspace.
-                                                            (line 11806)
-* \neq:                                  Math symbols.      (line  9552)
+                                                            (line 11885)
+* \neq:                                  Math symbols.      (line  9564)
 * \newcommand:                           \newcommand & \renewcommand.
-                                                            (line  7234)
-* \newcounter:                           \newcounter.       (line  7558)
+                                                            (line  7246)
+* \newcounter:                           \newcounter.       (line  7570)
 * \newenvironment:                       \newenvironment & \renewenvironment.
-                                                            (line  7651)
-* \newfont:                              \newfont.          (line  7897)
-* \newglossaryentry:                     \newglossaryentry. (line 15278)
-* \newlength:                            \newlength.        (line  7599)
-* \newline:                              \newline.          (line  6615)
-* \<NEWLINE>:                            \(SPACE).          (line 11687)
-* \newpage:                              \newpage.          (line  6862)
-* \newsavebox:                           \newsavebox.       (line  7623)
-* \newtheorem:                           \newtheorem.       (line  7785)
-* \newtie:                               Accents.           (line 13997)
-* \newwrite:                             \write.            (line 15862)
+                                                            (line  7663)
+* \newfont:                              \newfont.          (line  7909)
+* \newglossaryentry:                     \newglossaryentry. (line 15361)
+* \newlength:                            \newlength.        (line  7611)
+* \newline:                              \newline.          (line  6617)
+* \<NEWLINE>:                            \(SPACE).          (line 11765)
+* \newpage:                              \newpage.          (line  6875)
+* \newsavebox:                           \newsavebox.       (line  7635)
+* \newtheorem:                           \newtheorem.       (line  7797)
+* \newtie:                               Accents.           (line 14080)
+* \newwrite:                             \write.            (line 15945)
 * \ng:                                   Additional Latin letters.
-                                                            (line 14091)
+                                                            (line 14174)
 * \NG:                                   Additional Latin letters.
-                                                            (line 14091)
-* \ni:                                   Math symbols.      (line  9555)
-* \nocite:                               \nocite.           (line  6193)
+                                                            (line 14174)
+* \ni:                                   Math symbols.      (line  9567)
+* \nobreakspace:                         ~.                 (line 11822)
+* \nocite:                               \nocite.           (line  6195)
 * \nocite and internal \citation:        BibTeX error messages.
-                                                            (line  6287)
-* \nocite {*}, for all keys:             Using BibTeX.      (line  6263)
-* \nocorr:                               Font styles.       (line  1719)
-* \nocorrlist:                           Font styles.       (line  1719)
-* \nofiles:                              \nofiles.          (line 14801)
+                                                            (line  6289)
+* \nocite {*}, for all keys:             Using BibTeX.      (line  6265)
+* \nocorr:                               Font styles.       (line  1721)
+* \nocorrlist:                           Font styles.       (line  1721)
+* \nofiles:                              \nofiles.          (line 14884)
 * \noindent:                             \indent & \noindent.
-                                                            (line  8881)
+                                                            (line  8893)
 * \nolinebreak:                          \linebreak & \nolinebreak.
-                                                            (line  6757)
+                                                            (line  6770)
 * \nonfrenchspacing:                     \frenchspacing & \nonfrenchspacing.
-                                                            (line 11656)
-* \nonumber:                             eqnarray.          (line  4022)
+                                                            (line 11731)
+* \nonumber:                             eqnarray.          (line  4024)
 * \nopagebreak:                          \pagebreak & \nopagebreak.
-                                                            (line  6920)
-* \normalfont:                           Font styles.       (line  1755)
-* \normalmarginpar:                      Marginal notes.    (line  8978)
-* \normalsfcodes:                        \normalsfcodes.    (line 11677)
-* \normalsize:                           Font sizes.        (line  1847)
-* \not:                                  Math symbols.      (line  9559)
-* \notin:                                Math symbols.      (line  9567)
-* \nu:                                   Math symbols.      (line  9571)
-* \numberline:                           \numberline.       (line 14826)
-* \nwarrow:                              Math symbols.      (line  9574)
+                                                            (line  6933)
+* \normalfont:                           Font styles.       (line  1757)
+* \normalmarginpar:                      Marginal notes.    (line  8990)
+* \normalsfcodes:                        \normalsfcodes.    (line 11755)
+* \normalsize:                           Font sizes.        (line  1849)
+* \not:                                  Math symbols.      (line  9571)
+* \notin:                                Math symbols.      (line  9579)
+* \nu:                                   Math symbols.      (line  9583)
+* \numberline:                           \numberline.       (line 14909)
+* \nwarrow:                              Math symbols.      (line  9586)
 * \o (ø):                                Additional Latin letters.
-                                                            (line 14095)
+                                                            (line 14178)
 * \O (Ø):                                Additional Latin letters.
-                                                            (line 14095)
+                                                            (line 14178)
 * \obeycr:                               \obeycr & \restorecr.
-                                                            (line  6575)
+                                                            (line  6577)
 * \oddsidemargin:                        Document class options.
-                                                            (line   811)
+                                                            (line   813)
 * \oddsidemargin <1>:                    Page layout parameters.
-                                                            (line  2245)
+                                                            (line  2247)
 * \oddsidemargin <2>:                    Page layout parameters.
-                                                            (line  2247)
-* \odot:                                 Math symbols.      (line  9577)
+                                                            (line  2249)
+* \odot:                                 Math symbols.      (line  9589)
 * \oe (œ):                               Additional Latin letters.
-                                                            (line 14099)
+                                                            (line 14182)
 * \OE (Œ):                               Additional Latin letters.
-                                                            (line 14099)
-* \oint:                                 Math symbols.      (line  9581)
-* \oldstylenums:                         Font styles.       (line  1830)
-* \Omega:                                Math symbols.      (line  9584)
-* \omega:                                Math symbols.      (line  9587)
-* \ominus:                               Math symbols.      (line  9590)
-* \onecolumn:                            \onecolumn.        (line  2033)
+                                                            (line 14182)
+* \oint:                                 Math symbols.      (line  9593)
+* \oldstylenums:                         Font styles.       (line  1832)
+* \Omega:                                Math symbols.      (line  9596)
+* \omega:                                Math symbols.      (line  9599)
+* \ominus:                               Math symbols.      (line  9602)
+* \onecolumn:                            \onecolumn.        (line  2035)
 * \openin:                               \openin & \openout.
-                                                            (line 15671)
-* \opening:                              \opening.          (line 15591)
+                                                            (line 15754)
+* \opening:                              \opening.          (line 15674)
 * \openout:                              \openin & \openout.
-                                                            (line 15671)
-* \oplus:                                Math symbols.      (line  9593)
+                                                            (line 15754)
+* \oplus:                                Math symbols.      (line  9605)
 * \OptionNotUsed:                        Class and package commands.
-                                                            (line  1112)
-* \oslash:                               Math symbols.      (line  9597)
-* \otimes:                               Math symbols.      (line  9600)
-* \oval:                                 \oval.             (line  5248)
+                                                            (line  1114)
+* \oslash:                               Math symbols.      (line  9609)
+* \otimes:                               Math symbols.      (line  9612)
+* \oval:                                 \oval.             (line  5250)
 * \overbrace{MATH}:                      Over- and Underlining.
-                                                            (line 10699)
+                                                            (line 10711)
 * \overline{TEXT}:                       Over- and Underlining.
-                                                            (line 10680)
-* \owns:                                 Math symbols.      (line  9604)
-* \P:                                    Text symbols.      (line 13740)
+                                                            (line 10692)
+* \owns:                                 Math symbols.      (line  9616)
+* \P:                                    Text symbols.      (line 13823)
 * \PackageError:                         Class and package commands.
-                                                            (line   953)
+                                                            (line   955)
 * \PackageInfo:                          Class and package commands.
-                                                            (line   953)
+                                                            (line   955)
 * \PackageInfoNoLine:                    Class and package commands.
-                                                            (line   953)
+                                                            (line   955)
 * \PackageWarning:                       Class and package commands.
-                                                            (line   953)
+                                                            (line   955)
 * \PackageWarningNoLine:                 Class and package commands.
-                                                            (line   953)
+                                                            (line   955)
 * \pagebreak:                            \pagebreak & \nopagebreak.
-                                                            (line  6920)
-* \pagenumbering:                        \pagenumbering.    (line 11241)
-* \pageref:                              \pageref.          (line  3448)
-* \pagestyle:                            \pagestyle.        (line 11299)
+                                                            (line  6933)
+* \pagenumbering:                        \pagenumbering.    (line 11253)
+* \pageref:                              \pageref.          (line  3450)
+* \pagestyle:                            \pagestyle.        (line 11319)
 * \paperheight:                          Page layout parameters.
-                                                            (line  2258)
+                                                            (line  2260)
 * \paperheight <1>:                      Page layout parameters.
-                                                            (line  2259)
+                                                            (line  2261)
 * \paperwidth:                           Page layout parameters.
-                                                            (line  2264)
+                                                            (line  2266)
 * \paperwidth <1>:                       Page layout parameters.
-                                                            (line  2265)
-* \par:                                  \par.              (line  8828)
-* \paragraph:                            Sectioning.        (line  2636)
+                                                            (line  2267)
+* \par:                                  \par.              (line  8840)
+* \paragraph:                            Sectioning.        (line  2638)
 * \paragraph <1>:                        \subsubsection & \paragraph & \subparagraph.
-                                                            (line  3012)
-* \parallel:                             Math symbols.      (line  9608)
-* \parbox:                               \parbox.           (line 12383)
-* \parindent:                            minipage.          (line  4863)
+                                                            (line  3014)
+* \parallel:                             Math symbols.      (line  9620)
+* \parbox:                               \parbox.           (line 12462)
+* \parindent:                            minipage.          (line  4865)
 * \parindent <1>:                        \indent & \noindent.
-                                                            (line  8918)
+                                                            (line  8930)
 * \parindent <2>:                        \parindent & \parskip.
-                                                            (line  8930)
-* \parsep:                               list.              (line  4530)
+                                                            (line  8942)
+* \parsep:                               list.              (line  4532)
 * \parskip:                              \parindent & \parskip.
-                                                            (line  8930)
-* \parskip example:                      itemize.           (line  4367)
-* \part:                                 Sectioning.        (line  2636)
-* \part <1>:                             \part.             (line  2723)
-* \partial:                              Math symbols.      (line  9611)
-* \partopsep:                            list.              (line  4539)
+                                                            (line  8942)
+* \parskip example:                      itemize.           (line  4369)
+* \part:                                 Sectioning.        (line  2638)
+* \part <1>:                             \part.             (line  2725)
+* \partial:                              Math symbols.      (line  9623)
+* \partopsep:                            list.              (line  4541)
 * \PassOptionsToClass:                   Class and package commands.
-                                                            (line  1118)
+                                                            (line  1120)
 * \PassOptionsToPackage:                 Class and package commands.
-                                                            (line  1118)
+                                                            (line  1120)
 * \pdfpageheight:                        Document class options.
-                                                            (line   767)
+                                                            (line   769)
 * \pdfpagewidth:                         Document class options.
-                                                            (line   767)
-* \perp:                                 Math symbols.      (line  9614)
+                                                            (line   769)
+* \perp:                                 Math symbols.      (line  9626)
 * \phantom:                              \phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom.
-                                                            (line 10845)
-* \Phi:                                  Math symbols.      (line  9618)
-* \phi:                                  Math symbols.      (line  9621)
-* \Pi:                                   Math symbols.      (line  9625)
-* \pi:                                   Math symbols.      (line  9628)
-* \pm:                                   Math symbols.      (line  9632)
-* \pmod:                                 Math functions.    (line 10582)
-* \poptabs:                              tabbing.           (line  5606)
-* \poptabs <1>:                          tabbing.           (line  5607)
-* \pounds:                               Text symbols.      (line 13744)
-* \Pr:                                   Math functions.    (line 10585)
-* \prec:                                 Math symbols.      (line  9635)
-* \preceq:                               Math symbols.      (line  9638)
+                                                            (line 10857)
+* \Phi:                                  Math symbols.      (line  9630)
+* \phi:                                  Math symbols.      (line  9633)
+* \Pi:                                   Math symbols.      (line  9637)
+* \pi:                                   Math symbols.      (line  9640)
+* \pm:                                   Math symbols.      (line  9644)
+* \pmod:                                 Math functions.    (line 10594)
+* \poptabs:                              tabbing.           (line  5608)
+* \poptabs <1>:                          tabbing.           (line  5609)
+* \pounds:                               Text symbols.      (line 13827)
+* \Pr:                                   Math functions.    (line 10597)
+* \prec:                                 Math symbols.      (line  9647)
+* \preceq:                               Math symbols.      (line  9650)
 * \prevdepth:                            \baselineskip & \baselinestretch.
-                                                            (line  2357)
-* \prime:                                Math symbols.      (line  9642)
-* \printglossaries:                      Glossaries.        (line 15230)
-* \printglossaries <1>:                  Glossaries.        (line 15267)
-* \printindex:                           \printindex.       (line 15215)
+                                                            (line  2359)
+* \prime:                                Math symbols.      (line  9654)
+* \printglossaries:                      Glossaries.        (line 15313)
+* \printglossaries <1>:                  Glossaries.        (line 15350)
+* \printindex:                           \printindex.       (line 15298)
 * \ProcessOptions:                       Class and package commands.
-                                                            (line  1155)
+                                                            (line  1157)
 * \ProcessOptions*:                      Class and package commands.
-                                                            (line  1155)
-* \prod:                                 Math symbols.      (line  9651)
-* \propto:                               Math symbols.      (line  9654)
-* \protect:                              \protect.          (line  7929)
-* \protected at write:                      \write.            (line 15908)
-* \providecommand:                       \providecommand.   (line  7411)
+                                                            (line  1157)
+* \prod:                                 Math symbols.      (line  9663)
+* \propto:                               Math symbols.      (line  9666)
+* \protect:                              \protect.          (line  7941)
+* \protected at write:                      \write.            (line 15991)
+* \providecommand:                       \providecommand.   (line  7423)
 * \ProvidesClass:                        Class and package commands.
-                                                            (line  1193)
+                                                            (line  1195)
 * \ProvidesFile:                         Class and package commands.
-                                                            (line  1226)
+                                                            (line  1228)
 * \ProvidesPackage:                      Class and package commands.
-                                                            (line  1193)
+                                                            (line  1195)
 * \ProvideTextCommand:                   \DeclareTextCommand & \ProvideTextCommand.
-                                                            (line  1472)
+                                                            (line  1474)
 * \ProvideTextCommandDefault:            \DeclareTextCommandDefault & \ProvideTextCommandDefault.
-                                                            (line  1521)
-* \ps:                                   \ps.               (line 15603)
-* \Psi:                                  Math symbols.      (line  9657)
-* \psi:                                  Math symbols.      (line  9660)
-* \pushtabs:                             tabbing.           (line  5609)
-* \put:                                  \put.              (line  5051)
-* \qbezier:                              \qbezier.          (line  5092)
+                                                            (line  1523)
+* \ps:                                   \ps.               (line 15686)
+* \Psi:                                  Math symbols.      (line  9669)
+* \psi:                                  Math symbols.      (line  9672)
+* \pushtabs:                             tabbing.           (line  5611)
+* \put:                                  \put.              (line  5053)
+* \qbezier:                              \qbezier.          (line  5094)
 * \qquad:                                Spacing in math mode.
-                                                            (line 10779)
+                                                            (line 10791)
 * \qquad <1>:                            \enspace & \quad & \qquad.
-                                                            (line 11419)
+                                                            (line 11490)
 * \quad:                                 Spacing in math mode.
-                                                            (line 10773)
+                                                            (line 10785)
 * \quad <1>:                             \enspace & \quad & \qquad.
-                                                            (line 11419)
-* \quotedblbase („):                     Text symbols.      (line 13748)
-* \quotesinglbase (‚):                   Text symbols.      (line 13749)
-* \r (ring accent):                      Accents.           (line 13991)
-* \raggedbottom:                         \raggedbottom.     (line  2174)
-* \raggedleft:                           \raggedleft.       (line  4268)
-* \raggedright:                          \raggedright.      (line  4215)
-* \raisebox:                             \raisebox.         (line 12434)
-* \rangle:                               Math symbols.      (line  9663)
-* \rbrace:                               Math symbols.      (line  9667)
-* \rbrack:                               Math symbols.      (line  9670)
-* \rceil:                                Math symbols.      (line  9674)
-* \Re:                                   Math symbols.      (line  9677)
-* \read:                                 \read.             (line 15735)
-* \ref:                                  \ref.              (line  3472)
-* \reflectbox:                           \scalebox.         (line 13538)
-* \refname:                              thebibliography.   (line  6068)
-* \refstepcounter:                       \refstepcounter.   (line  8284)
+                                                            (line 11490)
+* \quotedblbase („):                     Text symbols.      (line 13831)
+* \quotesinglbase (‚):                   Text symbols.      (line 13832)
+* \r (ring accent):                      Accents.           (line 14074)
+* \raggedbottom:                         \raggedbottom.     (line  2176)
+* \raggedleft:                           \raggedleft.       (line  4270)
+* \raggedright:                          \raggedright.      (line  4217)
+* \raisebox:                             \raisebox.         (line 12513)
+* \rangle:                               Math symbols.      (line  9675)
+* \rbrace:                               Math symbols.      (line  9679)
+* \rbrack:                               Math symbols.      (line  9682)
+* \rceil:                                Math symbols.      (line  9686)
+* \Re:                                   Math symbols.      (line  9689)
+* \read:                                 \read.             (line 15818)
+* \ref:                                  \ref.              (line  3474)
+* \reflectbox:                           \scalebox.         (line 13617)
+* \refname:                              thebibliography.   (line  6070)
+* \refstepcounter:                       \refstepcounter.   (line  8296)
 * \renewcommand:                         \newcommand & \renewcommand.
-                                                            (line  7234)
+                                                            (line  7246)
 * \renewenvironment:                     \newenvironment & \renewenvironment.
-                                                            (line  7651)
+                                                            (line  7663)
 * \RequirePackage:                       Class and package commands.
-                                                            (line  1235)
-* \RequirePackage, and texput jobname:   Jobname.           (line 16327)
+                                                            (line  1237)
+* \RequirePackage, and texput jobname:   Jobname.           (line 16410)
 * \RequirePackageWithOptions:            Class and package commands.
-                                                            (line  1235)
-* \resizebox:                            \resizebox.        (line 13570)
+                                                            (line  1237)
+* \resizebox:                            \resizebox.        (line 13649)
 * \restorecr:                            \obeycr & \restorecr.
-                                                            (line  6575)
-* \restriction:                          Math symbols.      (line  9682)
-* \revemptyset:                          Math symbols.      (line  9687)
-* \reversemarginpar:                     Marginal notes.    (line  8978)
-* \rfloor:                               Math symbols.      (line  9692)
-* \rhd:                                  Math symbols.      (line  9696)
-* \rho:                                  Math symbols.      (line  9702)
-* \right:                                \left & \right.    (line 10193)
-* \Rightarrow:                           Math symbols.      (line  9706)
-* \rightarrow:                           Math symbols.      (line  9710)
-* \rightharpoondown:                     Math symbols.      (line  9714)
-* \rightharpoonup:                       Math symbols.      (line  9717)
-* \rightleftharpoons:                    Math symbols.      (line  9720)
-* \rightmargin:                          list.              (line  4554)
-* \rm:                                   Font styles.       (line  1781)
-* \rmfamily:                             Font styles.       (line  1728)
+                                                            (line  6577)
+* \restriction:                          Math symbols.      (line  9694)
+* \revemptyset:                          Math symbols.      (line  9699)
+* \reversemarginpar:                     Marginal notes.    (line  8990)
+* \rfloor:                               Math symbols.      (line  9704)
+* \rhd:                                  Math symbols.      (line  9708)
+* \rho:                                  Math symbols.      (line  9714)
+* \right:                                \left & \right.    (line 10205)
+* \Rightarrow:                           Math symbols.      (line  9718)
+* \rightarrow:                           Math symbols.      (line  9722)
+* \rightharpoondown:                     Math symbols.      (line  9726)
+* \rightharpoonup:                       Math symbols.      (line  9729)
+* \rightleftharpoons:                    Math symbols.      (line  9732)
+* \rightmargin:                          list.              (line  4556)
+* \rm:                                   Font styles.       (line  1783)
+* \rmfamily:                             Font styles.       (line  1730)
 * \roman{COUNTER}:                       \alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol.
-                                                            (line  8156)
+                                                            (line  8168)
 * \Roman{COUNTER}:                       \alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol.
-                                                            (line  8161)
-* \rotatebox:                            \rotatebox.        (line 13470)
-* \rq:                                   Text symbols.      (line 13752)
-* \rule:                                 \rule.             (line 14167)
-* \S:                                    Text symbols.      (line 13755)
+                                                            (line  8173)
+* \rotatebox:                            \rotatebox.        (line 13549)
+* \rq:                                   Text symbols.      (line 13835)
+* \rule:                                 \rule.             (line 14250)
+* \S:                                    Text symbols.      (line 13838)
 * \samepage:                             \pagebreak & \nopagebreak.
-                                                            (line  6958)
-* \savebox:                              \sbox & \savebox.  (line 12480)
-* \sbox:                                 \sbox & \savebox.  (line 12480)
-* \sc:                                   Font styles.       (line  1784)
-* \scalebox:                             \scalebox.         (line 13538)
-* \scriptscriptstyle:                    Math styles.       (line 10953)
-* \scriptsize:                           Font sizes.        (line  1847)
-* \scriptstyle:                          Math styles.       (line 10953)
-* \scshape:                              Font styles.       (line  1749)
-* \searrow:                              Math symbols.      (line  9723)
-* \sec:                                  Math functions.    (line 10588)
-* \section:                              Sectioning.        (line  2636)
-* \section <1>:                          \section.          (line  2870)
-* \seename:                              \index.            (line 14991)
+                                                            (line  6971)
+* \savebox:                              \sbox & \savebox.  (line 12559)
+* \sbox:                                 \sbox & \savebox.  (line 12559)
+* \sc:                                   Font styles.       (line  1786)
+* \scalebox:                             \scalebox.         (line 13617)
+* \scriptscriptstyle:                    Math styles.       (line 10965)
+* \scriptsize:                           Font sizes.        (line  1849)
+* \scriptstyle:                          Math styles.       (line 10965)
+* \scshape:                              Font styles.       (line  1751)
+* \searrow:                              Math symbols.      (line  9735)
+* \sec:                                  Math functions.    (line 10600)
+* \section:                              Sectioning.        (line  2638)
+* \section <1>:                          \section.          (line  2872)
+* \seename:                              \index.            (line 15074)
 * \selectfont:                           Low-level font commands.
-                                                            (line  2011)
-* \setcounter:                           \setcounter.       (line  8250)
-* \setlength:                            \setlength.        (line  8497)
-* \setminus:                             Math symbols.      (line  9726)
-* \settodepth:                           \settodepth.       (line  8561)
-* \settoheight:                          \settoheight.      (line  8586)
-* \settowidth:                           \settowidth.       (line  8611)
-* \sf:                                   Font styles.       (line  1787)
-* \sffamily:                             Font styles.       (line  1746)
-* \sharp:                                Math symbols.      (line  9731)
-* \ShellEscape:                          \write18.          (line 16098)
-* \shipout and expansion:                \write.            (line 15903)
-* \shortstack:                           \shortstack.       (line  5285)
-* \Sigma:                                Math symbols.      (line  9734)
-* \sigma:                                Math symbols.      (line  9737)
-* \signature:                            \signature.        (line 15620)
-* \sim:                                  Math symbols.      (line  9741)
-* \simeq:                                Math symbols.      (line  9744)
-* \sin:                                  Math functions.    (line 10591)
-* \sinh:                                 Math functions.    (line 10594)
-* \sl:                                   Font styles.       (line  1790)
-* \sloppy:                               \fussy & \sloppy.  (line  6696)
-* \slshape:                              Font styles.       (line  1743)
-* \small:                                Font sizes.        (line  1847)
+                                                            (line  2013)
+* \setcounter:                           \setcounter.       (line  8262)
+* \setlength:                            \setlength.        (line  8509)
+* \setminus:                             Math symbols.      (line  9738)
+* \settodepth:                           \settodepth.       (line  8573)
+* \settoheight:                          \settoheight.      (line  8598)
+* \settowidth:                           \settowidth.       (line  8623)
+* \sf:                                   Font styles.       (line  1789)
+* \sffamily:                             Font styles.       (line  1748)
+* \sharp:                                Math symbols.      (line  9743)
+* \ShellEscape:                          \write18.          (line 16181)
+* \shipout and expansion:                \write.            (line 15986)
+* \shortstack:                           \shortstack.       (line  5287)
+* \Sigma:                                Math symbols.      (line  9746)
+* \sigma:                                Math symbols.      (line  9749)
+* \signature:                            \signature.        (line 15703)
+* \sim:                                  Math symbols.      (line  9753)
+* \simeq:                                Math symbols.      (line  9756)
+* \sin:                                  Math functions.    (line 10603)
+* \sinh:                                 Math functions.    (line 10606)
+* \sl:                                   Font styles.       (line  1792)
+* \slash:                                \slash.            (line  6675)
+* \sloppy:                               \fussy & \sloppy.  (line  6709)
+* \slshape:                              Font styles.       (line  1745)
+* \small:                                Font sizes.        (line  1849)
 * \smallbreak:                           \bigbreak & \medbreak & \smallbreak.
-                                                            (line 11978)
-* \smallint:                             Math symbols.      (line  9747)
+                                                            (line 12057)
+* \smallint:                             Math symbols.      (line  9759)
 * \smallskip:                            \bigskip & \medskip & \smallskip.
-                                                            (line 11929)
+                                                            (line 12008)
 * \smallskip <1>:                        \bigskip & \medskip & \smallskip.
-                                                            (line 11961)
+                                                            (line 12040)
 * \smallskipamount:                      \bigskip & \medskip & \smallskip.
-                                                            (line 11962)
-* \smile:                                Math symbols.      (line  9751)
-* \<SPACE>:                              \(SPACE).          (line 11687)
-* \<SPACE> <1>:                          \(SPACE).          (line 11687)
+                                                            (line 12041)
+* \smile:                                Math symbols.      (line  9763)
+* \<SPACE>:                              \(SPACE).          (line 11765)
+* \<SPACE> <1>:                          \(SPACE).          (line 11765)
 * \space:                                \include & \includeonly.
-                                                            (line 14390)
-* \space <1>:                            \input.            (line 14453)
-* \space <2>:                            \typeout.          (line 15827)
-* \spacefactor:                          \spacefactor.      (line 11552)
-* \spadesuit:                            Math symbols.      (line  9754)
-* \sqcap:                                Math symbols.      (line  9757)
-* \sqcup:                                Math symbols.      (line  9761)
-* \sqrt:                                 \sqrt.             (line 11052)
-* \sqsubset:                             Math symbols.      (line  9765)
-* \sqsubseteq:                           Math symbols.      (line  9770)
-* \sqsupset:                             Math symbols.      (line  9774)
-* \sqsupseteq:                           Math symbols.      (line  9779)
+                                                            (line 14473)
+* \space <1>:                            \input.            (line 14536)
+* \space <2>:                            \typeout.          (line 15910)
+* \spacefactor:                          \spacefactor.      (line 11623)
+* \spadesuit:                            Math symbols.      (line  9766)
+* \sqcap:                                Math symbols.      (line  9769)
+* \sqcup:                                Math symbols.      (line  9773)
+* \sqrt:                                 \sqrt.             (line 11064)
+* \sqsubset:                             Math symbols.      (line  9777)
+* \sqsubseteq:                           Math symbols.      (line  9782)
+* \sqsupset:                             Math symbols.      (line  9786)
+* \sqsupseteq:                           Math symbols.      (line  9791)
 * \ss (ß):                               Additional Latin letters.
-                                                            (line 14103)
+                                                            (line 14186)
 * \SS (SS):                              Additional Latin letters.
-                                                            (line 14103)
-* \stackrel:                             \stackrel.         (line 11069)
-* \star:                                 Math symbols.      (line  9783)
-* \stepcounter:                          \stepcounter.      (line  8302)
+                                                            (line 14186)
+* \stackrel:                             \stackrel.         (line 11081)
+* \star:                                 Math symbols.      (line  9795)
+* \stepcounter:                          \stepcounter.      (line  8314)
 * \stop:                                 Recovering from errors.
-                                                            (line 16383)
-* \stretch:                              \stretch.          (line  8636)
-* \strut:                                \strut.            (line 12005)
+                                                            (line 16466)
+* \stretch:                              \stretch.          (line  8648)
+* \strut:                                \strut.            (line 12084)
 * \subitem:                              Produce the index manually.
-                                                            (line 14928)
-* \subparagraph:                         Sectioning.        (line  2636)
+                                                            (line 15011)
+* \subparagraph:                         Sectioning.        (line  2638)
 * \subparagraph <1>:                     \subsubsection & \paragraph & \subparagraph.
-                                                            (line  3012)
-* \subsection:                           Sectioning.        (line  2636)
-* \subsection <1>:                       \subsection.       (line  2948)
-* \subset:                               Math symbols.      (line  9790)
-* \subseteq:                             Math symbols.      (line  9793)
+                                                            (line  3014)
+* \subsection:                           Sectioning.        (line  2638)
+* \subsection <1>:                       \subsection.       (line  2950)
+* \subset:                               Math symbols.      (line  9802)
+* \subseteq:                             Math symbols.      (line  9805)
 * \subsubitem:                           Produce the index manually.
-                                                            (line 14928)
-* \subsubsection:                        Sectioning.        (line  2636)
+                                                            (line 15011)
+* \subsubsection:                        Sectioning.        (line  2638)
 * \subsubsection <1>:                    \subsubsection & \paragraph & \subparagraph.
-                                                            (line  3012)
-* \succ:                                 Math symbols.      (line  9796)
-* \succeq:                               Math symbols.      (line  9799)
-* \sum:                                  Math symbols.      (line  9803)
-* \sup:                                  Math functions.    (line 10597)
-* \suppressfloats:                       Floats.            (line  2493)
-* \supset:                               Math symbols.      (line  9806)
-* \supseteq:                             Math symbols.      (line  9809)
-* \surd:                                 Math symbols.      (line  9812)
-* \swarrow:                              Math symbols.      (line  9817)
+                                                            (line  3014)
+* \succ:                                 Math symbols.      (line  9808)
+* \succeq:                               Math symbols.      (line  9811)
+* \sum:                                  Math symbols.      (line  9815)
+* \sup:                                  Math functions.    (line 10609)
+* \suppressfloats:                       Floats.            (line  2495)
+* \supset:                               Math symbols.      (line  9818)
+* \supseteq:                             Math symbols.      (line  9821)
+* \surd:                                 Math symbols.      (line  9824)
+* \swarrow:                              Math symbols.      (line  9829)
 * \symbf:                                OpenType bold math.
-                                                            (line 10087)
+                                                            (line 10099)
 * \symbfit:                              OpenType bold math.
-                                                            (line 10087)
+                                                            (line 10099)
 * \symbol:                               Symbols by font position.
-                                                            (line 13688)
-* \t (tie-after accent):                 Accents.           (line 13997)
-* \<TAB>:                                \(SPACE).          (line 11687)
-* \tabbingsep:                           tabbing.           (line  5614)
-* \tabcolsep:                            tabular.           (line  5872)
+                                                            (line 13767)
+* \t (tie-after accent):                 Accents.           (line 14080)
+* \<TAB>:                                \(SPACE).          (line 11765)
+* \tabbingsep:                           tabbing.           (line  5616)
+* \tabcolsep:                            tabular.           (line  5874)
 * \tableofcontents:                      Table of contents etc..
-                                                            (line 14465)
-* \tableofcontents <1>:                  \contentsline.     (line 14760)
-* \tan:                                  Math functions.    (line 10600)
-* \tanh:                                 Math functions.    (line 10603)
-* \tau:                                  Math symbols.      (line  9820)
-* \telephone:                            \telephone.        (line 15650)
-* \TeX:                                  Text symbols.      (line 13759)
-* \textascendercompwordmark:             Text symbols.      (line 13804)
-* \textasciicircum:                      Text symbols.      (line 13762)
-* \textasciitilde:                       Text symbols.      (line 13765)
-* \textasteriskcentered:                 Text symbols.      (line 13768)
+                                                            (line 14548)
+* \tableofcontents <1>:                  \contentsline.     (line 14843)
+* \tan:                                  Math functions.    (line 10612)
+* \tanh:                                 Math functions.    (line 10615)
+* \tau:                                  Math symbols.      (line  9832)
+* \telephone:                            \telephone.        (line 15733)
+* \TeX:                                  Text symbols.      (line 13842)
+* \textascendercompwordmark:             Text symbols.      (line 13887)
+* \textasciicircum:                      Text symbols.      (line 13845)
+* \textasciitilde:                       Text symbols.      (line 13848)
+* \textasteriskcentered:                 Text symbols.      (line 13851)
 * \textbackslash:                        Reserved characters.
-                                                            (line 13617)
-* \textbackslash <1>:                    Text symbols.      (line 13771)
-* \textbar:                              Text symbols.      (line 13779)
-* \textbardbl:                           Text symbols.      (line 13782)
-* \textbf:                               Font styles.       (line  1737)
-* \textbigcircle:                        Text symbols.      (line 13785)
-* \textbraceleft:                        Text symbols.      (line 13788)
-* \textbraceright:                       Text symbols.      (line 13792)
-* \textbullet:                           Text symbols.      (line 13796)
-* \textcapitalcompwordmark:              Text symbols.      (line 13803)
-* \textcircled{LETTER}:                  Text symbols.      (line 13799)
-* \textcompwordmark:                     Text symbols.      (line 13802)
-* \textcopyright:                        Text symbols.      (line 13708)
-* \textdagger:                           Text symbols.      (line 13811)
-* \textdaggerdbl:                        Text symbols.      (line 13814)
-* \textdollar (or \$):                   Text symbols.      (line 13817)
-* \textellipsis:                         Text symbols.      (line 13731)
-* \textemdash (or ---):                  Text symbols.      (line 13820)
-* \textendash (or --):                   Text symbols.      (line 13826)
-* \texteuro:                             Text symbols.      (line 13829)
-* \textexclamdown (or !`):               Text symbols.      (line 13837)
-* \textfiguredash:                       Text symbols.      (line 13840)
-* \textfloatsep:                         Floats.            (line  2529)
-* \textfloatsep <1>:                     Floats.            (line  2530)
-* \textfraction:                         Floats.            (line  2508)
-* \textfraction <1>:                     Floats.            (line  2509)
-* \textgreater:                          Text symbols.      (line 13847)
+                                                            (line 13696)
+* \textbackslash <1>:                    Text symbols.      (line 13854)
+* \textbar:                              Text symbols.      (line 13862)
+* \textbardbl:                           Text symbols.      (line 13865)
+* \textbf:                               Font styles.       (line  1739)
+* \textbigcircle:                        Text symbols.      (line 13868)
+* \textbraceleft:                        Text symbols.      (line 13871)
+* \textbraceright:                       Text symbols.      (line 13875)
+* \textbullet:                           Text symbols.      (line 13879)
+* \textcapitalcompwordmark:              Text symbols.      (line 13886)
+* \textcircled{LETTER}:                  Text symbols.      (line 13882)
+* \textcompwordmark:                     Text symbols.      (line 13885)
+* \textcopyright:                        Text symbols.      (line 13787)
+* \textdagger:                           Text symbols.      (line 13894)
+* \textdaggerdbl:                        Text symbols.      (line 13897)
+* \textdollar (or \$):                   Text symbols.      (line 13900)
+* \textellipsis:                         Text symbols.      (line 13814)
+* \textemdash (or ---):                  Text symbols.      (line 13903)
+* \textendash (or --):                   Text symbols.      (line 13909)
+* \texteuro:                             Text symbols.      (line 13912)
+* \textexclamdown (or !`):               Text symbols.      (line 13920)
+* \textfiguredash:                       Text symbols.      (line 13923)
+* \textfloatsep:                         Floats.            (line  2531)
+* \textfloatsep <1>:                     Floats.            (line  2532)
+* \textfraction:                         Floats.            (line  2510)
+* \textfraction <1>:                     Floats.            (line  2511)
+* \textgreater:                          Text symbols.      (line 13930)
 * \textheight:                           Page layout parameters.
-                                                            (line  2270)
+                                                            (line  2272)
 * \textheight <1>:                       Page layout parameters.
-                                                            (line  2271)
-* \texthorizontalbar:                    Text symbols.      (line 13850)
-* \textit:                               Font styles.       (line  1731)
-* \textleftarrow:                        Text symbols.      (line 13858)
-* \textless:                             Text symbols.      (line 13855)
-* \textmd:                               Font styles.       (line  1734)
-* \textnonbreakinghyphen:                Text symbols.      (line 13861)
-* \textnormal:                           Font styles.       (line  1755)
-* \textordfeminine:                      Text symbols.      (line 13867)
-* \textordmasculine:                     Text symbols.      (line 13868)
-* \textparagraph:                        Text symbols.      (line 13741)
-* \textperiodcentered:                   Text symbols.      (line 13871)
-* \textquestiondown (or ?`):             Text symbols.      (line 13874)
-* \textquotedblleft (or ``):             Text symbols.      (line 13877)
-* \textquotedblright (or ''):            Text symbols.      (line 13880)
-* \textquoteleft (or `):                 Text symbols.      (line 13883)
-* \textquoteright (or '):                Text symbols.      (line 13886)
-* \textquotesingle:                      Text symbols.      (line 13889)
-* \textquotestraightbase:                Text symbols.      (line 13892)
-* \textquotestraightdblbase:             Text symbols.      (line 13893)
-* \textregistered:                       Text symbols.      (line 13896)
-* \textrightarrow:                       Text symbols.      (line 13899)
-* \textrm:                               Font styles.       (line  1728)
-* \textsc:                               Font styles.       (line  1749)
-* \textsection:                          Text symbols.      (line 13756)
-* \textsf:                               Font styles.       (line  1746)
-* \textsl:                               Font styles.       (line  1743)
-* \textsterling:                         Text symbols.      (line 13745)
-* \textstyle:                            Math styles.       (line 10953)
-* \textthreequartersemdash:              Text symbols.      (line 13902)
-* \texttrademark:                        Text symbols.      (line 13905)
-* \texttt:                               Font styles.       (line  1752)
-* \texttwelveudash:                      Text symbols.      (line 13908)
-* \textunderscore:                       Text symbols.      (line 13911)
-* \textup:                               Font styles.       (line  1740)
-* \textvisiblespace:                     Text symbols.      (line 13914)
+                                                            (line  2273)
+* \texthorizontalbar:                    Text symbols.      (line 13933)
+* \textit:                               Font styles.       (line  1733)
+* \textleftarrow:                        Text symbols.      (line 13941)
+* \textless:                             Text symbols.      (line 13938)
+* \textmd:                               Font styles.       (line  1736)
+* \textnonbreakinghyphen:                Text symbols.      (line 13944)
+* \textnormal:                           Font styles.       (line  1757)
+* \textordfeminine:                      Text symbols.      (line 13950)
+* \textordmasculine:                     Text symbols.      (line 13951)
+* \textparagraph:                        Text symbols.      (line 13824)
+* \textperiodcentered:                   Text symbols.      (line 13954)
+* \textquestiondown (or ?`):             Text symbols.      (line 13957)
+* \textquotedblleft (or ``):             Text symbols.      (line 13960)
+* \textquotedblright (or ''):            Text symbols.      (line 13963)
+* \textquoteleft (or `):                 Text symbols.      (line 13966)
+* \textquoteright (or '):                Text symbols.      (line 13969)
+* \textquotesingle:                      Text symbols.      (line 13972)
+* \textquotestraightbase:                Text symbols.      (line 13975)
+* \textquotestraightdblbase:             Text symbols.      (line 13976)
+* \textregistered:                       Text symbols.      (line 13979)
+* \textrightarrow:                       Text symbols.      (line 13982)
+* \textrm:                               Font styles.       (line  1730)
+* \textsc:                               Font styles.       (line  1751)
+* \textsection:                          Text symbols.      (line 13839)
+* \textsf:                               Font styles.       (line  1748)
+* \textsl:                               Font styles.       (line  1745)
+* \textsterling:                         Text symbols.      (line 13828)
+* \textstyle:                            Math styles.       (line 10965)
+* \textthreequartersemdash:              Text symbols.      (line 13985)
+* \texttrademark:                        Text symbols.      (line 13988)
+* \texttt:                               Font styles.       (line  1754)
+* \texttwelveudash:                      Text symbols.      (line 13991)
+* \textunderscore:                       Text symbols.      (line 13994)
+* \textup:                               Font styles.       (line  1742)
+* \textvisiblespace:                     Text symbols.      (line 13997)
 * \textwidth:                            Page layout parameters.
-                                                            (line  2278)
+                                                            (line  2280)
 * \textwidth <1>:                        Page layout parameters.
-                                                            (line  2279)
+                                                            (line  2281)
 * \th (þ):                               Additional Latin letters.
-                                                            (line 14107)
+                                                            (line 14190)
 * \TH (Þ):                               Additional Latin letters.
-                                                            (line 14107)
-* \thanks{TEXT}:                         \maketitle.        (line 11219)
-* \theta:                                Math symbols.      (line  9823)
-* \thicklines:                           \thicklines.       (line  5221)
+                                                            (line 14190)
+* \thanks{TEXT}:                         \maketitle.        (line 11231)
+* \thepage:                              \thepage.          (line 11433)
+* \theta:                                Math symbols.      (line  9835)
+* \thicklines:                           \thicklines.       (line  5223)
 * \thickspace:                           Spacing in math mode.
-                                                            (line 10727)
-* \thinlines:                            \thinlines.        (line  5213)
+                                                            (line 10739)
+* \thinlines:                            \thinlines.        (line  5215)
 * \thinspace:                            Spacing in math mode.
-                                                            (line 10751)
+                                                            (line 10763)
 * \thinspace <1>:                        \thinspace & \negthinspace.
-                                                            (line 11806)
-* \thispagestyle:                        \thispagestyle.    (line 11384)
-* \tilde:                                Math accents.      (line 10648)
-* \times:                                Math symbols.      (line  9827)
-* \tiny:                                 Font sizes.        (line  1847)
-* \title{TEXT}:                          \maketitle.        (line 11226)
-* \to:                                   Math symbols.      (line  9830)
-* \today:                                \today.            (line 14202)
-* \top:                                  Math symbols.      (line  9834)
-* \topfraction:                          Floats.            (line  2513)
-* \topfraction <1>:                      Floats.            (line  2514)
+                                                            (line 11885)
+* \thispagestyle:                        \thispagestyle.    (line 11405)
+* \tilde:                                Math accents.      (line 10660)
+* \times:                                Math symbols.      (line  9839)
+* \tiny:                                 Font sizes.        (line  1849)
+* \title{TEXT}:                          \maketitle.        (line 11238)
+* \to:                                   Math symbols.      (line  9842)
+* \today:                                \today.            (line 14285)
+* \top:                                  Math symbols.      (line  9846)
+* \topfraction:                          Floats.            (line  2515)
+* \topfraction <1>:                      Floats.            (line  2516)
 * \topmargin:                            Page layout parameters.
-                                                            (line  2303)
-* \topsep:                               list.              (line  4559)
+                                                            (line  2305)
+* \topsep:                               list.              (line  4561)
 * \topskip:                              Page layout parameters.
-                                                            (line  2310)
+                                                            (line  2312)
 * \topskip <1>:                          Page layout parameters.
-                                                            (line  2311)
-* \triangle:                             Math symbols.      (line  9838)
-* \triangleleft:                         Math symbols.      (line  9841)
-* \triangleright:                        Math symbols.      (line  9847)
-* \tt:                                   Font styles.       (line  1793)
-* \ttfamily:                             Font styles.       (line  1752)
-* \twocolumn:                            \twocolumn.        (line  2045)
-* \typein:                               \typein.           (line 15766)
-* \typeout:                              \typeout.          (line 15811)
-* \u (breve accent):                     Accents.           (line 14003)
+                                                            (line  2313)
+* \triangle:                             Math symbols.      (line  9850)
+* \triangleleft:                         Math symbols.      (line  9853)
+* \triangleright:                        Math symbols.      (line  9859)
+* \tt:                                   Font styles.       (line  1795)
+* \ttfamily:                             Font styles.       (line  1754)
+* \twocolumn:                            \twocolumn.        (line  2047)
+* \typein:                               \typein.           (line 15849)
+* \typeout:                              \typeout.          (line 15894)
+* \u (breve accent):                     Accents.           (line 14086)
 * \unboldmath:                           \boldmath & \unboldmath.
-                                                            (line 10028)
+                                                            (line 10040)
 * \unboldmath <1>:                       \boldmath & \unboldmath.
-                                                            (line 10036)
-* \underbar:                             Accents.           (line 13967)
+                                                            (line 10048)
+* \underbar:                             Accents.           (line 14050)
 * \underbrace{MATH}:                     Over- and Underlining.
-                                                            (line 10685)
+                                                            (line 10697)
 * \underline{TEXT}:                      Over- and Underlining.
-                                                            (line 10669)
-* \unitlength:                           picture.           (line  4946)
-* \unlhd:                                Math symbols.      (line  9853)
-* \unrhd:                                Math symbols.      (line  9859)
-* \Uparrow:                              Math symbols.      (line  9865)
-* \uparrow:                              Math symbols.      (line  9869)
-* \Updownarrow:                          Math symbols.      (line  9873)
-* \updownarrow:                          Math symbols.      (line  9878)
-* \upharpoonright:                       Math symbols.      (line  9883)
-* \uplus:                                Math symbols.      (line  9888)
-* \upshape:                              Font styles.       (line  1740)
-* \Upsilon:                              Math symbols.      (line  9893)
-* \upsilon:                              Math symbols.      (line  9896)
-* \usebox:                               \usebox.           (line 12589)
-* \usecounter:                           \usecounter.       (line  8191)
+                                                            (line 10681)
+* \unitlength:                           picture.           (line  4948)
+* \unlhd:                                Math symbols.      (line  9865)
+* \unrhd:                                Math symbols.      (line  9871)
+* \Uparrow:                              Math symbols.      (line  9877)
+* \uparrow:                              Math symbols.      (line  9881)
+* \Updownarrow:                          Math symbols.      (line  9885)
+* \updownarrow:                          Math symbols.      (line  9890)
+* \upharpoonright:                       Math symbols.      (line  9895)
+* \uplus:                                Math symbols.      (line  9900)
+* \upshape:                              Font styles.       (line  1742)
+* \Upsilon:                              Math symbols.      (line  9905)
+* \upsilon:                              Math symbols.      (line  9908)
+* \usebox:                               \usebox.           (line 12668)
+* \usecounter:                           \usecounter.       (line  8203)
 * \usefont:                              Low-level font commands.
-                                                            (line  2019)
+                                                            (line  2021)
 * \usepackage:                           Additional packages.
-                                                            (line   832)
+                                                            (line   834)
 * \UseTextAccent:                        \UseTextSymbol & \UseTextAccent.
-                                                            (line  1665)
+                                                            (line  1667)
 * \UseTextSymbol:                        \UseTextSymbol & \UseTextAccent.
-                                                            (line  1665)
-* \v (breve accent):                     Accents.           (line 14007)
-* \value:                                \value.            (line  8217)
-* \vanothing:                            Math symbols.      (line  9904)
-* \varepsilon:                           Math symbols.      (line  9899)
-* \varphi:                               Math symbols.      (line  9909)
-* \varpi:                                Math symbols.      (line  9913)
-* \varrho:                               Math symbols.      (line  9917)
-* \varsigma:                             Math symbols.      (line  9921)
-* \vartheta:                             Math symbols.      (line  9925)
-* \vbox (plain TeX):                     minipage.          (line  4817)
-* \vdash:                                Math symbols.      (line  9929)
-* \vdots:                                Dots.              (line 10416)
-* \vec:                                  Math accents.      (line 10651)
-* \vector:                               \vector.           (line  5331)
-* \vee:                                  Math symbols.      (line  9933)
-* \verb:                                 \verb.             (line  6409)
-* \Vert:                                 Math symbols.      (line  9937)
-* \vert:                                 Math symbols.      (line  9941)
-* \vfill:                                \vfill.            (line 12141)
-* \vline:                                \vline.            (line  5965)
+                                                            (line  1667)
+* \v (breve accent):                     Accents.           (line 14090)
+* \value:                                \value.            (line  8229)
+* \vanothing:                            Math symbols.      (line  9916)
+* \varepsilon:                           Math symbols.      (line  9911)
+* \varphi:                               Math symbols.      (line  9921)
+* \varpi:                                Math symbols.      (line  9925)
+* \varrho:                               Math symbols.      (line  9929)
+* \varsigma:                             Math symbols.      (line  9933)
+* \vartheta:                             Math symbols.      (line  9937)
+* \vbox (plain TeX):                     minipage.          (line  4819)
+* \vdash:                                Math symbols.      (line  9941)
+* \vdots:                                Dots.              (line 10428)
+* \vec:                                  Math accents.      (line 10663)
+* \vector:                               \vector.           (line  5333)
+* \vee:                                  Math symbols.      (line  9945)
+* \verb:                                 \verb.             (line  6411)
+* \Vert:                                 Math symbols.      (line  9949)
+* \vert:                                 Math symbols.      (line  9953)
+* \vfill:                                \vfill.            (line 12220)
+* \vline:                                \vline.            (line  5967)
 * \vphantom:                             \phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom.
-                                                            (line 10845)
-* \vspace:                               \vspace.           (line 12090)
-* \vtop plain TeX:                       minipage.          (line  4813)
-* \wedge:                                Math symbols.      (line  9947)
-* \widehat:                              Math accents.      (line 10654)
-* \widetilde:                            Math accents.      (line 10657)
-* \wlog:                                 \wlog.             (line 16015)
-* \wp:                                   Math symbols.      (line  9951)
-* \wr:                                   Math symbols.      (line  9954)
-* \write:                                \write.            (line 15844)
+                                                            (line 10857)
+* \vspace:                               \vspace.           (line 12169)
+* \vtop plain TeX:                       minipage.          (line  4815)
+* \wedge:                                Math symbols.      (line  9959)
+* \widehat:                              Math accents.      (line 10666)
+* \widetilde:                            Math accents.      (line 10669)
+* \wlog:                                 \wlog.             (line 16098)
+* \wp:                                   Math symbols.      (line  9963)
+* \wr:                                   Math symbols.      (line  9966)
+* \write:                                \write.            (line 15927)
 * \write and security:                   \write and security.
-                                                            (line 15945)
-* \write streams 16, 17, 18:             \write.            (line 15924)
-* \write18:                              \write18.          (line 16033)
+                                                            (line 16028)
+* \write streams 16, 17, 18:             \write.            (line 16007)
+* \write18:                              \write18.          (line 16116)
 * \write18, enabling:                    Command line options.
-                                                            (line 16208)
-* \Xi:                                   Math symbols.      (line  9957)
-* \xi:                                   Math symbols.      (line  9960)
-* \xspace:                               xspace package.    (line  8056)
+                                                            (line 16291)
+* \Xi:                                   Math symbols.      (line  9969)
+* \xi:                                   Math symbols.      (line  9972)
+* \xspace:                               xspace package.    (line  8068)
 * \year:                                 \day & \month & \year.
-                                                            (line  8317)
-* \zeta:                                 Math symbols.      (line  9963)
-* \[...\] display math:                  displaymath.       (line  3860)
-* \\ (for center):                       center.            (line  3704)
-* \\ (for eqnarray):                     eqnarray.          (line  4012)
-* \\ (for flushleft):                    flushleft.         (line  4194)
-* \\ (for flushright):                   flushright.        (line  4254)
-* \\ (for letters):                      Letters.           (line 15409)
-* \\ (for tabular):                      tabular.           (line  5736)
-* \\ (for verse):                        verse.             (line  6475)
-* \\ (for \author):                      \maketitle.        (line 11206)
-* \\ (for \shortstack objects):          \shortstack.       (line  5314)
-* \\ (for \title):                       \maketitle.        (line 11227)
-* \\ (force line break):                 \\.                (line  6513)
-* \\ (tabbing):                          tabbing.           (line  5559)
-* \\* (for eqnarray):                    eqnarray.          (line  4018)
+                                                            (line  8329)
+* \zeta:                                 Math symbols.      (line  9975)
+* \[...\] display math:                  displaymath.       (line  3862)
+* \\ (for center):                       center.            (line  3706)
+* \\ (for eqnarray):                     eqnarray.          (line  4014)
+* \\ (for flushleft):                    flushleft.         (line  4196)
+* \\ (for flushright):                   flushright.        (line  4256)
+* \\ (for letters):                      Letters.           (line 15492)
+* \\ (for tabular):                      tabular.           (line  5738)
+* \\ (for verse):                        verse.             (line  6477)
+* \\ (for \author):                      \maketitle.        (line 11218)
+* \\ (for \shortstack objects):          \shortstack.       (line  5316)
+* \\ (for \title):                       \maketitle.        (line 11239)
+* \\ (force line break):                 \\.                (line  6515)
+* \\ (tabbing):                          tabbing.           (line  5561)
+* \\* (for eqnarray):                    eqnarray.          (line  4020)
 * \^:                                    Reserved characters.
-                                                            (line 13617)
-* \^ (circumflex accent):                Accents.           (line 13954)
+                                                            (line 13696)
+* \^ (circumflex accent):                Accents.           (line 14037)
 * \_:                                    Reserved characters.
-                                                            (line 13612)
-* \` (grave accent):                     Accents.           (line 13958)
-* \` (tabbing):                          tabbing.           (line  5586)
+                                                            (line 13691)
+* \` (grave accent):                     Accents.           (line 14041)
+* \` (tabbing):                          tabbing.           (line  5588)
 * \{:                                    Reserved characters.
-                                                            (line 13612)
-* \|:                                    Math symbols.      (line  9153)
+                                                            (line 13691)
+* \|:                                    Math symbols.      (line  9165)
 * \}:                                    Reserved characters.
-                                                            (line 13612)
+                                                            (line 13691)
 * \~:                                    Reserved characters.
-                                                            (line 13617)
-* \~ (tilde accent):                     Accents.           (line 13962)
+                                                            (line 13696)
+* \~ (tilde accent):                     Accents.           (line 14045)
 * ^ superscript:                         Subscripts & superscripts.
-                                                            (line  9078)
-* ^^J, in \write:                        \write.            (line 15932)
+                                                            (line  9090)
+* ^^J, in \write:                        \write.            (line 16015)
 * _ subscript:                           Subscripts & superscripts.
-                                                            (line  9078)
+                                                            (line  9090)
 * {...} (for required arguments):        LaTeX command syntax.
-                                                            (line   597)
-* ~:                                     ~.                 (line 11741)
+                                                            (line   599)
+* ~:                                     ~.                 (line 11818)
 * a4paper option:                        Document class options.
-                                                            (line   746)
+                                                            (line   748)
 * a5paper option:                        Document class options.
-                                                            (line   746)
-* abstract environment:                  abstract.          (line  3572)
-* abstract package:                      abstract.          (line  3593)
-* abstracts:                             abstract.          (line  3572)
-* accents:                               Accents.           (line 13920)
+                                                            (line   748)
+* abstract environment:                  abstract.          (line  3574)
+* abstract package:                      abstract.          (line  3595)
+* abstracts:                             abstract.          (line  3574)
+* accents:                               Accents.           (line 14003)
 * accents, defining:                     \DeclareFontEncoding.
-                                                            (line  1386)
+                                                            (line  1388)
 * accents, defining <1>:                 \DeclareTextAccent.
-                                                            (line  1420)
+                                                            (line  1422)
 * accents, defining <2>:                 \DeclareTextAccentDefault.
-                                                            (line  1444)
+                                                            (line  1446)
 * accents, defining <3>:                 \DeclareTextComposite.
-                                                            (line  1553)
+                                                            (line  1555)
 * accents, defining <4>:                 \DeclareTextCompositeCommand.
-                                                            (line  1577)
+                                                            (line  1579)
 * accents, defining <5>:                 \DeclareTextSymbolDefault.
-                                                            (line  1622)
-* accents, mathematical:                 Math accents.      (line 10617)
+                                                            (line  1624)
+* accents, mathematical:                 Math accents.      (line 10629)
 * accessing any character of a font:     Symbols by font position.
-                                                            (line 13688)
-* acronyms, list of:                     Glossaries.        (line 15230)
-* acute accent:                          Accents.           (line 13943)
-* acute accent, math:                    Math accents.      (line 10622)
+                                                            (line 13767)
+* acronyms, list of:                     Glossaries.        (line 15313)
+* acute accent:                          Accents.           (line 14026)
+* acute accent, math:                    Math accents.      (line 10634)
 * additional packages, loading:          Additional packages.
-                                                            (line   832)
-* adjustbox package:                     Boxes.             (line 12221)
+                                                            (line   834)
+* adjustbox package:                     Boxes.             (line 12300)
 * ae ligature:                           Additional Latin letters.
-                                                            (line 14067)
-* algorithm2e package:                   tabbing.           (line  5639)
-* align environment, from amsmath:       eqnarray.          (line  3989)
-* aligning equations:                    eqnarray.          (line  3989)
-* alignment via tabbing:                 tabbing.           (line  5499)
-* amscd package:                         Arrows.            (line 10022)
-* amsfonts package:                      Math formulas.     (line  9067)
-* amsfonts package <1>:                  Arrows.            (line  9987)
-* amsmath package:                       array.             (line  3667)
-* amsmath package <1>:                   array.             (line  3675)
-* amsmath package <2>:                   displaymath.       (line  3856)
-* amsmath package <3>:                   equation.          (line  4057)
-* amsmath package <4>:                   theorem.           (line  6319)
-* amsmath package <5>:                   Math formulas.     (line  9067)
-* amsmath package <6>:                   \left & \right.    (line 10217)
+                                                            (line 14150)
+* algorithm2e package:                   tabbing.           (line  5641)
+* align environment, from amsmath:       eqnarray.          (line  3991)
+* aligning equations:                    eqnarray.          (line  3991)
+* alignment via tabbing:                 tabbing.           (line  5501)
+* amscd package:                         Arrows.            (line 10034)
+* amsfonts package:                      Math formulas.     (line  9079)
+* amsfonts package <1>:                  Arrows.            (line  9999)
+* amsmath package:                       array.             (line  3669)
+* amsmath package <1>:                   array.             (line  3677)
+* amsmath package <2>:                   displaymath.       (line  3858)
+* amsmath package <3>:                   equation.          (line  4059)
+* amsmath package <4>:                   theorem.           (line  6321)
+* amsmath package <5>:                   Math formulas.     (line  9079)
+* amsmath package <6>:                   \left & \right.    (line 10229)
 * amsmath package <7>:                   \bigl & \bigr etc..
-                                                            (line 10362)
-* amsmath package <8>:                   Dots.              (line 10419)
-* amsmath package <9>:                   Math functions.    (line 10606)
+                                                            (line 10374)
+* amsmath package <8>:                   Dots.              (line 10431)
+* amsmath package <9>:                   Math functions.    (line 10618)
 * amsmath package <10>:                  Spacing in math mode.
-                                                            (line 10727)
+                                                            (line 10739)
 * amsmath package <11>:                  \phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom.
-                                                            (line 10895)
+                                                            (line 10907)
 * amsmath package <12>:                  Colon character & \colon.
-                                                            (line 11013)
+                                                            (line 11025)
 * amsmath package <13>:                  Colon character & \colon.
-                                                            (line 11017)
+                                                            (line 11029)
 * amsmath package <14>:                  \thinspace & \negthinspace.
-                                                            (line 11826)
-* amsmath package, replacing eqnarray:   eqnarray.          (line  3989)
-* amsthm package:                        theorem.           (line  6319)
-* amsthm package <1>:                    \rule.             (line 14179)
-* answers package:                       \write.            (line 15937)
-* appendices:                            \appendix.         (line  3077)
-* appendix:                              \appendix.         (line  3077)
-* appendix package:                      \appendix.         (line  3101)
+                                                            (line 11905)
+* amsmath package, replacing eqnarray:   eqnarray.          (line  3991)
+* amsthm package:                        theorem.           (line  6321)
+* amsthm package <1>:                    \rule.             (line 14262)
+* answers package:                       \write.            (line 16020)
+* appendices:                            \appendix.         (line  3079)
+* appendix:                              \appendix.         (line  3079)
+* appendix package:                      \appendix.         (line  3103)
 * arguments, optional, defining and using: \newcommand & \renewcommand.
-                                                            (line  7277)
+                                                            (line  7289)
 * aring:                                 Additional Latin letters.
-                                                            (line 14063)
-* array environment:                     array.             (line  3618)
-* array package:                         array.             (line  3686)
-* arrays, math:                          array.             (line  3618)
-* arrow, left, in text:                  Text symbols.      (line 13859)
-* arrow, right, in text:                 Text symbols.      (line 13900)
-* arrows:                                Arrows.            (line  9987)
-* article class:                         Document classes.  (line   703)
-* ascender height:                       Text symbols.      (line 13805)
-* ASCII circumflex, in text:             Text symbols.      (line 13763)
-* ASCII tilde, in text:                  Text symbols.      (line 13766)
-* asterisk, centered, in text:           Text symbols.      (line 13769)
-* Asymptote package:                     \line.             (line  5185)
-* Asymptote package <1>:                 \strut.            (line 12061)
-* Asymptote package <2>:                 \mbox & \makebox.  (line 12294)
-* Asymptote package <3>:                 \write18.          (line 16040)
-* at clause, in font definitions:        \newfont.          (line  7910)
-* at-sign:                               \@.                (line 11610)
-* author, for titlepage:                 \maketitle.        (line 11206)
-* auxiliary file:                        Output files.      (line   492)
+                                                            (line 14146)
+* array environment:                     array.             (line  3620)
+* array package:                         array.             (line  3688)
+* arrays, math:                          array.             (line  3620)
+* arrow, left, in text:                  Text symbols.      (line 13942)
+* arrow, right, in text:                 Text symbols.      (line 13983)
+* arrows:                                Arrows.            (line  9999)
+* article class:                         Document classes.  (line   705)
+* ascender height:                       Text symbols.      (line 13888)
+* ASCII circumflex, in text:             Text symbols.      (line 13846)
+* ASCII tilde, in text:                  Text symbols.      (line 13849)
+* asterisk, centered, in text:           Text symbols.      (line 13852)
+* Asymptote package:                     \line.             (line  5187)
+* Asymptote package <1>:                 \strut.            (line 12140)
+* Asymptote package <2>:                 \mbox & \makebox.  (line 12373)
+* Asymptote package <3>:                 \write18.          (line 16123)
+* at clause, in font definitions:        \newfont.          (line  7922)
+* at-sign:                               \@.                (line 11682)
+* author, for titlepage:                 \maketitle.        (line 11218)
+* auxiliary file:                        Output files.      (line   494)
 * b5paper option:                        Document class options.
-                                                            (line   746)
-* babel package:                         \chapter.          (line  2842)
-* babel package <1>:                     thebibliography.   (line  6077)
-* babel package <2>:                     Accents.           (line 13920)
-* babel package <3>:                     \today.            (line 14209)
+                                                            (line   748)
+* babel package:                         \chapter.          (line  2844)
+* babel package <1>:                     thebibliography.   (line  6079)
+* babel package <2>:                     Accents.           (line 14003)
+* babel package <3>:                     \today.            (line 14292)
 * babel package <4>:                     Table of contents etc..
-                                                            (line 14582)
-* babel package <5>:                     \index.            (line 14991)
+                                                            (line 14665)
+* babel package <5>:                     \index.            (line 15074)
 * back matter of a book:                 \frontmatter & \mainmatter & \backmatter.
-                                                            (line  3111)
-* background, colored:                   Colored pages.     (line 12837)
-* backslash, in text:                    Text symbols.      (line 13772)
-* badness:                               Page breaking.     (line  6794)
-* bar, double vertical, in text:         Text symbols.      (line 13783)
-* bar, vertical, in text:                Text symbols.      (line 13780)
-* bar-over accent:                       Accents.           (line 13950)
-* bar-over accent, math:                 Math accents.      (line 10625)
-* bar-under accent:                      Accents.           (line 13965)
-* basics of LaTeX:                       Overview.          (line   404)
+                                                            (line  3113)
+* background, colored:                   Colored pages.     (line 12916)
+* backslash, in text:                    Text symbols.      (line 13855)
+* badness:                               Page breaking.     (line  6807)
+* bar, double vertical, in text:         Text symbols.      (line 13866)
+* bar, vertical, in text:                Text symbols.      (line 13863)
+* bar-over accent:                       Accents.           (line 14033)
+* bar-over accent, math:                 Math accents.      (line 10637)
+* bar-under accent:                      Accents.           (line 14048)
+* basics of LaTeX:                       Overview.          (line   406)
 * batchmode:                             Command line options.
-                                                            (line 16174)
-* beamer package:                        beamer template.   (line 16411)
-* beamer template and class:             beamer template.   (line 16411)
-* beginning of document hook:            \AtBeginDocument.  (line  3890)
+                                                            (line 16257)
+* beamer package:                        beamer template.   (line 16494)
+* beamer template and class:             beamer template.   (line 16494)
+* beginning of document hook:            \AtBeginDocument.  (line  3892)
 * bibliography format, open:             Document class options.
-                                                            (line   794)
-* bibliography, creating (automatically): Using BibTeX.     (line  6208)
-* bibliography, creating (manually):     thebibliography.   (line  6030)
+                                                            (line   796)
+* bibliography, creating (automatically): Using BibTeX.     (line  6210)
+* bibliography, creating (manually):     thebibliography.   (line  6032)
 * BibTeX error messages:                 BibTeX error messages.
-                                                            (line  6270)
-* bibTeX, using:                         Using BibTeX.      (line  6208)
-* big circle symbols, in text:           Text symbols.      (line 13786)
-* big point:                             Units of length.   (line  8450)
+                                                            (line  6272)
+* bibTeX, using:                         Using BibTeX.      (line  6210)
+* big circle symbols, in text:           Text symbols.      (line 13869)
+* big point:                             Units of length.   (line  8462)
 * bigfoot package:                       Footnotes of footnotes.
-                                                            (line  7213)
+                                                            (line  7225)
 * black boxes, omitting:                 Document class options.
-                                                            (line   780)
-* blackboard bold:                       Blackboard bold.   (line 10099)
+                                                            (line   782)
+* blackboard bold:                       Blackboard bold.   (line 10111)
 * blanks, after control sequences:       \newcommand & \renewcommand.
-                                                            (line  7315)
-* bm package:                            bm.                (line 10058)
-* bold font:                             Font styles.       (line  1773)
-* bold math:                             Font styles.       (line  1826)
-* bold typewriter, avoiding:             description.       (line  3814)
+                                                            (line  7327)
+* bm package:                            bm.                (line 10070)
+* bold font:                             Font styles.       (line  1775)
+* bold math:                             Font styles.       (line  1828)
+* bold typewriter, avoiding:             description.       (line  3816)
 * boldface mathematics:                  \boldmath & \unboldmath.
-                                                            (line 10028)
-* book class:                            Document classes.  (line   703)
+                                                            (line 10040)
+* book class:                            Document classes.  (line   705)
 * book, back matter:                     \frontmatter & \mainmatter & \backmatter.
-                                                            (line  3111)
+                                                            (line  3113)
 * book, end matter:                      \frontmatter & \mainmatter & \backmatter.
-                                                            (line  3111)
+                                                            (line  3113)
 * book, front matter:                    \frontmatter & \mainmatter & \backmatter.
-                                                            (line  3111)
+                                                            (line  3113)
 * book, main matter:                     \frontmatter & \mainmatter & \backmatter.
-                                                            (line  3111)
-* bottomnumber:                          Floats.            (line  2536)
-* bottomnumber <1>:                      Floats.            (line  2537)
-* bounding box:                          \includegraphics.  (line 13270)
-* box:                                   \mbox & \makebox.  (line 12227)
-* box, allocating new:                   \newsavebox.       (line  7623)
-* box, bounding:                         \includegraphics.  (line 13270)
-* box, colored:                          Colored boxes.     (line 12800)
-* box, save:                             \sbox & \savebox.  (line 12480)
-* box, use saved box:                    \usebox.           (line 12589)
-* boxes:                                 Boxes.             (line 12218)
-* bp:                                    Units of length.   (line  8449)
-* brace, left, in text:                  Text symbols.      (line 13789)
-* brace, right, in text:                 Text symbols.      (line 13793)
-* braces:                                Delimiters.        (line 10143)
-* brackets:                              Delimiters.        (line 10143)
-* breaking lines:                        Line breaking.     (line  6496)
-* breaking pages:                        Page breaking.     (line  6789)
-* breaks, multiplication discretionary:  \*.                (line 11024)
-* breve accent:                          Accents.           (line 14003)
-* breve accent, math:                    Math accents.      (line 10628)
+                                                            (line  3113)
+* bottomnumber:                          Floats.            (line  2538)
+* bottomnumber <1>:                      Floats.            (line  2539)
+* bounding box:                          \includegraphics.  (line 13349)
+* box:                                   \mbox & \makebox.  (line 12306)
+* box, allocating new:                   \newsavebox.       (line  7635)
+* box, bounding:                         \includegraphics.  (line 13349)
+* box, colored:                          Colored boxes.     (line 12879)
+* box, save:                             \sbox & \savebox.  (line 12559)
+* box, use saved box:                    \usebox.           (line 12668)
+* boxes:                                 Boxes.             (line 12297)
+* bp:                                    Units of length.   (line  8461)
+* brace, left, in text:                  Text symbols.      (line 13872)
+* brace, right, in text:                 Text symbols.      (line 13876)
+* braces:                                Delimiters.        (line 10155)
+* brackets:                              Delimiters.        (line 10155)
+* breaking lines:                        Line breaking.     (line  6498)
+* breaking pages:                        Page breaking.     (line  6802)
+* breaks, multiplication discretionary:  \*.                (line 11036)
+* breve accent:                          Accents.           (line 14086)
+* breve accent, math:                    Math accents.      (line 10640)
 * bug reporting:                         About this document.
-                                                            (line   380)
-* bullet lists:                          itemize.           (line  4295)
-* bullet symbol:                         Math symbols.      (line  9243)
-* bullet, in text:                       Text symbols.      (line 13797)
-* bulleted lists:                        itemize.           (line  4295)
-* calligraphic fonts:                    Calligraphic.      (line 10126)
-* calligraphic letters for math:         Font styles.       (line  1776)
-* cap height:                            Text symbols.      (line 13805)
-* caption package:                       \caption.          (line  2628)
-* captions:                              \caption.          (line  2562)
-* caron accent:                          Accents.           (line 14007)
+                                                            (line   382)
+* bullet lists:                          itemize.           (line  4297)
+* bullet symbol:                         Math symbols.      (line  9255)
+* bullet, in text:                       Text symbols.      (line 13880)
+* bulleted lists:                        itemize.           (line  4297)
+* calligraphic fonts:                    Calligraphic.      (line 10138)
+* calligraphic letters for math:         Font styles.       (line  1778)
+* cap height:                            Text symbols.      (line 13888)
+* caption package:                       \caption.          (line  2630)
+* captions:                              \caption.          (line  2564)
+* caron accent:                          Accents.           (line 14090)
 * catcode:                               \makeatletter & \makeatother.
-                                                            (line  7452)
+                                                            (line  7464)
 * category code, character:              \makeatletter & \makeatother.
-                                                            (line  7452)
-* cc:                                    Units of length.   (line  8462)
-* cc list, in letters:                   \cc.               (line 15470)
-* cedilla accent:                        Accents.           (line 13975)
-* center environment:                    center.            (line  3694)
-* centered asterisk, in text:            Text symbols.      (line 13769)
+                                                            (line  7464)
+* cc:                                    Units of length.   (line  8474)
+* cc list, in letters:                   \cc.               (line 15553)
+* cedilla accent:                        Accents.           (line 14058)
+* center environment:                    center.            (line  3696)
+* centered asterisk, in text:            Text symbols.      (line 13852)
 * centered equations:                    Document class options.
-                                                            (line   784)
-* centered period, in text:              Text symbols.      (line 13872)
-* centering text, declaration for:       \centering.        (line  3742)
-* centering text, environment for:       center.            (line  3694)
-* centimeter:                            Units of length.   (line  8457)
+                                                            (line   786)
+* centered period, in text:              Text symbols.      (line 13955)
+* centering text, declaration for:       \centering.        (line  3744)
+* centering text, environment for:       center.            (line  3696)
+* centimeter:                            Units of length.   (line  8469)
 * changing case of characters:           Upper and lower case.
-                                                            (line 13635)
-* chapter:                               Sectioning.        (line  2636)
-* chapter <1>:                           \chapter.          (line  2777)
-* chapter counter:                       Counters.          (line  8117)
+                                                            (line 13714)
+* chapter:                               Sectioning.        (line  2638)
+* chapter <1>:                           \chapter.          (line  2779)
+* chapter counter:                       Counters.          (line  8129)
 * character category code:               \makeatletter & \makeatother.
-                                                            (line  7452)
-* character encoding:                    inputenc package.  (line 14123)
+                                                            (line  7464)
+* character encoding:                    inputenc package.  (line 14206)
 * character, invisible:                  \phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom.
-                                                            (line 10845)
-* character, invisible <1>:              \mathstrut.        (line 10908)
-* characters, accented:                  Accents.           (line 13920)
+                                                            (line 10857)
+* character, invisible <1>:              \mathstrut.        (line 10920)
+* characters, accented:                  Accents.           (line 14003)
 * characters, case of:                   Upper and lower case.
-                                                            (line 13635)
+                                                            (line 13714)
 * characters, non-English:               Additional Latin letters.
-                                                            (line 14057)
+                                                            (line 14140)
 * characters, reserved:                  Reserved characters.
-                                                            (line 13605)
+                                                            (line 13684)
 * characters, special:                   Reserved characters.
-                                                            (line 13605)
-* check accent:                          Accents.           (line 14007)
-* check accent, math:                    Math accents.      (line 10631)
-* cicero:                                Units of length.   (line  8463)
-* circle symbol, big, in text:           Text symbols.      (line 13786)
-* circled letter, in text:               Text symbols.      (line 13800)
-* circumflex accent:                     Accents.           (line 13954)
-* circumflex accent, math:               Math accents.      (line 10643)
-* circumflex, ASCII, in text:            Text symbols.      (line 13763)
-* citation key:                          \bibitem.          (line  6094)
+                                                            (line 13684)
+* check accent:                          Accents.           (line 14090)
+* check accent, math:                    Math accents.      (line 10643)
+* cicero:                                Units of length.   (line  8475)
+* circle symbol, big, in text:           Text symbols.      (line 13869)
+* circled letter, in text:               Text symbols.      (line 13883)
+* circumflex accent:                     Accents.           (line 14037)
+* circumflex accent, math:               Math accents.      (line 10655)
+* circumflex, ASCII, in text:            Text symbols.      (line 13846)
+* citation key:                          \bibitem.          (line  6096)
 * class and package commands:            Class and package commands.
-                                                            (line   918)
+                                                            (line   920)
 * class and package difference:          Class and package construction.
-                                                            (line   857)
+                                                            (line   859)
 * class and package structure:           Class and package structure.
-                                                            (line   871)
+                                                            (line   873)
 * class file example:                    Class and package structure.
-                                                            (line   904)
+                                                            (line   906)
 * class file layout:                     Class and package structure.
-                                                            (line   871)
+                                                            (line   873)
 * class options:                         Document class options.
-                                                            (line   733)
+                                                            (line   735)
 * class options <1>:                     Class and package structure.
-                                                            (line   871)
+                                                            (line   873)
 * class options <2>:                     Class and package commands.
-                                                            (line   978)
-* classes of documents:                  Document classes.  (line   698)
-* cleveref package:                      Cross references.  (line  3382)
-* cleveref package <1>:                  \ref.              (line  3495)
-* cleveref package <2>:                  \footnotemark.     (line  7094)
+                                                            (line   980)
+* classes of documents:                  Document classes.  (line   700)
+* cleveref package:                      Cross references.  (line  3384)
+* cleveref package <1>:                  \ref.              (line  3497)
+* cleveref package <2>:                  \footnotemark.     (line  7106)
 * CLI:                                   Command line interface.
-                                                            (line 16109)
+                                                            (line 16192)
 * clock option to slides class:          Document class options.
-                                                            (line   826)
-* closing letters:                       \closing.          (line 15486)
-* closing quote:                         Text symbols.      (line 13753)
-* cm:                                    Units of length.   (line  8456)
-* cm-super package:                      fontenc package.   (line  1330)
-* cmd.exe, used by \write18:             \write18.          (line 16087)
-* code, typesetting:                     verbatim.          (line  6366)
+                                                            (line   828)
+* closing letters:                       \closing.          (line 15569)
+* closing quote:                         Text symbols.      (line 13836)
+* cm:                                    Units of length.   (line  8468)
+* cm-super package:                      fontenc package.   (line  1332)
+* cmd.exe, used by \write18:             \write18.          (line 16170)
+* code, typesetting:                     verbatim.          (line  6368)
 * colon character:                       Colon character & \colon.
-                                                            (line 11004)
-* color:                                 Color.             (line 12602)
-* color <1>:                             Define colors.     (line 12707)
-* color <2>:                             Colored text.      (line 12729)
-* color <3>:                             Colored boxes.     (line 12800)
-* color <4>:                             Colored pages.     (line 12837)
-* color models:                          Color models.      (line 12655)
+                                                            (line 11016)
+* color:                                 Color.             (line 12681)
+* color <1>:                             Define colors.     (line 12786)
+* color <2>:                             Colored text.      (line 12808)
+* color <3>:                             Colored boxes.     (line 12879)
+* color <4>:                             Colored pages.     (line 12916)
+* color models:                          Color models.      (line 12734)
 * color package commands:                Commands for color.
-                                                            (line 12702)
+                                                            (line 12781)
 * color package options:                 Color package options.
-                                                            (line 12617)
-* color, define:                         Define colors.     (line 12707)
-* colored boxes:                         Colored boxes.     (line 12800)
-* colored page:                          Colored pages.     (line 12837)
-* colored text:                          Colored text.      (line 12729)
+                                                            (line 12696)
+* color, define:                         Define colors.     (line 12786)
+* colored boxes:                         Colored boxes.     (line 12879)
+* colored page:                          Colored pages.     (line 12916)
+* colored text:                          Colored text.      (line 12808)
 * command line interface:                Command line interface.
-                                                            (line 16109)
+                                                            (line 16192)
 * command syntax:                        LaTeX command syntax.
-                                                            (line   597)
+                                                            (line   599)
 * commands, class and package:           Class and package commands.
-                                                            (line   918)
+                                                            (line   920)
 * commands, defining new ones:           \newcommand & \renewcommand.
-                                                            (line  7234)
-* commands, defining new ones <1>:       \providecommand.   (line  7411)
+                                                            (line  7246)
+* commands, defining new ones <1>:       \providecommand.   (line  7423)
 * commands, document class:              Class and package construction.
-                                                            (line   848)
+                                                            (line   850)
 * commands, graphics package:            Commands for graphics.
-                                                            (line 13149)
+                                                            (line 13228)
 * commands, ignore spaces:               \ignorespaces & \ignorespacesafterend.
-                                                            (line  7981)
-* commands, ignore spaces <1>:           xspace package.    (line  8056)
+                                                            (line  7993)
+* commands, ignore spaces <1>:           xspace package.    (line  8068)
 * commands, redefining:                  \newcommand & \renewcommand.
-                                                            (line  7234)
-* commands, run from LaTeX:              \write18.          (line 16033)
-* commands, star-variants:               \@ifstar.          (line  7486)
-* composite word mark, in text:          Text symbols.      (line 13805)
-* comprehensive package:                 Math symbols.      (line  9141)
-* computer programs, typesetting:        verbatim.          (line  6366)
+                                                            (line  7246)
+* commands, run from LaTeX:              \write18.          (line 16116)
+* commands, star-variants:               \@ifstar.          (line  7498)
+* composite word mark, in text:          Text symbols.      (line 13888)
+* comprehensive package:                 Math symbols.      (line  9153)
+* computer programs, typesetting:        verbatim.          (line  6368)
 * configuration, graphics package:       Graphics package configuration.
-                                                            (line 12959)
-* contents file:                         Output files.      (line   502)
-* control sequences:                     Control sequences. (line  7376)
-* control symbol, defined:               Control sequences. (line  7387)
-* control word, defined:                 Control sequences. (line  7383)
-* copyright symbol:                      Text symbols.      (line 13709)
-* counters, a list of:                   Counters.          (line  8108)
-* counters, defining new:                \newcounter.       (line  7558)
-* counters, getting value of:            \value.            (line  8217)
+                                                            (line 13038)
+* contents file:                         Output files.      (line   504)
+* control sequences:                     Control sequences. (line  7388)
+* control symbol, defined:               Control sequences. (line  7399)
+* control word, defined:                 Control sequences. (line  7395)
+* copyright symbol:                      Text symbols.      (line 13788)
+* counters, a list of:                   Counters.          (line  8120)
+* counters, defining new:                \newcounter.       (line  7570)
+* counters, getting value of:            \value.            (line  8229)
 * counters, printing:                    \alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol.
-                                                            (line  8135)
-* counters, setting:                     \setcounter.       (line  8250)
-* cprotect package:                      verbatim.          (line  6385)
-* cprotect package <1>:                  \verb.             (line  6448)
-* creating pictures:                     picture.           (line  4924)
-* creating tables:                       table.             (line  5648)
-* credit footnote:                       \maketitle.        (line 11220)
-* cross references:                      Cross references.  (line  3350)
-* cross references, resolving:           Output files.      (line   492)
-* cross referencing with page number:    \pageref.          (line  3448)
-* cross referencing, across documents:   xr package.        (line  3501)
-* cross referencing, symbolic:           \ref.              (line  3472)
-* CTAN:                                  CTAN.              (line   670)
-* curly braces:                          Delimiters.        (line 10143)
-* currency, dollar:                      Text symbols.      (line 13818)
-* currency, euro:                        Text symbols.      (line 13830)
-* dagger, double, in text:               Text symbols.      (line 13815)
-* dagger, in text:                       Text symbols.      (line 13712)
-* dagger, in text <1>:                   Text symbols.      (line 13812)
-* DANTE e.V.:                            CTAN.              (line   684)
-* datatool package:                      \read.             (line 15760)
-* date, for titlepage:                   \maketitle.        (line 11214)
-* date, today’s:                         \today.            (line 14202)
-* datetime package:                      \today.            (line 14223)
-* dbltopnumber:                          Floats.            (line  2540)
-* dbltopnumber <1>:                      Floats.            (line  2541)
-* dcolumn package:                       array.             (line  3686)
-* dd:                                    Units of length.   (line  8459)
-* declaration form of font size commands: Font sizes.       (line  1860)
-* declaration form of font style commands: Font styles.     (line  1705)
-* define color:                          Define colors.     (line 12707)
+                                                            (line  8147)
+* counters, setting:                     \setcounter.       (line  8262)
+* cprotect package:                      verbatim.          (line  6387)
+* cprotect package <1>:                  \verb.             (line  6450)
+* creating pictures:                     picture.           (line  4926)
+* creating tables:                       table.             (line  5650)
+* credit footnote:                       \maketitle.        (line 11232)
+* cross references:                      Cross references.  (line  3352)
+* cross references, resolving:           Output files.      (line   494)
+* cross referencing with page number:    \pageref.          (line  3450)
+* cross referencing, across documents:   xr package.        (line  3503)
+* cross referencing, symbolic:           \ref.              (line  3474)
+* cross-references, page numbers in:     \thepage.          (line 11438)
+* CTAN:                                  CTAN.              (line   672)
+* curly braces:                          Delimiters.        (line 10155)
+* currency, dollar:                      Text symbols.      (line 13901)
+* currency, euro:                        Text symbols.      (line 13913)
+* dagger, double, in text:               Text symbols.      (line 13898)
+* dagger, in text:                       Text symbols.      (line 13791)
+* dagger, in text <1>:                   Text symbols.      (line 13895)
+* DANTE e.V.:                            CTAN.              (line   686)
+* datatool package:                      \read.             (line 15843)
+* date, for titlepage:                   \maketitle.        (line 11226)
+* date, today’s:                         \today.            (line 14285)
+* datetime package:                      \today.            (line 14306)
+* dbltopnumber:                          Floats.            (line  2542)
+* dbltopnumber <1>:                      Floats.            (line  2543)
+* dcolumn package:                       array.             (line  3688)
+* dd:                                    Units of length.   (line  8471)
+* declaration form of font size commands: Font sizes.       (line  1862)
+* declaration form of font style commands: Font styles.     (line  1707)
+* define color:                          Define colors.     (line 12786)
 * defining a new command:                \newcommand & \renewcommand.
-                                                            (line  7234)
-* defining a new command <1>:            \providecommand.   (line  7411)
+                                                            (line  7246)
+* defining a new command <1>:            \providecommand.   (line  7423)
 * defining new environments:             \newenvironment & \renewenvironment.
-                                                            (line  7651)
-* defining new fonts:                    \newfont.          (line  7897)
-* defining new theorems:                 \newtheorem.       (line  7785)
-* definitions:                           Definitions.       (line  7229)
-* delayed \write:                        \write.            (line 15903)
-* delimiters:                            Delimiters.        (line 10143)
-* delimiters, paired:                    \left & \right.    (line 10193)
-* delim_0:                               makeindex.         (line 15159)
-* delim_1:                               makeindex.         (line 15163)
-* delim_2:                               makeindex.         (line 15167)
-* delim_n:                               makeindex.         (line 15171)
-* delim_r:                               makeindex.         (line 15175)
-* description:                           \newglossaryentry. (line 15318)
-* description environment:               description.       (line  3784)
-* description lists, creating:           description.       (line  3784)
-* design size, in font definitions:      \newfont.          (line  7910)
-* didot point:                           Units of length.   (line  8460)
-* dieresis accent:                       Accents.           (line 13939)
+                                                            (line  7663)
+* defining new fonts:                    \newfont.          (line  7909)
+* defining new theorems:                 \newtheorem.       (line  7797)
+* definitions:                           Definitions.       (line  7241)
+* delayed \write:                        \write.            (line 15986)
+* delimiters:                            Delimiters.        (line 10155)
+* delimiters, paired:                    \left & \right.    (line 10205)
+* delim_0:                               makeindex.         (line 15242)
+* delim_1:                               makeindex.         (line 15246)
+* delim_2:                               makeindex.         (line 15250)
+* delim_n:                               makeindex.         (line 15254)
+* delim_r:                               makeindex.         (line 15258)
+* description:                           \newglossaryentry. (line 15401)
+* description environment:               description.       (line  3786)
+* description lists, creating:           description.       (line  3786)
+* design size, in font definitions:      \newfont.          (line  7922)
+* didot point:                           Units of length.   (line  8472)
+* dieresis accent:                       Accents.           (line 14022)
 * difference between class and package:  Class and package construction.
-                                                            (line   857)
-* dimen plain TeX:                       Lengths.           (line  8342)
-* directory listings, from system:       \write18.          (line 16092)
-* discretionary breaks, multiplication:  \*.                (line 11024)
-* discretionary hyphenation:             \discretionary.    (line  6673)
-* display math mode:                     Modes.             (line 11104)
-* display style:                         Math styles.       (line 10942)
+                                                            (line   859)
+* dimen plain TeX:                       Lengths.           (line  8354)
+* directory listings, from system:       \write18.          (line 16175)
+* discretionary breaks, multiplication:  \*.                (line 11036)
+* discretionary hyphenation:             \discretionary.    (line  6686)
+* display math mode:                     Modes.             (line 11116)
+* display style:                         Math styles.       (line 10954)
 * displaying quoted text with paragraph indentation: quotation & quote.
-                                                            (line  5469)
+                                                            (line  5471)
 * displaying quoted text without paragraph indentation: quotation & quote.
-                                                            (line  5469)
-* displaymath environment:               displaymath.       (line  3840)
-* displaymath environment <1>:           Math formulas.     (line  9012)
+                                                            (line  5471)
+* displaymath environment:               displaymath.       (line  3842)
+* displaymath environment <1>:           Math formulas.     (line  9024)
 * document class commands:               Class and package construction.
-                                                            (line   848)
+                                                            (line   850)
 * document class options:                Document class options.
-                                                            (line   733)
+                                                            (line   735)
 * document class, defined:               Starting and ending.
-                                                            (line   444)
-* document classes:                      Document classes.  (line   698)
-* document environment:                  document.          (line  3884)
-* document root name:                    Jobname.           (line 16301)
+                                                            (line   446)
+* document classes:                      Document classes.  (line   700)
+* document environment:                  document.          (line  3886)
+* document root name:                    Jobname.           (line 16384)
 * document templates:                    Document templates.
-                                                            (line 16404)
-* dollar sign:                           Text symbols.      (line 13818)
-* dot accent:                            Accents.           (line 13946)
-* dot over accent, math:                 Math accents.      (line 10637)
-* dot-over accent:                       Accents.           (line 13946)
-* dot-under accent:                      Accents.           (line 13979)
-* dotless i:                             Accents.           (line 13933)
-* dotless i, math:                       Math symbols.      (line  9390)
-* dotless j:                             Accents.           (line 13933)
-* dotless j, math:                       Math symbols.      (line  9410)
-* dots:                                  Dots.              (line 10387)
-* double angle quotation marks:          Text symbols.      (line 13727)
-* double dagger, in text:                Text symbols.      (line 13715)
-* double dagger, in text <1>:            Text symbols.      (line 13815)
-* double dot accent, math:               Math accents.      (line 10634)
-* double guillemets:                     Text symbols.      (line 13727)
-* double left quote:                     Text symbols.      (line 13878)
-* double low-9 quotation mark:           Text symbols.      (line 13750)
-* double quote, straight base:           Text symbols.      (line 13894)
-* double right quote:                    Text symbols.      (line 13881)
+                                                            (line 16487)
+* dollar sign:                           Text symbols.      (line 13901)
+* dot accent:                            Accents.           (line 14029)
+* dot over accent, math:                 Math accents.      (line 10649)
+* dot-over accent:                       Accents.           (line 14029)
+* dot-under accent:                      Accents.           (line 14062)
+* dotless i:                             Accents.           (line 14016)
+* dotless i, math:                       Math symbols.      (line  9402)
+* dotless j:                             Accents.           (line 14016)
+* dotless j, math:                       Math symbols.      (line  9422)
+* dots:                                  Dots.              (line 10399)
+* double angle quotation marks:          Text symbols.      (line 13808)
+* double dagger, in text:                Text symbols.      (line 13794)
+* double dagger, in text <1>:            Text symbols.      (line 13898)
+* double dot accent, math:               Math accents.      (line 10646)
+* double guillemets:                     Text symbols.      (line 13808)
+* double left quote:                     Text symbols.      (line 13961)
+* double low-9 quotation mark:           Text symbols.      (line 13833)
+* double quote, straight base:           Text symbols.      (line 13977)
+* double right quote:                    Text symbols.      (line 13964)
 * double spacing:                        \baselineskip & \baselinestretch.
-                                                            (line  2318)
-* double vertical bar, in text:          Text symbols.      (line 13783)
-* doublestruck:                          Blackboard bold.   (line 10099)
+                                                            (line  2320)
+* double vertical bar, in text:          Text symbols.      (line 13866)
+* doublestruck:                          Blackboard bold.   (line 10111)
 * draft option:                          Document class options.
-                                                            (line   776)
-* dvilualatex-dev:                       TeX engines.       (line   568)
-* dvipdfmx command:                      Output files.      (line   469)
-* dvips command:                         Output files.      (line   469)
-* dvitype command:                       Output files.      (line   469)
-* e-dash:                                Text symbols.      (line 13827)
-* e-TeX:                                 TeX engines.       (line   521)
-* ellipses:                              Dots.              (line 10387)
-* ellipsis:                              Text symbols.      (line 13733)
-* ellipsis, in Unicode (U+2026):         Dots.              (line 10447)
-* ellipsis, traditional (three periods): Dots.              (line 10447)
-* em:                                    Units of length.   (line  8476)
-* em <1>:                                Units of length.   (line  8475)
-* em-dash:                               Text symbols.      (line 13821)
-* em-dash, three-quarters:               Text symbols.      (line 13903)
-* em-dash, two-thirds:                   Text symbols.      (line 13909)
-* emphasis:                              Font styles.       (line  1757)
-* enclosure list:                        \encl.             (line 15499)
+                                                            (line   778)
+* dvilualatex-dev:                       TeX engines.       (line   570)
+* dvipdfmx command:                      Output files.      (line   471)
+* dvips command:                         Output files.      (line   471)
+* dvitype command:                       Output files.      (line   471)
+* e-dash:                                Text symbols.      (line 13910)
+* e-TeX:                                 TeX engines.       (line   523)
+* ellipses:                              Dots.              (line 10399)
+* ellipsis:                              Text symbols.      (line 13816)
+* ellipsis, in Unicode (U+2026):         Dots.              (line 10459)
+* ellipsis, traditional (three periods): Dots.              (line 10459)
+* em:                                    Units of length.   (line  8488)
+* em <1>:                                Units of length.   (line  8487)
+* em-dash:                               Text symbols.      (line 13904)
+* em-dash, three-quarters:               Text symbols.      (line 13986)
+* em-dash, two-thirds:                   Text symbols.      (line 13992)
+* emphasis:                              Font styles.       (line  1759)
+* enclosure list:                        \encl.             (line 15582)
 * encoding, font:                        \DeclareFontEncoding.
-                                                            (line  1386)
-* encoding, of input files:              inputenc package.  (line 14123)
+                                                            (line  1388)
+* encoding, of input files:              inputenc package.  (line 14206)
 * end matter of a book:                  \frontmatter & \mainmatter & \backmatter.
-                                                            (line  3111)
-* end of document hook:                  \AtEndDocument.    (line  3906)
+                                                            (line  3113)
+* end of document hook:                  \AtEndDocument.    (line  3908)
 * ending and starting:                   Starting and ending.
-                                                            (line   433)
-* engines, TeX:                          TeX engines.       (line   511)
-* enlarge current page:                  \enlargethispage.  (line  6895)
-* enumerate environment:                 enumerate.         (line  3922)
-* enumi counter:                         Counters.          (line  8117)
-* enumii counter:                        Counters.          (line  8117)
-* enumiii counter:                       Counters.          (line  8117)
-* enumitem package:                      itemize.           (line  4355)
-* enumitem package <1>:                  list.              (line  4654)
-* enumiv counter:                        Counters.          (line  8117)
+                                                            (line   435)
+* engines, TeX:                          TeX engines.       (line   513)
+* enlarge current page:                  \enlargethispage.  (line  6908)
+* enumerate environment:                 enumerate.         (line  3924)
+* enumi counter:                         Counters.          (line  8129)
+* enumii counter:                        Counters.          (line  8129)
+* enumiii counter:                       Counters.          (line  8129)
+* enumitem package:                      itemize.           (line  4357)
+* enumitem package <1>:                  list.              (line  4656)
+* enumiv counter:                        Counters.          (line  8129)
 * environment:                           Starting and ending.
-                                                            (line   452)
-* environment form of font size commands: Font sizes.       (line  1883)
-* environment, abstract:                 abstract.          (line  3572)
-* environment, array:                    array.             (line  3618)
-* environment, center:                   center.            (line  3694)
-* environment, description:              description.       (line  3784)
-* environment, displaymath:              displaymath.       (line  3840)
-* environment, displaymath <1>:          Math formulas.     (line  9012)
-* environment, document:                 document.          (line  3884)
-* environment, enumerate:                enumerate.         (line  3922)
-* environment, eqnarray:                 eqnarray.          (line  3989)
-* environment, equation:                 equation.          (line  4043)
-* environment, equation <1>:             Math formulas.     (line  9012)
-* environment, figure:                   figure.            (line  4063)
-* environment, filecontents:             filecontents.      (line  4121)
-* environment, filecontents*:            filecontents.      (line  4121)
-* environment, flushleft:                flushleft.         (line  4186)
-* environment, flushright:               flushright.        (line  4248)
-* environment, itemize:                  itemize.           (line  4295)
-* environment, letter:                   letter.            (line  4383)
-* environment, list:                     list.              (line  4388)
-* environment, math:                     math.              (line  4754)
-* environment, math <1>:                 Math formulas.     (line  9012)
-* environment, minipage:                 minipage.          (line  4766)
-* environment, picture:                  picture.           (line  4924)
-* environment, quotation:                quotation & quote. (line  5469)
-* environment, quote:                    quotation & quote. (line  5469)
-* environment, sloppypar:                sloppypar.         (line  6710)
-* environment, tabbing:                  tabbing.           (line  5499)
-* environment, table:                    table.             (line  5648)
-* environment, tabular:                  tabular.           (line  5706)
-* environment, thebibliography:          thebibliography.   (line  6030)
+                                                            (line   454)
+* environment form of font size commands: Font sizes.       (line  1885)
+* environment, abstract:                 abstract.          (line  3574)
+* environment, array:                    array.             (line  3620)
+* environment, center:                   center.            (line  3696)
+* environment, description:              description.       (line  3786)
+* environment, displaymath:              displaymath.       (line  3842)
+* environment, displaymath <1>:          Math formulas.     (line  9024)
+* environment, document:                 document.          (line  3886)
+* environment, enumerate:                enumerate.         (line  3924)
+* environment, eqnarray:                 eqnarray.          (line  3991)
+* environment, equation:                 equation.          (line  4045)
+* environment, equation <1>:             Math formulas.     (line  9024)
+* environment, figure:                   figure.            (line  4065)
+* environment, filecontents:             filecontents.      (line  4123)
+* environment, filecontents*:            filecontents.      (line  4123)
+* environment, flushleft:                flushleft.         (line  4188)
+* environment, flushright:               flushright.        (line  4250)
+* environment, itemize:                  itemize.           (line  4297)
+* environment, letter:                   letter.            (line  4385)
+* environment, list:                     list.              (line  4390)
+* environment, math:                     math.              (line  4756)
+* environment, math <1>:                 Math formulas.     (line  9024)
+* environment, minipage:                 minipage.          (line  4768)
+* environment, picture:                  picture.           (line  4926)
+* environment, quotation:                quotation & quote. (line  5471)
+* environment, quote:                    quotation & quote. (line  5471)
+* environment, sloppypar:                sloppypar.         (line  6723)
+* environment, tabbing:                  tabbing.           (line  5501)
+* environment, table:                    table.             (line  5650)
+* environment, tabular:                  tabular.           (line  5708)
+* environment, thebibliography:          thebibliography.   (line  6032)
 * environment, theindex:                 Produce the index manually.
-                                                            (line 14915)
-* environment, theorem:                  theorem.           (line  6297)
-* environment, theorem-like:             \newtheorem.       (line  7785)
-* environment, titlepage:                titlepage.         (line  6327)
-* environment, verbatim:                 verbatim.          (line  6366)
-* environment, verse:                    verse.             (line  6460)
-* environments:                          Environments.      (line  3555)
+                                                            (line 14998)
+* environment, theorem:                  theorem.           (line  6299)
+* environment, theorem-like:             \newtheorem.       (line  7797)
+* environment, titlepage:                titlepage.         (line  6329)
+* environment, verbatim:                 verbatim.          (line  6368)
+* environment, verse:                    verse.             (line  6462)
+* environments:                          Environments.      (line  3557)
 * environments, defining:                \newenvironment & \renewenvironment.
-                                                            (line  7651)
-* envlab package:                        \makelabels.       (line 15573)
-* EPS files:                             \includegraphics.  (line 13155)
-* eqnarray environment:                  eqnarray.          (line  3989)
-* equation counter:                      Counters.          (line  8117)
-* equation environment:                  equation.          (line  4043)
-* equation environment <1>:              Math formulas.     (line  9012)
-* equation number, cross referencing:    \ref.              (line  3472)
+                                                            (line  7663)
+* envlab package:                        \makelabels.       (line 15656)
+* EPS files:                             \includegraphics.  (line 13234)
+* eqnarray environment:                  eqnarray.          (line  3991)
+* equation counter:                      Counters.          (line  8129)
+* equation environment:                  equation.          (line  4045)
+* equation environment <1>:              Math formulas.     (line  9024)
+* equation number, cross referencing:    \ref.              (line  3474)
 * equation numbers, left vs. right:      Document class options.
-                                                            (line   790)
-* equation numbers, omitting:            eqnarray.          (line  4022)
-* equations, aligning:                   eqnarray.          (line  3989)
-* equations, environment for:            equation.          (line  4043)
+                                                            (line   792)
+* equation numbers, omitting:            eqnarray.          (line  4024)
+* equations, aligning:                   eqnarray.          (line  3991)
+* equations, environment for:            equation.          (line  4045)
 * equations, flush left vs. centered:    Document class options.
-                                                            (line   784)
+                                                            (line   786)
 * error messages, from BibTeX:           BibTeX error messages.
-                                                            (line  6270)
+                                                            (line  6272)
 * errorstopmode:                         Command line options.
-                                                            (line 16174)
+                                                            (line 16257)
 * es-zet German letter:                  Additional Latin letters.
-                                                            (line 14103)
-* etex command:                          TeX engines.       (line   521)
+                                                            (line 14186)
+* etex command:                          TeX engines.       (line   523)
 * eth, Icelandic letter:                 Additional Latin letters.
-                                                            (line 14071)
+                                                            (line 14154)
 * etoolbox package:                      Class and package commands.
-                                                            (line  1022)
-* euro symbol:                           Text symbols.      (line 13830)
-* eurosym package:                       Text symbols.      (line 13830)
-* eurosym package <1>:                   Text symbols.      (line 13831)
-* ex:                                    Units of length.   (line  8472)
-* ex <1>:                                Units of length.   (line  8471)
-* exclamation point, upside-down:        Text symbols.      (line 13838)
+                                                            (line  1024)
+* euro symbol:                           Text symbols.      (line 13913)
+* eurosym package:                       Text symbols.      (line 13913)
+* eurosym package <1>:                   Text symbols.      (line 13914)
+* ex:                                    Units of length.   (line  8484)
+* ex <1>:                                Units of length.   (line  8483)
+* exclamation point, upside-down:        Text symbols.      (line 13921)
+* exclamation points, ending a sentence: \@.                (line 11715)
 * executivepaper option:                 Document class options.
-                                                            (line   746)
+                                                            (line   748)
 * expl3 package:                         LaTeX command syntax.
-                                                            (line   626)
+                                                            (line   628)
 * expl3 package <1>:                     Upper and lower case.
-                                                            (line 13677)
+                                                            (line 13756)
 * exponent:                              Subscripts & superscripts.
-                                                            (line  9078)
-* expressions:                           Expressions.       (line  8672)
+                                                            (line  9090)
+* expressions:                           Expressions.       (line  8684)
 * extended Latin:                        Additional Latin letters.
-                                                            (line 14057)
-* external commands:                     \write18.          (line 16033)
-* external files, writing:               filecontents.      (line  4121)
-* fallback jobname:                      Jobname.           (line 16322)
+                                                            (line 14140)
+* external commands:                     \write18.          (line 16116)
+* external files, writing:               filecontents.      (line  4123)
+* fallback jobname:                      Jobname.           (line 16405)
 * families, of fonts:                    Low-level font commands.
-                                                            (line  1914)
-* fancyhdr package:                      Page styles.       (line 11163)
-* fancyhdr package <1>:                  \pagestyle.        (line 11306)
-* fancyvrb package:                      tabbing.           (line  5639)
-* fancyvrb package <1>:                  verbatim.          (line  6401)
-* feminine ordinal symbol:               Text symbols.      (line 13869)
-* figure counter:                        Counters.          (line  8117)
-* figure dash character:                 Text symbols.      (line 13841)
-* figure environment:                    figure.            (line  4063)
-* figure number, cross referencing:      \ref.              (line  3472)
-* figures, footnotes in:                 minipage.          (line  4867)
-* figures, inserting:                    figure.            (line  4063)
+                                                            (line  1916)
+* fancyhdr package:                      Page styles.       (line 11175)
+* fancyhdr package <1>:                  \pagestyle.        (line 11326)
+* fancyvrb package:                      tabbing.           (line  5641)
+* fancyvrb package <1>:                  verbatim.          (line  6403)
+* feminine ordinal symbol:               Text symbols.      (line 13952)
+* figure counter:                        Counters.          (line  8129)
+* figure dash character:                 Text symbols.      (line 13924)
+* figure environment:                    figure.            (line  4065)
+* figure number, cross referencing:      \ref.              (line  3474)
+* figures, footnotes in:                 minipage.          (line  4869)
+* figures, inserting:                    figure.            (line  4065)
 * file, closing:                         \openin & \openout.
-                                                            (line 15671)
+                                                            (line 15754)
 * file, opening:                         \openin & \openout.
-                                                            (line 15671)
-* file, reading:                         \read.             (line 15735)
+                                                            (line 15754)
+* file, reading:                         \read.             (line 15818)
 * file, root:                            Splitting the input.
-                                                            (line 14237)
-* file, root <1>:                        Jobname.           (line 16301)
-* filecontents environment:              filecontents.      (line  4121)
-* filecontents* environment:             filecontents.      (line  4121)
+                                                            (line 14320)
+* file, root <1>:                        Jobname.           (line 16384)
+* filecontents environment:              filecontents.      (line  4123)
+* filecontents* environment:             filecontents.      (line  4123)
 * filename for current job:              Command line options.
-                                                            (line 16190)
+                                                            (line 16273)
 * final option:                          Document class options.
-                                                            (line   776)
+                                                            (line   778)
 * first-latex-doc document:              About this document.
-                                                            (line   392)
-* fixed-width font:                      Font styles.       (line  1794)
-* flafter package:                       Floats.            (line  2488)
+                                                            (line   394)
+* fixed-width font:                      Font styles.       (line  1796)
+* flafter package:                       Floats.            (line  2490)
 * fleqn option:                          Document class options.
-                                                            (line   776)
-* float package:                         Floats.            (line  2458)
-* float page:                            Floats.            (line  2464)
+                                                            (line   778)
+* float package:                         Floats.            (line  2460)
+* float page:                            Floats.            (line  2466)
 * flush left equations:                  Document class options.
-                                                            (line   784)
+                                                            (line   786)
 * flushing floats and starting a page:   \clearpage & \cleardoublepage.
-                                                            (line  6820)
-* flushleft environment:                 flushleft.         (line  4186)
-* flushright environment:                flushright.        (line  4248)
+                                                            (line  6833)
+* flushleft environment:                 flushleft.         (line  4188)
+* flushright environment:                flushright.        (line  4250)
 * font catalogue:                        Low-level font commands.
-                                                            (line  1914)
+                                                            (line  1916)
 * font commands, low-level:              Low-level font commands.
-                                                            (line  1899)
-* font dimension, slant:                 \/.                (line 11869)
-* font encoding:                         fontenc package.   (line  1300)
+                                                            (line  1901)
+* font dimension, slant:                 \/.                (line 11948)
+* font encoding:                         fontenc package.   (line  1302)
 * font encoding <1>:                     \DeclareTextAccent.
-                                                            (line  1420)
+                                                            (line  1422)
 * font encoding, declaring:              \DeclareFontEncoding.
-                                                            (line  1386)
+                                                            (line  1388)
 * font size:                             Low-level font commands.
-                                                            (line  1994)
-* font sizes:                            Font sizes.        (line  1842)
-* font styles:                           Font styles.       (line  1703)
+                                                            (line  1996)
+* font sizes:                            Font sizes.        (line  1844)
+* font styles:                           Font styles.       (line  1705)
 * font symbols, by number:               Symbols by font position.
-                                                            (line 13688)
-* fontenc:                               fontenc package.   (line  1300)
-* fonts:                                 Fonts.             (line  1263)
-* fonts, new commands for:               \newfont.          (line  7897)
-* fonts, script:                         Calligraphic.      (line 10126)
-* fontspec package:                      fontenc package.   (line  1311)
+                                                            (line 13767)
+* fontenc:                               fontenc package.   (line  1302)
+* fonts:                                 Fonts.             (line  1265)
+* fonts, new commands for:               \newfont.          (line  7909)
+* fonts, script:                         Calligraphic.      (line 10138)
+* fontspec package:                      fontenc package.   (line  1313)
 * fontspec package <1>:                  OpenType bold math.
-                                                            (line 10073)
-* footer style:                          \pagestyle.        (line 11299)
+                                                            (line 10085)
+* footer style:                          \pagestyle.        (line 11319)
 * footer, parameters for:                Page layout parameters.
-                                                            (line  2185)
-* footnote counter:                      Counters.          (line  8117)
-* footnote number, cross referencing:    \ref.              (line  3472)
-* footnote parameters:                   \footnote.         (line  7014)
+                                                            (line  2187)
+* footnote counter:                      Counters.          (line  8129)
+* footnote number, cross referencing:    \ref.              (line  3474)
+* footnote parameters:                   \footnote.         (line  7026)
 * footnote, in a table:                  Footnotes in a table.
-                                                            (line  7143)
+                                                            (line  7155)
 * footnote, in section headings:         Footnotes in section headings.
-                                                            (line  7124)
+                                                            (line  7136)
 * footnote, of a footnote:               Footnotes of footnotes.
-                                                            (line  7213)
-* footnotes in figures:                  minipage.          (line  4867)
-* footnotes, creating:                   Footnotes.         (line  6967)
-* footnotes, in a minipage:              \footnote.         (line  7042)
-* footnotes, symbols instead of numbers: \footnote.         (line  7004)
-* force option for filecontents:         filecontents.      (line  4146)
-* format files, TeX:                     TeX engines.       (line   511)
-* formulas, environment for:             equation.          (line  4043)
-* formulas, math:                        Math formulas.     (line  9012)
-* forward reference:                     Cross references.  (line  3371)
-* forward references, resolving:         Output files.      (line   492)
-* fraction:                              \frac.             (line 11040)
-* fragile commands:                      \protect.          (line  7929)
-* frame rule width:                      \fbox & \framebox. (line 12348)
-* frame, line width:                     \fbox & \framebox. (line 12348)
-* frame, separation from contents:       \fbox & \framebox. (line 12353)
-* French quotation marks:                Text symbols.      (line 13727)
+                                                            (line  7225)
+* footnotes in figures:                  minipage.          (line  4869)
+* footnotes, creating:                   Footnotes.         (line  6979)
+* footnotes, in a minipage:              \footnote.         (line  7054)
+* footnotes, symbols instead of numbers: \footnote.         (line  7016)
+* force option for filecontents:         filecontents.      (line  4148)
+* format files, TeX:                     TeX engines.       (line   513)
+* formulas, environment for:             equation.          (line  4045)
+* formulas, math:                        Math formulas.     (line  9024)
+* forward reference:                     Cross references.  (line  3373)
+* forward references, resolving:         Output files.      (line   494)
+* fraction:                              \frac.             (line 11052)
+* fragile commands:                      \protect.          (line  7941)
+* frame rule width:                      \fbox & \framebox. (line 12427)
+* frame, line width:                     \fbox & \framebox. (line 12427)
+* frame, separation from contents:       \fbox & \framebox. (line 12432)
+* French quotation marks:                Text symbols.      (line 13808)
 * front matter of a book:                \frontmatter & \mainmatter & \backmatter.
-                                                            (line  3111)
-* functions, math:                       Math functions.    (line 10501)
+                                                            (line  3113)
+* functions, math:                       Math functions.    (line 10513)
 * geometry package:                      Document class options.
-                                                            (line   767)
-* geometry package <1>:                  Document class options.
-                                                            (line   771)
+                                                            (line   769)
 * global options:                        Document class options.
-                                                            (line   733)
+                                                            (line   735)
 * global options <1>:                    Additional packages.
-                                                            (line   841)
-* glossaries:                            Glossaries.        (line 15230)
-* glossary:                              Glossaries.        (line 15230)
-* glossary, entries:                     \newglossaryentry. (line 15278)
-* glossary, entry reference:             \gls.              (line 15337)
-* glue plain TeX:                        Lengths.           (line  8342)
-* glue register, plain TeX:              \newlength.        (line  7599)
-* graphics:                              Graphics.          (line 12858)
+                                                            (line   843)
+* glossaries:                            Glossaries.        (line 15313)
+* glossary:                              Glossaries.        (line 15313)
+* glossary, entries:                     \newglossaryentry. (line 15361)
+* glossary, entry reference:             \gls.              (line 15420)
+* glue plain TeX:                        Lengths.           (line  8354)
+* glue register, plain TeX:              \newlength.        (line  7611)
+* graphics:                              Graphics.          (line 12937)
 * graphics <1>:                          Graphics package configuration.
-                                                            (line 12959)
-* graphics <2>:                          \includegraphics.  (line 13155)
-* graphics package:                      Graphics.          (line 12858)
+                                                            (line 13038)
+* graphics <2>:                          \includegraphics.  (line 13234)
+* graphics package:                      Graphics.          (line 12937)
 * graphics package <1>:                  Graphics package configuration.
-                                                            (line 12959)
-* graphics package <2>:                  \includegraphics.  (line 13155)
+                                                            (line 13038)
+* graphics package <2>:                  \includegraphics.  (line 13234)
 * graphics package commands:             Commands for graphics.
-                                                            (line 13149)
+                                                            (line 13228)
 * graphics package options:              Graphics package options.
-                                                            (line 12895)
-* graphics packages:                     \line.             (line  5185)
-* graphics, resizing:                    \scalebox.         (line 13538)
-* graphics, resizing <1>:                \resizebox.        (line 13570)
-* graphics, scaling:                     \scalebox.         (line 13538)
-* graphics, scaling <1>:                 \resizebox.        (line 13570)
-* graphpap package:                      \graphpaper.       (line  5137)
-* grave accent:                          Accents.           (line 13958)
-* grave accent, math:                    Math accents.      (line 10640)
-* greater than symbol, in text:          Text symbols.      (line 13848)
-* greek letters:                         Math symbols.      (line  9141)
-* Greek letters:                         Greek letters.     (line 10458)
+                                                            (line 12974)
+* graphics packages:                     \line.             (line  5187)
+* graphics, resizing:                    \scalebox.         (line 13617)
+* graphics, resizing <1>:                \resizebox.        (line 13649)
+* graphics, scaling:                     \scalebox.         (line 13617)
+* graphics, scaling <1>:                 \resizebox.        (line 13649)
+* graphpap package:                      \graphpaper.       (line  5139)
+* grave accent:                          Accents.           (line 14041)
+* grave accent, math:                    Math accents.      (line 10652)
+* greater than symbol, in text:          Text symbols.      (line 13931)
+* greek letters:                         Math symbols.      (line  9153)
+* Greek letters:                         Greek letters.     (line 10470)
 * grfext package:                        \DeclareGraphicsExtensions.
-                                                            (line 13067)
-* group, and environments:               Environments.      (line  3567)
-* group_skip:                            makeindex.         (line 15108)
-* hacek accent:                          Accents.           (line 14007)
-* Halmos symbol:                         \rule.             (line 14174)
-* hard space:                            ~.                 (line 11741)
-* hat accent:                            Accents.           (line 13954)
-* hat accent, math:                      Math accents.      (line 10643)
-* header style:                          \pagestyle.        (line 11299)
+                                                            (line 13146)
+* group, and environments:               Environments.      (line  3569)
+* group_skip:                            makeindex.         (line 15191)
+* guillemots, birds:                     Text symbols.      (line 13808)
+* hacek accent:                          Accents.           (line 14090)
+* Halmos symbol:                         \rule.             (line 14257)
+* hard space:                            ~.                 (line 11818)
+* hat accent:                            Accents.           (line 14037)
+* hat accent, math:                      Math accents.      (line 10655)
+* header style:                          \pagestyle.        (line 11319)
 * header, parameters for:                Page layout parameters.
-                                                            (line  2185)
+                                                            (line  2187)
 * hello, world:                          Starting and ending.
-                                                            (line   433)
-* here, putting floats:                  Floats.            (line  2458)
+                                                            (line   435)
+* here, putting floats:                  Floats.            (line  2460)
 * home page for manual:                  About this document.
-                                                            (line   362)
-* horizontal bar character:              Text symbols.      (line 13851)
+                                                            (line   364)
+* horizontal bar character:              Text symbols.      (line 13934)
 * horizontal paragraph indentation:      \parindent & \parskip.
-                                                            (line  8930)
-* horizontal space:                      \hss.              (line 11526)
-* horizontal space, stretchable:         \hss.              (line 11526)
+                                                            (line  8942)
+* horizontal space:                      \hss.              (line 11597)
+* horizontal space, stretchable:         \hss.              (line 11597)
 * horizontal spacing:                    \phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom.
-                                                            (line 10845)
-* hungarian umlaut accent:               Accents.           (line 13983)
-* hyperref package:                      \footnotemark.     (line  7094)
-* hyperref package <1>:                  \footnotemark.     (line  7103)
-* hyperref package <2>:                  \pagenumbering.    (line 11281)
-* hyperref package <3>:                  \contentsline.     (line 14791)
+                                                            (line 10857)
+* hungarian umlaut accent:               Accents.           (line 14066)
+* hyperref package:                      \footnotemark.     (line  7106)
+* hyperref package <1>:                  \footnotemark.     (line  7115)
+* hyperref package <2>:                  \pagenumbering.    (line 11289)
+* hyperref package <3>:                  \contentsline.     (line 14874)
 * hyperref package <4>:                  Command line input.
-                                                            (line 16245)
-* hyphen character, non-breaking:        Text symbols.      (line 13862)
-* hyphenation, defining:                 \hyphenation.      (line  6738)
-* hyphenation, discretionary:            \discretionary.    (line  6673)
-* hyphenation, forcing:                  \- (hyphenation).  (line  6639)
-* hyphenation, preventing:               \mbox & \makebox.  (line 12227)
-* háček accent, math:                    Math accents.      (line 10631)
+                                                            (line 16328)
+* hyphen character, non-breaking:        Text symbols.      (line 13945)
+* hyphenation, defining:                 \hyphenation.      (line  6751)
+* hyphenation, discretionary:            \discretionary.    (line  6686)
+* hyphenation, forcing:                  \- (hyphenation).  (line  6641)
+* hyphenation, preventing:               \mbox & \makebox.  (line 12306)
+* háček accent, math:                    Math accents.      (line 10643)
 * Icelandic eth:                         Additional Latin letters.
-                                                            (line 14071)
+                                                            (line 14154)
 * Icelandic thorn:                       Additional Latin letters.
-                                                            (line 14107)
-* idx file:                              \index.            (line 15041)
+                                                            (line 14190)
+* idx file:                              \index.            (line 15124)
 * ij letter, Dutch:                      Additional Latin letters.
-                                                            (line 14083)
-* immediate \write:                      \write.            (line 15898)
-* implementations of TeX:                TeX engines.       (line   511)
-* importing graphics:                    \includegraphics.  (line 13155)
-* in:                                    Units of length.   (line  8446)
-* inch:                                  Units of length.   (line  8447)
-* including graphics:                    \includegraphics.  (line 13155)
+                                                            (line 14166)
+* immediate \write:                      \write.            (line 15981)
+* implementations of TeX:                TeX engines.       (line   513)
+* importing graphics:                    \includegraphics.  (line 13234)
+* in:                                    Units of length.   (line  8458)
+* inch:                                  Units of length.   (line  8459)
+* including graphics:                    \includegraphics.  (line 13234)
 * indent, forcing:                       \indent & \noindent.
-                                                            (line  8881)
-* indentation of paragraphs, in minipage: minipage.         (line  4863)
-* indentfirst package:                   \part.             (line  2767)
-* indentfirst package <1>:               \chapter.          (line  2829)
-* indentfirst package <2>:               \section.          (line  2924)
-* indentfirst package <3>:               \subsection.       (line  2990)
+                                                            (line  8893)
+* indentation of paragraphs, in minipage: minipage.         (line  4865)
+* indentfirst package:                   \part.             (line  2769)
+* indentfirst package <1>:               \chapter.          (line  2831)
+* indentfirst package <2>:               \section.          (line  2926)
+* indentfirst package <3>:               \subsection.       (line  2992)
 * indentfirst package <4>:               \subsubsection & \paragraph & \subparagraph.
-                                                            (line  3065)
+                                                            (line  3067)
 * indentfirst package <5>:               \indent & \noindent.
-                                                            (line  8923)
-* indent_length:                         makeindex.         (line 15187)
-* indent_space:                          makeindex.         (line 15183)
-* index entries, subentries:             \index.            (line 14959)
-* index entries, ‘see’ and ‘see also’:   \index.            (line 14991)
-* index entry:                           \index.            (line 14939)
-* index package:                         \index.            (line 15036)
-* index, multiple:                       Indexes.           (line 14902)
-* index, page range:                     \index.            (line 14975)
-* index, printing:                       \printindex.       (line 15215)
-* index, processing:                     makeindex.         (line 15056)
+                                                            (line  8935)
+* indent_length:                         makeindex.         (line 15270)
+* indent_space:                          makeindex.         (line 15266)
+* index entries, subentries:             \index.            (line 15042)
+* index entries, ‘see’ and ‘see also’:   \index.            (line 15074)
+* index entry:                           \index.            (line 15022)
+* index package:                         \index.            (line 15119)
+* index, multiple:                       Indexes.           (line 14985)
+* index, page range:                     \index.            (line 15058)
+* index, printing:                       \printindex.       (line 15298)
+* index, processing:                     makeindex.         (line 15139)
 * index, producing manually:             Produce the index manually.
-                                                            (line 14912)
-* index, style file:                     makeindex.         (line 15068)
-* indexes:                               Indexes.           (line 14857)
-* infinite horizontal stretch:           \hfill.            (line 11493)
-* infinite vertical stretch:             \vfill.            (line 12141)
-* inline formulas:                       math.              (line  4754)
-* inner paragraph mode:                  Modes.             (line 11124)
+                                                            (line 14995)
+* index, style file:                     makeindex.         (line 15151)
+* indexes:                               Indexes.           (line 14940)
+* infinite horizontal stretch:           \hfill.            (line 11564)
+* infinite vertical stretch:             \vfill.            (line 12220)
+* inline formulas:                       math.              (line  4756)
+* inner paragraph mode:                  Modes.             (line 11136)
 * input file:                            Splitting the input.
-                                                            (line 14233)
+                                                            (line 14316)
 * input, on command line:                Command line input.
-                                                            (line 16237)
-* input/output:                          Input/output.      (line 15662)
-* input/output, to terminal:             Input/output.      (line 15662)
-* inputenc:                              inputenc package.  (line 14114)
-* inserting figures:                     figure.            (line  4063)
+                                                            (line 16320)
+* input/output:                          Input/output.      (line 15745)
+* input/output, to terminal:             Input/output.      (line 15745)
+* inputenc:                              inputenc package.  (line 14197)
+* inserting figures:                     figure.            (line  4065)
 * insertions of special characters:      Special insertions.
-                                                            (line 13599)
+                                                            (line 13678)
 * interface, command line:               Command line interface.
-                                                            (line 16109)
+                                                            (line 16192)
 * interline space:                       \baselineskip & \baselinestretch.
-                                                            (line  2318)
-* internal vertical mode:                Modes.             (line 11114)
+                                                            (line  2320)
+* internal vertical mode:                Modes.             (line 11126)
 * invisible character:                   \phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom.
-                                                            (line 10845)
-* invisible character <1>:               \mathstrut.        (line 10908)
-* italic correction:                     \/.                (line 11835)
-* italic font:                           Font styles.       (line  1779)
-* itemize environment:                   itemize.           (line  4295)
-* item_0:                                makeindex.         (line 15132)
-* item_01:                               makeindex.         (line 15141)
-* item_1:                                makeindex.         (line 15135)
-* item_12:                               makeindex.         (line 15150)
-* item_2:                                makeindex.         (line 15138)
-* item_x1:                               makeindex.         (line 15145)
-* item_x2:                               makeindex.         (line 15154)
+                                                            (line 10857)
+* invisible character <1>:               \mathstrut.        (line 10920)
+* italic correction:                     \/.                (line 11914)
+* italic font:                           Font styles.       (line  1781)
+* itemize environment:                   itemize.           (line  4297)
+* item_0:                                makeindex.         (line 15215)
+* item_01:                               makeindex.         (line 15224)
+* item_1:                                makeindex.         (line 15218)
+* item_12:                               makeindex.         (line 15233)
+* item_2:                                makeindex.         (line 15221)
+* item_x1:                               makeindex.         (line 15228)
+* item_x2:                               makeindex.         (line 15237)
 * jobname:                               Command line options.
-                                                            (line 16190)
-* jobname <1>:                           Jobname.           (line 16301)
-* JPEG files:                            \includegraphics.  (line 13155)
-* JPG files:                             \includegraphics.  (line 13155)
-* justification, ragged left:            \raggedleft.       (line  4268)
-* justification, ragged right:           \raggedright.      (line  4215)
-* Knuth, Donald E.:                      Overview.          (line   404)
-* label:                                 Cross references.  (line  3350)
-* labelled lists, creating:              description.       (line  3784)
-* Lamport TeX:                           Overview.          (line   425)
-* Lamport, Leslie:                       Overview.          (line   404)
+                                                            (line 16273)
+* jobname <1>:                           Jobname.           (line 16384)
+* JPEG files:                            \includegraphics.  (line 13234)
+* JPG files:                             \includegraphics.  (line 13234)
+* justification, ragged left:            \raggedleft.       (line  4270)
+* justification, ragged right:           \raggedright.      (line  4217)
+* Knuth, Donald E.:                      Overview.          (line   406)
+* label:                                 Cross references.  (line  3352)
+* labelled lists, creating:              description.       (line  3786)
+* Lamport TeX:                           Overview.          (line   427)
+* Lamport, Leslie:                       Overview.          (line   406)
 * landscape option:                      Document class options.
-                                                            (line   776)
+                                                            (line   778)
 * landscape orientation:                 Document class options.
-                                                            (line   787)
-* latex:                                 TeX engines.       (line   519)
-* latex command:                         Output files.      (line   469)
-* LaTeX format (.fmt) files:             TeX engines.       (line   511)
-* LaTeX logo:                            Text symbols.      (line 13718)
-* LaTeX overview:                        Overview.          (line   404)
+                                                            (line   789)
+* latex:                                 TeX engines.       (line   521)
+* latex command:                         Output files.      (line   471)
+* LaTeX format (.fmt) files:             TeX engines.       (line   513)
+* LaTeX logo:                            Text symbols.      (line 13797)
+* LaTeX overview:                        Overview.          (line   406)
 * LaTeX Project team:                    About this document.
-                                                            (line   376)
+                                                            (line   378)
 * LaTeX vs. LaTeX2e:                     About this document.
-                                                            (line   372)
-* latex-dev:                             TeX engines.       (line   569)
+                                                            (line   374)
+* latex-dev:                             TeX engines.       (line   571)
 * latex-doc-ptr document:                About this document.
-                                                            (line   389)
-* LaTeX2e logo:                          Text symbols.      (line 13721)
+                                                            (line   391)
+* LaTeX2e logo:                          Text symbols.      (line 13800)
 * LaTeX3 syntax:                         LaTeX command syntax.
-                                                            (line   626)
+                                                            (line   628)
 * <latexrefman at tug.org> email address:   About this document.
-                                                            (line   376)
-* latexsym package:                      Arrows.            (line  9987)
+                                                            (line   378)
+* latexsym package:                      Arrows.            (line  9999)
 * Latin letters, additional:             Additional Latin letters.
-                                                            (line 14057)
-* layout commands:                       Layout.            (line  2028)
+                                                            (line 14140)
+* layout commands:                       Layout.            (line  2030)
 * layout, page parameters for:           Page layout parameters.
-                                                            (line  2185)
-* leaders, dots in table of contents:    \@dottedtocline.   (line 14609)
+                                                            (line  2187)
+* leaders, dots in table of contents:    \@dottedtocline.   (line 14692)
 * leading:                               \baselineskip & \baselinestretch.
-                                                            (line  2318)
-* left angle quotation marks:            Text symbols.      (line 13727)
-* left arrow, in text:                   Text symbols.      (line 13859)
-* left brace, in text:                   Text symbols.      (line 13789)
-* left quote:                            Text symbols.      (line 13738)
-* left quote, double:                    Text symbols.      (line 13878)
-* left quote, single:                    Text symbols.      (line 13884)
+                                                            (line  2320)
+* left angle quotation marks:            Text symbols.      (line 13808)
+* left arrow, in text:                   Text symbols.      (line 13942)
+* left brace, in text:                   Text symbols.      (line 13872)
+* left quote:                            Text symbols.      (line 13821)
+* left quote, double:                    Text symbols.      (line 13961)
+* left quote, single:                    Text symbols.      (line 13967)
 * left-hand equation numbers:            Document class options.
-                                                            (line   790)
-* left-justifying text:                  \raggedright.      (line  4215)
-* left-justifying text, environment for: flushleft.         (line  4186)
-* left-to-right mode:                    Modes.             (line 11091)
+                                                            (line   792)
+* left-justifying text:                  \raggedright.      (line  4217)
+* left-justifying text, environment for: flushleft.         (line  4188)
+* left-to-right mode:                    Modes.             (line 11103)
 * legalpaper option:                     Document class options.
-                                                            (line   746)
-* lengths, adding to:                    \addtolength.      (line  8526)
-* lengths, allocating new:               \newlength.        (line  7599)
-* lengths, defining and using:           Lengths.           (line  8339)
-* lengths, setting:                      \setlength.        (line  8497)
+                                                            (line   748)
+* lengths, adding to:                    \addtolength.      (line  8538)
+* lengths, allocating new:               \newlength.        (line  7611)
+* lengths, defining and using:           Lengths.           (line  8351)
+* lengths, setting:                      \setlength.        (line  8509)
 * leqno option:                          Document class options.
-                                                            (line   776)
-* less than symbol, in text:             Text symbols.      (line 13856)
-* lethead_flag:                          makeindex.         (line 15115)
-* lethead_prefix:                        makeindex.         (line 15124)
-* lethead_suffix:                        makeindex.         (line 15128)
-* letter class:                          Document classes.  (line   703)
-* letter environment:                    letter.            (line  4383)
+                                                            (line   778)
+* less than symbol, in text:             Text symbols.      (line 13939)
+* lethead_flag:                          makeindex.         (line 15198)
+* lethead_prefix:                        makeindex.         (line 15207)
+* lethead_suffix:                        makeindex.         (line 15211)
+* letter class:                          Document classes.  (line   705)
+* letter environment:                    letter.            (line  4385)
 * letterpaper option:                    Document class options.
-                                                            (line   746)
-* letters, accented:                     Accents.           (line 13920)
+                                                            (line   748)
+* letters, accented:                     Accents.           (line 14003)
 * letters, additional Latin:             Additional Latin letters.
-                                                            (line 14057)
-* letters, ending:                       \closing.          (line 15486)
-* letters, starting:                     \opening.          (line 15591)
-* letters, writing:                      Letters.           (line 15367)
-* line break, forcing:                   \\.                (line  6513)
-* line breaking:                         Line breaking.     (line  6496)
-* line breaks, changing:                 \fussy & \sloppy.  (line  6696)
+                                                            (line 14140)
+* letters, ending:                       \closing.          (line 15569)
+* letters, starting:                     \opening.          (line 15674)
+* letters, writing:                      Letters.           (line 15450)
+* line break, forcing:                   \\.                (line  6515)
+* line breaking:                         Line breaking.     (line  6498)
+* line breaks, changing:                 \fussy & \sloppy.  (line  6709)
 * line breaks, forcing:                  \linebreak & \nolinebreak.
-                                                            (line  6757)
-* line breaks, multiplication discretionary: \*.            (line 11024)
+                                                            (line  6770)
+* line breaks, multiplication discretionary: \*.            (line 11036)
 * line breaks, preventing:               \linebreak & \nolinebreak.
-                                                            (line  6757)
-* lines in tables:                       tabular.           (line  5706)
-* line_max:                              makeindex.         (line 15179)
-* lining numerals:                       Font styles.       (line  1830)
-* lining text up in tables:              tabular.           (line  5706)
-* lining text up using tab stops:        tabbing.           (line  5499)
-* list environment:                      list.              (line  4388)
-* list items, specifying counter:        \usecounter.       (line  8191)
-* list of figures file:                  Output files.      (line   502)
-* list of tables file:                   Output files.      (line   502)
-* listings package:                      tabbing.           (line  5639)
-* listings package <1>:                  verbatim.          (line  6395)
-* listings package <2>:                  \verb.             (line  6445)
-* lists of items:                        itemize.           (line  4295)
-* lists of items, generic:               list.              (line  4388)
-* lists of items, numbered:              enumerate.         (line  3922)
-* lmodern package:                       fontenc package.   (line  1330)
+                                                            (line  6770)
+* lines in tables:                       tabular.           (line  5708)
+* line_max:                              makeindex.         (line 15262)
+* lining numerals:                       Font styles.       (line  1832)
+* lining text up in tables:              tabular.           (line  5708)
+* lining text up using tab stops:        tabbing.           (line  5501)
+* list environment:                      list.              (line  4390)
+* list items, specifying counter:        \usecounter.       (line  8203)
+* list of figures file:                  Output files.      (line   504)
+* list of tables file:                   Output files.      (line   504)
+* listings package:                      tabbing.           (line  5641)
+* listings package <1>:                  verbatim.          (line  6397)
+* listings package <2>:                  \verb.             (line  6447)
+* lists of items:                        itemize.           (line  4297)
+* lists of items, generic:               list.              (line  4390)
+* lists of items, numbered:              enumerate.         (line  3924)
+* lmodern package:                       fontenc package.   (line  1332)
 * loading additional packages:           Additional packages.
-                                                            (line   832)
-* locale information, from system:       \write18.          (line 16092)
-* log file:                              Output files.      (line   487)
-* log file, writing to:                  \write.            (line 15868)
-* logo, LaTeX:                           Text symbols.      (line 13718)
-* logo, LaTeX2e:                         Text symbols.      (line 13721)
-* logo, TeX:                             Text symbols.      (line 13760)
+                                                            (line   834)
+* locale information, from system:       \write18.          (line 16175)
+* log file:                              Output files.      (line   489)
+* log file, writing to:                  \write.            (line 15951)
+* logo, LaTeX:                           Text symbols.      (line 13797)
+* logo, LaTeX2e:                         Text symbols.      (line 13800)
+* logo, TeX:                             Text symbols.      (line 13843)
 * long command:                          Class and package commands.
-                                                            (line   935)
-* low-9 quotation marks, single and double: Text symbols.   (line 13750)
+                                                            (line   937)
+* low-9 quotation marks, single and double: Text symbols.   (line 13833)
 * low-level font commands:               Low-level font commands.
-                                                            (line  1899)
+                                                            (line  1901)
 * lowercase:                             Upper and lower case.
-                                                            (line 13635)
-* LR box:                                picture.           (line  5011)
-* LR mode:                               Modes.             (line 11091)
-* lrbox:                                 lrbox.             (line 12560)
+                                                            (line 13714)
+* LR box:                                picture.           (line  5013)
+* LR mode:                               Modes.             (line 11103)
+* lrbox:                                 lrbox.             (line 12639)
 * lshort document:                       About this document.
-                                                            (line   395)
-* lualatex:                              TeX engines.       (line   537)
-* lualatex-dev:                          TeX engines.       (line   570)
-* LuaTeX:                                TeX engines.       (line   538)
-* LuaTeX, 256 output streams in:         \write.            (line 15880)
-* m-width:                               Units of length.   (line  8476)
-* macron accent:                         Accents.           (line 13950)
-* macron accent, math:                   Math accents.      (line 10625)
+                                                            (line   397)
+* lualatex:                              TeX engines.       (line   539)
+* lualatex-dev:                          TeX engines.       (line   572)
+* LuaTeX:                                TeX engines.       (line   540)
+* LuaTeX, 256 output streams in:         \write.            (line 15963)
+* m-width:                               Units of length.   (line  8488)
+* macron accent:                         Accents.           (line 14033)
+* macron accent, math:                   Math accents.      (line 10637)
 * macros2e package:                      \makeatletter & \makeatother.
-                                                            (line  7472)
-* Madsen, Lars:                          eqnarray.          (line  3989)
-* mail merges:                           \read.             (line 15760)
+                                                            (line  7484)
+* Madsen, Lars:                          eqnarray.          (line  3991)
+* mail merges:                           \read.             (line 15843)
 * main matter of a book:                 \frontmatter & \mainmatter & \backmatter.
-                                                            (line  3111)
-* make a box:                            \mbox & \makebox.  (line 12227)
-* makeidx package:                       \printindex.       (line 15221)
-* makeindex program:                     makeindex.         (line 15056)
-* makeindex, program:                    makeindex.         (line 15056)
-* makeindex, style file:                 makeindex.         (line 15068)
-* making a title page:                   titlepage.         (line  6327)
-* making paragraphs:                     Making paragraphs. (line  8767)
-* marginal notes:                        Marginal notes.    (line  8962)
-* masculine ordinal symbol:              Text symbols.      (line 13869)
-* matching brackets:                     \left & \right.    (line 10193)
-* matching parentheses:                  \left & \right.    (line 10193)
-* math accents:                          Math accents.      (line 10617)
-* math environment:                      math.              (line  4754)
-* math environment <1>:                  Math formulas.     (line  9012)
-* math formulas:                         Math formulas.     (line  9012)
-* math functions:                        Math functions.    (line 10501)
-* math miscellany:                       Math miscellany.   (line 10998)
-* math mode:                             Modes.             (line 11101)
-* math mode, entering:                   Math formulas.     (line  9012)
+                                                            (line  3113)
+* make a box:                            \mbox & \makebox.  (line 12306)
+* makeidx package:                       \printindex.       (line 15304)
+* makeindex and special page numbers:    \thepage.          (line 11466)
+* makeindex program:                     makeindex.         (line 15139)
+* makeindex, program:                    makeindex.         (line 15139)
+* makeindex, style file:                 makeindex.         (line 15151)
+* making a title page:                   titlepage.         (line  6329)
+* making paragraphs:                     Making paragraphs. (line  8779)
+* marginal notes:                        Marginal notes.    (line  8974)
+* masculine ordinal symbol:              Text symbols.      (line 13952)
+* matching brackets:                     \left & \right.    (line 10205)
+* matching parentheses:                  \left & \right.    (line 10205)
+* math accents:                          Math accents.      (line 10629)
+* math environment:                      math.              (line  4756)
+* math environment <1>:                  Math formulas.     (line  9024)
+* math formulas:                         Math formulas.     (line  9024)
+* math functions:                        Math functions.    (line 10513)
+* math miscellany:                       Math miscellany.   (line 11010)
+* math mode:                             Modes.             (line 11113)
+* math mode, entering:                   Math formulas.     (line  9024)
 * math mode, spacing:                    Spacing in math mode.
-                                                            (line 10710)
+                                                            (line 10722)
 * math mode, spacing <1>:                \phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom.
-                                                            (line 10845)
-* math mode, spacing <2>:                \mathstrut.        (line 10908)
-* math mode, vertical space:             \smash.            (line 10785)
-* math styles:                           Math styles.       (line 10930)
-* math symbols:                          Math symbols.      (line  9141)
-* math, arrows:                          Arrows.            (line  9987)
-* math, bold:                            Font styles.       (line  1826)
+                                                            (line 10857)
+* math mode, spacing <2>:                \mathstrut.        (line 10920)
+* math mode, vertical space:             \smash.            (line 10797)
+* math styles:                           Math styles.       (line 10942)
+* math symbols:                          Math symbols.      (line  9153)
+* math, arrows:                          Arrows.            (line  9999)
+* math, bold:                            Font styles.       (line  1828)
 * mathematics, boldface:                 \boldmath & \unboldmath.
-                                                            (line 10028)
-* mathtools package:                     Math formulas.     (line  9067)
-* mathtools package <1>:                 Delimiters.        (line 10178)
-* mathtools package <2>:                 \left & \right.    (line 10217)
+                                                            (line 10040)
+* mathtools package:                     Math formulas.     (line  9079)
+* mathtools package <1>:                 Delimiters.        (line 10190)
+* mathtools package <2>:                 \left & \right.    (line 10229)
 * mathtools package <3>:                 Over- and Underlining.
-                                                            (line 10704)
-* mathtools package <4>:                 \smash.            (line 10839)
+                                                            (line 10716)
+* mathtools package <4>:                 \smash.            (line 10851)
 * mathtools package <5>:                 \phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom.
-                                                            (line 10887)
-* MetaPost package:                      \line.             (line  5185)
+                                                            (line 10899)
+* MetaPost package:                      \line.             (line  5187)
 * mfirstuc package:                      Upper and lower case.
-                                                            (line 13674)
+                                                            (line 13753)
 * mhchem package:                        Subscripts & superscripts.
-                                                            (line  9134)
-* millimeter:                            Units of length.   (line  8454)
-* minipage environment:                  minipage.          (line  4766)
-* minipage, creating a:                  minipage.          (line  4766)
-* minted package:                        tabbing.           (line  5639)
-* minted package <1>:                    verbatim.          (line  6395)
-* minted package <2>:                    \verb.             (line  6445)
-* mirrors of CTAN:                       CTAN.              (line   689)
-* mm:                                    Units of length.   (line  8453)
-* modes:                                 Modes.             (line 11079)
-* monospace font:                        Font styles.       (line  1794)
-* moving arguments:                      \protect.          (line  7942)
-* mpfootnote counter:                    \footnote.         (line  7042)
-* mpfootnote counter <1>:                Counters.          (line  8117)
-* mu:                                    Units of length.   (line  8482)
-* mu, math unit:                         Units of length.   (line  8483)
-* multicolumn text:                      \twocolumn.        (line  2045)
-* multilingual support:                  Accents.           (line 13920)
-* multind package:                       Indexes.           (line 14902)
-* multiple indexes:                      Indexes.           (line 14902)
-* multiplication, discretionary:         \*.                (line 11024)
-* name:                                  \newglossaryentry. (line 15315)
-* name of document root:                 Jobname.           (line 16301)
-* NBSP:                                  ~.                 (line 11741)
+                                                            (line  9146)
+* millimeter:                            Units of length.   (line  8466)
+* minipage environment:                  minipage.          (line  4768)
+* minipage, creating a:                  minipage.          (line  4768)
+* minted package:                        tabbing.           (line  5641)
+* minted package <1>:                    verbatim.          (line  6397)
+* minted package <2>:                    \verb.             (line  6447)
+* mirrors of CTAN:                       CTAN.              (line   691)
+* mm:                                    Units of length.   (line  8465)
+* modes:                                 Modes.             (line 11091)
+* monospace font:                        Font styles.       (line  1796)
+* moving arguments:                      \protect.          (line  7954)
+* mpfootnote counter:                    \footnote.         (line  7054)
+* mpfootnote counter <1>:                Counters.          (line  8129)
+* mu:                                    Units of length.   (line  8494)
+* mu, math unit:                         Units of length.   (line  8495)
+* multicolumn text:                      \twocolumn.        (line  2047)
+* multilingual support:                  Accents.           (line 14003)
+* multind package:                       Indexes.           (line 14985)
+* multiple indexes:                      Indexes.           (line 14985)
+* multiplication, discretionary:         \*.                (line 11036)
+* name:                                  \newglossaryentry. (line 15398)
+* name of document root:                 Jobname.           (line 16384)
+* NBSP:                                  ~.                 (line 11818)
 * nested \include, not allowed:          \include & \includeonly.
-                                                            (line 14408)
+                                                            (line 14491)
 * new class commands:                    Class and package construction.
-                                                            (line   848)
+                                                            (line   850)
 * new command, checking:                 Class and package commands.
-                                                            (line   933)
+                                                            (line   935)
 * new command, definition:               Class and package commands.
-                                                            (line  1008)
+                                                            (line  1010)
 * new commands, defining:                \newcommand & \renewcommand.
-                                                            (line  7234)
-* new commands, defining <1>:            \providecommand.   (line  7411)
+                                                            (line  7246)
+* new commands, defining <1>:            \providecommand.   (line  7423)
 * new line, output as input:             \obeycr & \restorecr.
-                                                            (line  6575)
-* new line, starting:                    \\.                (line  6513)
-* new line, starting (paragraph mode):   \newline.          (line  6615)
-* new page, starting:                    \newpage.          (line  6862)
-* newline, in \write:                    \write.            (line 15932)
-* noheader option for filecontents:      filecontents.      (line  4149)
-* non-breaking hyphen character:         Text symbols.      (line 13862)
+                                                            (line  6577)
+* new line, starting:                    \\.                (line  6515)
+* new line, starting (paragraph mode):   \newline.          (line  6617)
+* new page, starting:                    \newpage.          (line  6875)
+* newline, in \write:                    \write.            (line 16015)
+* no-break space, Unicode U+00A0:        ~.                 (line 11822)
+* noheader option for filecontents:      filecontents.      (line  4151)
+* non-breaking hyphen character:         Text symbols.      (line 13945)
 * non-English characters:                Additional Latin letters.
-                                                            (line 14057)
+                                                            (line 14140)
+* non-sentence-ending punctuation:       \@.                (line 11682)
 * nonstopmode:                           Command line options.
-                                                            (line 16174)
-* nosearch option for filecontents:      filecontents.      (line  4152)
-* notes in the margin:                   Marginal notes.    (line  8962)
+                                                            (line 16257)
+* nosearch option for filecontents:      filecontents.      (line  4154)
+* notes in the margin:                   Marginal notes.    (line  8974)
 * notitlepage option:                    Document class options.
-                                                            (line   776)
-* null delimiter:                        \left & \right.    (line 10193)
-* numbered items, specifying counter:    \usecounter.       (line  8191)
-* numerals, old-style:                   Font styles.       (line  1830)
-* oblique font:                          Font styles.       (line  1791)
+                                                            (line   778)
+* null delimiter:                        \left & \right.    (line 10205)
+* numbered items, specifying counter:    \usecounter.       (line  8203)
+* numerals, old-style:                   Font styles.       (line  1832)
+* oblique font:                          Font styles.       (line  1793)
 * oe ligature:                           Additional Latin letters.
-                                                            (line 14099)
-* ogonek:                                Accents.           (line 13987)
-* old-style numerals:                    Font styles.       (line  1830)
-* one-column output:                     \onecolumn.        (line  2033)
+                                                            (line 14182)
+* ogonek:                                Accents.           (line 14070)
+* old-style numerals:                    Font styles.       (line  1832)
+* one-column output:                     \onecolumn.        (line  2035)
 * onecolumn option:                      Document class options.
-                                                            (line   805)
+                                                            (line   807)
 * oneside option:                        Document class options.
-                                                            (line   805)
+                                                            (line   807)
 * open a file:                           \openin & \openout.
-                                                            (line 15671)
+                                                            (line 15754)
 * openany option:                        Document class options.
-                                                            (line   805)
+                                                            (line   807)
 * openbib option:                        Document class options.
-                                                            (line   776)
-* opening quote:                         Text symbols.      (line 13738)
+                                                            (line   778)
+* opening quote:                         Text symbols.      (line 13821)
 * openright option:                      Document class options.
-                                                            (line   805)
-* OpenType fonts:                        TeX engines.       (line   511)
-* operating system information:          \write18.          (line 16092)
+                                                            (line   807)
+* OpenType fonts:                        TeX engines.       (line   513)
+* operating system information:          \write18.          (line 16175)
 * optional arguments, defining and using: \newcommand & \renewcommand.
-                                                            (line  7277)
+                                                            (line  7289)
 * options, class:                        Class and package commands.
-                                                            (line   978)
+                                                            (line   980)
 * options, color package:                Color package options.
-                                                            (line 12617)
+                                                            (line 12696)
 * options, command line:                 Command line options.
-                                                            (line 16153)
+                                                            (line 16236)
 * options, document class:               Document class options.
-                                                            (line   733)
+                                                            (line   735)
 * options, document class <1>:           Class and package structure.
-                                                            (line   871)
+                                                            (line   873)
 * options, global:                       Additional packages.
-                                                            (line   841)
+                                                            (line   843)
 * options, graphics package:             Graphics package options.
-                                                            (line 12895)
+                                                            (line 12974)
 * options, package:                      Class and package structure.
-                                                            (line   871)
+                                                            (line   873)
 * options, package <1>:                  Class and package commands.
-                                                            (line   978)
-* ordinals, feminine and masculine:      Text symbols.      (line 13869)
+                                                            (line   980)
+* ordinals, feminine and masculine:      Text symbols.      (line 13952)
 * oslash:                                Additional Latin letters.
-                                                            (line 14095)
-* OT1:                                   fontenc package.   (line  1300)
-* outer paragraph mode:                  Modes.             (line 11124)
+                                                            (line 14178)
+* OT1:                                   fontenc package.   (line  1302)
+* outer paragraph mode:                  Modes.             (line 11136)
 * output directory for all external files: Command line options.
-                                                            (line 16195)
-* overbar accent:                        Accents.           (line 13950)
-* overdot accent, math:                  Math accents.      (line 10637)
+                                                            (line 16278)
+* overbar accent:                        Accents.           (line 14033)
+* overdot accent, math:                  Math accents.      (line 10649)
 * overlining:                            Over- and Underlining.
-                                                            (line 10666)
-* overview of LaTeX:                     Overview.          (line   404)
-* overwrite option for filecontents:     filecontents.      (line  4146)
+                                                            (line 10678)
+* overview of LaTeX:                     Overview.          (line   406)
+* overwrite option for filecontents:     filecontents.      (line  4148)
 * package file layout:                   Class and package structure.
-                                                            (line   871)
+                                                            (line   873)
 * package options:                       Class and package structure.
-                                                            (line   871)
+                                                            (line   873)
 * package options <1>:                   Class and package commands.
-                                                            (line   978)
-* package, abstract:                     abstract.          (line  3593)
-* package, adjustbox:                    Boxes.             (line 12221)
-* package, algorithm2e:                  tabbing.           (line  5639)
-* package, amscd:                        Arrows.            (line 10022)
-* package, amsfonts:                     Math formulas.     (line  9067)
-* package, amsfonts <1>:                 Arrows.            (line  9987)
-* package, amsmath:                      array.             (line  3667)
-* package, amsmath <1>:                  array.             (line  3675)
-* package, amsmath <2>:                  displaymath.       (line  3856)
-* package, amsmath <3>:                  equation.          (line  4057)
-* package, amsmath <4>:                  theorem.           (line  6319)
-* package, amsmath <5>:                  Math formulas.     (line  9067)
-* package, amsmath <6>:                  \left & \right.    (line 10217)
+                                                            (line   980)
+* package, abstract:                     abstract.          (line  3595)
+* package, adjustbox:                    Boxes.             (line 12300)
+* package, algorithm2e:                  tabbing.           (line  5641)
+* package, amscd:                        Arrows.            (line 10034)
+* package, amsfonts:                     Math formulas.     (line  9079)
+* package, amsfonts <1>:                 Arrows.            (line  9999)
+* package, amsmath:                      array.             (line  3669)
+* package, amsmath <1>:                  array.             (line  3677)
+* package, amsmath <2>:                  displaymath.       (line  3858)
+* package, amsmath <3>:                  equation.          (line  4059)
+* package, amsmath <4>:                  theorem.           (line  6321)
+* package, amsmath <5>:                  Math formulas.     (line  9079)
+* package, amsmath <6>:                  \left & \right.    (line 10229)
 * package, amsmath <7>:                  \bigl & \bigr etc..
-                                                            (line 10362)
-* package, amsmath <8>:                  Dots.              (line 10419)
-* package, amsmath <9>:                  Math functions.    (line 10606)
+                                                            (line 10374)
+* package, amsmath <8>:                  Dots.              (line 10431)
+* package, amsmath <9>:                  Math functions.    (line 10618)
 * package, amsmath <10>:                 Spacing in math mode.
-                                                            (line 10727)
+                                                            (line 10739)
 * package, amsmath <11>:                 \phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom.
-                                                            (line 10895)
+                                                            (line 10907)
 * package, amsmath <12>:                 Colon character & \colon.
-                                                            (line 11013)
+                                                            (line 11025)
 * package, amsmath <13>:                 Colon character & \colon.
-                                                            (line 11017)
+                                                            (line 11029)
 * package, amsmath <14>:                 \thinspace & \negthinspace.
-                                                            (line 11826)
-* package, amsthm:                       theorem.           (line  6319)
-* package, amsthm <1>:                   \rule.             (line 14179)
-* package, answers:                      \write.            (line 15937)
-* package, appendix:                     \appendix.         (line  3101)
-* package, array:                        array.             (line  3686)
-* package, Asymptote:                    \line.             (line  5185)
-* package, Asymptote <1>:                \strut.            (line 12061)
-* package, Asymptote <2>:                \mbox & \makebox.  (line 12294)
-* package, Asymptote <3>:                \write18.          (line 16040)
-* package, babel:                        \chapter.          (line  2842)
-* package, babel <1>:                    thebibliography.   (line  6077)
-* package, babel <2>:                    Accents.           (line 13920)
-* package, babel <3>:                    \today.            (line 14209)
+                                                            (line 11905)
+* package, amsthm:                       theorem.           (line  6321)
+* package, amsthm <1>:                   \rule.             (line 14262)
+* package, answers:                      \write.            (line 16020)
+* package, appendix:                     \appendix.         (line  3103)
+* package, array:                        array.             (line  3688)
+* package, Asymptote:                    \line.             (line  5187)
+* package, Asymptote <1>:                \strut.            (line 12140)
+* package, Asymptote <2>:                \mbox & \makebox.  (line 12373)
+* package, Asymptote <3>:                \write18.          (line 16123)
+* package, babel:                        \chapter.          (line  2844)
+* package, babel <1>:                    thebibliography.   (line  6079)
+* package, babel <2>:                    Accents.           (line 14003)
+* package, babel <3>:                    \today.            (line 14292)
 * package, babel <4>:                    Table of contents etc..
-                                                            (line 14582)
-* package, babel <5>:                    \index.            (line 14991)
-* package, beamer:                       beamer template.   (line 16411)
+                                                            (line 14665)
+* package, babel <5>:                    \index.            (line 15074)
+* package, beamer:                       beamer template.   (line 16494)
 * package, bigfoot:                      Footnotes of footnotes.
-                                                            (line  7213)
-* package, bm:                           bm.                (line 10058)
-* package, caption:                      \caption.          (line  2628)
-* package, cleveref:                     Cross references.  (line  3382)
-* package, cleveref <1>:                 \ref.              (line  3495)
-* package, cleveref <2>:                 \footnotemark.     (line  7094)
-* package, cm-super:                     fontenc package.   (line  1330)
-* package, comprehensive:                Math symbols.      (line  9141)
-* package, cprotect:                     verbatim.          (line  6385)
-* package, cprotect <1>:                 \verb.             (line  6448)
-* package, datatool:                     \read.             (line 15760)
-* package, datetime:                     \today.            (line 14223)
-* package, dcolumn:                      array.             (line  3686)
-* package, enumitem:                     itemize.           (line  4355)
-* package, enumitem <1>:                 list.              (line  4654)
-* package, envlab:                       \makelabels.       (line 15573)
+                                                            (line  7225)
+* package, bm:                           bm.                (line 10070)
+* package, caption:                      \caption.          (line  2630)
+* package, cleveref:                     Cross references.  (line  3384)
+* package, cleveref <1>:                 \ref.              (line  3497)
+* package, cleveref <2>:                 \footnotemark.     (line  7106)
+* package, cm-super:                     fontenc package.   (line  1332)
+* package, comprehensive:                Math symbols.      (line  9153)
+* package, cprotect:                     verbatim.          (line  6387)
+* package, cprotect <1>:                 \verb.             (line  6450)
+* package, datatool:                     \read.             (line 15843)
+* package, datetime:                     \today.            (line 14306)
+* package, dcolumn:                      array.             (line  3688)
+* package, enumitem:                     itemize.           (line  4357)
+* package, enumitem <1>:                 list.              (line  4656)
+* package, envlab:                       \makelabels.       (line 15656)
 * package, etoolbox:                     Class and package commands.
-                                                            (line  1022)
-* package, eurosym:                      Text symbols.      (line 13830)
-* package, eurosym <1>:                  Text symbols.      (line 13831)
+                                                            (line  1024)
+* package, eurosym:                      Text symbols.      (line 13913)
+* package, eurosym <1>:                  Text symbols.      (line 13914)
 * package, expl3:                        LaTeX command syntax.
-                                                            (line   626)
+                                                            (line   628)
 * package, expl3 <1>:                    Upper and lower case.
-                                                            (line 13677)
-* package, fancyhdr:                     Page styles.       (line 11163)
-* package, fancyhdr <1>:                 \pagestyle.        (line 11306)
-* package, fancyvrb:                     tabbing.           (line  5639)
-* package, fancyvrb <1>:                 verbatim.          (line  6401)
-* package, flafter:                      Floats.            (line  2488)
-* package, float:                        Floats.            (line  2458)
-* package, fontspec:                     fontenc package.   (line  1311)
+                                                            (line 13756)
+* package, fancyhdr:                     Page styles.       (line 11175)
+* package, fancyhdr <1>:                 \pagestyle.        (line 11326)
+* package, fancyvrb:                     tabbing.           (line  5641)
+* package, fancyvrb <1>:                 verbatim.          (line  6403)
+* package, flafter:                      Floats.            (line  2490)
+* package, float:                        Floats.            (line  2460)
+* package, fontspec:                     fontenc package.   (line  1313)
 * package, fontspec <1>:                 OpenType bold math.
-                                                            (line 10073)
+                                                            (line 10085)
 * package, geometry:                     Document class options.
-                                                            (line   767)
-* package, geometry <1>:                 Document class options.
-                                                            (line   771)
-* package, graphpap:                     \graphpaper.       (line  5137)
+                                                            (line   769)
+* package, graphpap:                     \graphpaper.       (line  5139)
 * package, grfext:                       \DeclareGraphicsExtensions.
-                                                            (line 13067)
-* package, hyperref:                     \footnotemark.     (line  7094)
-* package, hyperref <1>:                 \footnotemark.     (line  7103)
-* package, hyperref <2>:                 \pagenumbering.    (line 11281)
-* package, hyperref <3>:                 \contentsline.     (line 14791)
+                                                            (line 13146)
+* package, hyperref:                     \footnotemark.     (line  7106)
+* package, hyperref <1>:                 \footnotemark.     (line  7115)
+* package, hyperref <2>:                 \pagenumbering.    (line 11289)
+* package, hyperref <3>:                 \contentsline.     (line 14874)
 * package, hyperref <4>:                 Command line input.
-                                                            (line 16245)
-* package, indentfirst:                  \part.             (line  2767)
-* package, indentfirst <1>:              \chapter.          (line  2829)
-* package, indentfirst <2>:              \section.          (line  2924)
-* package, indentfirst <3>:              \subsection.       (line  2990)
+                                                            (line 16328)
+* package, indentfirst:                  \part.             (line  2769)
+* package, indentfirst <1>:              \chapter.          (line  2831)
+* package, indentfirst <2>:              \section.          (line  2926)
+* package, indentfirst <3>:              \subsection.       (line  2992)
 * package, indentfirst <4>:              \subsubsection & \paragraph & \subparagraph.
-                                                            (line  3065)
+                                                            (line  3067)
 * package, indentfirst <5>:              \indent & \noindent.
-                                                            (line  8923)
-* package, index:                        \index.            (line 15036)
-* package, latexsym:                     Arrows.            (line  9987)
-* package, listings:                     tabbing.           (line  5639)
-* package, listings <1>:                 verbatim.          (line  6395)
-* package, listings <2>:                 \verb.             (line  6445)
-* package, lmodern:                      fontenc package.   (line  1330)
+                                                            (line  8935)
+* package, index:                        \index.            (line 15119)
+* package, latexsym:                     Arrows.            (line  9999)
+* package, listings:                     tabbing.           (line  5641)
+* package, listings <1>:                 verbatim.          (line  6397)
+* package, listings <2>:                 \verb.             (line  6447)
+* package, lmodern:                      fontenc package.   (line  1332)
 * package, macros2e:                     \makeatletter & \makeatother.
-                                                            (line  7472)
-* package, makeidx:                      \printindex.       (line 15221)
-* package, mathtools:                    Math formulas.     (line  9067)
-* package, mathtools <1>:                Delimiters.        (line 10178)
-* package, mathtools <2>:                \left & \right.    (line 10217)
+                                                            (line  7484)
+* package, makeidx:                      \printindex.       (line 15304)
+* package, mathtools:                    Math formulas.     (line  9079)
+* package, mathtools <1>:                Delimiters.        (line 10190)
+* package, mathtools <2>:                \left & \right.    (line 10229)
 * package, mathtools <3>:                Over- and Underlining.
-                                                            (line 10704)
-* package, mathtools <4>:                \smash.            (line 10839)
+                                                            (line 10716)
+* package, mathtools <4>:                \smash.            (line 10851)
 * package, mathtools <5>:                \phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom.
-                                                            (line 10887)
-* package, MetaPost:                     \line.             (line  5185)
+                                                            (line 10899)
+* package, MetaPost:                     \line.             (line  5187)
 * package, mfirstuc:                     Upper and lower case.
-                                                            (line 13674)
+                                                            (line 13753)
 * package, mhchem:                       Subscripts & superscripts.
-                                                            (line  9134)
-* package, minted:                       tabbing.           (line  5639)
-* package, minted <1>:                   verbatim.          (line  6395)
-* package, minted <2>:                   \verb.             (line  6445)
-* package, multind:                      Indexes.           (line 14902)
-* package, pict2e:                       \line.             (line  5185)
-* package, polyglossia:                  Accents.           (line 13920)
-* package, polyglossia <1>:              \today.            (line 14209)
+                                                            (line  9146)
+* package, minted:                       tabbing.           (line  5641)
+* package, minted <1>:                   verbatim.          (line  6397)
+* package, minted <2>:                   \verb.             (line  6447)
+* package, multind:                      Indexes.           (line 14985)
+* package, pict2e:                       \line.             (line  5187)
+* package, polyglossia:                  Accents.           (line 14003)
+* package, polyglossia <1>:              \today.            (line 14292)
 * package, polyglossia <2>:              Table of contents etc..
-                                                            (line 14582)
-* package, polyglossia <3>:              \index.            (line 14991)
-* package, PSTricks:                     \line.             (line  5185)
+                                                            (line 14665)
+* package, polyglossia <3>:              \index.            (line 15074)
+* package, PSTricks:                     \line.             (line  5187)
 * package, setspace:                     \baselineskip & \baselinestretch.
-                                                            (line  2392)
-* package, shellesc:                     \write18.          (line 16098)
-* package, showidx:                      Indexes.           (line 14902)
-* package, siunitx:                      minipage.          (line  4897)
-* package, siunitx <1>:                  ~.                 (line 11777)
-* package, suffix:                       \@ifstar.          (line  7544)
+                                                            (line  2394)
+* package, shellesc:                     \write18.          (line 16181)
+* package, showidx:                      Indexes.           (line 14985)
+* package, siunitx:                      minipage.          (line  4899)
+* package, siunitx <1>:                  ~.                 (line 11856)
+* package, suffix:                       \@ifstar.          (line  7556)
 * package, tablefootnote:                Footnotes in a table.
-                                                            (line  7190)
-* package, texosquery:                   \write18.          (line 16092)
+                                                            (line  7202)
+* package, texosquery:                   \write18.          (line 16175)
 * package, textcase:                     Upper and lower case.
-                                                            (line 13671)
-* package, textcomp:                     Text symbols.      (line 13700)
-* package, TikZ:                         \line.             (line  5185)
-* package, TikZ <1>:                     \strut.            (line 12061)
-* package, TikZ <2>:                     \mbox & \makebox.  (line 12294)
-* package, tikz-cd:                      Arrows.            (line 10022)
-* package, titlesec:                     Sectioning.        (line  2690)
-* package, titlesec <1>:                 \part.             (line  2771)
-* package, titlesec <2>:                 \chapter.          (line  2850)
-* package, titlesec <3>:                 \section.          (line  2928)
-* package, titlesec <4>:                 \subsection.       (line  2994)
+                                                            (line 13750)
+* package, textcomp:                     Text symbols.      (line 13779)
+* package, TikZ:                         \line.             (line  5187)
+* package, TikZ <1>:                     \strut.            (line 12140)
+* package, TikZ <2>:                     \mbox & \makebox.  (line 12373)
+* package, tikz-cd:                      Arrows.            (line 10034)
+* package, titlesec:                     Sectioning.        (line  2692)
+* package, titlesec <1>:                 \part.             (line  2773)
+* package, titlesec <2>:                 \chapter.          (line  2852)
+* package, titlesec <3>:                 \section.          (line  2930)
+* package, titlesec <4>:                 \subsection.       (line  2996)
 * package, titlesec <5>:                 \subsubsection & \paragraph & \subparagraph.
-                                                            (line  3069)
+                                                            (line  3071)
 * package, tocbibbind:                   Table of contents etc..
-                                                            (line 14569)
+                                                            (line 14652)
 * package, tocloft:                      Table of contents etc..
-                                                            (line 14569)
-* package, tocloft <1>:                  \contentsline.     (line 14788)
+                                                            (line 14652)
+* package, tocloft <1>:                  \contentsline.     (line 14871)
 * package, ulem:                         Over- and Underlining.
-                                                            (line 10675)
+                                                            (line 10687)
 * package, unicode-math:                 OpenType bold math.
-                                                            (line 10087)
-* package, unicode-math <1>:             Dots.              (line 10440)
-* package, unicode-math <2>:             Greek letters.     (line 10489)
-* package, url:                          \verb.             (line  6442)
-* package, verbatimbox:                  verbatim.          (line  6401)
+                                                            (line 10099)
+* package, unicode-math <1>:             Dots.              (line 10452)
+* package, unicode-math <2>:             Greek letters.     (line 10501)
+* package, url:                          \verb.             (line  6444)
+* package, verbatimbox:                  verbatim.          (line  6403)
 * package, xparse:                       LaTeX command syntax.
-                                                            (line   626)
-* package, xparse <1>:                   \@ifstar.          (line  7544)
-* package, xr:                           xr package.        (line  3501)
-* package, xr-hyper:                     xr package.        (line  3501)
-* package, xspace:                       xspace package.    (line  8056)
-* package, xstring:                      Jobname.           (line 16348)
+                                                            (line   628)
+* package, xparse <1>:                   \@ifstar.          (line  7556)
+* package, xr:                           xr package.        (line  3503)
+* package, xr-hyper:                     xr package.        (line  3503)
+* package, xspace:                       xspace package.    (line  8068)
+* package, xstring:                      Jobname.           (line 16431)
 * packages, loading additional:          Additional packages.
-                                                            (line   832)
+                                                            (line   834)
 * page break, forcing:                   \pagebreak & \nopagebreak.
-                                                            (line  6920)
+                                                            (line  6933)
 * page break, preventing:                \pagebreak & \nopagebreak.
-                                                            (line  6920)
-* page breaking:                         Page breaking.     (line  6789)
-* page counter:                          Counters.          (line  8117)
+                                                            (line  6933)
+* page breaking:                         Page breaking.     (line  6802)
+* page counter:                          Counters.          (line  8129)
 * page layout parameters:                Page layout parameters.
-                                                            (line  2185)
-* page number, cross referencing:        \pageref.          (line  3448)
-* page numbering style:                  \pagenumbering.    (line 11241)
-* page style, this page:                 \thispagestyle.    (line 11384)
-* page styles:                           Page styles.       (line 11157)
-* page, colored:                         Colored pages.     (line 12837)
-* page_precedence:                       makeindex.         (line 15192)
-* paired delimiters:                     \left & \right.    (line 10193)
-* paragraph:                             Sectioning.        (line  2636)
+                                                            (line  2187)
+* page number representation:            \thepage.          (line 11438)
+* page number, cross referencing:        \pageref.          (line  3450)
+* page numbering style:                  \pagenumbering.    (line 11253)
+* page style, this page:                 \thispagestyle.    (line 11405)
+* page styles:                           Page styles.       (line 11169)
+* page, colored:                         Colored pages.     (line 12916)
+* page_precedence:                       makeindex.         (line 15275)
+* paired delimiters:                     \left & \right.    (line 10205)
+* paragraph:                             Sectioning.        (line  2638)
 * paragraph <1>:                         \subsubsection & \paragraph & \subparagraph.
-                                                            (line  3012)
-* paragraph counter:                     Counters.          (line  8117)
+                                                            (line  3014)
+* paragraph counter:                     Counters.          (line  8129)
 * paragraph indentation:                 \parindent & \parskip.
-                                                            (line  8930)
-* paragraph indentation, in minipage:    minipage.          (line  4863)
-* paragraph indentations in quoted text: quotation & quote. (line  5469)
+                                                            (line  8942)
+* paragraph indentation, in minipage:    minipage.          (line  4865)
+* paragraph indentations in quoted text: quotation & quote. (line  5471)
 * paragraph indentations in quoted text, omitting: quotation & quote.
-                                                            (line  5469)
-* paragraph mode:                        Modes.             (line 11085)
-* paragraph mode <1>:                    \parbox.           (line 12383)
-* paragraph symbol:                      Text symbols.      (line 13742)
-* paragraph, ending:                     \par.              (line  8828)
-* paragraph, in a box:                   \parbox.           (line 12383)
-* paragraphs:                            Making paragraphs. (line  8767)
-* parameters, for footnotes:             \footnote.         (line  7014)
+                                                            (line  5471)
+* paragraph mode:                        Modes.             (line 11097)
+* paragraph mode <1>:                    \parbox.           (line 12462)
+* paragraph symbol:                      Text symbols.      (line 13825)
+* paragraph, ending:                     \par.              (line  8840)
+* paragraph, in a box:                   \parbox.           (line 12462)
+* paragraphs:                            Making paragraphs. (line  8779)
+* parameters, for footnotes:             \footnote.         (line  7026)
 * parameters, page layout:               Page layout parameters.
-                                                            (line  2185)
+                                                            (line  2187)
 * parameters, substituting:              \newcommand & \renewcommand.
-                                                            (line  7309)
+                                                            (line  7321)
 * parent directories, cannot write to:   \write and security.
-                                                            (line 15961)
-* parentheses:                           Delimiters.        (line 10143)
-* part:                                  Sectioning.        (line  2636)
-* part <1>:                              \part.             (line  2723)
-* part counter:                          Counters.          (line  8117)
-* pattern, current tab stops, tabbing:   tabbing.           (line  5544)
-* pc:                                    Units of length.   (line  8443)
-* PDF graphic files:                     \includegraphics.  (line 13155)
-* pdflatex:                              TeX engines.       (line   520)
-* pdflatex command:                      Output files.      (line   479)
-* pdflatex-dev:                          TeX engines.       (line   571)
-* pdfTeX:                                Output files.      (line   479)
-* pdfTeX engine:                         TeX engines.       (line   521)
-* period, abbreviation-ending:           \@.                (line 11610)
-* period, centered, in text:             Text symbols.      (line 13872)
-* period, sentence-ending:               \@.                (line 11610)
-* period, spacing after:                 \@.                (line 11610)
-* pica:                                  Units of length.   (line  8444)
-* pict2e package:                        \line.             (line  5185)
-* picture environment:                   picture.           (line  4924)
-* pictures, creating:                    picture.           (line  4924)
-* pilcrow:                               Text symbols.      (line 13742)
-* placement of floats:                   Floats.            (line  2437)
-* platex:                                TeX engines.       (line   559)
-* platex-dev:                            TeX engines.       (line   572)
-* plural:                                \newglossaryentry. (line 15323)
-* PNG files:                             \includegraphics.  (line 13155)
-* poetry, an environment for:            verse.             (line  6460)
-* point:                                 Units of length.   (line  8440)
+                                                            (line 16044)
+* parentheses:                           Delimiters.        (line 10155)
+* parentheses and ends of sentences:     \@.                (line 11700)
+* part:                                  Sectioning.        (line  2638)
+* part <1>:                              \part.             (line  2725)
+* part counter:                          Counters.          (line  8129)
+* pattern, current tab stops, tabbing:   tabbing.           (line  5546)
+* pc:                                    Units of length.   (line  8455)
+* PDF graphic files:                     \includegraphics.  (line 13234)
+* pdflatex:                              TeX engines.       (line   522)
+* pdflatex command:                      Output files.      (line   481)
+* pdflatex-dev:                          TeX engines.       (line   573)
+* pdfTeX:                                Output files.      (line   481)
+* pdfTeX engine:                         TeX engines.       (line   523)
+* period, abbreviation-ending:           \@.                (line 11682)
+* period, centered, in text:             Text symbols.      (line 13955)
+* period, sentence-ending:               \@.                (line 11682)
+* period, spacing after:                 \@.                (line 11682)
+* pica:                                  Units of length.   (line  8456)
+* pict2e package:                        \line.             (line  5187)
+* picture environment:                   picture.           (line  4926)
+* pictures, creating:                    picture.           (line  4926)
+* pilcrow:                               Text symbols.      (line 13825)
+* placement of floats:                   Floats.            (line  2439)
+* platex:                                TeX engines.       (line   561)
+* platex-dev:                            TeX engines.       (line   574)
+* plural:                                \newglossaryentry. (line 15406)
+* PNG files:                             \includegraphics.  (line 13234)
+* poetry, an environment for:            verse.             (line  6462)
+* point:                                 Units of length.   (line  8452)
 * polish l:                              Additional Latin letters.
-                                                            (line 14087)
-* polyglossia package:                   Accents.           (line 13920)
-* polyglossia package <1>:               \today.            (line 14209)
+                                                            (line 14170)
+* polyglossia package:                   Accents.           (line 14003)
+* polyglossia package <1>:               \today.            (line 14292)
 * polyglossia package <2>:               Table of contents etc..
-                                                            (line 14582)
-* polyglossia package <3>:               \index.            (line 14991)
+                                                            (line 14665)
+* polyglossia package <3>:               \index.            (line 15074)
 * portrait orientation:                  Document class options.
-                                                            (line   787)
-* position, in picture:                  picture.           (line  4982)
-* postamble:                             makeindex.         (line 15104)
-* PostScript point:                      Units of length.   (line  8450)
-* postscript, in letters:                \ps.               (line 15603)
-* pounds symbol:                         Text symbols.      (line 13746)
-* preamble:                              makeindex.         (line 15100)
+                                                            (line   789)
+* position, in picture:                  picture.           (line  4984)
+* postamble:                             makeindex.         (line 15187)
+* PostScript point:                      Units of length.   (line  8462)
+* postscript, in letters:                \ps.               (line 15686)
+* pounds symbol:                         Text symbols.      (line 13829)
+* preamble:                              makeindex.         (line 15183)
 * preamble, defined:                     Starting and ending.
-                                                            (line   449)
-* prerelease testing:                    TeX engines.       (line   575)
+                                                            (line   451)
+* prerelease testing:                    TeX engines.       (line   577)
 * prompt, *:                             Recovering from errors.
-                                                            (line 16383)
-* pronunciation:                         Overview.          (line   425)
-* PSTricks package:                      \line.             (line  5185)
-* pt:                                    Units of length.   (line  8439)
+                                                            (line 16466)
+* pronunciation:                         Overview.          (line   427)
+* PSTricks package:                      \line.             (line  5187)
+* pt:                                    Units of length.   (line  8451)
+* punctuation, sentence-ending:          \@.                (line 11682)
 * quad:                                  Spacing in math mode.
-                                                            (line 10773)
-* question mark, upside-down:            Text symbols.      (line 13875)
-* quotation environment:                 quotation & quote. (line  5469)
-* quotation marks, French:               Text symbols.      (line 13727)
-* quote environment:                     quotation & quote. (line  5469)
-* quote, single straight:                Text symbols.      (line 13890)
-* quote, straight base:                  Text symbols.      (line 13894)
+                                                            (line 10785)
+* question mark, upside-down:            Text symbols.      (line 13958)
+* question marks, ending a sentence:     \@.                (line 11715)
+* quotation environment:                 quotation & quote. (line  5471)
+* quotation marks, French:               Text symbols.      (line 13808)
+* quote environment:                     quotation & quote. (line  5471)
+* quote, single straight:                Text symbols.      (line 13973)
+* quote, straight base:                  Text symbols.      (line 13977)
 * quoted text with paragraph indentation, displaying: quotation & quote.
-                                                            (line  5469)
+                                                            (line  5471)
 * quoted text without paragraph indentation, displaying: quotation & quote.
-                                                            (line  5469)
-* radical:                               \sqrt.             (line 11052)
-* ragged left text:                      \raggedleft.       (line  4268)
-* ragged left text, environment for:     flushright.        (line  4248)
-* ragged right text:                     \raggedright.      (line  4215)
-* ragged right text, environment for:    flushleft.         (line  4186)
-* read a file:                           \read.             (line 15735)
+                                                            (line  5471)
+* quotes and ends of sentences:          \@.                (line 11700)
+* radical:                               \sqrt.             (line 11064)
+* ragged left text:                      \raggedleft.       (line  4270)
+* ragged left text, environment for:     flushright.        (line  4250)
+* ragged right text:                     \raggedright.      (line  4217)
+* ragged right text, environment for:    flushleft.         (line  4188)
+* read a file:                           \read.             (line 15818)
 * redefining a command:                  \newcommand & \renewcommand.
-                                                            (line  7234)
+                                                            (line  7246)
 * redefining environments:               \newenvironment & \renewenvironment.
-                                                            (line  7651)
-* reference, forward:                    Cross references.  (line  3371)
-* references, resolving forward:         Output files.      (line   492)
-* registered symbol:                     Text symbols.      (line 13897)
-* relation, text above:                  \stackrel.         (line 11069)
-* release candidates:                    TeX engines.       (line   575)
-* remarks in the margin:                 Marginal notes.    (line  8962)
-* report class:                          Document classes.  (line   703)
+                                                            (line  7663)
+* reference, forward:                    Cross references.  (line  3373)
+* references, resolving forward:         Output files.      (line   494)
+* registered symbol:                     Text symbols.      (line 13980)
+* relation, text above:                  \stackrel.         (line 11081)
+* release candidates:                    TeX engines.       (line   577)
+* remarks in the margin:                 Marginal notes.    (line  8974)
+* report class:                          Document classes.  (line   705)
 * reporting bugs:                        About this document.
-                                                            (line   380)
+                                                            (line   382)
 * reserved characters:                   Reserved characters.
-                                                            (line 13605)
-* resizing:                              \scalebox.         (line 13538)
-* resizing <1>:                          \resizebox.        (line 13570)
-* restricted shell access:               \write18.          (line 16080)
-* right angle quotation marks:           Text symbols.      (line 13727)
-* right arrow, in text:                  Text symbols.      (line 13900)
-* right brace, in text:                  Text symbols.      (line 13793)
-* right quote:                           Text symbols.      (line 13753)
-* right quote, double:                   Text symbols.      (line 13881)
-* right quote, single:                   Text symbols.      (line 13887)
+                                                            (line 13684)
+* resizing:                              \scalebox.         (line 13617)
+* resizing <1>:                          \resizebox.        (line 13649)
+* restricted shell access:               \write18.          (line 16163)
+* right angle quotation marks:           Text symbols.      (line 13808)
+* right arrow, in text:                  Text symbols.      (line 13983)
+* right brace, in text:                  Text symbols.      (line 13876)
+* right parentheses/quotes, and spacing: \@.                (line 11700)
+* right quote:                           Text symbols.      (line 13836)
+* right quote, double:                   Text symbols.      (line 13964)
+* right quote, single:                   Text symbols.      (line 13970)
 * right-hand equation numbers:           Document class options.
-                                                            (line   790)
-* right-justifying text:                 \raggedleft.       (line  4268)
-* right-justifying text, environment for: flushright.       (line  4248)
-* rigid lengths:                         Lengths.           (line  8342)
-* ring accent:                           Accents.           (line 13991)
-* ring accent, math:                     Math accents.      (line 10646)
-* robust commands:                       \protect.          (line  7929)
-* roman font:                            Font styles.       (line  1782)
+                                                            (line   792)
+* right-justifying text:                 \raggedleft.       (line  4270)
+* right-justifying text, environment for: flushright.       (line  4250)
+* rigid lengths:                         Lengths.           (line  8354)
+* ring accent:                           Accents.           (line 14074)
+* ring accent, math:                     Math accents.      (line 10658)
+* robust commands:                       \protect.          (line  7941)
+* roman font:                            Font styles.       (line  1784)
 * root file:                             Splitting the input.
-                                                            (line 14237)
-* root file <1>:                         Jobname.           (line 16301)
-* roots:                                 \sqrt.             (line 11052)
-* rotating graphics:                     \rotatebox.        (line 13470)
-* rotating text:                         \rotatebox.        (line 13470)
-* rotation:                              \rotatebox.        (line 13470)
-* row, tabbing:                          tabbing.           (line  5539)
-* rubber lengths:                        Lengths.           (line  8342)
-* rubber lengths, defining new:          \newlength.        (line  7599)
+                                                            (line 14320)
+* root file <1>:                         Jobname.           (line 16384)
+* roots:                                 \sqrt.             (line 11064)
+* rotating graphics:                     \rotatebox.        (line 13549)
+* rotating text:                         \rotatebox.        (line 13549)
+* rotation:                              \rotatebox.        (line 13549)
+* row, tabbing:                          tabbing.           (line  5541)
+* rubber lengths:                        Lengths.           (line  8354)
+* rubber lengths, defining new:          \newlength.        (line  7611)
 * running header and footer:             Page layout parameters.
-                                                            (line  2185)
-* running header and footer style:       \pagestyle.        (line 11299)
+                                                            (line  2187)
+* running header and footer style:       \pagestyle.        (line 11319)
 * samepage environment:                  \pagebreak & \nopagebreak.
-                                                            (line  6958)
-* sans serif font:                       Font styles.       (line  1788)
-* scaled point:                          Units of length.   (line  8466)
-* scaling:                               \scalebox.         (line 13538)
-* scaling <1>:                           \resizebox.        (line 13570)
-* script fonts:                          Calligraphic.      (line 10126)
-* script letters for math:               Font styles.       (line  1776)
-* script style:                          Math styles.       (line 10947)
-* scriptscript style:                    Math styles.       (line 10950)
+                                                            (line  6971)
+* sans serif font:                       Font styles.       (line  1790)
+* scaled point:                          Units of length.   (line  8478)
+* scaling:                               \scalebox.         (line 13617)
+* scaling <1>:                           \resizebox.        (line 13649)
+* script fonts:                          Calligraphic.      (line 10138)
+* script letters for math:               Font styles.       (line  1778)
+* script style:                          Math styles.       (line 10959)
+* scriptscript style:                    Math styles.       (line 10962)
 * scrollmode:                            Command line options.
-                                                            (line 16174)
-* secnumdepth:                           Sectioning.        (line  2700)
-* secnumdepth counter:                   Sectioning.        (line  2701)
-* section:                               Sectioning.        (line  2636)
-* section <1>:                           \section.          (line  2870)
-* section counter:                       Counters.          (line  8117)
-* section number, cross referencing:     \ref.              (line  3472)
-* section numbers, printing:             Sectioning.        (line  2701)
-* section symbol:                        Text symbols.      (line 13757)
-* section, redefining:                   \@startsection.    (line  3147)
-* sectioning commands:                   Sectioning.        (line  2636)
-* sectioning, part:                      \part.             (line  2723)
+                                                            (line 16257)
+* secnumdepth:                           Sectioning.        (line  2702)
+* secnumdepth counter:                   Sectioning.        (line  2703)
+* section:                               Sectioning.        (line  2638)
+* section <1>:                           \section.          (line  2872)
+* section counter:                       Counters.          (line  8129)
+* section number, cross referencing:     \ref.              (line  3474)
+* section numbers, printing:             Sectioning.        (line  2703)
+* section symbol:                        Text symbols.      (line 13840)
+* section, redefining:                   \@startsection.    (line  3149)
+* sectioning commands:                   Sectioning.        (line  2638)
+* sectioning, part:                      \part.             (line  2725)
 * security and \write:                   \write and security.
-                                                            (line 15945)
-* see and see also index entries:        \index.            (line 14991)
-* self-contained sources:                filecontents.      (line  4157)
+                                                            (line 16028)
+* see and see also index entries:        \index.            (line 15074)
+* self-contained sources:                filecontents.      (line  4159)
+* sentence-ending punctuation:           \@.                (line 11682)
 * series, of fonts:                      Low-level font commands.
-                                                            (line  1941)
+                                                            (line  1943)
 * setspace package:                      \baselineskip & \baselinestretch.
-                                                            (line  2392)
-* setting counters:                      \setcounter.       (line  8250)
-* sh, used by \write18:                  \write18.          (line 16087)
+                                                            (line  2394)
+* setting counters:                      \setcounter.       (line  8262)
+* sh, used by \write18:                  \write18.          (line 16170)
 * shapes, of fonts:                      Low-level font commands.
-                                                            (line  1981)
+                                                            (line  1983)
 * sharp S letters:                       Additional Latin letters.
-                                                            (line 14103)
-* shell access:                          \write18.          (line 16033)
+                                                            (line 14186)
+* shell access:                          \write18.          (line 16116)
 * shell escape:                          Command line options.
-                                                            (line 16208)
-* SHELL, environment variables:          \write18.          (line 16087)
-* shellesc package:                      \write18.          (line 16098)
-* showidx package:                       Indexes.           (line 14902)
-* simulating typed text:                 verbatim.          (line  6366)
-* single angle quotation marks:          Text symbols.      (line 13727)
-* single guillemets:                     Text symbols.      (line 13727)
-* single left quote:                     Text symbols.      (line 13884)
-* single low-9 quotation mark:           Text symbols.      (line 13750)
-* single quote, straight:                Text symbols.      (line 13890)
-* single right quote:                    Text symbols.      (line 13887)
-* siunitx package:                       minipage.          (line  4897)
-* siunitx package <1>:                   ~.                 (line 11777)
-* sizes of text:                         Font sizes.        (line  1842)
-* skip plain TeX:                        Lengths.           (line  8342)
-* skip register, plain TeX:              \newlength.        (line  7599)
-* slanted font:                          Font styles.       (line  1791)
-* slides class:                          Document classes.  (line   703)
-* sloppypar environment:                 sloppypar.         (line  6710)
-* sloppypar environment <1>:             sloppypar.         (line  6710)
+                                                            (line 16291)
+* SHELL, environment variables:          \write18.          (line 16170)
+* shellesc package:                      \write18.          (line 16181)
+* showidx package:                       Indexes.           (line 14985)
+* simulating typed text:                 verbatim.          (line  6368)
+* single angle quotation marks:          Text symbols.      (line 13808)
+* single guillemets:                     Text symbols.      (line 13808)
+* single left quote:                     Text symbols.      (line 13967)
+* single low-9 quotation mark:           Text symbols.      (line 13833)
+* single quote, straight:                Text symbols.      (line 13973)
+* single right quote:                    Text symbols.      (line 13970)
+* siunitx package:                       minipage.          (line  4899)
+* siunitx package <1>:                   ~.                 (line 11856)
+* sizes of text:                         Font sizes.        (line  1844)
+* skip plain TeX:                        Lengths.           (line  8354)
+* skip register, plain TeX:              \newlength.        (line  7611)
+* slanted font:                          Font styles.       (line  1793)
+* slash character, breakable:            \slash.            (line  6675)
+* slides class:                          Document classes.  (line   705)
+* sloppypar environment:                 sloppypar.         (line  6723)
+* sloppypar environment <1>:             sloppypar.         (line  6723)
 * slot, font:                            \DeclareTextAccent.
-                                                            (line  1427)
-* small caps font:                       Font styles.       (line  1785)
-* sort:                                  \newglossaryentry. (line 15327)
-* source files, making self-contained:   filecontents.      (line  4157)
-* sp:                                    Units of length.   (line  8465)
+                                                            (line  1429)
+* small caps font:                       Font styles.       (line  1787)
+* sort:                                  \newglossaryentry. (line 15410)
+* source files, making self-contained:   filecontents.      (line  4159)
+* sp:                                    Units of length.   (line  8477)
 * space between lines:                   \baselineskip & \baselinestretch.
-                                                            (line  2318)
-* space, inserting horizontal:           \hss.              (line 11526)
-* space, inserting vertical:             \addvspace.        (line 12170)
+                                                            (line  2320)
+* space factor:                          \spacefactor.      (line 11623)
+* space, inserting horizontal:           \hss.              (line 11597)
+* space, inserting vertical:             \addvspace.        (line 12249)
 * space, negative thin:                  \thinspace & \negthinspace.
-                                                            (line 11806)
+                                                            (line 11885)
 * space, thin:                           \thinspace & \negthinspace.
-                                                            (line 11806)
-* space, unbreakable:                    ~.                 (line 11741)
-* space, vertical:                       \vspace.           (line 12090)
-* spaces:                                Spaces.            (line 11412)
+                                                            (line 11885)
+* space, unbreakable:                    ~.                 (line 11818)
+* space, vertical:                       \vspace.           (line 12169)
+* spaces:                                Spaces.            (line 11483)
 * spaces, ignore around commands:        \ignorespaces & \ignorespacesafterend.
-                                                            (line  7981)
-* spaces, ignore around commands <1>:    xspace package.    (line  8056)
+                                                            (line  7993)
+* spaces, ignore around commands <1>:    xspace package.    (line  8068)
 * spacing within math mode:              Spacing in math mode.
-                                                            (line 10710)
+                                                            (line 10722)
 * spacing, inter-sentence:               \frenchspacing & \nonfrenchspacing.
-                                                            (line 11656)
-* spacing, inter-sentence <1>:           \normalsfcodes.    (line 11677)
+                                                            (line 11731)
+* spacing, inter-sentence <1>:           \normalsfcodes.    (line 11755)
 * spacing, math mode:                    \phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom.
-                                                            (line 10845)
-* spacing, math mode <1>:                \mathstrut.        (line 10908)
-* Spanish ordinals, feminine and masculine: Text symbols.   (line 13869)
+                                                            (line 10857)
+* spacing, math mode <1>:                \mathstrut.        (line 10920)
+* Spanish ordinals, feminine and masculine: Text symbols.   (line 13952)
 * special characters:                    Reserved characters.
-                                                            (line 13605)
+                                                            (line 13684)
 * special characters <1>:                Additional Latin letters.
-                                                            (line 14057)
+                                                            (line 14140)
 * special insertions:                    Special insertions.
-                                                            (line 13599)
-* specifier, float placement:            Floats.            (line  2437)
+                                                            (line 13678)
+* specifier, float placement:            Floats.            (line  2439)
 * splitting the input file:              Splitting the input.
-                                                            (line 14233)
-* square root:                           \sqrt.             (line 11052)
-* stack math:                            \stackrel.         (line 11069)
-* star-variants, commands:               \@ifstar.          (line  7486)
+                                                            (line 14316)
+* square root:                           \sqrt.             (line 11064)
+* stack math:                            \stackrel.         (line 11081)
+* star-variants, commands:               \@ifstar.          (line  7498)
 * starred form, defining new commands:   \newcommand & \renewcommand.
-                                                            (line  7256)
-* starting a new page:                   \newpage.          (line  6862)
+                                                            (line  7268)
+* starting a new page:                   \newpage.          (line  6875)
 * starting a new page and clearing floats: \clearpage & \cleardoublepage.
-                                                            (line  6820)
+                                                            (line  6833)
 * starting and ending:                   Starting and ending.
-                                                            (line   433)
+                                                            (line   435)
 * starting on a right-hand page:         \clearpage & \cleardoublepage.
-                                                            (line  6820)
-* sterling symbol:                       Text symbols.      (line 13746)
-* straight double quote, base:           Text symbols.      (line 13894)
-* straight quote, base:                  Text symbols.      (line 13894)
-* straight single quote:                 Text symbols.      (line 13890)
-* stretch, infinite horizontal:          \hfill.            (line 11493)
-* stretch, infinite vertical:            \vfill.            (line 12141)
-* stretch, omitting vertical:            \raggedbottom.     (line  2174)
-* strut:                                 \footnote.         (line  7027)
-* strut <1>:                             \strut.            (line 12005)
-* strut, math:                           \mathstrut.        (line 10908)
-* styles of text:                        Font styles.       (line  1703)
-* styles, page:                          Page styles.       (line 11157)
-* subparagraph:                          Sectioning.        (line  2636)
+                                                            (line  6833)
+* sterling symbol:                       Text symbols.      (line 13829)
+* straight double quote, base:           Text symbols.      (line 13977)
+* straight quote, base:                  Text symbols.      (line 13977)
+* straight single quote:                 Text symbols.      (line 13973)
+* stretch, infinite horizontal:          \hfill.            (line 11564)
+* stretch, infinite vertical:            \vfill.            (line 12220)
+* stretch, omitting vertical:            \raggedbottom.     (line  2176)
+* strut:                                 \footnote.         (line  7039)
+* strut <1>:                             \strut.            (line 12084)
+* strut, math:                           \mathstrut.        (line 10920)
+* styles of text:                        Font styles.       (line  1705)
+* styles, page:                          Page styles.       (line 11169)
+* subparagraph:                          Sectioning.        (line  2638)
 * subparagraph <1>:                      \subsubsection & \paragraph & \subparagraph.
-                                                            (line  3012)
-* subparagraph counter:                  Counters.          (line  8117)
+                                                            (line  3014)
+* subparagraph counter:                  Counters.          (line  8129)
 * subscript:                             Subscripts & superscripts.
-                                                            (line  9078)
-* subsection:                            Sectioning.        (line  2636)
-* subsection <1>:                        \subsection.       (line  2948)
-* subsection counter:                    Counters.          (line  8117)
-* subsubsection:                         Sectioning.        (line  2636)
+                                                            (line  9090)
+* subsection:                            Sectioning.        (line  2638)
+* subsection <1>:                        \subsection.       (line  2950)
+* subsection counter:                    Counters.          (line  8129)
+* subsubsection:                         Sectioning.        (line  2638)
 * subsubsection <1>:                     \subsubsection & \paragraph & \subparagraph.
-                                                            (line  3012)
-* subsubsection counter:                 Counters.          (line  8117)
-* suffix package:                        \@ifstar.          (line  7544)
+                                                            (line  3014)
+* subsubsection counter:                 Counters.          (line  8129)
+* suffix package:                        \@ifstar.          (line  7556)
 * superscript:                           Subscripts & superscripts.
-                                                            (line  9078)
-* symbol:                                \newglossaryentry. (line 15331)
+                                                            (line  9090)
+* symbol:                                \newglossaryentry. (line 15414)
 * symbol, defining:                      \DeclareTextSymbol.
-                                                            (line  1595)
-* symbols, arrows:                       Arrows.            (line  9987)
-* symbols, boldface:                     bm.                (line 10058)
-* symbols, math:                         Math symbols.      (line  9141)
-* symbols, text:                         Text symbols.      (line 13700)
-* system commands, run from LaTeX:       \write18.          (line 16033)
-* system information:                    \write18.          (line 16092)
-* T1:                                    fontenc package.   (line  1300)
-* tab stops, using:                      tabbing.           (line  5499)
-* tabbing environment:                   tabbing.           (line  5499)
-* table counter:                         Counters.          (line  8117)
-* table environment:                     table.             (line  5648)
-* table of contents:                     \contentsline.     (line 14760)
+                                                            (line  1597)
+* symbols, arrows:                       Arrows.            (line  9999)
+* symbols, boldface:                     bm.                (line 10070)
+* symbols, math:                         Math symbols.      (line  9153)
+* symbols, text:                         Text symbols.      (line 13779)
+* system commands, run from LaTeX:       \write18.          (line 16116)
+* system information:                    \write18.          (line 16175)
+* T1:                                    fontenc package.   (line  1302)
+* tab stops, using:                      tabbing.           (line  5501)
+* tabbing environment:                   tabbing.           (line  5501)
+* table counter:                         Counters.          (line  8129)
+* table environment:                     table.             (line  5650)
+* table of contents:                     \contentsline.     (line 14843)
 * table of contents entry, create dotted line: \@dottedtocline.
-                                                            (line 14588)
+                                                            (line 14671)
 * table of contents entry, manually adding: \addcontentsline.
-                                                            (line 14623)
-* table of contents file:                Output files.      (line   502)
+                                                            (line 14706)
+* table of contents file:                Output files.      (line   504)
 * table of contents, avoiding footnotes: Footnotes in section headings.
-                                                            (line  7124)
+                                                            (line  7136)
 * table of contents, creating:           Table of contents etc..
-                                                            (line 14465)
+                                                            (line 14548)
+* table of contents, page numbers in:    \thepage.          (line 11438)
 * table of contents, sectioning numbers printed: Sectioning.
-                                                            (line  2712)
+                                                            (line  2714)
 * tablefootnote package:                 Footnotes in a table.
-                                                            (line  7190)
-* tables, creating:                      table.             (line  5648)
-* tabular environment:                   tabular.           (line  5706)
-* template (simple), article:            article template.  (line 16441)
-* template, beamer:                      beamer template.   (line 16411)
-* template, book:                        book template.     (line 16464)
+                                                            (line  7202)
+* tables, creating:                      table.             (line  5650)
+* tabular environment:                   tabular.           (line  5708)
+* template (simple), article:            article template.  (line 16524)
+* template, beamer:                      beamer template.   (line 16494)
+* template, book:                        book template.     (line 16547)
 * template, book <1>:                    Larger book template.
-                                                            (line 16488)
+                                                            (line 16571)
 * templates, document:                   Document templates.
-                                                            (line 16404)
-* terminal input/output:                 Input/output.      (line 15662)
-* terminal, writing to:                  \write.            (line 15868)
-* TeX format (.fmt) files:               TeX engines.       (line   511)
-* TeX logo:                              Text symbols.      (line 13760)
-* texosquery package:                    \write18.          (line 16092)
-* texput, jobname default:               Jobname.           (line 16322)
-* text style:                            Math styles.       (line 10945)
-* text symbols:                          Text symbols.      (line 13700)
-* text, resizing:                        \scalebox.         (line 13538)
-* text, resizing <1>:                    \resizebox.        (line 13570)
-* text, scaling:                         \scalebox.         (line 13538)
-* text, scaling <1>:                     \resizebox.        (line 13570)
+                                                            (line 16487)
+* terminal input/output:                 Input/output.      (line 15745)
+* terminal, writing to:                  \write.            (line 15951)
+* TeX format (.fmt) files:               TeX engines.       (line   513)
+* TeX logo:                              Text symbols.      (line 13843)
+* texosquery package:                    \write18.          (line 16175)
+* texput, jobname default:               Jobname.           (line 16405)
+* text style:                            Math styles.       (line 10957)
+* text symbols:                          Text symbols.      (line 13779)
+* text, resizing:                        \scalebox.         (line 13617)
+* text, resizing <1>:                    \resizebox.        (line 13649)
+* text, scaling:                         \scalebox.         (line 13617)
+* text, scaling <1>:                     \resizebox.        (line 13649)
 * textcase package:                      Upper and lower case.
-                                                            (line 13671)
-* textcomp package:                      Text symbols.      (line 13700)
-* thanks, for titlepage:                 \maketitle.        (line 11220)
-* thebibliography environment:           thebibliography.   (line  6030)
+                                                            (line 13750)
+* textcomp package:                      Text symbols.      (line 13779)
+* thanks, for titlepage:                 \maketitle.        (line 11232)
+* thebibliography environment:           thebibliography.   (line  6032)
 * theindex:                              Produce the index manually.
-                                                            (line 14912)
+                                                            (line 14995)
 * theindex environment:                  Produce the index manually.
-                                                            (line 14915)
-* theorem environment:                   theorem.           (line  6297)
-* theorem-like environment:              \newtheorem.       (line  7785)
-* theorems, defining:                    \newtheorem.       (line  7785)
-* theorems, typesetting:                 theorem.           (line  6297)
+                                                            (line 14998)
+* theorem environment:                   theorem.           (line  6299)
+* theorem-like environment:              \newtheorem.       (line  7797)
+* theorems, defining:                    \newtheorem.       (line  7797)
+* theorems, typesetting:                 theorem.           (line  6299)
 * thin space:                            Spacing in math mode.
-                                                            (line 10751)
+                                                            (line 10763)
 * thin space <1>:                        \thinspace & \negthinspace.
-                                                            (line 11806)
+                                                            (line 11885)
 * thin space, negative:                  Spacing in math mode.
-                                                            (line 10765)
+                                                            (line 10777)
 * thin space, negative <1>:              \thinspace & \negthinspace.
-                                                            (line 11806)
+                                                            (line 11885)
 * thorn, Icelandic letter:               Additional Latin letters.
-                                                            (line 14107)
-* three-quarters em-dash:                Text symbols.      (line 13903)
-* tie:                                   ~.                 (line 11741)
-* tie-after accent:                      Accents.           (line 13997)
-* TikZ package:                          \line.             (line  5185)
-* TikZ package <1>:                      \strut.            (line 12061)
-* TikZ package <2>:                      \mbox & \makebox.  (line 12294)
-* tikz-cd package:                       Arrows.            (line 10022)
-* tilde accent:                          Accents.           (line 13962)
-* tilde accent, math:                    Math accents.      (line 10649)
-* tilde, ASCII, in text:                 Text symbols.      (line 13766)
+                                                            (line 14190)
+* three-quarters em-dash:                Text symbols.      (line 13986)
+* tie:                                   ~.                 (line 11818)
+* tie-after accent:                      Accents.           (line 14080)
+* TikZ package:                          \line.             (line  5187)
+* TikZ package <1>:                      \strut.            (line 12140)
+* TikZ package <2>:                      \mbox & \makebox.  (line 12373)
+* tikz-cd package:                       Arrows.            (line 10034)
+* tilde accent:                          Accents.           (line 14045)
+* tilde accent, math:                    Math accents.      (line 10661)
+* tilde, ASCII, in text:                 Text symbols.      (line 13849)
 * title page, separate or run-in:        Document class options.
-                                                            (line   798)
-* title pages, creating:                 titlepage.         (line  6327)
-* title, for titlepage:                  \maketitle.        (line 11227)
-* titlepage environment:                 titlepage.         (line  6327)
+                                                            (line   800)
+* title pages, creating:                 titlepage.         (line  6329)
+* title, for titlepage:                  \maketitle.        (line 11239)
+* titlepage environment:                 titlepage.         (line  6329)
 * titlepage option:                      Document class options.
-                                                            (line   776)
-* titles, making:                        \maketitle.        (line 11169)
-* titlesec package:                      Sectioning.        (line  2690)
-* titlesec package <1>:                  \part.             (line  2771)
-* titlesec package <2>:                  \chapter.          (line  2850)
-* titlesec package <3>:                  \section.          (line  2928)
-* titlesec package <4>:                  \subsection.       (line  2994)
+                                                            (line   778)
+* titles, making:                        \maketitle.        (line 11181)
+* titlesec package:                      Sectioning.        (line  2692)
+* titlesec package <1>:                  \part.             (line  2773)
+* titlesec package <2>:                  \chapter.          (line  2852)
+* titlesec package <3>:                  \section.          (line  2930)
+* titlesec package <4>:                  \subsection.       (line  2996)
 * titlesec package <5>:                  \subsubsection & \paragraph & \subparagraph.
-                                                            (line  3069)
+                                                            (line  3071)
 * tocbibbind package:                    Table of contents etc..
-                                                            (line 14569)
-* tocdepth:                              Sectioning.        (line  2711)
-* tocdepth counter:                      Sectioning.        (line  2712)
+                                                            (line 14652)
+* tocdepth:                              Sectioning.        (line  2713)
+* tocdepth counter:                      Sectioning.        (line  2714)
 * tocloft package:                       Table of contents etc..
-                                                            (line 14569)
-* tocloft package <1>:                   \contentsline.     (line 14788)
-* today’s date:                          \today.            (line 14202)
-* tombstone:                             \rule.             (line 14174)
+                                                            (line 14652)
+* tocloft package <1>:                   \contentsline.     (line 14871)
+* today’s date:                          \today.            (line 14285)
+* tombstone:                             \rule.             (line 14257)
 * topmargin:                             Page layout parameters.
-                                                            (line  2304)
-* topnumber:                             Floats.            (line  2544)
-* topnumber <1>:                         Floats.            (line  2545)
-* totalnumber:                           Floats.            (line  2548)
-* totalnumber <1>:                       Floats.            (line  2549)
-* trademark symbol:                      Text symbols.      (line 13906)
-* transcript file:                       Output files.      (line   487)
-* TrueType fonts:                        TeX engines.       (line   511)
-* TS1 encoding:                          Text symbols.      (line 13700)
-* two-column output:                     \twocolumn.        (line  2045)
-* two-thirds em-dash:                    Text symbols.      (line 13909)
+                                                            (line  2306)
+* topnumber:                             Floats.            (line  2546)
+* topnumber <1>:                         Floats.            (line  2547)
+* totalnumber:                           Floats.            (line  2550)
+* totalnumber <1>:                       Floats.            (line  2551)
+* trademark symbol:                      Text symbols.      (line 13989)
+* transcript file:                       Output files.      (line   489)
+* TrueType fonts:                        TeX engines.       (line   513)
+* TS1 encoding:                          Text symbols.      (line 13779)
+* two-column output:                     \twocolumn.        (line  2047)
+* two-thirds em-dash:                    Text symbols.      (line 13992)
 * twocolumn option:                      Document class options.
-                                                            (line   805)
+                                                            (line   807)
 * twoside option:                        Document class options.
-                                                            (line   805)
-* type styles:                           Font styles.       (line  1703)
-* typed text, simulating:                verbatim.          (line  6366)
-* typeface sizes:                        Font sizes.        (line  1842)
-* typefaces:                             Fonts.             (line  1263)
-* typewriter font:                       Font styles.       (line  1794)
-* typewriter labels in lists:            description.       (line  3814)
+                                                            (line   807)
+* type styles:                           Font styles.       (line  1705)
+* typed text, simulating:                verbatim.          (line  6368)
+* typeface sizes:                        Font sizes.        (line  1844)
+* typefaces:                             Fonts.             (line  1265)
+* typewriter font:                       Font styles.       (line  1796)
+* typewriter labels in lists:            description.       (line  3816)
 * ulem package:                          Over- and Underlining.
-                                                            (line 10675)
-* umlaut accent:                         Accents.           (line 13939)
-* unbreakable space:                     ~.                 (line 11741)
-* underbar:                              Accents.           (line 13967)
+                                                            (line 10687)
+* umlaut accent:                         Accents.           (line 14022)
+* unbreakable space:                     ~.                 (line 11818)
+* underbar:                              Accents.           (line 14050)
 * underlining:                           Over- and Underlining.
-                                                            (line 10666)
-* underscore, in text:                   Text symbols.      (line 13912)
-* Unicode:                               inputenc package.  (line 14123)
-* Unicode input, native:                 TeX engines.       (line   511)
+                                                            (line 10678)
+* underscore, in text:                   Text symbols.      (line 13995)
+* Unicode:                               inputenc package.  (line 14206)
+* Unicode input, native:                 TeX engines.       (line   513)
 * unicode-math package:                  OpenType bold math.
-                                                            (line 10087)
-* unicode-math package <1>:              Dots.              (line 10440)
-* unicode-math package <2>:              Greek letters.     (line 10489)
-* units, of length:                      Units of length.   (line  8436)
+                                                            (line 10099)
+* unicode-math package <1>:              Dots.              (line 10452)
+* unicode-math package <2>:              Greek letters.     (line 10501)
+* units, of length:                      Units of length.   (line  8448)
 * unofficial nature of this manual:      About this document.
-                                                            (line   376)
-* unordered lists:                       itemize.           (line  4295)
-* uplatex:                               TeX engines.       (line   560)
-* uplatex-dev:                           TeX engines.       (line   573)
+                                                            (line   378)
+* unordered lists:                       itemize.           (line  4297)
+* uplatex:                               TeX engines.       (line   562)
+* uplatex-dev:                           TeX engines.       (line   575)
 * uppercase:                             Upper and lower case.
-                                                            (line 13635)
-* url package:                           \verb.             (line  6442)
-* using BibTeX:                          Using BibTeX.      (line  6208)
-* UTF-8, default LaTeX input encoding:   Overview.          (line   410)
-* UTF-8, engine support for:             TeX engines.       (line   511)
-* UTF-8, font support for:               fontenc package.   (line  1300)
-* variables, a list of:                  Counters.          (line  8108)
-* vector symbol, math:                   Math accents.      (line 10652)
-* verbatim environment:                  verbatim.          (line  6366)
-* verbatim text:                         verbatim.          (line  6366)
-* verbatim text, inline:                 \verb.             (line  6409)
-* verbatimbox package:                   verbatim.          (line  6401)
-* verse environment:                     verse.             (line  6460)
-* vertical bar, double, in text:         Text symbols.      (line 13783)
-* vertical bar, in text:                 Text symbols.      (line 13780)
-* vertical mode:                         Modes.             (line 11109)
-* vertical space:                        \vspace.           (line 12090)
-* vertical space <1>:                    \addvspace.        (line 12170)
+                                                            (line 13714)
+* url package:                           \verb.             (line  6444)
+* using BibTeX:                          Using BibTeX.      (line  6210)
+* UTF-8, default LaTeX input encoding:   Overview.          (line   412)
+* UTF-8, engine support for:             TeX engines.       (line   513)
+* UTF-8, font support for:               fontenc package.   (line  1302)
+* variables, a list of:                  Counters.          (line  8120)
+* vector symbol, math:                   Math accents.      (line 10664)
+* verbatim environment:                  verbatim.          (line  6368)
+* verbatim text:                         verbatim.          (line  6368)
+* verbatim text, inline:                 \verb.             (line  6411)
+* verbatimbox package:                   verbatim.          (line  6403)
+* verse environment:                     verse.             (line  6462)
+* vertical bar, double, in text:         Text symbols.      (line 13866)
+* vertical bar, in text:                 Text symbols.      (line 13863)
+* vertical mode:                         Modes.             (line 11121)
+* vertical space:                        \vspace.           (line 12169)
+* vertical space <1>:                    \addvspace.        (line 12249)
 * vertical space before paragraphs:      \parindent & \parskip.
-                                                            (line  8930)
+                                                            (line  8942)
 * vertical spacing:                      \phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom.
-                                                            (line 10845)
-* vertical spacing <1>:                  \mathstrut.        (line 10908)
-* vertical spacing, math mode:           \smash.            (line 10785)
-* visible space:                         \verb.             (line  6434)
-* visible space symbol, in text:         Text symbols.      (line 13915)
+                                                            (line 10857)
+* vertical spacing <1>:                  \mathstrut.        (line 10920)
+* vertical spacing, math mode:           \smash.            (line 10797)
+* visible space:                         \verb.             (line  6436)
+* visible space symbol, in text:         Text symbols.      (line 13998)
 * weights, of fonts:                     Low-level font commands.
-                                                            (line  1951)
-* whatsit item:                          \write.            (line 15903)
-* white space:                           Spaces.            (line 11412)
-* wide hat accent, math:                 Math accents.      (line 10655)
-* wide tilde accent, math:               Math accents.      (line 10658)
+                                                            (line  1953)
+* whatsit item:                          \write.            (line 15986)
+* white space:                           Spaces.            (line 11483)
+* wide hat accent, math:                 Math accents.      (line 10667)
+* wide tilde accent, math:               Math accents.      (line 10670)
 * widths, of fonts:                      Low-level font commands.
-                                                            (line  1963)
+                                                            (line  1965)
 * Wright, Joseph:                        Upper and lower case.
-                                                            (line 13677)
-* writing external files:                filecontents.      (line  4121)
-* writing letters:                       Letters.           (line 15367)
-* x-height:                              Units of length.   (line  8472)
-* xdvi command:                          Output files.      (line   469)
-* xdvipdfmx:                             TeX engines.       (line   547)
-* xelatex:                               TeX engines.       (line   546)
-* xelatex-dev:                           TeX engines.       (line   574)
-* XeTeX:                                 TeX engines.       (line   547)
-* xindex program:                        makeindex.         (line 15209)
-* xindy program:                         makeindex.         (line 15202)
+                                                            (line 13756)
+* writing external files:                filecontents.      (line  4123)
+* writing letters:                       Letters.           (line 15450)
+* x-height:                              Units of length.   (line  8484)
+* xdvi command:                          Output files.      (line   471)
+* xdvipdfmx:                             TeX engines.       (line   549)
+* xelatex:                               TeX engines.       (line   548)
+* xelatex-dev:                           TeX engines.       (line   576)
+* XeTeX:                                 TeX engines.       (line   549)
+* xindex program:                        makeindex.         (line 15292)
+* xindy program:                         makeindex.         (line 15285)
 * xparse package:                        LaTeX command syntax.
-                                                            (line   626)
-* xparse package <1>:                    \@ifstar.          (line  7544)
-* xr package:                            xr package.        (line  3501)
-* xr-hyper package:                      xr package.        (line  3501)
-* xspace package:                        xspace package.    (line  8056)
-* xstring package:                       Jobname.           (line 16348)
+                                                            (line   628)
+* xparse package <1>:                    \@ifstar.          (line  7556)
+* xr package:                            xr package.        (line  3503)
+* xr-hyper package:                      xr package.        (line  3503)
+* xspace package:                        xspace package.    (line  8068)
+* xstring package:                       Jobname.           (line 16431)
 

Modified: trunk/latex2e.xml
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e.xml	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/latex2e.xml	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -3,10 +3,10 @@
 <texinfo>
 <filename file="latex2e.xml"></filename>
 <preamblebeforebeginning>\input texinfo
-</preamblebeforebeginning><!-- c $Id: latex2e.texi 1141 2023-01-10 23:19:31Z karl $ -->
+</preamblebeforebeginning><!-- c $Id: latex2e.texi 1155 2023-07-19 17:23:19Z karl $ -->
 <!-- comment %**start of header (This is for running Texinfo on a region.) -->
 <setfilename file="latex2e.info" spaces=" ">latex2e.info</setfilename>
-<set name="UPDATED" line=" UPDATED January 2023">January 2023</set>
+<set name="UPDATED" line=" UPDATED July 2023">July 2023</set>
 <!-- c $Id: common.texi 1089 2022-08-12 20:30:20Z vincentb1 $ -->
 <!-- c Public domain. -->
 <set name="LTXREFMAN_HOME_PAGE" line=" LTXREFMAN_HOME_PAGE https://latexref.xyz">https://latexref.xyz</set>
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 
 <tex endspaces=" ">
 </tex>
-<settitle spaces=" ">&latex;2e unofficial reference manual (January 2023)</settitle>
+<settitle spaces=" ">&latex;2e unofficial reference manual (July 2023)</settitle>
 <!-- comment %**end of header (This is for running Texinfo on a region.) -->
 
 <!-- c latex 2.09 commands should all be present now, -->
@@ -57,7 +57,7 @@
 
 <copying endspaces=" ">
 <para>This document is an unofficial reference manual for &latex;, a
-document preparation system, version of January 2023.
+document preparation system, version of July 2023.
 </para>
 <para>This manual was originally translated from <file>LATEX.HLP</file> v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -118,7 +118,7 @@
 
 <titlepage endspaces=" ">
 <title spaces=" ">&latex;2e: An unofficial reference manual</title>
-<subtitle spaces=" ">January 2023</subtitle>
+<subtitle spaces=" ">July 2023</subtitle>
 <author spaces=" "><url><urefurl>https://latexref.xyz</urefurl></url></author>
 <page></page>
 <vskip> 0pt plus 1filll</vskip>
@@ -152,7 +152,7 @@
 <top spaces=" "><sectiontitle>&latex;2e: An unofficial reference manual</sectiontitle>
 
 <para>This document is an unofficial reference manual (version of
-January 2023) for &latex;2e, a document preparation system.
+July 2023) for &latex;2e, a document preparation system.
 </para>
 <menu endspaces=" ">
 <menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator="::         ">About this document</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Bug reporting, etc.
@@ -798,15 +798,13 @@
 
 <para>When using one of the engines pdf&latex;, Lua&latex;, or Xe&latex;
 (<pxref label="TeX-engines"><xrefnodename>&tex; engines</xrefnodename></pxref>), options other than <code>letterpaper</code> set
-the print area but you must also set the physical paper size.  One way
-to do that is to put <code>\pdfpagewidth=\paperwidth</code> and
-<code>\pdfpageheight=\paperheight</code> in your document&textrsquo;s preamble.
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="64"><r>package</r>, <code>geometry</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="65"><code>geometry</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+the print area but you must also set the physical paper size. Usually,
+The <code>geometry</code> package is the best way to do that; it
+provides flexible ways of setting the print area and physical page size.
+Otherwise, setting the paper size is engine-dependent.  For example,
+with pdf&latex;, you could include <code>\pdfpagewidth=\paperwidth</code> and
+<code>\pdfpageheight=\paperheight</code> in the preamble.
 </para>
-<para>The <code>geometry</code> package provides flexible ways of setting the print
-area and physical page size.
-</para>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="55" mergedindex="cp">draft <r>option</r></indexterm></findex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="56" mergedindex="cp">final <r>option</r></indexterm></findex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="57" mergedindex="cp">fleqn <r>option</r></indexterm></findex>
@@ -820,34 +818,34 @@
 <table commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
 <tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">draft</itemformat></item>
 <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">final</itemformat></itemx>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="66">black boxes, omitting</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="64">black boxes, omitting</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>Mark (<code>draft</code>) or do not mark (<code>final</code>) overfull boxes with a
 black box in the margin; default is <code>final</code>.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">fleqn</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="67">flush left equations</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="68">centered equations</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="69">equations, flush left vs.&noeos; centered</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="65">flush left equations</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="66">centered equations</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="67">equations, flush left vs.&noeos; centered</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>Put displayed formulas flush left; default is centered.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">landscape</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="70">landscape orientation</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="71">portrait orientation</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="68">landscape orientation</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="69">portrait orientation</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>Selects landscape format; default is portrait.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">leqno</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="72">left-hand equation numbers</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="73">right-hand equation numbers</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="74">equation numbers, left vs.&noeos; right</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="70">left-hand equation numbers</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="71">right-hand equation numbers</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="72">equation numbers, left vs.&noeos; right</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>Put equation numbers on the left side of equations; default is the right side.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">openbib</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="75">bibliography format, open</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="73">bibliography format, open</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>Use &textldquo;open&textrdquo; bibliography format.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">titlepage</itemformat></item>
 <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">notitlepage</itemformat></itemx>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="76">title page, separate or run-in</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="74">title page, separate or run-in</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>Specifies whether there is a separate page for the title information and
 for the abstract also, if there is one.  The default for the
 <code>report</code> class is <code>titlepage</code>, for the other classes it is
@@ -897,9 +895,9 @@
 <node name="Additional-packages" spaces=" "><nodename>Additional packages</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Class and package construction</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Document class options</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Document classes</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Additional packages</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="77">loading additional packages</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="78">packages, loading additional</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="79">additional packages, loading</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="75">loading additional packages</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="76">packages, loading additional</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="77">additional packages, loading</indexterm></cindex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="72" mergedindex="cp">\usepackage</indexterm></findex>
 <para>Load a package <var>pkg</var>, with the package options given in the comma-separated
 list <var>options</var>, as here.
@@ -912,8 +910,8 @@
 as in <code>\usepackage{<var>pkg1</var>,<var>pkg2</var>,...}</code>, or use multiple
 <code>\usepackage</code> commands.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="80">global options</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="81">options, global</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="78">global options</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="79">options, global</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>Any options given in the <code>\documentclass</code> command that are unknown
 to the selected document class are passed on to the packages loaded with
 <code>\usepackage</code>.
@@ -923,9 +921,9 @@
 <node name="Class-and-package-construction" spaces=" "><nodename>Class and package construction</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">Additional packages</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Document classes</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Class and package construction</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="82">document class commands</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="83">commands, document class</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="84">new class commands</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="80">document class commands</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="81">commands, document class</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="82">new class commands</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>You can create new document classes and new packages.  For instance, if
 your memos must satisfy some local requirements, such as a
@@ -938,8 +936,8 @@
 specific to that class.  Thus, a command to set page headers is for a
 package while a command to make the page headers say <code>Memo from the
 SMC Math Department</code> is for a class.
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="85">class and package difference</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="86">difference between class and package</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="83">class and package difference</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="84">difference between class and package</indexterm></cindex>
 </para>
 <para>Inside of a class or package file you can use the at-sign <code>&arobase;</code> as a
 character in command names without having to surround the code
@@ -961,13 +959,13 @@
 <node name="Class-and-package-structure" spaces=" "><nodename>Class and package structure</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Class and package commands</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Class and package construction</nodeup></node>
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Class and package structure</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="87">class and package structure</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="88">class file layout</indexterm></cindex> 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="89">package file layout</indexterm></cindex> 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="90">options, document class</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="91">options, package</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="92">class options</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="93">package options</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="85">class and package structure</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="86">class file layout</indexterm></cindex> 
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="87">package file layout</indexterm></cindex> 
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="88">options, document class</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="89">options, package</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="90">class options</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="91">package options</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>A class file or package file typically has four parts.  
 </para><enumerate first="1" endspaces=" ">
@@ -1011,7 +1009,7 @@
 \ProcessOptions\relax
 \LoadClass{article}
 </pre></example>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="94">class file example</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="92">class file example</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <noindent></noindent>
 <para>It identifies itself, handles the class options via the default of
@@ -1028,8 +1026,8 @@
 </subsection>
 <node name="Class-and-package-commands" spaces=" "><nodename>Class and package commands</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">Class and package structure</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Class and package construction</nodeup></node>
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Class and package commands</sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="95">class and package commands</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="96">commands, class and package</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="93">class and package commands</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="94">commands, class and package</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>These are the commands designed to help writers of classes or packages.
 </para>
@@ -1052,11 +1050,11 @@
 <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\CheckCommand*{<var>cmd</var>}[<var>num</var>][<var>default</var>]{<var>definition</var>}</itemformat></itemx>
 </tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="76" mergedindex="cp">\CheckCommand</indexterm></findex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="77" mergedindex="cp">\CheckCommand*</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="97">new command, checking</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="95">new command, checking</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>Like <code>\newcommand</code> (<pxref label="_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand"><xrefnodename>\newcommand & \renewcommand</xrefnodename></pxref>) but does
 not define <var>cmd</var>; instead it checks that the current definition of
 <var>cmd</var> is exactly as given by <var>definition</var> and is or is not 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="98">long command</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="96">long command</indexterm></cindex>
 <dfn>long</dfn> as expected.  A long command is a command that accepts
 <code>\par</code> within an argument.  The <var>cmd</var> command is expected to be
 long with the unstarred version of <code>\CheckCommand</code>.  Raises an
@@ -1113,10 +1111,10 @@
 <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\DeclareOption*{<var>code</var>}</itemformat></itemx>
 </tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="89" mergedindex="cp">\DeclareOption</indexterm></findex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="90" mergedindex="cp">\DeclareOption*</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="99">class options</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="100">package options</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="101">options, class</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="102">options, package</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="97">class options</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="98">package options</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="99">options, class</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="100">options, package</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>Make an option available to a user to invoke in their
 <code>\documentclass</code> command.  For example, the <code>smcmemo</code> class
 could have an option <code>\documentclass[logo]{smcmemo}</code> allowing
@@ -1153,7 +1151,7 @@
 </tableterm></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item><itemformat command="code">* \DeclareRobustCommand*{<var>cmd</var>}[<var>num</var>][<var>default</var>]{<var>definition</var>}</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="91" mergedindex="cp">\DeclareRobustCommand</indexterm></findex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="92" mergedindex="cp">\DeclareRobustCommand*</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="103">new command, definition</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="101">new command, definition</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>Like <code>\newcommand</code> and <code>\newcommand*</code> (<pxref label="_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand"><xrefnodename>\newcommand &
 \renewcommand</xrefnodename></pxref>) but these declare a robust command, even if some code
 within the <var>definition</var> is fragile.  (For a discussion of robust and
@@ -1167,8 +1165,8 @@
 using <code>\newcommand</code> so unless the command&textrsquo;s data is fragile and the
 command is used within a moving argument, use <code>\newcommand</code>.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="104"><r>package</r>, <code>etoolbox</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="105"><code>etoolbox</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="102"><r>package</r>, <code>etoolbox</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="103"><code>etoolbox</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
  <para>The <code>etoolbox</code> package offers the commands
 <code>\newrobustcmd</code>, <code>\newrobustcmd*</code>, as well as the commands
 <code>\renewrobustcmd</code>, <code>\renewrobustcmd*</code>, and the commands
@@ -1460,8 +1458,8 @@
 <chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Fonts</sectiontitle>
 <anchor name="Typefaces">Typefaces</anchor><!-- c old name -->
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="106">typefaces</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="107">fonts</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="104">typefaces</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="105">fonts</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>&latex; comes with powerful font capacities.  For one thing, its New
 Font Selection Scheme allows you to work easily with the font families
@@ -1511,10 +1509,10 @@
 <node name="fontenc-package" spaces=" "><nodename>fontenc package</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Font styles</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Fonts</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>fontenc</code> package</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="108">font encoding</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="109">UTF-8, font support for</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="110">T1</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="111">OT1</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="106">font encoding</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="107">UTF-8, font support for</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="108">T1</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="109">OT1</indexterm></cindex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="109" mergedindex="cp">fontenc</indexterm></findex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
@@ -1532,8 +1530,8 @@
 <para>Specify the font encodings.  A font encoding is a mapping of the
 character codes to the font glyphs that are used to typeset your output.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="112"><r>package</r>, <code>fontspec</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="113"><code>fontspec</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="110"><r>package</r>, <code>fontspec</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="111"><code>fontspec</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>This package only applies if you use the <code>pdflatex</code> engine
 (<pxref label="TeX-engines"><xrefnodename>&tex; engines</xrefnodename></pxref>).  If you use the <command>xelatex</command> or
@@ -1557,10 +1555,10 @@
 output can be copied and pasted.  (The optional second line allows you
 to directly enter accented characters into your source file.)
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="114"><r>package</r>, <code>lmodern</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="115"><code>lmodern</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
- <cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="116"><r>package</r>, <code>cm-super</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="117"><code>cm-super</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="112"><r>package</r>, <code>lmodern</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="113"><code>lmodern</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+ <cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="114"><r>package</r>, <code>cm-super</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="115"><code>cm-super</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>If you are using an encoding such as <code>T1</code> and the characters appear
 blurry or do not magnify well then your fonts may be bitmapped,
@@ -1634,9 +1632,9 @@
 <node name="_005cDeclareFontEncoding" spaces=" "><nodename>\DeclareFontEncoding</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\DeclareTextAccent</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">fontenc package</nodeup></node>
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\DeclareFontEncoding</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="118">font encoding, declaring</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="119">encoding, font</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="120">accents, defining</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="116">font encoding, declaring</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="117">encoding, font</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="118">accents, defining</indexterm></cindex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="110" mergedindex="cp">\DeclareFontEncoding</indexterm></findex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
@@ -1682,8 +1680,8 @@
 <node name="_005cDeclareTextAccent" spaces=" "><nodename>\DeclareTextAccent</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\DeclareTextAccentDefault</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\DeclareFontEncoding</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">fontenc package</nodeup></node>
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\DeclareTextAccent</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="121">font encoding</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="122">accents, defining</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="119">font encoding</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="120">accents, defining</indexterm></cindex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="111" mergedindex="cp">\DeclareTextAccent</indexterm></findex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
@@ -1695,7 +1693,7 @@
 <para>Define an accent, to be put on top of other glyphs, in the encoding
 <var>encoding</var> at the location <var>slot</var>.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="123">slot, font</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="121">slot, font</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>A <dfn>slot</dfn> is the number identifying a glyph within a font.
 </para>
 <para>This line from <file>t1enc.def</file> declares that to make a circumflex
@@ -1718,7 +1716,7 @@
 <node name="_005cDeclareTextAccentDefault" spaces=" "><nodename>\DeclareTextAccentDefault</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\DeclareTextCommand & \ProvideTextCommand</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\DeclareTextAccent</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">fontenc package</nodeup></node>
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\DeclareTextAccentDefault</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="124">accents, defining</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="122">accents, defining</indexterm></cindex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="112" mergedindex="cp">\DeclareTextAccent</indexterm></findex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="113" mergedindex="cp">\DeclareTextAccentDefault</indexterm></findex>
 
@@ -1875,7 +1873,7 @@
 <node name="_005cDeclareTextComposite" spaces=" "><nodename>\DeclareTextComposite</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\DeclareTextCompositeCommand</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\DeclareTextCommandDefault & \ProvideTextCommandDefault</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">fontenc package</nodeup></node>
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\DeclareTextComposite</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="125">accents, defining</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="123">accents, defining</indexterm></cindex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="119" mergedindex="cp">\DeclareTextComposite</indexterm></findex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
@@ -1909,7 +1907,7 @@
 <node name="_005cDeclareTextCompositeCommand" spaces=" "><nodename>\DeclareTextCompositeCommand</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\DeclareTextSymbol</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\DeclareTextComposite</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">fontenc package</nodeup></node>
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\DeclareTextCompositeCommand</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="126">accents, defining</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="124">accents, defining</indexterm></cindex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="120" mergedindex="cp">\DeclareTextCompositeCommand</indexterm></findex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
@@ -1937,7 +1935,7 @@
 <node name="_005cDeclareTextSymbol" spaces=" "><nodename>\DeclareTextSymbol</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\DeclareTextSymbolDefault</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\DeclareTextCompositeCommand</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">fontenc package</nodeup></node>
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\DeclareTextSymbol</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="127">symbol, defining</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="125">symbol, defining</indexterm></cindex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="121" mergedindex="cp">\DeclareTextSymbol</indexterm></findex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
@@ -1954,11 +1952,11 @@
 glyph to use for <U>00AB</U>, the left guillemet.
 </para>
 <example endspaces=" ">
-<pre xml:space="preserve">\DeclareTextSymbol{\guillemotleft}{T1}{19}
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\DeclareTextSymbol{\guillemetleft}{T1}{19}
 </pre></example>
 
 <noindent></noindent>
-<para>The command <code>\DeclareTextCommand{\guillemotleft}{T1}{\char
+<para>The command <code>\DeclareTextCommand{\guillemetleft}{T1}{\char
 19}</code> has the same effect but is slower (<pxref label="_005cDeclareTextCommand-_0026-_005cProvideTextCommand"><xrefnodename>\DeclareTextCommand &
 \ProvideTextCommand</xrefnodename></pxref>).
 </para>
@@ -1976,7 +1974,7 @@
 <node name="_005cDeclareTextSymbolDefault" spaces=" "><nodename>\DeclareTextSymbolDefault</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\LastDeclaredEncoding</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\DeclareTextSymbol</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">fontenc package</nodeup></node>
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\DeclareTextSymbolDefault</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="128">accents, defining</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="126">accents, defining</indexterm></cindex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="122" mergedindex="cp">\DeclareTextSymbol</indexterm></findex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="123" mergedindex="cp">\DeclareTextSymbolDefault</indexterm></findex>
 
@@ -2099,13 +2097,13 @@
 <node name="Font-styles" spaces=" "><nodename>Font styles</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Font sizes</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">fontenc package</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Fonts</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Font styles</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="129">font styles</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="130">type styles</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="131">styles of text</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="127">font styles</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="128">type styles</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="129">styles of text</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>The following type style commands are supported by &latex;.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="132">declaration form of font style commands</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="130">declaration form of font style commands</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>In the table below the listed commands, the <code>\text...</code>  commands,
 are used with an argument as in <code>\textit{<var>text</var>}</code>.  This is
 the preferred form.  But shown after it in parenthesis is the
@@ -2185,7 +2183,7 @@
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry></table>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="133">emphasis</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="131">emphasis</indexterm></cindex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="149" mergedindex="cp">\emph</indexterm></findex>
 <para>Although it also changes fonts, the <code>\emph{<var>text</var>}</code> command
 is semantic, for <var>text</var> to be emphasized, and should not be used as a
@@ -2206,39 +2204,39 @@
 </para>
 <ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
 <tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="150" mergedindex="cp">\bf</indexterm>\bf</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="134">bold font</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="132">bold font</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>Switch to bold face.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="151" mergedindex="cp">\cal</indexterm>\cal</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="135">script letters for math</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="136">calligraphic letters for math</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="133">script letters for math</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="134">calligraphic letters for math</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>Switch to calligraphic letters for math.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="152" mergedindex="cp">\it</indexterm>\it</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="137">italic font</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="135">italic font</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>Italics.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="153" mergedindex="cp">\rm</indexterm>\rm</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="138">roman font</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="136">roman font</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>Roman.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="154" mergedindex="cp">\sc</indexterm>\sc</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="139">small caps font</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="137">small caps font</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>Small caps.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="155" mergedindex="cp">\sf</indexterm>\sf</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="140">sans serif font</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="138">sans serif font</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>Sans serif.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="156" mergedindex="cp">\sl</indexterm>\sl</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="141">slanted font</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="142">oblique font</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="139">slanted font</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="140">oblique font</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>Slanted (oblique).
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="157" mergedindex="cp">\tt</indexterm>\tt</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="143">typewriter font</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="144">monospace font</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="145">fixed-width font</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="141">typewriter font</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="142">monospace font</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="143">fixed-width font</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>Typewriter (monospace, fixed-width).
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry></ftable>
@@ -2284,8 +2282,8 @@
 
 <anchor name="_005cmathversion">\mathversion</anchor>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="164" mergedindex="cp">\mathversion</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="146">math, bold</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="147">bold math</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="144">math, bold</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="145">bold math</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>In addition, the command <code>\mathversion{bold}</code> can be used for
 switching to bold letters and symbols in
 formulas. <code>\mathversion{normal}</code> restores the default.
@@ -2292,9 +2290,9 @@
 </para>
 <anchor name="_005coldstylenums">\oldstylenums</anchor>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="165" mergedindex="cp">\oldstylenums</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="148">numerals, old-style</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="149">old-style numerals</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="150">lining numerals</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="146">numerals, old-style</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="147">old-style numerals</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="148">lining numerals</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>Finally, the command <code>\oldstylenums{<var>numerals</var>}</code> will
 typeset so-called &textldquo;old-style&textrdquo; numerals, which have differing heights
 and depths (and sometimes widths) from the standard &textldquo;lining&textrdquo;
@@ -2310,9 +2308,9 @@
 <node name="Font-sizes" spaces=" "><nodename>Font sizes</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Low-level font commands</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Font styles</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Fonts</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Font sizes</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="151">font sizes</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="152">typeface sizes</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="153">sizes of text</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="149">font sizes</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="150">typeface sizes</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="151">sizes of text</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>The following standard type size commands are supported by &latex;.
 The table shows the command name and the corresponding actual font
@@ -2355,7 +2353,7 @@
 </para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>24.88      </para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>24.88      </para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>24.88
 </para></entry></row></tbody></multitable>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="154">declaration form of font size commands</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="152">declaration form of font size commands</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>The commands are listed here in declaration (not environment) form,
 since that is how they are typically used.  For example.
 </para>
@@ -2383,7 +2381,7 @@
 latter also changes a number of other aspects of how mathematics is
 typeset. <xref label="Math-styles"><xrefnodename>Math styles</xrefnodename></xref>.)
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="155">environment form of font size commands</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="153">environment form of font size commands</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>An <dfn>environment form</dfn> of each of these commands is also defined; for
 instance, <code>\begin{tiny}...\end{tiny}</code>. However, in practice
 this form can easily lead to unwanted spaces at the beginning and/or
@@ -2402,8 +2400,8 @@
 <node name="Low_002dlevel-font-commands" spaces=" "><nodename>Low-level font commands</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">Font sizes</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Fonts</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Low-level font commands</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="156">low-level font commands</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="157">font commands, low-level</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="154">low-level font commands</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="155">font commands, low-level</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>These commands are primarily intended for writers of macros and
 packages.  The commands listed here are only a subset of the available
@@ -2427,8 +2425,8 @@
 <anchor name="low-level-font-commands-fontfamily">low level font commands fontfamily</anchor>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\fontfamily{<var>family</var>}</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="177" mergedindex="cp">\fontfamily</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="158">families, of fonts</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="159">font catalogue</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="156">families, of fonts</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="157">font catalogue</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>Select the font family.  The web page
 <url><urefurl>https://tug.org/FontCatalogue/</urefurl></url> provides one way to browse
 through many of the fonts easily used with &latex;.  Here are
@@ -2481,7 +2479,7 @@
 <anchor name="low-level-font-commands-fontseries">low level font commands fontseries</anchor>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\fontseries{<var>series</var>}</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="178" mergedindex="cp">\fontseries</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="160">series, of fonts</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="158">series, of fonts</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>Select the font series.  A <dfn>series</dfn> combines a <dfn>weight</dfn> and a
 <dfn>width</dfn>.  Typically, a font supports only a few of the possible
 combinations.  Some common combined series values include:
@@ -2499,7 +2497,7 @@
 </para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>Bold extended
 </para></entry></row></tbody></multitable>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="161">weights, of fonts</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="159">weights, of fonts</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>The possible values for weight, individually, are:
 </para>
 <multitable spaces=" " endspaces=" "><columnprototypes><columnprototype bracketed="on">xx</columnprototype> <columnprototype bracketed="on">Medium (normal) xx</columnprototype></columnprototypes>
@@ -2523,7 +2521,7 @@
 </para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>Ultra bold
 </para></entry></row></tbody></multitable>
  
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="162">widths, of fonts</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="160">widths, of fonts</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>The possible values for width, individually, are (the meaning and
 relationship of these terms varies with individual typefaces):
 </para>
@@ -2556,7 +2554,7 @@
 <anchor name="low-level-font-commands-fontshape">low level font commands fontshape</anchor>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\fontshape{<var>shape</var>}</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="179" mergedindex="cp">\fontshape</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="163">shapes, of fonts</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="161">shapes, of fonts</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>Select font shape. Valid shapes are:
 </para>
 <multitable spaces=" " endspaces=" "><columnprototypes><columnprototype bracketed="on">xx</columnprototype> <columnprototype bracketed="on">Slanted (oblique)xx</columnprototype></columnprototypes>
@@ -2580,7 +2578,7 @@
 <anchor name="low-level-font-commands-fontsize">low level font commands fontsize</anchor>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\fontsize{<var>size</var>}{<var>skip</var>}</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="180" mergedindex="cp">\fontsize</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="164">font size</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="162">font size</indexterm></cindex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="181" mergedindex="cp">\baselineskip</indexterm></findex>
 <para>Set the font size and the line spacing.  The unit of both parameters
 defaults to points (<code>pt</code>).  The line spacing is the nominal
@@ -2628,7 +2626,7 @@
 <node name="Layout" spaces=" "><nodename>Layout</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Sectioning</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Fonts</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node>
 <chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Layout</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="165">layout commands</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="163">layout commands</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Commands for controlling the general page layout.
 </para>
@@ -2647,7 +2645,7 @@
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\onecolumn</code></sectiontitle>
 
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="185" mergedindex="cp">\onecolumn</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="166">one-column output</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="164">one-column output</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -2666,8 +2664,8 @@
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\twocolumn</code></sectiontitle>
 
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="186" mergedindex="cp">\twocolumn</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="167">multicolumn text</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="168">two-column output</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="165">multicolumn text</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="166">two-column output</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopses:
 </para>
@@ -2829,7 +2827,7 @@
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\raggedbottom</code></sectiontitle>
 
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="196" mergedindex="cp">\raggedbottom</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="169">stretch, omitting vertical</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="167">stretch, omitting vertical</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Make all later pages the natural height of the material on that page; no
 rubber vertical lengths will be stretched.  Thus, in a two-sided
@@ -2844,12 +2842,12 @@
 <node name="Page-layout-parameters" spaces=" "><nodename>Page layout parameters</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\baselineskip & \baselinestretch</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\raggedbottom</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Layout</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Page layout parameters</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="170">page layout parameters</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="171">parameters, page layout</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="172">layout, page parameters for</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="173">header, parameters for</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="174">footer, parameters for</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="175">running header and footer</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="168">page layout parameters</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="169">parameters, page layout</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="170">layout, page parameters for</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="171">header, parameters for</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="172">footer, parameters for</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="173">running header and footer</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
 <tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="197" mergedindex="cp">\columnsep</indexterm>\columnsep</itemformat></item>
@@ -3038,10 +3036,10 @@
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="235" mergedindex="cp">\baselineskip</indexterm></findex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="236" mergedindex="cp">\baselinestretch</indexterm></findex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="237" mergedindex="cp">\linespread</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="176">space between lines</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="177">interline space</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="178">leading</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="179">double spacing</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="174">space between lines</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="175">interline space</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="176">leading</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="177">double spacing</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>The <code>\baselineskip</code> is a rubber length (<pxref label="Lengths"><xrefnodename>Lengths</xrefnodename></pxref>).  It gives
 the <dfn>leading</dfn>, the normal distance between lines in a paragraph, from
@@ -3127,8 +3125,8 @@
 place at the start of a document, so there you don&textrsquo;t need to follow it
 with <code>\selectfont</code>.)
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="180"><r>package</r>, <code>setspace</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="181"><code>setspace</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="178"><r>package</r>, <code>setspace</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="179"><code>setspace</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>A simpler approach is the <code>setspace</code> package.  The basic example:
 </para>
@@ -3180,8 +3178,8 @@
 event, because all floats in a class must appear in sequential order,
 every following float in that class also appears at the end.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="182">placement of floats</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="183">specifier, float placement</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="180">placement of floats</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="181">specifier, float placement</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>In addition to changing the parameters, for each float you can tweak
 where the float placement algorithm tries to place it by using its
 <var>placement</var> argument.  The possible values are a sequence of the
@@ -3204,9 +3202,9 @@
 appears.  However, <code>h</code> is not allowed by itself; <code>t</code> is
 automatically added.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="184">here, putting floats</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="185"><r>package</r>, <code>float</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="186"><code>float</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="182">here, putting floats</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="183"><r>package</r>, <code>float</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="184"><code>float</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>To absolutely force a float to appear &textldquo;here&textrdquo;, you can
 <code>\usepackage{float}</code> and use the <code>H</code> specifier which it
@@ -3214,7 +3212,7 @@
 <url><urefurl>https://www.texfaq.org/FAQ-figurehere</urefurl></url>.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">p</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="187">float page</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="185">float page</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>(Page of floats)&textmdash;on a separate <dfn>float page</dfn>, which is a page
 containing no text, only floats.
 </para>
@@ -3242,8 +3240,8 @@
 <code>\afterpage{\clearpage}</code>.  This will wait until the current page
 is finished and then flush all outstanding floats.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="188"><r>package</r>, <code>flafter</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="189"><code>flafter</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="186"><r>package</r>, <code>flafter</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="187"><code>flafter</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>&latex; can typeset a float before where it appears in the source
 (although on the same output page) if there is a <code>t</code> specifier in
@@ -3358,7 +3356,7 @@
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\caption</code></sectiontitle>
 
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="264" mergedindex="cp">\caption</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="190">captions</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="188">captions</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -3440,8 +3438,8 @@
 \&arobase;caption has an extra }</samp> then you must put <code>\protect</code> in front
 of any fragile commands. <xref label="_005cprotect"><xrefnodename>\protect</xrefnodename></xref>.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="191"><r>package</r>, <code>caption</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="192"><code>caption</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="189"><r>package</r>, <code>caption</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="190"><code>caption</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>The <code>caption</code> package has many options to adjust how the caption
 appears, for example changing the font size, making the caption be
@@ -3455,14 +3453,14 @@
 <node name="Sectioning" spaces=" "><nodename>Sectioning</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Cross references</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Layout</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node>
 <chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Sectioning</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="193">sectioning commands</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="194">part</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="195">chapter</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="196">section</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="197">subsection</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="198">subsubsection</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="199">paragraph</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="200">subparagraph</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="191">sectioning commands</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="192">part</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="193">chapter</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="194">section</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="195">subsection</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="196">subsubsection</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="197">paragraph</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="198">subparagraph</indexterm></cindex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="265" mergedindex="cp">\part</indexterm></findex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="266" mergedindex="cp">\chapter</indexterm></findex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="267" mergedindex="cp">\section</indexterm></findex>
@@ -3507,7 +3505,7 @@
 </para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para><code>\subparagraph</code>   </para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>5  
 </para></entry></row></tbody></multitable>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="201"><code>*</code>-form of sectioning commands</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="199"><code>*</code>-form of sectioning commands</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>All these commands have a <code>*</code>-form that prints <var>title</var> as usual
 but does not number it and does not make an entry in the table of contents.
 An example of using this is for an appendix in an <code>article</code>.  The
@@ -3537,8 +3535,8 @@
 <code>\section</code> you will have a <code>\chapter</code>.  Otherwise you can get
 something like a subsection numbered <samp>3.0.1</samp>.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="202"><r>package</r>, <code>titlesec</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="203"><code>titlesec</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="200"><r>package</r>, <code>titlesec</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="201"><code>titlesec</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>&latex; lets you change the appearance of the sectional units.  As a
 simple example, you can change the section numbering to uppercase
@@ -3553,7 +3551,7 @@
 <ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
 <tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="272" mergedindex="cp">secnumdepth</indexterm>secnumdepth</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="273" mergedindex="cp">secnumdepth <r>counter</r></indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="204">section numbers, printing</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="202">section numbers, printing</indexterm></cindex>
 <anchor name="sectioning-secnumdepth">sectioning secnumdepth</anchor>
 <anchor name="Sectioning_002fsecnumdepth">Sectioning/secnumdepth</anchor>
 <para>Controls which sectioning unit are numbered.  Setting the counter with
@@ -3569,7 +3567,7 @@
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="274" mergedindex="cp">tocdepth</indexterm>tocdepth</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="275" mergedindex="cp">tocdepth <r>counter</r></indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="205">table of contents, sectioning numbers printed</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="203">table of contents, sectioning numbers printed</indexterm></cindex>
 <anchor name="sectioning-tocdepth">sectioning tocdepth</anchor>
 <anchor name="Sectioning_002ftocdepth">Sectioning/tocdepth</anchor>
 <para>Controls which sectioning units are listed in the table of contents.
@@ -3599,8 +3597,8 @@
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\part</code></sectiontitle>
 
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="276" mergedindex="cp">\part</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="206">part</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="207">sectioning, part</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="204">part</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="205">sectioning, part</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis, one of:
 </para>
@@ -3652,15 +3650,15 @@
 the table of contents, the level number of a part is -1
 (<pxref label="Sectioning_002fsecnumdepth"><xrefnodename>Sectioning/secnumdepth</xrefnodename></pxref>, and <ref label="Sectioning_002ftocdepth"><xrefnodename>Sectioning/tocdepth</xrefnodename></ref>).
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="208"><r>package</r>, <code>indentfirst</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="209"><code>indentfirst</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="206"><r>package</r>, <code>indentfirst</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="207"><code>indentfirst</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>In the class <code>article</code>, if a paragraph immediately follows the part
 title then it is not indented.  To get an indent you can use the package
 <code>indentfirst</code>.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="210"><r>package</r>, <code>titlesec</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="211"><code>titlesec</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="208"><r>package</r>, <code>titlesec</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="209"><code>titlesec</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>One package to change the behavior of <code>\part</code> is <code>titlesec</code>.
 See its documentation on CTAN.
@@ -3671,7 +3669,7 @@
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\chapter</code></sectiontitle>
 
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="277" mergedindex="cp">\chapter</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="212">chapter</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="210">chapter</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis, one of:
 </para>
@@ -3738,8 +3736,8 @@
 the table of contents, the level number of a chapter is 0
 (<pxref label="Sectioning_002fsecnumdepth"><xrefnodename>Sectioning/secnumdepth</xrefnodename></pxref> and <pxref label="Sectioning_002ftocdepth"><xrefnodename>Sectioning/tocdepth</xrefnodename></pxref>).
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="213"><r>package</r>, <code>indentfirst</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="214"><code>indentfirst</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="211"><r>package</r>, <code>indentfirst</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="212"><code>indentfirst</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>The paragraph that follows the chapter title is not indented, as is a
 standard typographical practice.  To get an indent use the package
@@ -3756,8 +3754,8 @@
 \makeatother
 </pre></example>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="215"><r>package</r>, <code>babel</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="216"><code>babel</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="213"><r>package</r>, <code>babel</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="214"><code>babel</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <noindent></noindent> <para>To make this change because of the primary language for
 the document, see the package <code>babel</code>.
@@ -3767,8 +3765,8 @@
 running headers.  To make that page completely blank,
 see <ref label="_005cclearpage-_0026-_005ccleardoublepage"><xrefnodename>\clearpage & \cleardoublepage</xrefnodename></ref>.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="217"><r>package</r>, <code>titlesec</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="218"><code>titlesec</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="215"><r>package</r>, <code>titlesec</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="216"><code>titlesec</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>To change the behavior of the <code>\chapter</code> command, you can copy its
 definition from the &latex; format file and make adjustments.  But
@@ -3796,7 +3794,7 @@
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\section</code></sectiontitle>
 
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="278" mergedindex="cp">\section</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="219">section</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="217">section</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis, one of:
 </para>
@@ -3864,15 +3862,15 @@
 the table of contents, the level number of a section is 1
 (<pxref label="Sectioning_002fsecnumdepth"><xrefnodename>Sectioning/secnumdepth</xrefnodename></pxref> and <pxref label="Sectioning_002ftocdepth"><xrefnodename>Sectioning/tocdepth</xrefnodename></pxref>).
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="220"><r>package</r>, <code>indentfirst</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="221"><code>indentfirst</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="218"><r>package</r>, <code>indentfirst</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="219"><code>indentfirst</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>The paragraph that follows the section title is not indented, as is a
 standard typographical practice.  One way to get an indent is to use the
 package <code>indentfirst</code>.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="222"><r>package</r>, <code>titlesec</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="223"><code>titlesec</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="220"><r>package</r>, <code>titlesec</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="221"><code>titlesec</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>In general, to change the behavior of the <code>\section</code> command, there
 are a number of options.  One is the <code>\&arobase;startsection</code> command
@@ -3901,7 +3899,7 @@
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\subsection</code></sectiontitle>
 
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="279" mergedindex="cp">\subsection</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="224">subsection</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="222">subsection</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis, one of:
 </para>
@@ -3954,15 +3952,15 @@
 the table of contents, the level number of a subsection is 2
 (<pxref label="Sectioning_002fsecnumdepth"><xrefnodename>Sectioning/secnumdepth</xrefnodename></pxref> and <pxref label="Sectioning_002ftocdepth"><xrefnodename>Sectioning/tocdepth</xrefnodename></pxref>).
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="225"><r>package</r>, <code>indentfirst</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="226"><code>indentfirst</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="223"><r>package</r>, <code>indentfirst</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="224"><code>indentfirst</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>The paragraph that follows the subsection title is not indented, as is a
 standard typographical practice.  One way to get an indent is to use the
 package <code>indentfirst</code>.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="227"><r>package</r>, <code>titlesec</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="228"><code>titlesec</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="225"><r>package</r>, <code>titlesec</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="226"><code>titlesec</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>There are a number of ways to change the behavior of the
 <code>\subsection</code> command.  One is the <code>\&arobase;startsection</code> command
@@ -3990,15 +3988,15 @@
 
 <anchor name="_005csubsubsection">\subsubsection</anchor>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="280" mergedindex="cp">\subsubsection</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="229">subsubsection</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="227">subsubsection</indexterm></cindex>
 <!-- c -->
 <anchor name="_005cparagraph">\paragraph</anchor>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="281" mergedindex="cp">\paragraph</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="230">paragraph</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="228">paragraph</indexterm></cindex>
 <!-- c -->
 <anchor name="_005csubparagraph">\subparagraph</anchor>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="282" mergedindex="cp">\subparagraph</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="231">subparagraph</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="229">subparagraph</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis, one of:
 </para>
@@ -4064,15 +4062,15 @@
 a paragraph is 4, and of a subparagraph is 5
 (<pxref label="Sectioning_002fsecnumdepth"><xrefnodename>Sectioning/secnumdepth</xrefnodename></pxref> and <pxref label="Sectioning_002ftocdepth"><xrefnodename>Sectioning/tocdepth</xrefnodename></pxref>).
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="232"><r>package</r>, <code>indentfirst</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="233"><code>indentfirst</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="230"><r>package</r>, <code>indentfirst</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="231"><code>indentfirst</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>The paragraph that follows the subsubsection title is not indented, as is a
 standard typographical practice.  One way to get an indent is to use the
 package <code>indentfirst</code>.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="234"><r>package</r>, <code>titlesec</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="235"><code>titlesec</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="232"><r>package</r>, <code>titlesec</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="233"><code>titlesec</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>There are a number of ways to change the behavior of the these commands.
 One is the <code>\&arobase;startsection</code> command (<pxref label="_005c_0040startsection"><xrefnodename>\&arobase;startsection</xrefnodename></pxref>).
@@ -4086,8 +4084,8 @@
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\appendix</code></sectiontitle>
 
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="283" mergedindex="cp">\appendix</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="236">appendix</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="237">appendices</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="234">appendix</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="235">appendices</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -4119,8 +4117,8 @@
 <samp>Appendix A</samp> and <samp>Appendix B</samp>.  <xref label="Larger-book-template"><xrefnodename>Larger book template</xrefnodename></xref>,
 for another example.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="238"><r>package</r>, <code>appendix</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="239"><code>appendix</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="236"><r>package</r>, <code>appendix</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="237"><code>appendix</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>The <code>appendix</code> package adds the command
 <code>\appendixpage</code> to put a separate <samp>Appendices</samp> in the document
@@ -4137,20 +4135,20 @@
 
 <anchor name="_005cfrontmatter">\frontmatter</anchor>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="284" mergedindex="cp">\frontmatter</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="240">book, front matter</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="241">front matter of a book</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="238">book, front matter</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="239">front matter of a book</indexterm></cindex>
 <!-- c -->
 <anchor name="_005cmainmatter">\mainmatter</anchor>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="285" mergedindex="cp">\mainmatter</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="242">book, main matter</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="243">main matter of a book</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="240">book, main matter</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="241">main matter of a book</indexterm></cindex>
 <!-- c -->
 <anchor name="_005cbackmatter">\backmatter</anchor>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="286" mergedindex="cp">\backmatter</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="244">book, back matter</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="245">book, end matter</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="246">back matter of a book</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="247">end matter of a book</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="242">book, back matter</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="243">book, end matter</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="244">back matter of a book</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="245">end matter of a book</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis, one or more of:
 </para>
@@ -4192,7 +4190,7 @@
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\&arobase;startsection</code>, typesetting sectional unit headings</sectiontitle>
 
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="287" mergedindex="cp">\&arobase;startsection</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="248">section, redefining</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="246">section, redefining</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -4442,9 +4440,9 @@
 <node name="Cross-references" spaces=" "><nodename>Cross references</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Environments</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Sectioning</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node>
 <chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Cross references</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="249">cross references</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="247">cross references</indexterm></cindex>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="250">label</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="248">label</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>We often want something like <samp>See Theorem~31</samp>.  But by-hand typing
 the 31 is poor practice.  Instead you should write a <dfn>label</dfn> such as
 <code>\label{eq:GreensThm}</code> and then <dfn>reference</dfn> it, as with
@@ -4468,8 +4466,8 @@
 the information is in <file>calculus.aux</file>.  &latex; puts the
 information in that file every time it runs across a <code>\label</code>.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="251">forward reference</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="252">reference, forward</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="249">forward reference</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="250">reference, forward</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>The behavior described in the prior paragraph results in a quirk that
 happens when your document has a <dfn>forward reference</dfn>, a <code>\ref</code>
 that appears before the associated <code>\label</code>.  If this is the first
@@ -4481,8 +4479,8 @@
 and the output contains the old reference information.  In both cases,
 resolve this by compiling the document a second time.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="253"><r>package</r>, <code>cleveref</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="254"><code>cleveref</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="251"><r>package</r>, <code>cleveref</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="252"><code>cleveref</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
  <para>The <code>cleveref</code> package enhances &latex;&textrsquo;s
 cross referencing features.  You can arrange that if you enter
 <code>\begin{thm}\label{th:Nerode}...\end{thm}</code> then
@@ -4573,8 +4571,8 @@
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\pageref</code></sectiontitle>
 
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="289" mergedindex="cp">\pageref</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="255">cross referencing with page number</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="256">page number, cross referencing</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="253">cross referencing with page number</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="254">page number, cross referencing</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -4608,11 +4606,11 @@
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\ref</code></sectiontitle>
 
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="290" mergedindex="cp">\ref</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="257">cross referencing, symbolic</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="258">section number, cross referencing</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="259">equation number, cross referencing</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="260">figure number, cross referencing</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="261">footnote number, cross referencing</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="255">cross referencing, symbolic</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="256">section number, cross referencing</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="257">equation number, cross referencing</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="258">figure number, cross referencing</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="259">footnote number, cross referencing</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -4642,8 +4640,8 @@
 \end{enumerate}
 </pre></example>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="262"><r>package</r>, <code>cleveref</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="263"><code>cleveref</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="260"><r>package</r>, <code>cleveref</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="261"><code>cleveref</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>The <code>cleveref</code> package includes text such as <samp>Theorem</samp> in the
 reference.  See the documentation on CTAN.
@@ -4653,14 +4651,14 @@
 <node name="xr-package" spaces=" "><nodename>xr package</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\ref</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Cross references</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>xr</code> package</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="264"><r>package</r>, <code>xr</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="265"><code>xr</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="262"><r>package</r>, <code>xr</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="263"><code>xr</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="266"><r>package</r>, <code>xr-hyper</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="267"><code>xr-hyper</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="264"><r>package</r>, <code>xr-hyper</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="265"><code>xr-hyper</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="291" mergedindex="cp">\externaldocument</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="268">cross referencing, across documents</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="266">cross referencing, across documents</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -4738,7 +4736,7 @@
 <node name="Environments" spaces=" "><nodename>Environments</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Line breaking</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Cross references</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node>
 <chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Environments</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="269">environments</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="267">environments</indexterm></cindex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="292" mergedindex="cp">\begin</indexterm></findex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="293" mergedindex="cp">\end</indexterm></findex>
 
@@ -4758,7 +4756,7 @@
 <samp>! LaTeX Error: \begin{table*} on input line 5 ended by
 \end{table}.</samp>
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="270">group, and environments</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="268">group, and environments</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>Environments are executed within a group.
 </para>
 <menu endspaces=" ">
@@ -4785,7 +4783,7 @@
 </pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator="::               ">tabbing</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Align text arbitrarily.
 </pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator="::                 ">table</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Floating tables.
 </pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator="::               ">tabular</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Align text in columns.
-</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator="::      ">thebibliography</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Bibliography or reference list.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator="::       ">thebibliography</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Bibliography or reference list.
 </pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator="::               ">theorem</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Theorems, lemmas, etc.
 </pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator="::             ">titlepage</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">For hand crafted title pages.
 </pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator="::              ">verbatim</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Simulating typed input.
@@ -4799,7 +4797,7 @@
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="294" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>abstract</code></indexterm></findex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="295" mergedindex="cp"><code>abstract</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
         
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="271">abstracts</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="269">abstracts</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -4826,8 +4824,8 @@
 \end{abstract}
 </pre></example>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="272"><r>package</r>, <code>abstract</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="273"><code>abstract</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="270"><r>package</r>, <code>abstract</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="271"><code>abstract</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>The next example produces a one column abstract in a two column document (for
 a more flexible solution, use the package <code>abstract</code>).
@@ -4862,7 +4860,7 @@
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="296" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>array</code></indexterm></findex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="297" mergedindex="cp"><code>array</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
         
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="274">arrays, math</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="272">arrays, math</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -4924,8 +4922,8 @@
 default for this is <samp>5pt</samp> so that between two columns comes
 10<dmn>pt</dmn> of space.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="275"><r>package</r>, <code>amsmath</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="276"><code>amsmath</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="273"><r>package</r>, <code>amsmath</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="274"><code>amsmath</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>To obtain arrays with braces the standard is to use the <code>amsmath</code>
 package.  It comes with environments <code>pmatrix</code> for an array
@@ -4936,8 +4934,8 @@
 <code>Vmatrix</code> for an array surrounded by double vertical
 bars <code>||...||</code>, along with a number of other array constructs.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="277"><r>package</r>, <code>amsmath</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="278"><code>amsmath</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="275"><r>package</r>, <code>amsmath</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="276"><code>amsmath</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>The next example uses the <code>amsmath</code> package.
 </para>
@@ -4952,11 +4950,11 @@
 \end{equation}
 </pre></example>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="279"><r>package</r>, <code>array</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="280"><code>array</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="277"><r>package</r>, <code>array</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="278"><code>array</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="281"><r>package</r>, <code>dcolumn</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="282"><code>dcolumn</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="279"><r>package</r>, <code>dcolumn</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="280"><code>dcolumn</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>There are many packages concerning arrays.  The <code>array</code> package has
 many useful extensions, including more column types.  The <code>dcolumn</code>
@@ -4971,7 +4969,7 @@
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="299" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>center</code></indexterm></findex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="300" mergedindex="cp"><code>center</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
         
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="283">centering text, environment for</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="281">centering text, environment for</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -5035,7 +5033,7 @@
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\centering</code></sectiontitle>
 
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="302" mergedindex="cp">\centering</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="284">centering text, declaration for</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="282">centering text, declaration for</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -5094,8 +5092,8 @@
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="303" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>description</code></indexterm></findex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="304" mergedindex="cp"><code>description</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
         
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="285">labelled lists, creating</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="286">description lists, creating</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="283">labelled lists, creating</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="284">description lists, creating</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -5132,8 +5130,8 @@
 no sensible default.  Following the <code>\item</code> is optional text, which
 may contain multiple paragraphs.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="287">bold typewriter, avoiding</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="288">typewriter labels in lists</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="285">bold typewriter, avoiding</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="286">typewriter labels in lists</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>Since the labels are in bold style, if the label text calls for a font
 change given in argument style (see <ref label="Font-styles"><xrefnodename>Font styles</xrefnodename></ref>) then it will come
 out bold.  For instance, if the label text calls for typewriter with
@@ -5188,8 +5186,8 @@
 </para>
 <para>&latex; will not break the <var>math text</var> across lines.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="289"><r>package</r>, <code>amsmath</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="290"><code>amsmath</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="287"><r>package</r>, <code>amsmath</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="288"><code>amsmath</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Note that the <code>amsmath</code> package has significantly more extensive
 displayed equation facilities.  For example, there are a number of
@@ -5196,7 +5194,7 @@
 ways in that package for having math text broken across lines.
 </para>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="308" mergedindex="cp">\[...\] <r>display math</r></indexterm></findex>
-<para>The construct <code>\[<var>math</var>\]</code> is a synonym for the environment
+<para>The construct <code>\[ <var>math</var> \]</code> is a synonym for the environment
 <code>\begin{displaymath} <var>math</var> \end{displaymath}</code> but the
 latter is easier to work with in the source; for instance,
 searching for a square bracket may get false positives but the word
@@ -5203,12 +5201,12 @@
 <code>displaymath</code> will likely be unique.
 </para>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="309" mergedindex="cp">$$...$$ <r>plain &tex; display math</r></indexterm></findex>
-<para>(Aside: The construct <code>$$<var>math</var>$$</code> from Plain &tex; is
-sometimes mistakenly used as a synonym for <code>displaymath</code>.  It is
+<para>The construct <code>$$<var>math</var>$$</code> from Plain &tex; is
+sometimes used as a synonym for &latex;&textrsquo;s <code>displaymath</code>.  It is
 not a synonym, and is not officially supported in &latex; at all;
 <code>$$</code> doesn&textrsquo;t support the <code>fleqn</code> option (<pxref label="Document-class-options"><xrefnodename>Document
 class options</xrefnodename></pxref>), has different vertical spacing, and doesn&textrsquo;t perform
-consistency checks.)
+consistency checks.
 </para>
 <para>The output from this example is centered and alone on its line. 
 </para>
@@ -5244,7 +5242,7 @@
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\AtBeginDocument</code></sectiontitle>
 
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="312" mergedindex="cp">\AtBeginDocument</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="291">beginning of document hook</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="289">beginning of document hook</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -5267,7 +5265,7 @@
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\AtEndDocument</code></sectiontitle>
 
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="313" mergedindex="cp">\AtEndDocument</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="292">end of document hook</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="290">end of document hook</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -5294,7 +5292,7 @@
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="314" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>enumerate</code></indexterm></findex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="315" mergedindex="cp"><code>enumerate</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
         
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="293">lists of items, numbered</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="291">lists of items, numbered</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -5397,12 +5395,12 @@
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="326" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>eqnarray</code></indexterm></findex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="327" mergedindex="cp"><code>eqnarray</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
         
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="294">equations, aligning</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="295">aligning equations</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="292">equations, aligning</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="293">aligning equations</indexterm></cindex>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="296">align <r>environment, from <code>amsmath</code></r></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="297">amsmath <r>package, replacing <code>eqnarray</code></r></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="298">Madsen, Lars</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="294">align <r>environment, from <code>amsmath</code></r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="295">amsmath <r>package, replacing <code>eqnarray</code></r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="296">Madsen, Lars</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>The <code>eqnarray</code> environment is obsolete.  It has infelicities,
 including spacing that is inconsistent with other mathematics elements.
 (See &textldquo;Avoid eqnarray!&textrdquo;&noeos; by Lars Madsen
@@ -5444,7 +5442,7 @@
 equations, and will disallow a page break there (<pxref label="_005c_005c"><xrefnodename>\\</xrefnodename></pxref>).
 </para>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="330" mergedindex="cp">\nonumber</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="299">equation numbers, omitting</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="297">equation numbers, omitting</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>The unstarred form <code>eqnarray</code> places an equation number on every
 line (using the <code>equation</code> counter), unless that line contains a
 <code>\nonumber</code> command.  The starred form <code>eqnarray*</code> omits
@@ -5474,8 +5472,8 @@
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="332" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>equation</code></indexterm></findex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="333" mergedindex="cp"><code>equation</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
         
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="300">equations, environment for</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="301">formulas, environment for</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="298">equations, environment for</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="299">formulas, environment for</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -5490,11 +5488,11 @@
 The equation number is generated using the <code>equation</code> counter.
 </para>
 <para>You should have no blank lines between <code>\begin{equation}</code> and
-<code>\begin{equation}</code>, or &latex; will tell you that there is a
+<code>\end{equation}</code>, or &latex; will tell you that there is a
 missing dollar sign.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="302"><r>package</r>, <code>amsmath</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="303"><code>amsmath</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="300"><r>package</r>, <code>amsmath</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="301"><code>amsmath</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>The package <code>amsmath</code> package has extensive displayed equation
 facilities.  New documents should include this package.
@@ -5507,8 +5505,8 @@
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="334" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>figure</code></indexterm></findex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="335" mergedindex="cp"><code>figure</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
         
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="304">inserting figures</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="305">figures, inserting</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="302">inserting figures</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="303">figures, inserting</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -5584,8 +5582,8 @@
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="339" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>filecontents*</code></indexterm></findex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="340" mergedindex="cp"><code>filecontents*</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
         
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="306">external files, writing</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="307">writing external files</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="304">external files, writing</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="305">writing external files</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -5618,16 +5616,16 @@
 <table commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
 <tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">force</itemformat></item>
 <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">overwrite</itemformat></itemx>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="308"><code>force</code> option for <code>filecontents</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="309"><code>overwrite</code> option for <code>filecontents</code></indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="306"><code>force</code> option for <code>filecontents</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="307"><code>overwrite</code> option for <code>filecontents</code></indexterm></cindex>
 <para>Overwrite an existing file.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">noheader</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="310"><code>noheader</code> option for <code>filecontents</code></indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="308"><code>noheader</code> option for <code>filecontents</code></indexterm></cindex>
 <para>Omit the header. Equivalent to using <code>filecontents*</code>.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">nosearch</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="311"><code>nosearch</code> option for <code>filecontents</code></indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="309"><code>nosearch</code> option for <code>filecontents</code></indexterm></cindex>
 <para>Only check the current directory (and the output directory, if
 specified) for an existing file, not the entire search path.
 </para>
@@ -5635,8 +5633,8 @@
 
 <para>These options were added in a 2019 release of &latex;.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="312">self-contained sources</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="313">source files, making self-contained</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="310">self-contained sources</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="311">source files, making self-contained</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>This environment can be used anywhere in the preamble, although it
 often appears before the <code>\documentclass</code> command.  It is
 commonly used to create a <code>.bib</code> or other such data file from the
@@ -5676,8 +5674,8 @@
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="341" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>flushleft</code></indexterm></findex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="342" mergedindex="cp"><code>flushleft</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
         
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="314">left-justifying text, environment for</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="315">ragged right text, environment for</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="312">left-justifying text, environment for</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="313">ragged right text, environment for</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -5720,9 +5718,9 @@
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\raggedright</code></sectiontitle>
 
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="344" mergedindex="cp">\raggedright</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="316">ragged right text</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="317">left-justifying text</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="318">justification, ragged right</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="314">ragged right text</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="315">left-justifying text</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="316">justification, ragged right</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopses:
 </para>
@@ -5772,8 +5770,8 @@
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="345" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>flushright</code></indexterm></findex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="346" mergedindex="cp"><code>flushright</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
         
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="319">ragged left text, environment for</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="320">right-justifying text, environment for</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="317">ragged left text, environment for</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="318">right-justifying text, environment for</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <example endspaces=" ">
 <pre xml:space="preserve">\begin{flushright}
@@ -5804,9 +5802,9 @@
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\raggedleft</code></sectiontitle>
 
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="348" mergedindex="cp">\raggedleft</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="321">ragged left text</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="322">justification, ragged left</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="323">right-justifying text</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="319">ragged left text</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="320">justification, ragged left</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="321">right-justifying text</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopses:
 </para>
@@ -5848,10 +5846,10 @@
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="350" mergedindex="cp"><code>itemize</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
         
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="351" mergedindex="cp">\item</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="324">lists of items</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="325">unordered lists</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="326">bulleted lists</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="327">bullet lists</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="322">lists of items</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="323">unordered lists</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="324">bulleted lists</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="325">bullet lists</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -5946,8 +5944,8 @@
 level 2, <code>1.87em</code> in level 3, and <code>1.7em</code> in level 4, with
 smaller values for more deeply nested levels.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="328"><r>package</r>, <code>enumitem</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="329"><code>enumitem</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="326"><r>package</r>, <code>enumitem</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="327"><code>enumitem</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>For other major &latex; labeled list environments, see
 <ref label="description"><xrefnodename>description</xrefnodename></ref> and <ref label="enumerate"><xrefnodename>enumerate</xrefnodename></ref>.  The <code>itemize</code>,
@@ -5998,7 +5996,7 @@
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="367" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>list</code></indexterm></findex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="368" mergedindex="cp"><code>list</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
         
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="330">lists of items, generic</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="328">lists of items, generic</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -6083,7 +6081,7 @@
 the list.  Each is a length (<pxref label="Lengths"><xrefnodename>Lengths</xrefnodename></pxref>).  The vertical spaces are
 normally rubber lengths, with <code>plus</code> and <code>minus</code> components,
 to give &tex; flexibility in setting the page.  Change each with a
-command such as <code>\setlength{itemsep}{2pt plus1pt minus1pt}</code>.
+command such as <code>\setlength{\itemsep}{2pt plus1pt minus1pt}</code>.
 For some effects these lengths should be zero or negative.
 </para>
 <ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
@@ -6283,8 +6281,8 @@
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry></ftable>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="331"><r>package</r>, <code>enumitem</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="332"><code>enumitem</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="329"><r>package</r>, <code>enumitem</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="330"><code>enumitem</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>The package <code>enumitem</code> is useful for customizing lists.
 </para>
@@ -6419,7 +6417,7 @@
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="383" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>math</code></indexterm></findex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="384" mergedindex="cp"><code>math</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
         
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="333">inline formulas</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="331">inline formulas</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -6443,7 +6441,7 @@
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="387" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>minipage</code></indexterm></findex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="388" mergedindex="cp"><code>minipage</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
         
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="334">minipage, creating a</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="332">minipage, creating a</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopses:
 </para>
@@ -6570,15 +6568,15 @@
 Text after  
 </pre></example>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="335">indentation of paragraphs, in minipage</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="336">paragraph indentation, in minipage</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="333">indentation of paragraphs, in minipage</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="334">paragraph indentation, in minipage</indexterm></cindex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="391" mergedindex="cp">\parindent</indexterm></findex>
 <para>By default paragraphs are not indented in a <code>minipage</code>.  Change
 that with a command such as <code>\setlength{\parindent}{1pc}</code> at
 the start of <var>contents</var>.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="337">footnotes in figures</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="338">figures, footnotes in</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="335">footnotes in figures</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="336">figures, footnotes in</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>Footnotes in a <code>minipage</code> environment are handled in a way that is
 particularly useful for putting footnotes in figures or tables.  A
 <code>\footnote</code> or <code>\footnotetext</code> command puts the footnote at
@@ -6611,8 +6609,8 @@
 <para>This puts a table containing data side by side with a map graphic.  They
 are vertically centered.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="339"><r>package</r>, <code>siunitx</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="340"><code>siunitx</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="337"><r>package</r>, <code>siunitx</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="338"><code>siunitx</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <example endspaces=" ">
 <pre xml:space="preserve">% siunitx to have the S column specifier,
@@ -6648,8 +6646,8 @@
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="392" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>picture</code></indexterm></findex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="393" mergedindex="cp"><code>picture</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
         
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="341">creating pictures</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="342">pictures, creating</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="339">creating pictures</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="340">pictures, creating</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopses: 
 </para><example endspaces=" ">
@@ -6722,7 +6720,7 @@
 picture by shifting everything, you can just add the appropriate
 optional argument.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="343">position, in picture</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="341">position, in picture</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>Each <var>picture command</var> tells &latex; where to put something by
 providing its position.  A <dfn>position</dfn> is a pair such as <code>(2.4,-5)</code>
 giving the x- and y-coordinates.  A <dfn>coordinate</dfn> is a not a length,
@@ -6943,8 +6941,8 @@
 \graphpaper[<var>spacing</var>](<var>x_init</var>,<var>y_init</var>)(<var>x_dimen</var>,<var>y_dimen</var>)
 </pre></example>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="344"><r>package</r>, <code>graphpap</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="345"><code>graphpap</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="342"><r>package</r>, <code>graphpap</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="343"><code>graphpap</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Draw a coordinate grid.  Requires the <code>graphpap</code> package.
 The grid&textrsquo;s origin is <code>(<var>x_init</var>,<var>y_init</var>)</code>.
@@ -7010,21 +7008,21 @@
 <para>If <var>travel</var> is negative then you get <code>LaTeX Error: Bad \line or
 \vector argument.</code>
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="346">graphics packages</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="347"><r>package</r>, <code>pict2e</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="348"><code>pict2e</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="344">graphics packages</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="345"><r>package</r>, <code>pict2e</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="346"><code>pict2e</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="349"><r>package</r>, <code>TikZ</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="350"><code>TikZ</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="347"><r>package</r>, <code>TikZ</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="348"><code>TikZ</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="351"><r>package</r>, <code>PSTricks</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="352"><code>PSTricks</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="349"><r>package</r>, <code>PSTricks</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="350"><code>PSTricks</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="353"><r>package</r>, <code>MetaPost</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="354"><code>MetaPost</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="351"><r>package</r>, <code>MetaPost</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="352"><code>MetaPost</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="355"><r>package</r>, <code>Asymptote</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="356"><code>Asymptote</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="353"><r>package</r>, <code>Asymptote</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="354"><code>Asymptote</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Standard &latex; can only draw lines with a limited range of slopes
 because these lines are made by putting together line segments from
@@ -7411,16 +7409,16 @@
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="415" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>quotation</code></indexterm></findex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="416" mergedindex="cp"><code>quotation</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
         
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="357">quoted text with paragraph indentation, displaying</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="358">displaying quoted text with paragraph indentation</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="359">paragraph indentations in quoted text</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="355">quoted text with paragraph indentation, displaying</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="356">displaying quoted text with paragraph indentation</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="357">paragraph indentations in quoted text</indexterm></cindex>
 <anchor name="quote">quote</anchor>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="417" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>quote</code></indexterm></findex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="418" mergedindex="cp"><code>quote</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
         
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="360">quoted text without paragraph indentation, displaying</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="361">displaying quoted text without paragraph indentation</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="362">paragraph indentations in quoted text, omitting</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="358">quoted text without paragraph indentation, displaying</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="359">displaying quoted text without paragraph indentation</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="360">paragraph indentations in quoted text, omitting</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -7466,9 +7464,9 @@
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="419" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>tabbing</code></indexterm></findex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="420" mergedindex="cp"><code>tabbing</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
         
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="363">tab stops, using</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="364">lining text up using tab stops</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="365">alignment via tabbing</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="361">tab stops, using</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="362">lining text up using tab stops</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="363">alignment via tabbing</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -7516,7 +7514,7 @@
 the end of line, so that the width of the environment is
 <code>\linewidth</code>.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="366">row, <r>tabbing</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="364">row, <r>tabbing</r></indexterm></cindex>
 <para>The <code>tabbing</code> environment contains a sequence of <dfn>tabbed
 rows</dfn>.  The first tabbed row begins immediately after
 <code>\begin{tabbing}</code> and each row ends with <code>\\</code> or
@@ -7523,7 +7521,7 @@
 <code>\kill</code>. The last row may omit the <code>\\</code> and end with just
 <code>\end{tabbing}</code>.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="367">pattern, current tab stops, <r>tabbing</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="365">pattern, current tab stops, <r>tabbing</r></indexterm></cindex>
 <para>At any point the <code>tabbing</code> environment has a <dfn>current tab stop
 pattern</dfn>, a sequence of <math><var>n</var> > 0</math> tab stops, numbered 0, 1,
 etc.  These create <var>n</var> corresponding columns.  Tab stop 0 is
@@ -7635,15 +7633,15 @@
          end;
 </pre></example>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="368"><r>package</r>, <code>algorithm2e</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="369"><code>algorithm2e</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
- <cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="370"><r>package</r>, <code>listings</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="371"><code>listings</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
- <cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="372"><r>package</r>, <code>minted</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="373"><code>minted</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="366"><r>package</r>, <code>algorithm2e</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="367"><code>algorithm2e</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+ <cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="368"><r>package</r>, <code>listings</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="369"><code>listings</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+ <cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="370"><r>package</r>, <code>minted</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="371"><code>minted</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="374"><r>package</r>, <code>fancyvrb</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="375"><code>fancyvrb</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="372"><r>package</r>, <code>fancyvrb</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="373"><code>fancyvrb</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <noindent></noindent>
 <para>This example is just for illustration of the environment.  To actually
@@ -7660,8 +7658,8 @@
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="439" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>table</code></indexterm></findex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="440" mergedindex="cp"><code>table</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
         
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="376">tables, creating</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="377">creating tables</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="374">tables, creating</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="375">creating tables</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -7735,8 +7733,8 @@
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="442" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>tabular</code></indexterm></findex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="443" mergedindex="cp"><code>tabular</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
         
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="378">lines in tables</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="379">lining text up in tables</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="376">lines in tables</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="377">lining text up in tables</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -8148,7 +8146,7 @@
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="455" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>thebibliography</code></indexterm></findex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="456" mergedindex="cp"><code>thebibliography</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
         
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="380">bibliography, creating (manually)</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="378">bibliography, creating (manually)</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -8205,8 +8203,8 @@
 as with <code>\renewcommand{\refname}{Cited references}</code>, after
 <code>\begin{document}</code>.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="381"><r>package</r>, <code>babel</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="382"><code>babel</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="379"><r>package</r>, <code>babel</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="380"><code>babel</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Language support packages such as <code>babel</code> will automatically
 redefine <code>\refname</code> or <code>\bibname</code> to fit the selected
@@ -8242,7 +8240,7 @@
 
 <para>Generate an entry labeled by default by a number generated using the
 <code>enumi</code> counter.  The <dfn>citation key</dfn>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="383">citation key</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="381">citation key</indexterm></cindex>
 <var>cite_key</var> can be any string of
 letters, numbers, and punctuation symbols (but not comma).
 </para>
@@ -8383,9 +8381,9 @@
 <node name="Using-BibTeX" spaces=" "><nodename>Using BibTeX</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\nocite</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">thebibliography</nodeup></node>
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Using Bib&tex;</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="384">using Bib&tex;</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="385">bib&tex;, using</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="386">bibliography, creating (automatically)</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="382">using Bib&tex;</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="383">bib&tex;, using</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="384">bibliography, creating (automatically)</indexterm></cindex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="462" mergedindex="cp">\bibliographystyle</indexterm></findex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="463" mergedindex="cp">\bibliography</indexterm></findex>
 
@@ -8453,7 +8451,7 @@
 files, and rely on Bib&tex; to include in this document only those that
 you used.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="387"><samp>*</samp>, to <code>\nocite</code> all keys</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="385"><samp>*</samp>, to <code>\nocite</code> all keys</indexterm></cindex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="464" mergedindex="cp">\nocite <r>{*}, for all keys</r></indexterm></findex>
 <para>With Bib&tex;, the <var>keys</var> argument to <code>\nocite</code> can also be
 the single character <samp>*</samp>.  This means to implicitly cite all
@@ -8466,8 +8464,8 @@
 <node name="BibTeX-error-messages" spaces=" "><nodename>Bib&tex; error messages</nodename><nodeup automatic="on">Using BibTeX</nodeup></node>
 <subsubsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Bib&tex; error messages</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="388">Bib&tex; error messages</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="389">error messages, from Bib&tex;</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="386">Bib&tex; error messages</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="387">error messages, from Bib&tex;</indexterm></cindex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="465" mergedindex="cp">.aux <r>file and Bib&tex; commands</r></indexterm></findex>
 
 <para>If you forget to use <code>\bibliography</code> or <code>\bibliographystyle</code>
@@ -8512,7 +8510,7 @@
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="473" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>theorem</code></indexterm></findex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="474" mergedindex="cp"><code>theorem</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
         
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="390">theorems, typesetting</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="388">theorems, typesetting</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -8540,11 +8538,11 @@
 \end{thm}
 </pre></example>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="391"><r>package</r>, <code>amsmath</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="392"><code>amsmath</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="389"><r>package</r>, <code>amsmath</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="390"><code>amsmath</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="393"><r>package</r>, <code>amsthm</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="394"><code>amsthm</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="391"><r>package</r>, <code>amsthm</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="392"><code>amsthm</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Most new documents use the packages <code>amsthm</code> and <code>amsmath</code>
 from the American Mathematical Society.  Among other things these
@@ -8559,8 +8557,8 @@
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="475" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>titlepage</code></indexterm></findex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="476" mergedindex="cp"><code>titlepage</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
         
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="395">making a title page</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="396">title pages, creating</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="393">making a title page</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="394">title pages, creating</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -8610,11 +8608,11 @@
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="477" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>verbatim</code></indexterm></findex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="478" mergedindex="cp"><code>verbatim</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
         
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="397">verbatim text</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="398">simulating typed text</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="399">typed text, simulating</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="400">code, typesetting</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="401">computer programs, typesetting</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="395">verbatim text</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="396">simulating typed text</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="397">typed text, simulating</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="398">code, typesetting</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="399">computer programs, typesetting</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -8640,8 +8638,8 @@
 <para>The only restriction on <code>literal-text</code> is that it cannot include
 the string <code>\end{verbatim}</code>.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="402"><r>package</r>, <code>cprotect</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="403"><code>cprotect</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="400"><r>package</r>, <code>cprotect</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="401"><code>cprotect</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>You cannot use the verbatim environment in the argument to macros, for
 instance in the argument to a <code>\section</code>.  This is not the same as
@@ -8653,11 +8651,11 @@
 when the macro was called.  However, the <code>cprotect</code> package can
 help with this.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="404"><r>package</r>, <code>listings</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="405"><code>listings</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="402"><r>package</r>, <code>listings</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="403"><code>listings</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="406"><r>package</r>, <code>minted</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="407"><code>minted</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="404"><r>package</r>, <code>minted</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="405"><code>minted</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>One common use of verbatim input is to typeset computer code.  There are
 packages that are an improvement the <code>verbatim</code> environment.  For
@@ -8665,11 +8663,11 @@
 files, or parts of those files.  Such packages include <code>listings</code>,
 and <code>minted</code>.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="408"><r>package</r>, <code>fancyvrb</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="409"><code>fancyvrb</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="406"><r>package</r>, <code>fancyvrb</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="407"><code>fancyvrb</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="410"><r>package</r>, <code>verbatimbox</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="411"><code>verbatimbox</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="408"><r>package</r>, <code>verbatimbox</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="409"><code>verbatimbox</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>A package that provides many more options for verbatim environments is
 <code>fancyvrb</code>.  Another is <code>verbatimbox</code>.
@@ -8685,7 +8683,7 @@
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\verb</code></sectiontitle>
 
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="479" mergedindex="cp">\verb</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="412">verbatim text, inline</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="410">verbatim text, inline</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -8718,7 +8716,7 @@
 other).  The delimiter must not appear in <var>literal-text</var>. The
 <var>literal-text</var> cannot include a line break.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="413">visible space</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="411">visible space</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>The <code>*</code>-form differs only in that spaces are printed with a visible
 space character.
 <tex endspaces=" ">
@@ -8731,24 +8729,24 @@
 <pre xml:space="preserve">The command's first argument is \verb*!filename with extension! and ...
 </pre></example>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="414"><r>package</r>, <code>url</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="415"><code>url</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="412"><r>package</r>, <code>url</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="413"><code>url</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>For typesetting Internet addresses, urls, the package <code>url</code>
 is a better option than the <code>\verb</code> command, since
 it allows line breaks.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="416"><r>package</r>, <code>listings</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="417"><code>listings</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="414"><r>package</r>, <code>listings</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="415"><code>listings</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="418"><r>package</r>, <code>minted</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="419"><code>minted</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="416"><r>package</r>, <code>minted</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="417"><code>minted</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>For computer code there are many packages with advantages over
 <code>\verb</code>.  One is <code>listings</code>, another is <code>minted</code>.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="420"><r>package</r>, <code>cprotect</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="421"><code>cprotect</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="418"><r>package</r>, <code>cprotect</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="419"><code>cprotect</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>You cannot use <code>\verb</code> in the argument to a macro, for instance in
 the argument to a <code>\section</code>.  It is not a question of <code>\verb</code>
@@ -8768,7 +8766,7 @@
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="480" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>verse</code></indexterm></findex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="481" mergedindex="cp"><code>verse</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
         
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="422">poetry, an environment for</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="420">poetry, an environment for</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -8817,8 +8815,8 @@
 <node name="Line-breaking" spaces=" "><nodename>Line breaking</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Page breaking</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Environments</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node>
 <chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Line breaking</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="423">line breaking</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="424">breaking lines</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="421">line breaking</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="422">breaking lines</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>The first thing &latex; does when processing ordinary text is to
 translate your input file into a sequence of glyphs and spaces.  To
@@ -8856,7 +8854,8 @@
 </pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator="::       ">\obeycr & \restorecr</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Make each input line start a new output line.
 </pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator="::                   ">\newline</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Break the line
 </pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator="::           ">\- (hyphenation)</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Insert explicit hyphenation.
-</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator="::             ">\discretionary</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Explicit control of the hyphen character.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator="::                     ">\slash</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Insert a breakable /.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator="::             ">\discretionary</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Explicit control of hyphenation character(s).
 </pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator="::           ">\fussy & \sloppy</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Be more or less particular with line breaking.
 </pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator="::               ">\hyphenation</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Tell &latex; how to hyphenate a word.
 </pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator="::  ">\linebreak & \nolinebreak</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Forcing & avoiding line breaks.
@@ -8867,8 +8866,8 @@
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\\</code></sectiontitle>
 
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="483" mergedindex="cp">\\ <r>(force line break)</r></indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="425">new line, starting</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="426">line break, forcing</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="423">new line, starting</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="424">line break, forcing</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis, one of:
 </para>
@@ -8955,7 +8954,7 @@
 <anchor name="_005crestorecr">\restorecr</anchor>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="484" mergedindex="cp">\obeycr</indexterm></findex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="485" mergedindex="cp">\restorecr</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="427">new line, output as input</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="425">new line, output as input</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>The <code>\obeycr</code> command makes a return in the input file (<samp>^^M</samp>,
 internally) the same as <code>\\</code>, followed by <code>\relax</code>.  So each
@@ -9006,7 +9005,7 @@
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\newline</code></sectiontitle>
 
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="486" mergedindex="cp">\newline</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="428">new line, starting (paragraph mode)</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="426">new line, starting (paragraph mode)</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>In ordinary text, this ends a line in a way that does not right-justify
 it, so the text before the end of line is not stretched. That is, in
@@ -9035,11 +9034,11 @@
 </para>
 
 </section>
-<node name="_005c_002d-_0028hyphenation_0029" spaces=" "><nodename>\- (hyphenation)</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\discretionary</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\newline</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Line breaking</nodeup></node>
+<node name="_005c_002d-_0028hyphenation_0029" spaces=" "><nodename>\- (hyphenation)</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\slash</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\newline</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Line breaking</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\-</code> (discretionary hyphen)</sectiontitle>
 
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="487" mergedindex="cp">\- <r>(hyphenation)</r></indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="429">hyphenation, forcing</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="427">hyphenation, forcing</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Tell &latex; that it may hyphenate the word at that point.  When you
 insert <code>\-</code> commands in a word, the word will only be hyphenated at
@@ -9079,10 +9078,28 @@
 </para>
 
 </section>
-<node name="_005cdiscretionary" spaces=" "><nodename>\discretionary</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\fussy & \sloppy</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\- (hyphenation)</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Line breaking</nodeup></node>
+<node name="_005cslash" spaces=" "><nodename>\slash</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\discretionary</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\- (hyphenation)</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Line breaking</nodeup></node>
+<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\slash</code>: breakable <samp>/</samp></sectiontitle>
+
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="488" mergedindex="cp">\slash</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="428">slash character, breakable</indexterm></cindex>
+
+<para>The <code>\slash</code> command produces a <samp>/</samp> character and then a
+penalty of the same value as an explicit <samp>-</samp> character
+(<code>\exhyphenpenalty</code>). This allows &tex; to break a line at the
+<samp>/</samp>, similar to a hyphen. Hyphenation is allowed in the word part
+preceding the <samp>/</samp>, but not after. For example:
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">The input\slash output of the program is complicated.
+</pre></example>
+
+
+</section>
+<node name="_005cdiscretionary" spaces=" "><nodename>\discretionary</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\fussy & \sloppy</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\slash</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Line breaking</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\discretionary</code> (generalized hyphenation point)</sectiontitle>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="430">hyphenation, discretionary</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="431">discretionary hyphenation</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="429">hyphenation, discretionary</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="430">discretionary hyphenation</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -9156,9 +9173,9 @@
 
 <anchor name="_005cfussy">\fussy</anchor>
 <anchor name="_005csloppy">\sloppy</anchor>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="488" mergedindex="cp">\fussy</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="489" mergedindex="cp">\sloppy</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="432">line breaks, changing</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="489" mergedindex="cp">\fussy</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="490" mergedindex="cp">\sloppy</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="431">line breaks, changing</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Declarations to make &tex; more picky or less picky about line
 breaking.  Declaring <code>\fussy</code> usually avoids too much space between
@@ -9180,10 +9197,10 @@
 <node name="sloppypar" spaces=" "><nodename>sloppypar</nodename><nodeup automatic="on">\fussy & \sloppy</nodeup></node>
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>sloppypar</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="490" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>sloppypar</code></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="491" mergedindex="cp"><code>sloppypar</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="491" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>sloppypar</code></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="492" mergedindex="cp"><code>sloppypar</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
         
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="433">sloppypar environment</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="432">sloppypar environment</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -9220,8 +9237,8 @@
 <node name="_005chyphenation" spaces=" "><nodename>\hyphenation</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\linebreak & \nolinebreak</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\fussy & \sloppy</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Line breaking</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\hyphenation</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="492" mergedindex="cp">\hyphenation</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="434">hyphenation, defining</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="493" mergedindex="cp">\hyphenation</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="433">hyphenation, defining</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -9231,7 +9248,7 @@
 
 <para>Declares allowed hyphenation points within the words in the list.  The
 words in that list are separated by spaces.  Show permitted points for
-hyphenation with a dash character, <code>-</code>.
+hyphenation with an ASCII dash character, <code>-</code>.
 </para>
 <para>Here is an example:
 </para>
@@ -9240,7 +9257,7 @@
 </pre></example>
 
 <para>Use lowercase letters.  &tex; will only hyphenate if the word matches
-exactly, no inflections are tried.  Multiple <code>\hyphenation</code>
+exactly; no inflections are tried.  Multiple <code>\hyphenation</code>
 commands accumulate.
 </para>
 <!-- c xx Re-align on LaTeX-fr which also mentions fontenc, and that -->
@@ -9254,10 +9271,10 @@
 
 <anchor name="_005clinebreak">\linebreak</anchor>
 <anchor name="_005cnolinebreak">\nolinebreak</anchor>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="493" mergedindex="cp">\linebreak</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="494" mergedindex="cp">\nolinebreak</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="435">line breaks, forcing</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="436">line breaks, preventing</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="494" mergedindex="cp">\linebreak</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="495" mergedindex="cp">\nolinebreak</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="434">line breaks, forcing</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="435">line breaks, preventing</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopses, one of:
 </para>
@@ -9301,8 +9318,8 @@
 <node name="Page-breaking" spaces=" "><nodename>Page breaking</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Footnotes</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Line breaking</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node>
 <chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Page breaking</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="437">page breaking</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="438">breaking pages</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="436">page breaking</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="437">breaking pages</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Ordinarily &latex; automatically takes care of breaking output into
 pages with its usual aplomb.  But if you are writing commands, or
@@ -9310,7 +9327,7 @@
 understand how to influence its actions.
 </para>
 <!-- c credit: H Vogt https://tex.stackexchange.com/a/115563 -->
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="439">badness</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="438">badness</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>&latex;&textrsquo;s algorithm for splitting a document into pages is more complex
 than just waiting until there is enough material to fill a page and
 outputting the result.  Instead, &latex; typesets more material than
@@ -9347,12 +9364,12 @@
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\clearpage</code> & <code>\cleardoublepage</code> </sectiontitle>
 
 <anchor name="_005cclearpage">\clearpage</anchor>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="495" mergedindex="cp">\clearpage</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="440">flushing floats and starting a page</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="441">starting a new page and clearing floats</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="496" mergedindex="cp">\clearpage</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="439">flushing floats and starting a page</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="440">starting a new page and clearing floats</indexterm></cindex>
 <anchor name="_005ccleardoublepage">\cleardoublepage</anchor>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="496" mergedindex="cp">\cleardoublepage</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="442">starting on a right-hand page</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="497" mergedindex="cp">\cleardoublepage</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="441">starting on a right-hand page</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -9409,9 +9426,9 @@
 <node name="_005cnewpage" spaces=" "><nodename>\newpage</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\enlargethispage</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\clearpage & \cleardoublepage</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Page breaking</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\newpage</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="497" mergedindex="cp">\newpage</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="443">new page, starting</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="444">starting a new page</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="498" mergedindex="cp">\newpage</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="442">new page, starting</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="443">starting a new page</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -9454,8 +9471,8 @@
 <node name="_005cenlargethispage" spaces=" "><nodename>\enlargethispage</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\pagebreak & \nopagebreak</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\newpage</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Page breaking</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\enlargethispage</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="498" mergedindex="cp">\enlargethispage</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="445">enlarge current page</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="499" mergedindex="cp">\enlargethispage</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="444">enlarge current page</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis, one of:
 </para>
@@ -9490,10 +9507,10 @@
 
 <anchor name="_005cpagebreak">\pagebreak</anchor>
 <anchor name="_005cnopagebreak">\nopagebreak</anchor>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="499" mergedindex="cp">\pagebreak</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="500" mergedindex="cp">\nopagebreak</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="446">page break, forcing</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="447">page break, preventing</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="500" mergedindex="cp">\pagebreak</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="501" mergedindex="cp">\nopagebreak</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="445">page break, forcing</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="446">page break, preventing</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopses:
 </para>
@@ -9543,13 +9560,12 @@
 occurred while \output is active</samp>.  <xref label="_005cnewpage"><xrefnodename>\newpage</xrefnodename></xref>, for a command that
 does not have these effects.
 </para>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="501" mergedindex="cp">\samepage</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="502" mergedindex="cp">samepage <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
-<para>(There is an obsolete declaration <code>\samepage</code>, which tries to only
-allow a break between two paragraphs.  There is a related environment
-<code>samepage</code>, also obsolete.  Neither of these work reliably.  For
-more on keeping material on the same page, see the FAQ entry
-<url><urefurl>https://texfaq.org/FAQ-nopagebrk</urefurl></url>.)
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="502" mergedindex="cp">\samepage</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="503" mergedindex="cp">samepage <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
+<para>A declaration <code>\samepage</code> and corresponding <code>samepage</code>
+environment try to only allow breaks between paragraphs. They are not
+perfectly reliable.  For more on keeping material on the same page,
+see the FAQ entry <url><urefurl>https://texfaq.org/FAQ-nopagebrk</urefurl></url>.)
 </para>
 
 </section>
@@ -9557,7 +9573,7 @@
 <node name="Footnotes" spaces=" "><nodename>Footnotes</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Definitions</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Page breaking</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node>
 <chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Footnotes</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="448">footnotes, creating</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="447">footnotes, creating</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Place a footnote at the bottom of the current page, as here.
 </para>
@@ -9591,7 +9607,7 @@
 <node name="_005cfootnote" spaces=" "><nodename>\footnote</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\footnotemark</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Footnotes</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\footnote</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="503" mergedindex="cp">\footnote</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="504" mergedindex="cp">\footnote</indexterm></findex>
 
 <para>Synopsis, one of:
 </para>
@@ -9615,9 +9631,9 @@
 the footnote.  If you use this then &latex; does not increment the
 <code>footnote</code> counter.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="449">footnotes, symbols instead of numbers</indexterm></cindex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="504" mergedindex="cp">\fnsymbol<r>, and footnotes</r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="505" mergedindex="cp">\&arobase;fnsymbol</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="448">footnotes, symbols instead of numbers</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="505" mergedindex="cp">\fnsymbol<r>, and footnotes</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="506" mergedindex="cp">\&arobase;fnsymbol</indexterm></findex>
 <para>By default, &latex; uses arabic numbers as footnote markers.  Change
 this with something like
 <code>\renewcommand{\thefootnote}{\fnsymbol{footnote}}</code>, which
@@ -9628,11 +9644,11 @@
 </para>
 <para>&latex; determines the spacing of footnotes with two parameters.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="450">footnote parameters</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="451">parameters, for footnotes</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="449">footnote parameters</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="450">parameters, for footnotes</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
-<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="506" mergedindex="cp">\footnoterule</indexterm>\footnoterule</itemformat></item>
+<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="507" mergedindex="cp">\footnoterule</indexterm>\footnoterule</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><anchor name="footnote-footnoterule">footnote footnoterule</anchor>
 <para>Produces the rule separating the main text on a page from the page&textrsquo;s
 footnotes.  Default dimensions in the standard document classes (except
@@ -9648,9 +9664,9 @@
   \kern 2pt}                         % and this 2
 </pre></example>
 
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="507" mergedindex="cp">\footnotesep</indexterm>\footnotesep</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="508" mergedindex="cp">\footnotesep</indexterm>\footnotesep</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><anchor name="footnote-footnotesep">footnote footnotesep</anchor>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="452">strut</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="451">strut</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>The height of the strut placed at the beginning of the footnote
 (<pxref label="_005cstrut"><xrefnodename>\strut</xrefnodename></pxref>).  By default, this is set to the normal strut for
 <code>\footnotesize</code> fonts (<pxref label="Font-sizes"><xrefnodename>Font sizes</xrefnodename></pxref>), therefore there is no
@@ -9668,8 +9684,8 @@
 paragraph mode; <pxref label="Modes"><xrefnodename>Modes</xrefnodename></pxref>).  There are some workarounds; see
 following sections.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="453">footnotes, in a minipage</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="454">mpfootnote counter</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="452">footnotes, in a minipage</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="453">mpfootnote counter</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>In a <code>minipage</code> environment the <code>\footnote</code> command uses the
 <code>mpfootnote</code> counter instead of the <code>footnote</code> counter, so
 they are numbered independently.  They are shown at the bottom of the
@@ -9681,7 +9697,7 @@
 <node name="_005cfootnotemark" spaces=" "><nodename>\footnotemark</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\footnotetext</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\footnote</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Footnotes</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\footnotemark</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="508" mergedindex="cp">\footnotemark</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="509" mergedindex="cp">\footnotemark</indexterm></findex>
 
 <para>Synopsis, one of:
 </para>
@@ -9735,11 +9751,11 @@
 Therefore, anyone who can manage a crocodile is not a baby.
 </pre></example>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="455"><r>package</r>, <code>cleveref</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="456"><code>cleveref</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="454"><r>package</r>, <code>cleveref</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="455"><code>cleveref</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="457"><r>package</r>, <code>hyperref</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="458"><code>hyperref</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="456"><r>package</r>, <code>hyperref</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="457"><code>hyperref</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>This example accomplishes the same by using the package <code>cleveref</code>.
 </para>
@@ -9753,8 +9769,8 @@
 But the key lemma is from Tinker.\cref{fn:TE}
 </pre></example>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="459"><r>package</r>, <code>hyperref</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="460"><code>hyperref</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="458"><r>package</r>, <code>hyperref</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="459"><code>hyperref</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>It will work with the package <code>hyperref</code>.
 </para>
@@ -9763,7 +9779,7 @@
 <node name="_005cfootnotetext" spaces=" "><nodename>\footnotetext</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Footnotes in section headings</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\footnotemark</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Footnotes</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\footnotetext</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="509" mergedindex="cp">\footnotetext</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="510" mergedindex="cp">\footnotetext</indexterm></findex>
 
 <para>Synopsis, one of:
 </para>
@@ -9786,8 +9802,8 @@
 <node name="Footnotes-in-section-headings" spaces=" "><nodename>Footnotes in section headings</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Footnotes in a table</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\footnotetext</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Footnotes</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Footnotes in section headings</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="461">footnote, in section headings</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="462">table of contents, avoiding footnotes</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="460">footnote, in section headings</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="461">table of contents, avoiding footnotes</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Putting a footnote in a section heading, as in:
 </para>
@@ -9816,7 +9832,7 @@
 <node name="Footnotes-in-a-table" spaces=" "><nodename>Footnotes in a table</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Footnotes of footnotes</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Footnotes in section headings</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Footnotes</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Footnotes in a table</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="463">footnote, in a table</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="462">footnote, in a table</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Inside a <code>tabular</code> or <code>array</code> environment the <code>\footnote</code>
 command does not work; there is a footnote mark in the table cell but
@@ -9869,8 +9885,8 @@
 \end{center}
 </pre></example>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="464"><r>package</r>, <code>tablefootnote</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="465"><code>tablefootnote</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="463"><r>package</r>, <code>tablefootnote</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="464"><code>tablefootnote</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>For a floating <code>table</code> environment (<pxref label="table"><xrefnodename>table</xrefnodename></pxref>), use the
 <code>tablefootnote</code> package.
@@ -9900,10 +9916,10 @@
 <node name="Footnotes-of-footnotes" spaces=" "><nodename>Footnotes of footnotes</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">Footnotes in a table</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Footnotes</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Footnotes of footnotes</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="466">footnote, of a footnote</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="465">footnote, of a footnote</indexterm></cindex>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="467"><r>package</r>, <code>bigfoot</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="468"><code>bigfoot</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="466"><r>package</r>, <code>bigfoot</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="467"><code>bigfoot</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Particularly in the humanities, authors can have multiple classes of
 footnotes, including having footnotes of footnotes.  The package
@@ -9926,7 +9942,7 @@
 <node name="Definitions" spaces=" "><nodename>Definitions</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Counters</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Footnotes</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node>
 <chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Definitions</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="469">definitions</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="468">definitions</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>&latex; has support for making new commands of many different kinds.
 </para>
@@ -9952,13 +9968,13 @@
 
 <anchor name="_005cnewcommand">\newcommand</anchor>
 <anchor name="_005crenewcommand">\renewcommand</anchor>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="510" mergedindex="cp">\newcommand</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="511" mergedindex="cp">\renewcommand</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="470">commands, defining new ones</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="471">commands, redefining</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="472">defining a new command</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="473">redefining a command</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="474">new commands, defining</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="511" mergedindex="cp">\newcommand</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="512" mergedindex="cp">\renewcommand</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="469">commands, defining new ones</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="470">commands, redefining</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="471">defining a new command</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="472">redefining a command</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="473">new commands, defining</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopses, one of (three regular forms, three starred forms):
 </para>
@@ -9988,9 +10004,9 @@
 <para>Define or redefine a command (see also <code>\DeclareRobustCommand</code> in
 <ref label="Class-and-package-commands"><xrefnodename>Class and package commands</xrefnodename></ref>).
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="475">starred form, defining new commands</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="476">*-form, defining new commands</indexterm></cindex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="512" mergedindex="cp">\long</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="474">starred form, defining new commands</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="475">*-form, defining new commands</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="513" mergedindex="cp">\long</indexterm></findex>
 <para>The starred form of these two forbids the arguments from containing
 multiple paragraphs of text (in plain &tex; terms: the commands
 are not <code>\long</code>).  With the default form, arguments can be
@@ -10013,8 +10029,8 @@
 different number of arguments than the old version.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="var">optargdefault</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="477">optional arguments, defining and using</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="478">arguments, optional, defining and using</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="476">optional arguments, defining and using</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="477">arguments, optional, defining and using</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>Optional; if this argument is present then the first argument of
 <code>\<var>cmd</var></code> is optional, with default value <var>optargdefault</var>
 (which may be the empty string).  If <var>optargdefault</var> is not present
@@ -10047,7 +10063,7 @@
 may be a &latex; error, there may be incorrect typeset output, or both.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="var">defn</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="479">parameters, substituting</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="478">parameters, substituting</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>Required; the text to be substituted for every occurrence of
 <code>\<var>cmd</var></code>. The parameters <code>#1</code>, <code>#2</code>,
 &dots;, <code>#<var>nargs</var></code> are replaced by the values supplied when
@@ -10056,7 +10072,7 @@
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry></table>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="480">blanks, after control sequences</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="479">blanks, after control sequences</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>&tex; ignores blanks in the source following a control word
 (<pxref label="Control-sequences"><xrefnodename>Control sequences</xrefnodename></pxref>), as in <samp>\cmd </samp>.  If you want a space
 there, one solution is to type <code>{}</code> after the command
@@ -10139,7 +10155,7 @@
 <node name="Control-sequences" spaces=" "><nodename>Control sequences</nodename><nodeup automatic="on">\newcommand & \renewcommand</nodeup></node>
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Control sequence, control word and control symbol</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="481">control sequences</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="480">control sequences</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>When reading input &tex; converts the stream of read characters into a
 sequence of <dfn>tokens</dfn>. When &tex; sees a backslash <code>\</code>, it will
@@ -10150,13 +10166,13 @@
 </para>
 <itemize commandarg="bullet" endspaces=" "><itemprepend><formattingcommand command="bullet" automatic="on"/></itemprepend>
 <listitem><prepend>•</prepend>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="482">control word, defined</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="481">control word, defined</indexterm></cindex>
 <para><dfn>control word</dfn>, when the control sequence is gathered from a
 <code>\</code> followed by at least one ASCII letter (<code>A-Z</code> and
 <code>a-z</code>), followed by at least one non-letter.
 </para>
 </listitem><listitem><prepend>•</prepend>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="483">control symbol, defined</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="482">control symbol, defined</indexterm></cindex>
 <para><dfn>control symbol</dfn>, when the control sequence is gathered from a
 <code>\</code> followed by one non-letter character.
 </para></listitem></itemize>
@@ -10186,10 +10202,10 @@
 <node name="_005cprovidecommand" spaces=" "><nodename trailingspaces=" ">\providecommand</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\makeatletter & \makeatother</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\newcommand & \renewcommand</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Definitions</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\providecommand</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="513" mergedindex="cp">\providecommand</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="484">commands, defining new ones</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="485">defining a new command</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="486">new commands, defining</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="514" mergedindex="cp">\providecommand</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="483">commands, defining new ones</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="484">defining a new command</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="485">new commands, defining</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopses, one of:
 </para>
@@ -10228,8 +10244,8 @@
 
 <anchor name="_005cmakeatletter">\makeatletter</anchor>
 <anchor name="_005cmakeatother">\makeatother</anchor>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="514" mergedindex="cp">\makeatother</indexterm></findex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="515" mergedindex="cp">\makeatother</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="516" mergedindex="cp">\makeatother</indexterm></findex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -10246,9 +10262,9 @@
 category code of the at-sign to code 12, its default value.
 </para>
 <para>As &tex; reads characters, it assigns each one a category code, or
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="487">catcode</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="488">character category code</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="489">category code, character</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="486">catcode</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="487">character category code</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="488">category code, character</indexterm></cindex>
 <dfn>catcode</dfn>. For instance, it assigns the backslash
 character <samp><code>\</code></samp> the catcode 0.  Command names
 consist of a category 0 character, ordinarily backslash, followed
@@ -10270,8 +10286,8 @@
 arrange that the at-sign has the character code of a letter,
 catcode 11.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="490"><r>package</r>, <code>macros2e</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="491"><code>macros2e</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="489"><r>package</r>, <code>macros2e</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="490"><code>macros2e</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>For a comprehensive list of macros with an at-sign in their names see
 <url><urefurl>https://ctan.org/pkg/macros2e</urefurl></url>.
@@ -10292,9 +10308,9 @@
 <node name="_005c_0040ifstar" spaces=" "><nodename>\&arobase;ifstar</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\newcounter</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\makeatletter & \makeatother</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Definitions</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\&arobase;ifstar</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="516" mergedindex="cp">\&arobase;ifstar</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="492">commands, star-variants</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="493">star-variants, commands</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="517" mergedindex="cp">\&arobase;ifstar</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="491">commands, star-variants</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="492">star-variants, commands</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -10362,11 +10378,11 @@
 <code>\agentsecret<w> *</w>{Bond}</code> are equivalent. However, the
 standard practice is not to insert any such spaces.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="494"><r>package</r>, <code>suffix</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="495"><code>suffix</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="493"><r>package</r>, <code>suffix</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="494"><code>suffix</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="496"><r>package</r>, <code>xparse</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="497"><code>xparse</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="495"><r>package</r>, <code>xparse</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="496"><code>xparse</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>There are two alternative ways to accomplish the work of
 <code>\&arobase;ifstar</code>.  (1) The <code>suffix</code> package allows the
@@ -10388,8 +10404,8 @@
 <node name="_005cnewcounter" spaces=" "><nodename>\newcounter</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\newlength</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\&arobase;ifstar</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Definitions</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\newcounter</code>: Allocating a counter</sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="517" mergedindex="cp">\newcounter</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="498">counters, defining new</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="518" mergedindex="cp">\newcounter</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="497">counters, defining new</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis, one of:
 </para>
@@ -10441,11 +10457,11 @@
 <node name="_005cnewlength" spaces=" "><nodename>\newlength</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\newsavebox</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\newcounter</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Definitions</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\newlength</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="518" mergedindex="cp">\newlength</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="499">lengths, allocating new</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="500">rubber lengths, defining new</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="501">skip register, plain &tex;</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="502">glue register, plain &tex;</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="519" mergedindex="cp">\newlength</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="498">lengths, allocating new</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="499">rubber lengths, defining new</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="500">skip register, plain &tex;</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="501">glue register, plain &tex;</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -10478,8 +10494,8 @@
 <node name="_005cnewsavebox" spaces=" "><nodename>\newsavebox</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\newenvironment & \renewenvironment</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\newlength</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Definitions</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\newsavebox</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="519" mergedindex="cp">\newsavebox</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="503">box, allocating new</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="520" mergedindex="cp">\newsavebox</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="502">box, allocating new</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -10518,11 +10534,11 @@
 
 <anchor name="_005cnewenvironment">\newenvironment</anchor>
 <anchor name="_005crenewenvironment">\renewenvironment</anchor>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="520" mergedindex="cp">\newenvironment</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="521" mergedindex="cp">\renewenvironment</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="504">environments, defining</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="505">defining new environments</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="506">redefining environments</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="521" mergedindex="cp">\newenvironment</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="522" mergedindex="cp">\renewenvironment</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="503">environments, defining</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="504">defining new environments</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="505">redefining environments</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopses, one of:
 </para>
@@ -10550,7 +10566,7 @@
 <para>Define or redefine the environment <var>env</var>, that is, create the
 construct <code>\begin{<var>env</var>} ... <var>body</var> ... \end{<var>env</var>}</code>.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="507"><code>*</code>-form of environment commands</indexterm></cindex> 	 
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="506"><code>*</code>-form of environment commands</indexterm></cindex> 	 
 <para>The starred form of these commands requires that the arguments not
 contain multiple paragraphs of text.  However, the body of these
 environments can contain multiple paragraphs.
@@ -10682,12 +10698,12 @@
 <node name="_005cnewtheorem" spaces=" "><nodename>\newtheorem</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\newfont</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\newenvironment & \renewenvironment</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Definitions</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\newtheorem</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="522" mergedindex="cp">\newtheorem</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="508">theorems, defining</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="509">defining new theorems</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="523" mergedindex="cp">\newtheorem</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="507">theorems, defining</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="508">defining new theorems</indexterm></cindex>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="510">theorem-like environment</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="511">environment, theorem-like</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="509">theorem-like environment</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="510">environment, theorem-like</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>Synopses:
 </para>
 <example endspaces=" ">
@@ -10817,9 +10833,9 @@
 <node name="_005cnewfont" spaces=" "><nodename>\newfont</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\protect</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\newtheorem</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Definitions</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\newfont</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="523" mergedindex="cp">\newfont</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="512">fonts, new commands for</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="513">defining new fonts</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="524" mergedindex="cp">\newfont</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="511">fonts, new commands for</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="512">defining new fonts</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <!-- c @findex .fd @r{file} -->
 <para>This command is obsolete. This description is here only to help with old
@@ -10840,8 +10856,8 @@
 The control sequence must not already be defined. It must begin with a
 backslash, <code>\</code>.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="514">at clause, in font definitions</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="515">design size, in font definitions</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="513">at clause, in font definitions</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="514">design size, in font definitions</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>The <var>font description</var> consists of a <var>fontname</var> and an optional
 <dfn>at clause</dfn>.  &latex; will look on your system for a file named
 <file><var>fontname</var>.tfm</file>.  The at clause can have the form either
@@ -10865,9 +10881,9 @@
 <node name="_005cprotect" spaces=" "><nodename>\protect</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\ignorespaces & \ignorespacesafterend</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\newfont</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Definitions</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\protect</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="524" mergedindex="cp">\protect</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="516">fragile commands</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="517">robust commands</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="525" mergedindex="cp">\protect</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="515">fragile commands</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="516">robust commands</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>All &latex; commands are either <dfn>fragile</dfn> or <dfn>robust</dfn>.  A
 fragile command can break when it is used in the argument to certain
@@ -10885,7 +10901,7 @@
 document such as in the table of contents.  Any argument that is
 internally expanded by &latex; without typesetting it directly is
 referred to as a 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="518">moving arguments</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="517">moving arguments</indexterm></cindex>
 <dfn>moving argument</dfn>.  A command is fragile if it can
 expand during this process into invalid &tex; code.  Some examples of
 moving arguments are those that appear in the <code>\caption{...}</code>
@@ -10933,10 +10949,10 @@
 
 <anchor name="_005cignorespaces">\ignorespaces</anchor>
 <anchor name="_005cignorespacesafterend">\ignorespacesafterend</anchor>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="525" mergedindex="cp">\ignorespaces</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="526" mergedindex="cp">\ignorespacesafterend</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="519">spaces, ignore around commands</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="520">commands, ignore spaces</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="526" mergedindex="cp">\ignorespaces</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="527" mergedindex="cp">\ignorespacesafterend</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="518">spaces, ignore around commands</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="519">commands, ignore spaces</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -11031,12 +11047,12 @@
 <node name="xspace-package" spaces=" "><nodename>xspace package</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\ignorespaces & \ignorespacesafterend</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Definitions</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>xspace package</sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="527" mergedindex="cp">\xspace</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="521"><r>package</r>, <code>xspace</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="522"><code>xspace</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="528" mergedindex="cp">\xspace</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="520"><r>package</r>, <code>xspace</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="521"><code>xspace</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="523">spaces, ignore around commands</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="524">commands, ignore spaces</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="522">spaces, ignore around commands</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="523">commands, ignore spaces</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -11100,8 +11116,8 @@
 <node name="Counters" spaces=" "><nodename>Counters</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Lengths</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Definitions</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node>
 <chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Counters</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="525">counters, a list of</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="526">variables, a list of</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="524">counters, a list of</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="525">variables, a list of</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Everything &latex; numbers for you has a counter associated with
 it. The name of the counter is often the same as the name of the
@@ -11113,23 +11129,23 @@
 <para>Below is a list of the counters used in &latex;&textrsquo;s standard document
 classes to control numbering.
 </para>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="528" mergedindex="cp">part counter</indexterm></findex> 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="529" mergedindex="cp">chapter counter</indexterm></findex> 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="530" mergedindex="cp">section counter</indexterm></findex> 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="531" mergedindex="cp">subsection counter</indexterm></findex> 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="532" mergedindex="cp">subsubsection counter</indexterm></findex> 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="533" mergedindex="cp">paragraph counter</indexterm></findex> 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="534" mergedindex="cp">subparagraph counter</indexterm></findex> 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="535" mergedindex="cp">page counter</indexterm></findex> 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="536" mergedindex="cp">equation counter</indexterm></findex> 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="537" mergedindex="cp">figure counter</indexterm></findex> 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="538" mergedindex="cp">table counter</indexterm></findex> 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="539" mergedindex="cp">footnote counter</indexterm></findex> 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="540" mergedindex="cp">mpfootnote counter</indexterm></findex> 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="541" mergedindex="cp">enumi counter</indexterm></findex> 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="542" mergedindex="cp">enumii counter</indexterm></findex> 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="543" mergedindex="cp">enumiii counter</indexterm></findex> 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="544" mergedindex="cp">enumiv counter</indexterm></findex> 
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="529" mergedindex="cp">part counter</indexterm></findex> 
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="530" mergedindex="cp">chapter counter</indexterm></findex> 
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="531" mergedindex="cp">section counter</indexterm></findex> 
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="532" mergedindex="cp">subsection counter</indexterm></findex> 
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="533" mergedindex="cp">subsubsection counter</indexterm></findex> 
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="534" mergedindex="cp">paragraph counter</indexterm></findex> 
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="535" mergedindex="cp">subparagraph counter</indexterm></findex> 
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="536" mergedindex="cp">page counter</indexterm></findex> 
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="537" mergedindex="cp">equation counter</indexterm></findex> 
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="538" mergedindex="cp">figure counter</indexterm></findex> 
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="539" mergedindex="cp">table counter</indexterm></findex> 
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="540" mergedindex="cp">footnote counter</indexterm></findex> 
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="541" mergedindex="cp">mpfootnote counter</indexterm></findex> 
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="542" mergedindex="cp">enumi counter</indexterm></findex> 
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="543" mergedindex="cp">enumii counter</indexterm></findex> 
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="544" mergedindex="cp">enumiii counter</indexterm></findex> 
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="545" mergedindex="cp">enumiv counter</indexterm></findex> 
 <example endspaces=" ">
 <pre xml:space="preserve">part            paragraph       figure          enumi
 chapter         subparagraph    table           enumii
@@ -11163,7 +11179,7 @@
 <node name="_005calph-_005cAlph-_005carabic-_005croman-_005cRoman-_005cfnsymbol" spaces=" "><nodename>\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\usecounter</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Counters</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol</code>: Printing counters</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="527">counters, printing</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="526">counters, printing</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Print the value of a counter, in a specified style.  For instance, if
 the counter <var>counter</var> has the value 1 then a
@@ -11175,30 +11191,30 @@
 start with a backslash.
 </para>
 <ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
-<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="545" mergedindex="cp">\alph{<var>counter</var>}</indexterm>\alph{<var>counter</var>}</itemformat></item>
+<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="546" mergedindex="cp">\alph{<var>counter</var>}</indexterm>\alph{<var>counter</var>}</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para>Print the value of <var>counter</var> in lowercase letters: &textlsquo;a&textrsquo;, &textlsquo;b&textrsquo;,
 &enddots; If the counter&textrsquo;s value is less than 1 or more than 26 then
 you get <samp>LaTeX Error: Counter too large.</samp>
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="546" mergedindex="cp">\Alph{<var>counter</var>}</indexterm>\Alph{<var>counter</var>}</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="547" mergedindex="cp">\Alph{<var>counter</var>}</indexterm>\Alph{<var>counter</var>}</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para>Print in uppercase letters: &textlsquo;A&textrsquo;, &textlsquo;B&textrsquo;, &enddots; If the counter&textrsquo;s value
 is less than 1 or more than 26 then you get <samp>LaTeX Error: Counter
 too large.</samp>
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="547" mergedindex="cp">\arabic{<var>counter</var>}</indexterm>\arabic{<var>counter</var>}</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="548" mergedindex="cp">\arabic{<var>counter</var>}</indexterm>\arabic{<var>counter</var>}</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para>Print in Arabic numbers such as <samp>5</samp> or <samp>-2</samp>.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="548" mergedindex="cp">\roman{<var>counter</var>}</indexterm>\roman{<var>counter</var>}</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="549" mergedindex="cp">\roman{<var>counter</var>}</indexterm>\roman{<var>counter</var>}</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para>Print in lowercase roman numerals: &textlsquo;i&textrsquo;, &textlsquo;ii&textrsquo;, &enddots; If the
 counter&textrsquo;s value is less than 1 then you get no warning or error but
 &latex; does not print anything in the output.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="549" mergedindex="cp">\Roman{<var>counter</var>}</indexterm>\Roman{<var>counter</var>}</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="550" mergedindex="cp">\Roman{<var>counter</var>}</indexterm>\Roman{<var>counter</var>}</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para>Print in uppercase roman numerals: &textlsquo;I&textrsquo;, &textlsquo;II&textrsquo;, &enddots; If the
 counter&textrsquo;s value is less than 1 then you get no warning or error but
 &latex; does not print anything in the output.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="550" mergedindex="cp">\fnsymbol{<var>counter</var>}</indexterm>\fnsymbol{<var>counter</var>}</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="551" mergedindex="cp">\fnsymbol{<var>counter</var>}</indexterm>\fnsymbol{<var>counter</var>}</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para>Prints the value of <var>counter</var> using a sequence of nine symbols that
 are traditionally used for labeling footnotes.  The value of
 <var>counter</var> should be between 1 and 9, inclusive.  If the
@@ -11239,9 +11255,9 @@
 <node name="_005cusecounter" spaces=" "><nodename>\usecounter</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\value</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Counters</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\usecounter</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="551" mergedindex="cp">\usecounter</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="528">list items, specifying counter</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="529">numbered items, specifying counter</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="552" mergedindex="cp">\usecounter</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="527">list items, specifying counter</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="528">numbered items, specifying counter</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -11276,8 +11292,8 @@
 <node name="_005cvalue" spaces=" "><nodename>\value</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\setcounter</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\usecounter</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Counters</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\value</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="552" mergedindex="cp">\value</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="530">counters, getting value of</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="553" mergedindex="cp">\value</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="529">counters, getting value of</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -11320,9 +11336,9 @@
 <node name="_005csetcounter" spaces=" "><nodename>\setcounter</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\addtocounter</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\value</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Counters</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\setcounter</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="553" mergedindex="cp">\setcounter</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="531">counters, setting</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="532">setting counters</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="554" mergedindex="cp">\setcounter</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="530">counters, setting</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="531">setting counters</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -11348,7 +11364,7 @@
 <node name="_005caddtocounter" spaces=" "><nodename>\addtocounter</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\refstepcounter</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\setcounter</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Counters</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\addtocounter</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="554" mergedindex="cp">\addtocounter</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="555" mergedindex="cp">\addtocounter</indexterm></findex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -11372,7 +11388,7 @@
 <node name="_005crefstepcounter" spaces=" "><nodename>\refstepcounter</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\stepcounter</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\addtocounter</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Counters</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\refstepcounter</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="555" mergedindex="cp">\refstepcounter</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="556" mergedindex="cp">\refstepcounter</indexterm></findex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -11396,7 +11412,7 @@
 <node name="_005cstepcounter" spaces=" "><nodename>\stepcounter</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\day & \month & \year</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\refstepcounter</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Counters</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\stepcounter</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="556" mergedindex="cp">\stepcounter</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="557" mergedindex="cp">\stepcounter</indexterm></findex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -11421,9 +11437,9 @@
 <anchor name="_005cday">\day</anchor>
 <anchor name="_005cmonth">\month</anchor>
 <anchor name="_005cyear">\year</anchor>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="557" mergedindex="cp">\day</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="558" mergedindex="cp">\month</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="559" mergedindex="cp">\year</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="558" mergedindex="cp">\day</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="559" mergedindex="cp">\month</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="560" mergedindex="cp">\year</indexterm></findex>
 
 <para>&latex; defines the counter <code>\day</code> for the day of the month
 (nominally with value between 1 and 31), <code>\month</code> for the month of
@@ -11452,16 +11468,16 @@
 <node name="Lengths" spaces=" "><nodename>Lengths</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Making paragraphs</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Counters</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node>
 <chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Lengths</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="533">lengths, defining and using</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="532">lengths, defining and using</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>A <dfn>length</dfn> is a measure of distance.  Many &latex; commands take a
 length as an argument.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="534">rigid lengths</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="535">rubber lengths</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="536">dimen <r>plain &tex;</r></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="537">skip <r>plain &tex;</r></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="538">glue <r>plain &tex;</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="533">rigid lengths</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="534">rubber lengths</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="535">dimen <r>plain &tex;</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="536">skip <r>plain &tex;</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="537">glue <r>plain &tex;</r></indexterm></cindex>
 <para>Lengths come in two types.  A <dfn>rigid length</dfn> such as <code>10pt</code>
 does not contain a <code>plus</code> or <code>minus</code> component.  (Plain
 &tex; calls this a <dfn>dimen</dfn>.)  A <dfn>rubber length</dfn> (what plain
@@ -11484,7 +11500,7 @@
 </pre></example>
 
 <noindent></noindent>
-<para>This example uses those commands to show a black bar 100 points
+<para>This next example uses those commands to show a black bar 100 points
 long between <samp>XXX</samp> and <samp>YYY</samp>.  This length is rigid.
 </para>
 <example endspaces=" ">
@@ -11553,7 +11569,7 @@
 <para>The <code>plus</code> or <code>minus</code> component of a rubber length can contain
 a <dfn>fill</dfn> component, as in <code>1in plus2fill</code>.  This gives the
 length infinite stretchability or shrinkability so that &tex; could set
-it to any distance.  Here the two figures will be equal-spaced across
+it to any distance.  Here the two figures will be equally spaced across
 the page.
 </para>
 <example endspaces=" ">
@@ -11589,57 +11605,57 @@
 <node name="Units-of-length" spaces=" "><nodename>Units of length</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\setlength</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Lengths</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Units of length</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="539">units, of length</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="538">units, of length</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>&tex; and &latex; know about these units both inside and outside of
 math mode.
 </para>
 <ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
-<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="560" mergedindex="cp">pt</indexterm>pt </itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="540">point</indexterm></cindex>
+<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="561" mergedindex="cp">pt</indexterm>pt </itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="539">point</indexterm></cindex>
 <anchor name="units-of-length-pt">units of length pt</anchor>
 <para>Point, 1/72.27 inch.  The (approximate) conversion to metric units
 is 1<dmn>point</dmn> = .35146<dmn>mm</dmn> = .035146<dmn>cm</dmn>. 
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="561" mergedindex="cp">pc</indexterm>pc</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="541">pica</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="562" mergedindex="cp">pc</indexterm>pc</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="540">pica</indexterm></cindex>
 <anchor name="units-of-length-pc">units of length pc</anchor>
 <para>Pica, 12 pt
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="562" mergedindex="cp">in</indexterm>in </itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="542">inch</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="563" mergedindex="cp">in</indexterm>in </itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="541">inch</indexterm></cindex>
 <anchor name="units-of-length-in">units of length in</anchor>
 <para>Inch, 72.27 pt
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="563" mergedindex="cp">bp</indexterm>bp </itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="543">big point</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="544">PostScript point</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="564" mergedindex="cp">bp</indexterm>bp </itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="542">big point</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="543">PostScript point</indexterm></cindex>
 <anchor name="units-of-length-bp">units of length bp</anchor>
 <para>Big point, 1/72 inch.  This length is the definition of a point in
 PostScript and many desktop publishing systems.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="564" mergedindex="cp">mm</indexterm>mm </itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="545">millimeter</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="565" mergedindex="cp">mm</indexterm>mm </itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="544">millimeter</indexterm></cindex>
 <anchor name="units-of-length-mm">units of length mm</anchor>
 <para>Millimeter, 2.845<dmn>pt</dmn>
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="565" mergedindex="cp">cm</indexterm>cm </itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="546">centimeter</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="566" mergedindex="cp">cm</indexterm>cm </itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="545">centimeter</indexterm></cindex>
 <anchor name="units-of-length-cm">units of length cm</anchor>
 <para>Centimeter, 10<dmn>mm</dmn>
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="566" mergedindex="cp">dd</indexterm>dd </itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="547">didot point</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="567" mergedindex="cp">dd</indexterm>dd </itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="546">didot point</indexterm></cindex>
 <anchor name="units-of-length-dd">units of length dd</anchor>
 <para>Didot point, 1.07 pt
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="567" mergedindex="cp">cc</indexterm>cc </itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="548">cicero</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="568" mergedindex="cp">cc</indexterm>cc </itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="547">cicero</indexterm></cindex>
 <anchor name="units-of-length-cc">units of length cc</anchor>
 <para>Cicero, 12 dd
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="568" mergedindex="cp">sp</indexterm>sp </itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="549">scaled point</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="569" mergedindex="cp">sp</indexterm>sp </itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="548">scaled point</indexterm></cindex>
 <anchor name="units-of-length-sp">units of length sp</anchor>
 <para>Scaled point, 1/65536 pt
 </para>
@@ -11649,9 +11665,9 @@
 than being an absolute dimension.
 </para>
 <ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
-<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="569" mergedindex="cp">ex</indexterm>ex</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="550">x-height</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="551">ex</indexterm></cindex>
+<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="570" mergedindex="cp">ex</indexterm>ex</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="549">x-height</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="550">ex</indexterm></cindex>
 <anchor name="Lengths_002fex">Lengths/ex</anchor>
 <anchor name="units-of-length-ex">units of length ex</anchor>
 <para>The x-height of the current font <dfn>ex</dfn>, traditionally the
@@ -11658,9 +11674,9 @@
 height of the lowercase letter x, is often used for vertical
 lengths.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="570" mergedindex="cp">em</indexterm>em</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="552">m-width</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="553">em</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="571" mergedindex="cp">em</indexterm>em</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="551">m-width</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="552">em</indexterm></cindex>
 <anchor name="Lengths_002fem">Lengths/em</anchor>
 <anchor name="units-of-length-em">units of length em</anchor>
 <para>Similarly <dfn>em</dfn>, traditionally the width of the capital
@@ -11669,8 +11685,8 @@
 have 1<dmn>em</dmn> = 10<dmn>pt</dmn>.  &latex; has several commands to produce
 horizontal spaces based on the em (<pxref label="_005censpace-_0026-_005cquad-_0026-_005cqquad"><xrefnodename>\enspace & \quad & \qquad</xrefnodename></pxref>).
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="571" mergedindex="cp">mu</indexterm>mu</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="554">mu, math unit</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="572" mergedindex="cp">mu</indexterm>mu</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="553">mu, math unit</indexterm></cindex>
 <anchor name="units-of-length-mu">units of length mu</anchor>
 <para>Finally, in math mode, many definitions are expressed in terms
 of the math unit <dfn>mu</dfn>, defined by 1<dmn>em</dmn> = 18<dmn>mu</dmn>, where the
@@ -11689,8 +11705,8 @@
 <node name="_005csetlength" spaces=" "><nodename>\setlength</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\addtolength</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Units of length</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Lengths</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\setlength</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="572" mergedindex="cp">\setlength</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="555">lengths, setting</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="573" mergedindex="cp">\setlength</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="554">lengths, setting</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -11726,8 +11742,8 @@
 <node name="_005caddtolength" spaces=" "><nodename>\addtolength</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\settodepth</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\setlength</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Lengths</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\addtolength</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="573" mergedindex="cp">\addtolength</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="556">lengths, adding to</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="574" mergedindex="cp">\addtolength</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="555">lengths, adding to</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -11770,7 +11786,7 @@
 <node name="_005csettodepth" spaces=" "><nodename>\settodepth</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\settoheight</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\addtolength</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Lengths</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\settodepth</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="574" mergedindex="cp">\settodepth</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="575" mergedindex="cp">\settodepth</indexterm></findex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -11803,7 +11819,7 @@
 <node name="_005csettoheight" spaces=" "><nodename>\settoheight</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\settowidth</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\settodepth</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Lengths</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\settoheight</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="575" mergedindex="cp">\settoheight</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="576" mergedindex="cp">\settoheight</indexterm></findex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -11837,7 +11853,7 @@
 <node name="_005csettowidth" spaces=" "><nodename>\settowidth</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\stretch</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\settoheight</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Lengths</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\settowidth</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="576" mergedindex="cp">\settowidth</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="577" mergedindex="cp">\settowidth</indexterm></findex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -11871,7 +11887,7 @@
 <node name="_005cstretch" spaces=" "><nodename>\stretch</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Expressions</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\settowidth</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Lengths</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\stretch</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="577" mergedindex="cp">\stretch</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="578" mergedindex="cp">\stretch</indexterm></findex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -11918,7 +11934,7 @@
 <node name="Expressions" spaces=" "><nodename>Expressions</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\stretch</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Lengths</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Expressions</sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="578" mergedindex="cp">expressions</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="579" mergedindex="cp">expressions</indexterm></findex>
 
 <!-- c Much from Joseph Wright's https://tex.stackexchange.com/a/245663/339 -->
 <para>Synopsis, one of:
@@ -12030,8 +12046,8 @@
 <node name="Making-paragraphs" spaces=" "><nodename>Making paragraphs</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Math formulas</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Lengths</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node>
 <chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Making paragraphs</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="557">making paragraphs</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="558">paragraphs</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="556">making paragraphs</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="557">paragraphs</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>To start a paragraph, just type some text.  To end the current
 paragraph, put an empty line.  This is three paragraphs, the
@@ -12114,8 +12130,8 @@
 <node name="_005cpar" spaces=" "><nodename>\par</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\indent & \noindent</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Making paragraphs</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\par</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="579" mergedindex="cp">\par</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="559">paragraph, ending</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="580" mergedindex="cp">\par</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="558">paragraph, ending</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis (note that while reading the input &tex; converts any sequence
 of one or more blank lines to a <code>\par</code>, <ref label="Making-paragraphs"><xrefnodename>Making paragraphs</xrefnodename></ref>):
@@ -12181,9 +12197,9 @@
 
 <anchor name="_005cindent">\indent</anchor>
 <anchor name="_005cnoindent">\noindent</anchor>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="580" mergedindex="cp">\indent</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="581" mergedindex="cp">\noindent</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="560">indent, forcing</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="581" mergedindex="cp">\indent</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="582" mergedindex="cp">\noindent</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="559">indent, forcing</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -12231,14 +12247,14 @@
 \noindent shows this clearly.
 </pre></example>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="582" mergedindex="cp">\parindent</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="583" mergedindex="cp">\parindent</indexterm></findex>
 <para>To omit indentation in the entire document put
 <code>\setlength{\parindent}{0pt}</code> in the preamble.  If you do that,
 you may want to also set the length of spaces between paragraphs,
 <code>\parskip</code> (<pxref label="_005cparindent-_0026-_005cparskip"><xrefnodename>\parindent & \parskip</xrefnodename></pxref>).
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="561"><r>package</r>, <code>indentfirst</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="562"><code>indentfirst</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="560"><r>package</r>, <code>indentfirst</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="561"><code>indentfirst</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Default &latex; styles have the first paragraph after a section that is
 not indented, as is traditional typesetting in English.  To change that,
@@ -12251,11 +12267,11 @@
 
 <anchor name="_005cparindent">\parindent</anchor>
 <anchor name="_005cparskip">\parskip</anchor>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="583" mergedindex="cp">\parindent</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="584" mergedindex="cp">\parskip</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="563">paragraph indentation</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="564">horizontal paragraph indentation</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="565">vertical space before paragraphs</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="584" mergedindex="cp">\parindent</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="585" mergedindex="cp">\parskip</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="562">paragraph indentation</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="563">horizontal paragraph indentation</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="564">vertical space before paragraphs</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -12299,10 +12315,10 @@
 <node name="Marginal-notes" spaces=" "><nodename>Marginal notes</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\parindent & \parskip</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Making paragraphs</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Marginal notes</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="566">marginal notes</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="567">notes in the margin</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="568">remarks in the margin</indexterm></cindex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="585" mergedindex="cp">\marginpar</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="565">marginal notes</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="566">notes in the margin</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="567">remarks in the margin</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="586" mergedindex="cp">\marginpar</indexterm></findex>
 
 <para>Synopsis, one of:
 </para>
@@ -12323,8 +12339,8 @@
 outside margin.  If you are in two-column layout (document option
 <code>twocolumn</code>) then it goes in the nearest margin.
 </para>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="586" mergedindex="cp">\reversemarginpar</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="587" mergedindex="cp">\normalmarginpar</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="587" mergedindex="cp">\reversemarginpar</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="588" mergedindex="cp">\normalmarginpar</indexterm></findex>
 <para>If you declare <code>\reversemarginpar</code> then &latex; will place
 subsequent marginal notes in the opposite margin to that given in the
 prior paragraph.  Revert that to the default position with
@@ -12341,18 +12357,18 @@
 <para>These parameters affect the formatting of the note:
 </para>
 <ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
-<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="588" mergedindex="cp">\marginparpush</indexterm>\marginparpush</itemformat></item>
+<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="589" mergedindex="cp">\marginparpush</indexterm>\marginparpush</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><anchor name="marginal-notes-marginparpush">marginal notes marginparpush</anchor>
 <para>Minimum vertical space between notes; default <samp>7pt</samp> for <samp>12pt</samp>
 documents, <samp>5pt</samp> else. See also <ref label="page-layout-parameters-marginparpush"><xrefnodename>page layout parameters
 marginparpush</xrefnodename></ref>.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="589" mergedindex="cp">\marginparsep</indexterm>\marginparsep</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="590" mergedindex="cp">\marginparsep</indexterm>\marginparsep</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><anchor name="marginal-notes-marginparsep">marginal notes marginparsep</anchor>
 <para>Horizontal space between the main text and the note; default
 <samp>11pt</samp> for <samp>10pt</samp> documents, <samp>10pt</samp> else.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="590" mergedindex="cp">\marginparwidth</indexterm>\marginparwidth</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="591" mergedindex="cp">\marginparwidth</indexterm>\marginparwidth</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><anchor name="marginal-notes-marginparwidth">marginal notes marginparwidth</anchor>
 <para>Width of the note itself; default for a one-sided <samp>10pt</samp> document
 is <samp>90pt</samp>, <samp>83pt</samp> for <samp>11pt</samp>, and <samp>68pt</samp> for
@@ -12373,17 +12389,17 @@
 <node name="Math-formulas" spaces=" "><nodename>Math formulas</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Modes</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Making paragraphs</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node>
 <chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Math formulas</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="569">math formulas</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="570">formulas, math</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="571">math mode, entering</indexterm></cindex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="591" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>math</code></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="592" mergedindex="cp"><code>math</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="568">math formulas</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="569">formulas, math</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="570">math mode, entering</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="592" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>math</code></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="593" mergedindex="cp"><code>math</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
         
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="593" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>displaymath</code></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="594" mergedindex="cp"><code>displaymath</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="594" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>displaymath</code></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="595" mergedindex="cp"><code>displaymath</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
         
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="595" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>equation</code></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="596" mergedindex="cp"><code>equation</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="596" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>equation</code></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="597" mergedindex="cp"><code>equation</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
         
 
 <para>Produce mathematical text by putting &latex; into math mode or display
@@ -12457,14 +12473,14 @@
 \end{displaymath}</code>.  These environments can only be used in paragraph
 mode (<pxref label="Modes"><xrefnodename>Modes</xrefnodename></pxref>).
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="572"><r>package</r>, <code>amsmath</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="573"><code>amsmath</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="571"><r>package</r>, <code>amsmath</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="572"><code>amsmath</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="574"><r>package</r>, <code>amsfonts</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="575"><code>amsfonts</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="573"><r>package</r>, <code>amsfonts</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="574"><code>amsfonts</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="576"><r>package</r>, <code>mathtools</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="577"><code>mathtools</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="575"><r>package</r>, <code>mathtools</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="576"><code>mathtools</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>The American Mathematical Society has made freely available a set of
 packages that greatly expand your options for writing mathematics,
@@ -12491,11 +12507,11 @@
 
 <anchor name="superscript">superscript</anchor>
 <anchor name="subscript">subscript</anchor>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="578">superscript</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="579">subscript</indexterm></cindex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="597" mergedindex="cp">^ <r>superscript</r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="598" mergedindex="cp">_ <r>subscript</r></indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="580">exponent</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="577">superscript</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="578">subscript</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="598" mergedindex="cp">^ <r>superscript</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="599" mergedindex="cp">_ <r>subscript</r></indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="579">exponent</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis (in math mode or display math mode), one of:
 </para>
@@ -12567,8 +12583,8 @@
 display math mode, as in <code>the expression x^2</code>, will get you
 the &tex; error <samp>Missing $ inserted</samp>.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="581"><r>package</r>, <code>mhchem</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="582"><code>mhchem</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="580"><r>package</r>, <code>mhchem</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="581"><code>mhchem</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>A common reason to want subscripts outside of a mathematics mode is to
 typeset chemical formulas.  There are packages for that, such as
@@ -12579,12 +12595,12 @@
 <node name="Math-symbols" spaces=" "><nodename>Math symbols</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Math functions</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Subscripts & superscripts</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Math formulas</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Math symbols</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="583">math symbols</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="584">symbols, math</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="585">greek letters</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="582">math symbols</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="583">symbols, math</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="584">greek letters</indexterm></cindex>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="586"><r>package</r>, <code>comprehensive</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="587"><code>comprehensive</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="585"><r>package</r>, <code>comprehensive</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="586"><code>comprehensive</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 
 <para>&latex; provides almost any mathematical or technical symbol that
@@ -12604,26 +12620,26 @@
 <!-- c Useful: http://www.w3.org/TR/WD-math-970515/section6.html -->
 
 <ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
-<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="599" mergedindex="cp">\|</indexterm>\|</itemformat></item>
+<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="600" mergedindex="cp">\|</indexterm>\|</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2225</U> Parallel (relation). Synonym: <code>\parallel</code>.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="600" mergedindex="cp">\aleph</indexterm>\aleph</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="601" mergedindex="cp">\aleph</indexterm>\aleph</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2135</U> Aleph, transfinite cardinal (ordinary).
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="601" mergedindex="cp">\alpha</indexterm>\alpha</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="602" mergedindex="cp">\alpha</indexterm>\alpha</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03B1</U> Lowercase Greek letter alpha (ordinary).
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="602" mergedindex="cp">\amalg</indexterm>\amalg</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="603" mergedindex="cp">\amalg</indexterm>\amalg</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2A3F</U> Disjoint union (binary)
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="603" mergedindex="cp">\angle</indexterm>\angle</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="604" mergedindex="cp">\angle</indexterm>\angle</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2220</U> Geometric angle (ordinary). Similar: less-than
 sign <code><</code> and angle bracket <code>\langle</code>.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="604" mergedindex="cp">\approx</indexterm>\approx</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="605" mergedindex="cp">\approx</indexterm>\approx</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2248</U> Almost equal to (relation).
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="605" mergedindex="cp">\ast</indexterm>\ast</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="606" mergedindex="cp">\ast</indexterm>\ast</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2217</U> Asterisk operator, convolution, six-pointed
 (binary). Synonym: <code>*</code>, which is often a superscript or
 subscript, as in the Kleene star. Similar: <code>\star</code>, which is
@@ -12630,159 +12646,159 @@
 five-pointed, and is sometimes used as a general binary operation, and
 sometimes reserved for cross-correlation.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="606" mergedindex="cp">\asymp</indexterm>\asymp</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="607" mergedindex="cp">\asymp</indexterm>\asymp</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>224D</U> Asymptotically equivalent (relation).
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="607" mergedindex="cp">\backslash</indexterm>\backslash</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="608" mergedindex="cp">\backslash</indexterm>\backslash</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para>\ Backslash (ordinary).  Similar: set minus <code>\setminus</code>, and
 <code>\textbackslash</code> for backslash outside of math mode.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="608" mergedindex="cp">\beta</indexterm>\beta</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="609" mergedindex="cp">\beta</indexterm>\beta</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03B2</U> Lowercase Greek letter beta (ordinary).
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="609" mergedindex="cp">\bigcap</indexterm>\bigcap</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="610" mergedindex="cp">\bigcap</indexterm>\bigcap</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>22C2</U> Variable-sized, or n-ary, intersection (operator). Similar:
 binary intersection <code>\cap</code>.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="610" mergedindex="cp">\bigcirc</indexterm>\bigcirc</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="611" mergedindex="cp">\bigcirc</indexterm>\bigcirc</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>26AA</U> Circle, larger (binary).  Similar: function
 composition <code>\circ</code>.
 <!-- c bb Best unicode symbol for this? -->
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="611" mergedindex="cp">\bigcup</indexterm>\bigcup</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="612" mergedindex="cp">\bigcup</indexterm>\bigcup</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>22C3</U> Variable-sized, or n-ary, union (operator). Similar: binary
 union <code>\cup</code>.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="612" mergedindex="cp">\bigodot</indexterm>\bigodot</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="613" mergedindex="cp">\bigodot</indexterm>\bigodot</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2A00</U> Variable-sized, or n-ary, circled dot operator (operator).
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="613" mergedindex="cp">\bigoplus</indexterm>\bigoplus</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="614" mergedindex="cp">\bigoplus</indexterm>\bigoplus</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2A01</U> Variable-sized, or n-ary, circled plus operator (operator).
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="614" mergedindex="cp">\bigotimes</indexterm>\bigotimes</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="615" mergedindex="cp">\bigotimes</indexterm>\bigotimes</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2A02</U> Variable-sized, or n-ary, circled times operator (operator).
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="615" mergedindex="cp">\bigtriangledown</indexterm>\bigtriangledown</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="616" mergedindex="cp">\bigtriangledown</indexterm>\bigtriangledown</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>25BD</U> Variable-sized, or n-ary, open triangle
 pointing down (binary). Synonym: <var>\varbigtriangledown</var>.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="616" mergedindex="cp">\bigtriangleup</indexterm>\bigtriangleup</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="617" mergedindex="cp">\bigtriangleup</indexterm>\bigtriangleup</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>25B3</U> Variable-sized, or n-ary, open triangle
 pointing up (binary). Synonym: <var>\varbigtriangleup</var>.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="617" mergedindex="cp">\bigsqcup</indexterm>\bigsqcup</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="618" mergedindex="cp">\bigsqcup</indexterm>\bigsqcup</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2A06</U> Variable-sized, or n-ary, square union (operator).
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="618" mergedindex="cp">\biguplus</indexterm>\biguplus</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="619" mergedindex="cp">\biguplus</indexterm>\biguplus</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2A04</U> Variable-sized, or n-ary, union operator with a plus
 (operator).  (Note that the name has only one p.)
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="619" mergedindex="cp">\bigvee</indexterm>\bigvee</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="620" mergedindex="cp">\bigvee</indexterm>\bigvee</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>22C1</U> Variable-sized, or n-ary, logical-or (operator).
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="620" mergedindex="cp">\bigwedge</indexterm>\bigwedge</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="621" mergedindex="cp">\bigwedge</indexterm>\bigwedge</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>22C0</U> Variable-sized, or n-ary, logical-and (operator).
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="621" mergedindex="cp">\bot</indexterm>\bot</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="622" mergedindex="cp">\bot</indexterm>\bot</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>22A5</U>, Up tack, bottom, least element of a partially ordered
 set, or a contradiction (ordinary).  See also <code>\top</code>.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="622" mergedindex="cp">\bowtie</indexterm>\bowtie</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="623" mergedindex="cp">\bowtie</indexterm>\bowtie</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>22C8</U> Natural join of two relations (relation).
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="623" mergedindex="cp">\Box</indexterm>\Box</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="624" mergedindex="cp">\Box</indexterm>\Box</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>25A1</U> Modal operator for necessity; square open box
 (ordinary).  Not available in plain &tex;. In &latex; you need to load the <code>amssymb</code> package.
 <!-- c bb Best Unicode equivalent? -->
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="624" mergedindex="cp">\bullet</indexterm>\bullet</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="588">bullet symbol</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="625" mergedindex="cp">\bullet</indexterm>\bullet</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="587">bullet symbol</indexterm></cindex>
 <para><U>2022</U> Bullet (binary).  Similar: multiplication
 dot <code>\cdot</code>.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="625" mergedindex="cp">\cap</indexterm>\cap</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="626" mergedindex="cp">\cap</indexterm>\cap</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2229</U> Intersection of two sets (binary).  Similar: variable-sized
 operator <code>\bigcap</code>.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="626" mergedindex="cp">\cdot</indexterm>\cdot</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="627" mergedindex="cp">\cdot</indexterm>\cdot</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>22C5</U> Multiplication (binary).  Similar: Bullet
 dot <code>\bullet</code>.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="627" mergedindex="cp">\chi</indexterm>\chi</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="628" mergedindex="cp">\chi</indexterm>\chi</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03C7</U> Lowercase Greek chi (ordinary).
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="628" mergedindex="cp">\circ</indexterm>\circ</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="629" mergedindex="cp">\circ</indexterm>\circ</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2218</U> Function composition, ring operator (binary).  Similar:
 variable-sized operator <code>\bigcirc</code>.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="629" mergedindex="cp">\clubsuit</indexterm>\clubsuit</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="630" mergedindex="cp">\clubsuit</indexterm>\clubsuit</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2663</U> Club card suit (ordinary).
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="630" mergedindex="cp">\complement</indexterm>\complement</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="631" mergedindex="cp">\complement</indexterm>\complement</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2201</U>, Set complement, used as a superscript as in
 <code>$S^\complement$</code> (ordinary).  Not available in plain &tex;. In &latex; you need to load the <code>amssymb</code> package. Also used:
 <code>$S^{\mathsf{c}}$</code> or <code>$\bar{S}$</code>.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="631" mergedindex="cp">\cong</indexterm>\cong</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="632" mergedindex="cp">\cong</indexterm>\cong</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2245</U> Congruent (relation).
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="632" mergedindex="cp">\coprod</indexterm>\coprod</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="633" mergedindex="cp">\coprod</indexterm>\coprod</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2210</U> Coproduct (operator).
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="633" mergedindex="cp">\cup</indexterm>\cup</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="634" mergedindex="cp">\cup</indexterm>\cup</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>222A</U> Union of two sets (binary).  Similar: variable-sized
 operator <code>\bigcup</code>.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="634" mergedindex="cp">\dagger</indexterm>\dagger</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="635" mergedindex="cp">\dagger</indexterm>\dagger</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2020</U> Dagger relation (binary).
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="635" mergedindex="cp">\dashv</indexterm>\dashv</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="636" mergedindex="cp">\dashv</indexterm>\dashv</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>22A3</U> Dash with vertical, reversed turnstile (relation).  Similar:
 turnstile <code>\vdash</code>.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="636" mergedindex="cp">\ddagger</indexterm>\ddagger</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="637" mergedindex="cp">\ddagger</indexterm>\ddagger</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2021</U> Double dagger relation (binary).
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="637" mergedindex="cp">\Delta</indexterm>\Delta</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="638" mergedindex="cp">\Delta</indexterm>\Delta</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>0394</U> Greek uppercase delta, used for increment (ordinary).
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="638" mergedindex="cp">\delta</indexterm>\delta</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="639" mergedindex="cp">\delta</indexterm>\delta</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03B4</U> Greek lowercase delta (ordinary).
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="639" mergedindex="cp">\Diamond</indexterm>\Diamond</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="640" mergedindex="cp">\Diamond</indexterm>\Diamond</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>25C7</U> Large diamond operator (ordinary).  Not available in plain &tex;. In &latex; you need to load the <code>amssymb</code> package.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="640" mergedindex="cp">\diamond</indexterm>\diamond</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="641" mergedindex="cp">\diamond</indexterm>\diamond</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>22C4</U> Diamond operator (binary).  Similar: large
 diamond <code>\Diamond</code>, circle bullet <code>\bullet</code>.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="641" mergedindex="cp">\diamondsuit</indexterm>\diamondsuit</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="642" mergedindex="cp">\diamondsuit</indexterm>\diamondsuit</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2662</U> Diamond card suit (ordinary).
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="642" mergedindex="cp">\div</indexterm>\div</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="643" mergedindex="cp">\div</indexterm>\div</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>00F7</U> Division sign (binary).
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="643" mergedindex="cp">\doteq</indexterm>\doteq</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="644" mergedindex="cp">\doteq</indexterm>\doteq</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2250</U> Approaches the limit (relation).  Similar: geometrically equal
 to <code>\Doteq</code>.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="644" mergedindex="cp">\downarrow</indexterm>\downarrow</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="645" mergedindex="cp">\downarrow</indexterm>\downarrow</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2193</U> Down arrow, converges (relation).  Similar:
 <code>\Downarrow</code> double line down arrow.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="645" mergedindex="cp">\Downarrow</indexterm>\Downarrow</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="646" mergedindex="cp">\Downarrow</indexterm>\Downarrow</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>21D3</U> Double line down arrow (relation).  Similar:
 <code>\downarrow</code> single line down arrow.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="646" mergedindex="cp">\ell</indexterm>\ell</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="647" mergedindex="cp">\ell</indexterm>\ell</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2113</U> Lowercase cursive letter l (ordinary).
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="647" mergedindex="cp">\emptyset</indexterm>\emptyset</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="648" mergedindex="cp">\emptyset</indexterm>\emptyset</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2205</U> Empty set symbol (ordinary).  The variant form is
 <code>\varnothing</code>.
 <!-- c bb Why Unicode has \revemptyset but no \emptyset? -->
 </para>	
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="648" mergedindex="cp">\epsilon</indexterm>\epsilon</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="649" mergedindex="cp">\epsilon</indexterm>\epsilon</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03F5</U> Lowercase lunate epsilon (ordinary). Similar to
 Greek text letter. More widely used in mathematics is the script small
 letter epsilon <code>\varepsilon</code> <U>03B5</U>. Related:
@@ -12790,127 +12806,127 @@
 <!-- c src: David Carlisle http://tex.stackexchange.com/a/98018/339 and -->
 <!-- c Unicode referenced there asserts varepsilon is much more widely used. -->
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="649" mergedindex="cp">\equiv</indexterm>\equiv</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="650" mergedindex="cp">\equiv</indexterm>\equiv</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2261</U> Equivalence (relation).
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="650" mergedindex="cp">\eta</indexterm>\eta</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="651" mergedindex="cp">\eta</indexterm>\eta</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03B7</U> Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary).
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="651" mergedindex="cp">\exists</indexterm>\exists</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="652" mergedindex="cp">\exists</indexterm>\exists</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2203</U> Existential quantifier (ordinary).
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="652" mergedindex="cp">\flat</indexterm>\flat</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="653" mergedindex="cp">\flat</indexterm>\flat</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>266D</U> Musical flat (ordinary).
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="653" mergedindex="cp">\forall</indexterm>\forall</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="654" mergedindex="cp">\forall</indexterm>\forall</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2200</U> Universal quantifier (ordinary).
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="654" mergedindex="cp">\frown</indexterm>\frown</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="655" mergedindex="cp">\frown</indexterm>\frown</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2322</U> Downward curving arc (ordinary).
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="655" mergedindex="cp">\Gamma</indexterm>\Gamma</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="656" mergedindex="cp">\Gamma</indexterm>\Gamma</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>0393</U> uppercase Greek letter (ordinary).
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="656" mergedindex="cp">\gamma</indexterm>\gamma</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="657" mergedindex="cp">\gamma</indexterm>\gamma</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03B3</U> Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary).
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="657" mergedindex="cp">\ge</indexterm>\ge</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="658" mergedindex="cp">\ge</indexterm>\ge</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2265</U> Greater than or equal to (relation).  This is a synonym
 for <code>\geq</code>.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="658" mergedindex="cp">\geq</indexterm>\geq</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="659" mergedindex="cp">\geq</indexterm>\geq</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2265</U> Greater than or equal to (relation).  This is a synonym
 for <code>\ge</code>.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="659" mergedindex="cp">\gets</indexterm>\gets</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="660" mergedindex="cp">\gets</indexterm>\gets</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2190</U> Is assigned the value (relation).
 Synonym: <code>\leftarrow</code>.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="660" mergedindex="cp">\gg</indexterm>\gg</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="661" mergedindex="cp">\gg</indexterm>\gg</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>226B</U> Much greater than (relation).  Similar: much less
 than <code>\ll</code>.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="661" mergedindex="cp">\hbar</indexterm>\hbar</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="662" mergedindex="cp">\hbar</indexterm>\hbar</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>210F</U> Planck constant over two pi (ordinary).
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="662" mergedindex="cp">\heartsuit</indexterm>\heartsuit</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="663" mergedindex="cp">\heartsuit</indexterm>\heartsuit</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2661</U> Heart card suit (ordinary).
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="663" mergedindex="cp">\hookleftarrow</indexterm>\hookleftarrow</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="664" mergedindex="cp">\hookleftarrow</indexterm>\hookleftarrow</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>21A9</U> Hooked left arrow (relation).
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="664" mergedindex="cp">\hookrightarrow</indexterm>\hookrightarrow</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="665" mergedindex="cp">\hookrightarrow</indexterm>\hookrightarrow</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>21AA</U> Hooked right arrow (relation).
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="665" mergedindex="cp">\iff</indexterm>\iff</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="666" mergedindex="cp">\iff</indexterm>\iff</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>27F7</U> If and only if (relation).  It is <code>\Longleftrightarrow</code>
 with a <code>\thickmuskip</code> on either side.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="666" mergedindex="cp">\Im</indexterm>\Im</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="667" mergedindex="cp">\Im</indexterm>\Im</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2111</U> Imaginary part (ordinary).  See: real part <code>\Re</code>.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="667" mergedindex="cp">\imath</indexterm>\imath</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="589">dotless i, math</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="668" mergedindex="cp">\imath</indexterm>\imath</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="588">dotless i, math</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>Dotless i; used when you are putting an accent on an i (<pxref label="Math-accents"><xrefnodename>Math
 accents</xrefnodename></pxref>).
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="668" mergedindex="cp">\in</indexterm>\in</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="669" mergedindex="cp">\in</indexterm>\in</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2208</U> Set element (relation).  See also: lowercase lunate
 epsilon <code>\epsilon</code><U>03F5</U> and small letter script
 epsilon <code>\varepsilon</code>.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="669" mergedindex="cp">\infty</indexterm>\infty</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="670" mergedindex="cp">\infty</indexterm>\infty</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>221E</U> Infinity (ordinary).
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="670" mergedindex="cp">\int</indexterm>\int</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="671" mergedindex="cp">\int</indexterm>\int</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>222B</U> Integral (operator).
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="671" mergedindex="cp">\iota</indexterm>\iota</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="672" mergedindex="cp">\iota</indexterm>\iota</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03B9</U> Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary).
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="672" mergedindex="cp">\Join</indexterm>\Join</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="673" mergedindex="cp">\Join</indexterm>\Join</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2A1D</U> Condensed bowtie symbol (relation).  Not available in Plain
 &tex;.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="673" mergedindex="cp">\jmath</indexterm>\jmath</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="590">dotless j, math</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="674" mergedindex="cp">\jmath</indexterm>\jmath</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="589">dotless j, math</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>Dotless j; used when you are putting an accent on a j (<pxref label="Math-accents"><xrefnodename>Math
 accents</xrefnodename></pxref>).
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="674" mergedindex="cp">\kappa</indexterm>\kappa</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="675" mergedindex="cp">\kappa</indexterm>\kappa</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03BA</U> Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary).
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="675" mergedindex="cp">\Lambda</indexterm>\Lambda</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="676" mergedindex="cp">\Lambda</indexterm>\Lambda</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>039B</U> uppercase Greek letter (ordinary).
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="676" mergedindex="cp">\lambda</indexterm>\lambda</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="677" mergedindex="cp">\lambda</indexterm>\lambda</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03BB</U> Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary).
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="677" mergedindex="cp">\land</indexterm>\land</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="678" mergedindex="cp">\land</indexterm>\land</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2227</U> Logical and (binary).  Synonym: <code>\wedge</code>.
 See also logical or <code>\lor</code>.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="678" mergedindex="cp">\langle</indexterm>\langle</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="679" mergedindex="cp">\langle</indexterm>\langle</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>27E8</U> Left angle, or sequence, bracket (opening).  Similar:
 less-than <code><</code>. Matches <code>\rangle</code>.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="679" mergedindex="cp">\lbrace</indexterm>\lbrace</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="680" mergedindex="cp">\lbrace</indexterm>\lbrace</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>007B</U> Left curly brace
 (opening). Synonym: <code>\{</code>. Matches <code>\rbrace</code>.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="680" mergedindex="cp">\lbrack</indexterm>\lbrack</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="681" mergedindex="cp">\lbrack</indexterm>\lbrack</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>005B</U> Left square bracket (opening).
 Synonym: <code>[</code>. Matches <code>\rbrack</code>.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="681" mergedindex="cp">\lceil</indexterm>\lceil</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="682" mergedindex="cp">\lceil</indexterm>\lceil</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2308</U> Left ceiling bracket, like a square bracket but with the bottom
 shaved off (opening). Matches <code>\rceil</code>.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="682" mergedindex="cp">\le</indexterm>\le</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="683" mergedindex="cp">\le</indexterm>\le</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2264</U> Less than or equal to (relation).  This is a synonym
 for <code>\leq</code>.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="683" mergedindex="cp">\leadsto</indexterm>\leadsto</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="684" mergedindex="cp">\leadsto</indexterm>\leadsto</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>21DD</U> Squiggly right arrow (relation).
 To get this symbol outside of math mode you can put
 <code>\newcommand*{\Leadsto}{\ensuremath{\leadsto}}</code> in the
@@ -12917,78 +12933,78 @@
 preamble and then use <code>\Leadsto</code> instead.
 <!-- c bb Best Unicode equivalent? -->
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="684" mergedindex="cp">\Leftarrow</indexterm>\Leftarrow</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="685" mergedindex="cp">\Leftarrow</indexterm>\Leftarrow</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>21D0</U> Is implied by, double-line left arrow (relation).  Similar:
 single-line left arrow <code>\leftarrow</code>.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="685" mergedindex="cp">\leftarrow</indexterm>\leftarrow</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="686" mergedindex="cp">\leftarrow</indexterm>\leftarrow</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2190</U> Single-line left arrow (relation).
 Synonym: <code>\gets</code>. Similar: double-line left
 arrow <code>\Leftarrow</code>.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="686" mergedindex="cp">\leftharpoondown</indexterm>\leftharpoondown</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="687" mergedindex="cp">\leftharpoondown</indexterm>\leftharpoondown</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>21BD</U> Single-line left harpoon, barb under bar (relation).
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="687" mergedindex="cp">\leftharpoonup</indexterm>\leftharpoonup</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="688" mergedindex="cp">\leftharpoonup</indexterm>\leftharpoonup</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>21BC</U> Single-line left harpoon, barb over bar (relation).
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="688" mergedindex="cp">\Leftrightarrow</indexterm>\Leftrightarrow</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="689" mergedindex="cp">\Leftrightarrow</indexterm>\Leftrightarrow</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>21D4</U> Bi-implication; double-line double-headed arrow (relation).
 Similar: single-line double headed arrow <code>\leftrightarrow</code>.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="689" mergedindex="cp">\leftrightarrow</indexterm>\leftrightarrow</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="690" mergedindex="cp">\leftrightarrow</indexterm>\leftrightarrow</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2194</U> Single-line double-headed arrow (relation).  Similar:
 double-line double headed arrow <code>\Leftrightarrow</code>.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="690" mergedindex="cp">\leq</indexterm>\leq</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="691" mergedindex="cp">\leq</indexterm>\leq</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2264</U> Less than or equal to (relation).  This is a synonym
 for <code>\le</code>.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="691" mergedindex="cp">\lfloor</indexterm>\lfloor</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="692" mergedindex="cp">\lfloor</indexterm>\lfloor</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>230A</U> Left floor bracket (opening). Matches: <code>\floor</code>.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="692" mergedindex="cp">\lhd</indexterm>\lhd</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="693" mergedindex="cp">\lhd</indexterm>\lhd</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>25C1</U> Arrowhead, that is, triangle, pointing left (binary).
 For the normal subgroup symbol you should load
 <code>amssymb</code> and use <code>\vartriangleleft</code> (which is a relation
 and so gives better spacing).
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="693" mergedindex="cp">\ll</indexterm>\ll</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="694" mergedindex="cp">\ll</indexterm>\ll</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>226A</U> Much less than (relation).  Similar: much greater
 than <code>\gg</code>.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="694" mergedindex="cp">\lnot</indexterm>\lnot</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="695" mergedindex="cp">\lnot</indexterm>\lnot</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>00AC</U> Logical negation (ordinary). Synonym: <code>\neg</code>.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="695" mergedindex="cp">\longleftarrow</indexterm>\longleftarrow</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="696" mergedindex="cp">\longleftarrow</indexterm>\longleftarrow</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>27F5</U> Long single-line left arrow (relation).  Similar: long
 double-line left arrow <code>\Longleftarrow</code>.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="696" mergedindex="cp">\longleftrightarrow</indexterm>\longleftrightarrow</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="697" mergedindex="cp">\longleftrightarrow</indexterm>\longleftrightarrow</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>27F7</U> Long single-line double-headed arrow (relation).  Similar: long
 double-line double-headed arrow <code>\Longleftrightarrow</code>.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="697" mergedindex="cp">\longmapsto</indexterm>\longmapsto</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="698" mergedindex="cp">\longmapsto</indexterm>\longmapsto</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>27FC</U> Long single-line left arrow starting with vertical bar
 (relation).  Similar: shorter version <code>\mapsto</code>.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="698" mergedindex="cp">\longrightarrow</indexterm>\longrightarrow</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="699" mergedindex="cp">\longrightarrow</indexterm>\longrightarrow</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>27F6</U> Long single-line right arrow (relation).  Similar: long
 double-line right arrow <code>\Longrightarrow</code>.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="699" mergedindex="cp">\lor</indexterm>\lor</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="700" mergedindex="cp">\lor</indexterm>\lor</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2228</U> Logical or (binary).  Synonym: <code>\vee</code>.
 See also logical and <code>\land</code>.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="700" mergedindex="cp">\mapsto</indexterm>\mapsto</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="701" mergedindex="cp">\mapsto</indexterm>\mapsto</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>21A6</U> Single-line left arrow starting with vertical bar
 (relation).
 Similar: longer version <code>\longmapsto</code>.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="701" mergedindex="cp">\mho</indexterm>\mho</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="702" mergedindex="cp">\mho</indexterm>\mho</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2127</U> Conductance, half-circle rotated capital omega (ordinary).
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="702" mergedindex="cp">\mid</indexterm>\mid</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="703" mergedindex="cp">\mid</indexterm>\mid</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2223</U> Single-line vertical bar (relation).  A typical use of
 <code>\mid</code> is for a set <code>\{\, x \mid x\geq 5 \,\}</code>.
 </para>
@@ -12998,42 +13014,42 @@
 ordinals, i.e., footnote symbols.  For absolute value, see the entry
 for <code>\vert</code> and for norm see the entry for <code>\Vert</code>.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="703" mergedindex="cp">\models</indexterm>\models</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="704" mergedindex="cp">\models</indexterm>\models</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>22A8</U> Entails, or satisfies; double turnstile, short double dash
 (relation).  Similar: long double dash <code>\vDash</code>.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="704" mergedindex="cp">\mp</indexterm>\mp</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="705" mergedindex="cp">\mp</indexterm>\mp</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2213</U> Minus or plus (relation).
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="705" mergedindex="cp">\mu</indexterm>\mu</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="706" mergedindex="cp">\mu</indexterm>\mu</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03BC</U> Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary).
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="706" mergedindex="cp">\nabla</indexterm>\nabla</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="707" mergedindex="cp">\nabla</indexterm>\nabla</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2207</U> Hamilton&textrsquo;s del, or differential, operator (ordinary).
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="707" mergedindex="cp">\natural</indexterm>\natural</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="708" mergedindex="cp">\natural</indexterm>\natural</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>266E</U> Musical natural notation (ordinary).
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="708" mergedindex="cp">\ne</indexterm>\ne</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="709" mergedindex="cp">\ne</indexterm>\ne</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2260</U> Not equal (relation). Synonym: <code>\neq</code>.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="709" mergedindex="cp">\nearrow</indexterm>\nearrow</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="710" mergedindex="cp">\nearrow</indexterm>\nearrow</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2197</U> North-east arrow (relation).
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="710" mergedindex="cp">\neg</indexterm>\neg</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="711" mergedindex="cp">\neg</indexterm>\neg</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>00AC</U> Logical negation (ordinary).
 Synonym: <code>\lnot</code>. Sometimes instead used for
 negation: <code>\sim</code>.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="711" mergedindex="cp">\neq</indexterm>\neq</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="712" mergedindex="cp">\neq</indexterm>\neq</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2260</U> Not equal (relation). Synonym: <code>\ne</code>.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="712" mergedindex="cp">\ni</indexterm>\ni</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="713" mergedindex="cp">\ni</indexterm>\ni</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>220B</U> Reflected membership epsilon; has the member
 (relation). Synonym: <code>\owns</code>. Similar: is a member
 of <code>\in</code>.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="713" mergedindex="cp">\not</indexterm>\not</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="714" mergedindex="cp">\not</indexterm>\not</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><!-- c the "@ "s put in spaces so the not slash doesn't hit the next char. -->
 <para><U>0020</U><spacecmd type="spc"/><spacecmd type="spc"/><spacecmd type="spc"/><spacecmd type="spc"/>Long solidus, or slash, used to overstrike a
 following operator (relation).
@@ -13042,85 +13058,85 @@
 particularly with the <code>amssymb</code> package. For example, <code>\notin</code>
 is typographically preferable to <code>\not\in</code>.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="714" mergedindex="cp">\notin</indexterm>\notin</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="715" mergedindex="cp">\notin</indexterm>\notin</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2209</U> Not an element of (relation).  Similar: not subset
 of <code>\nsubseteq</code>.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="715" mergedindex="cp">\nu</indexterm>\nu</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="716" mergedindex="cp">\nu</indexterm>\nu</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03BD</U> Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary).
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="716" mergedindex="cp">\nwarrow</indexterm>\nwarrow</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="717" mergedindex="cp">\nwarrow</indexterm>\nwarrow</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2196</U> North-west arrow (relation).
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="717" mergedindex="cp">\odot</indexterm>\odot</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="718" mergedindex="cp">\odot</indexterm>\odot</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2299</U> Dot inside a circle (binary).  Similar: variable-sized
 operator <code>\bigodot</code>.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="718" mergedindex="cp">\oint</indexterm>\oint</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="719" mergedindex="cp">\oint</indexterm>\oint</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>222E</U> Contour integral, integral with circle in the middle
 (operator).
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="719" mergedindex="cp">\Omega</indexterm>\Omega</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="720" mergedindex="cp">\Omega</indexterm>\Omega</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03A9</U> uppercase Greek letter (ordinary).
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="720" mergedindex="cp">\omega</indexterm>\omega</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="721" mergedindex="cp">\omega</indexterm>\omega</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03C9</U> Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary).
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="721" mergedindex="cp">\ominus</indexterm>\ominus</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="722" mergedindex="cp">\ominus</indexterm>\ominus</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2296</U> Minus sign, or dash, inside a circle (binary).
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="722" mergedindex="cp">\oplus</indexterm>\oplus</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="723" mergedindex="cp">\oplus</indexterm>\oplus</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2295</U> Plus sign inside a circle (binary).  Similar: variable-sized
 operator <code>\bigoplus</code>.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="723" mergedindex="cp">\oslash</indexterm>\oslash</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="724" mergedindex="cp">\oslash</indexterm>\oslash</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2298</U> Solidus, or slash, inside a circle (binary).
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="724" mergedindex="cp">\otimes</indexterm>\otimes</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="725" mergedindex="cp">\otimes</indexterm>\otimes</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2297</U> Times sign, or cross, inside a circle (binary).  Similar:
 variable-sized operator <code>\bigotimes</code>.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="725" mergedindex="cp">\owns</indexterm>\owns</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="726" mergedindex="cp">\owns</indexterm>\owns</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>220B</U> Reflected membership epsilon; has the member
 (relation). Synonym: <code>\ni</code>. Similar: is a member
 of <code>\in</code>.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="726" mergedindex="cp">\parallel</indexterm>\parallel</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="727" mergedindex="cp">\parallel</indexterm>\parallel</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2225</U> Parallel (relation). Synonym: <code>\|</code>.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="727" mergedindex="cp">\partial</indexterm>\partial</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="728" mergedindex="cp">\partial</indexterm>\partial</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2202</U> Partial differential (ordinary).
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="728" mergedindex="cp">\perp</indexterm>\perp</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="729" mergedindex="cp">\perp</indexterm>\perp</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>27C2</U> Perpendicular (relation).  Similar: <code>\bot</code> uses the
 same glyph but the spacing is different because it is in the class
 ordinary.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="729" mergedindex="cp">\Phi</indexterm>\Phi</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="730" mergedindex="cp">\Phi</indexterm>\Phi</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03A6</U> Uppercase Greek letter (ordinary).
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="730" mergedindex="cp">\phi</indexterm>\phi</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="731" mergedindex="cp">\phi</indexterm>\phi</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03D5</U> Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary).  The variant form is
 <code>\varphi</code> <U>03C6</U>.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="731" mergedindex="cp">\Pi</indexterm>\Pi</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="732" mergedindex="cp">\Pi</indexterm>\Pi</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03A0</U> uppercase Greek letter (ordinary).
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="732" mergedindex="cp">\pi</indexterm>\pi</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="733" mergedindex="cp">\pi</indexterm>\pi</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03C0</U> Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary).  The variant form is
 <code>\varpi</code> <U>03D6</U>.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="733" mergedindex="cp">\pm</indexterm>\pm</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="734" mergedindex="cp">\pm</indexterm>\pm</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>00B1</U> Plus or minus (binary).
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="734" mergedindex="cp">\prec</indexterm>\prec</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="735" mergedindex="cp">\prec</indexterm>\prec</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>227A</U> Precedes (relation). Similar: less than <code><</code>.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="735" mergedindex="cp">\preceq</indexterm>\preceq</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="736" mergedindex="cp">\preceq</indexterm>\preceq</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2AAF</U> Precedes or equals (relation). Similar: less than or
 equals <code>\leq</code>.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="736" mergedindex="cp">\prime</indexterm>\prime</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="737" mergedindex="cp">\prime</indexterm>\prime</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2032</U> Prime, or minute in a time expression (ordinary).
 Typically used as a superscript: <code>$f^\prime$</code>; <code>$f^\prime$</code>
 and <code>$f'$</code> produce the same result.  An advantage of the second
@@ -13130,141 +13146,141 @@
 single quote <code>'</code> in text mode produces a different character
 (apostrophe).
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="737" mergedindex="cp">\prod</indexterm>\prod</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="738" mergedindex="cp">\prod</indexterm>\prod</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>220F</U> Product (operator).
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="738" mergedindex="cp">\propto</indexterm>\propto</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="739" mergedindex="cp">\propto</indexterm>\propto</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>221D</U> Is proportional to (relation)
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="739" mergedindex="cp">\Psi</indexterm>\Psi</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="740" mergedindex="cp">\Psi</indexterm>\Psi</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03A8</U> uppercase Greek letter (ordinary).
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="740" mergedindex="cp">\psi</indexterm>\psi</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="741" mergedindex="cp">\psi</indexterm>\psi</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03C8</U> Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary).
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="741" mergedindex="cp">\rangle</indexterm>\rangle</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="742" mergedindex="cp">\rangle</indexterm>\rangle</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>27E9</U> Right angle, or sequence, bracket (closing).
 Similar: greater than <code>></code>. Matches:<code>\langle</code>.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="742" mergedindex="cp">\rbrace</indexterm>\rbrace</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="743" mergedindex="cp">\rbrace</indexterm>\rbrace</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>007D</U> Right curly brace
 (closing). Synonym: <code>\}</code>. Matches <code>\lbrace</code>.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="743" mergedindex="cp">\rbrack</indexterm>\rbrack</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="744" mergedindex="cp">\rbrack</indexterm>\rbrack</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>005D</U> Right square bracket
 (closing). Synonym: <code>]</code>. Matches <code>\lbrack</code>.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="744" mergedindex="cp">\rceil</indexterm>\rceil</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="745" mergedindex="cp">\rceil</indexterm>\rceil</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2309</U> Right ceiling bracket (closing). Matches <code>\lceil</code>.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="745" mergedindex="cp">\Re</indexterm>\Re</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="746" mergedindex="cp">\Re</indexterm>\Re</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>211C</U> Real part, real numbers, cursive capital R (ordinary). Related:
 double-line, or blackboard bold, R <code>\mathbb{R}</code>; to access
 this, load the <code>amsfonts</code> package.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="746" mergedindex="cp">\restriction</indexterm>\restriction</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="747" mergedindex="cp">\restriction</indexterm>\restriction</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>21BE</U>, Restriction of a function (relation). Synonym:
 <code>\upharpoonright</code>.  Not available in plain &tex;. In &latex; you need to load the <code>amssymb</code> package.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="747" mergedindex="cp">\revemptyset</indexterm>\revemptyset</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="748" mergedindex="cp">\revemptyset</indexterm>\revemptyset</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>29B0</U>, Reversed empty set symbol (ordinary).  Related:
 <code>\varnothing</code>. Not available in plain &tex;. In &latex; you need to load the <file>stix</file> package.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="748" mergedindex="cp">\rfloor</indexterm>\rfloor</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="749" mergedindex="cp">\rfloor</indexterm>\rfloor</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>230B</U> Right floor bracket, a right square bracket with the top cut
 off (closing). Matches <code>\lfloor</code>.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="749" mergedindex="cp">\rhd</indexterm>\rhd</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="750" mergedindex="cp">\rhd</indexterm>\rhd</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>25C1</U> Arrowhead, that is, triangle, pointing right (binary).
 For the normal subgroup symbol you should instead
 load <code>amssymb</code> and use <code>\vartriangleright</code> (which is a
 relation and so gives better spacing).
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="750" mergedindex="cp">\rho</indexterm>\rho</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="751" mergedindex="cp">\rho</indexterm>\rho</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03C1</U> Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary).  The variant form is
 <code>\varrho</code> <U>03F1</U>.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="751" mergedindex="cp">\Rightarrow</indexterm>\Rightarrow</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="752" mergedindex="cp">\Rightarrow</indexterm>\Rightarrow</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>21D2</U> Implies, right-pointing double line arrow
 (relation). Similar: right single-line arrow <code>\rightarrow</code>.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="752" mergedindex="cp">\rightarrow</indexterm>\rightarrow</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="753" mergedindex="cp">\rightarrow</indexterm>\rightarrow</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2192</U> Right-pointing single line arrow (relation).
 Synonym: <code>\to</code>. Similar: right double line
 arrow <code>\Rightarrow</code>.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="753" mergedindex="cp">\rightharpoondown</indexterm>\rightharpoondown</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="754" mergedindex="cp">\rightharpoondown</indexterm>\rightharpoondown</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>21C1</U> Right-pointing harpoon with barb below
 the line (relation). 
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="754" mergedindex="cp">\rightharpoonup</indexterm>\rightharpoonup</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="755" mergedindex="cp">\rightharpoonup</indexterm>\rightharpoonup</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>21C0</U> Right-pointing harpoon with barb above the
 line (relation).
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="755" mergedindex="cp">\rightleftharpoons</indexterm>\rightleftharpoons</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="756" mergedindex="cp">\rightleftharpoons</indexterm>\rightleftharpoons</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>21CC</U> Right harpoon up above left harpoon down
 (relation).
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="756" mergedindex="cp">\searrow</indexterm>\searrow</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="757" mergedindex="cp">\searrow</indexterm>\searrow</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2198</U> Arrow pointing southeast (relation).
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="757" mergedindex="cp">\setminus</indexterm>\setminus</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="758" mergedindex="cp">\setminus</indexterm>\setminus</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>29F5</U> Set difference, reverse solidus or reverse slash,
 like \ (binary). Similar: backslash <code>\backslash</code> and also
 <code>\textbackslash</code> outside of math mode.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="758" mergedindex="cp">\sharp</indexterm>\sharp</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="759" mergedindex="cp">\sharp</indexterm>\sharp</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>266F</U> Musical sharp (ordinary).
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="759" mergedindex="cp">\Sigma</indexterm>\Sigma</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="760" mergedindex="cp">\Sigma</indexterm>\Sigma</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03A3</U> uppercase Greek letter (ordinary).
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="760" mergedindex="cp">\sigma</indexterm>\sigma</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="761" mergedindex="cp">\sigma</indexterm>\sigma</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03C3</U> Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary). The variant form is
 <code>\varsigma</code> <U>03C2</U>.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="761" mergedindex="cp">\sim</indexterm>\sim</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="762" mergedindex="cp">\sim</indexterm>\sim</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>223C</U> Similar, in a relation (relation).
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="762" mergedindex="cp">\simeq</indexterm>\simeq</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="763" mergedindex="cp">\simeq</indexterm>\simeq</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2243</U> Similar or equal to, in a relation (relation).
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="763" mergedindex="cp">\smallint</indexterm>\smallint</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="764" mergedindex="cp">\smallint</indexterm>\smallint</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>222B</U> Integral sign that does not change to a larger size in a
 display (operator).
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="764" mergedindex="cp">\smile</indexterm>\smile</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="765" mergedindex="cp">\smile</indexterm>\smile</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2323</U> Upward curving arc, smile (ordinary).
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="765" mergedindex="cp">\spadesuit</indexterm>\spadesuit</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="766" mergedindex="cp">\spadesuit</indexterm>\spadesuit</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2660</U> Spade card suit (ordinary).
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="766" mergedindex="cp">\sqcap</indexterm>\sqcap</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="767" mergedindex="cp">\sqcap</indexterm>\sqcap</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2293</U> Square intersection symbol (binary). Similar:
 intersection <code>cap</code>.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="767" mergedindex="cp">\sqcup</indexterm>\sqcup</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="768" mergedindex="cp">\sqcup</indexterm>\sqcup</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2294</U> Square union symbol (binary). Similar:
 union <code>cup</code>. Related: variable-sized
 operator <code>\bigsqcup</code>.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="768" mergedindex="cp">\sqsubset</indexterm>\sqsubset</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="769" mergedindex="cp">\sqsubset</indexterm>\sqsubset</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>228F</U>, Square subset symbol (relation). Similar:
 subset <code>\subset</code>. Not available in plain &tex;. In &latex; you need to load the <code>amssymb</code> package.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="769" mergedindex="cp">\sqsubseteq</indexterm>\sqsubseteq</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="770" mergedindex="cp">\sqsubseteq</indexterm>\sqsubseteq</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2291</U> Square subset or equal symbol (binary). Similar: subset or
 equal to <code>\subseteq</code>.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="770" mergedindex="cp">\sqsupset</indexterm>\sqsupset</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="771" mergedindex="cp">\sqsupset</indexterm>\sqsupset</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2290</U>, Square superset symbol (relation). Similar:
 superset <code>\supset</code>. Not available in plain &tex;. In &latex; you need to load the <code>amssymb</code> package.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="771" mergedindex="cp">\sqsupseteq</indexterm>\sqsupseteq</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="772" mergedindex="cp">\sqsupseteq</indexterm>\sqsupseteq</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2292</U> Square superset or equal symbol (binary).
 Similar: superset or equal <code>\supseteq</code>.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="772" mergedindex="cp">\star</indexterm>\star</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="773" mergedindex="cp">\star</indexterm>\star</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>22C6</U> Five-pointed star, sometimes used as a general binary
 operation but sometimes reserved for cross-correlation (binary).
 Similar: the synonyms asterisk <code>*</code> and <code>\ast</code>, which
@@ -13271,73 +13287,73 @@
 are six-pointed, and more often appear as a superscript or subscript,
 as with the Kleene star.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="773" mergedindex="cp">\subset</indexterm>\subset</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="774" mergedindex="cp">\subset</indexterm>\subset</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2282</U> Subset (occasionally, is implied by) (relation).
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="774" mergedindex="cp">\subseteq</indexterm>\subseteq</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="775" mergedindex="cp">\subseteq</indexterm>\subseteq</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2286</U> Subset or equal to (relation).
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="775" mergedindex="cp">\succ</indexterm>\succ</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="776" mergedindex="cp">\succ</indexterm>\succ</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>227B</U> Comes after, succeeds (relation). Similar: is less
 than <code>></code>.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="776" mergedindex="cp">\succeq</indexterm>\succeq</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="777" mergedindex="cp">\succeq</indexterm>\succeq</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2AB0</U> Succeeds or is equal to (relation). Similar: less
 than or equal to <code>\leq</code>.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="777" mergedindex="cp">\sum</indexterm>\sum</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="778" mergedindex="cp">\sum</indexterm>\sum</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2211</U> Summation (operator). Similar: Greek capital
 sigma <code>\Sigma</code>.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="778" mergedindex="cp">\supset</indexterm>\supset</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="779" mergedindex="cp">\supset</indexterm>\supset</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2283</U> Superset (relation).
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="779" mergedindex="cp">\supseteq</indexterm>\supseteq</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="780" mergedindex="cp">\supseteq</indexterm>\supseteq</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2287</U> Superset or equal to (relation).
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="780" mergedindex="cp">\surd</indexterm>\surd</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="781" mergedindex="cp">\surd</indexterm>\surd</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>221A</U> Radical symbol (ordinary).  The &latex; command
 <code>\sqrt{...}</code> typesets the square root of the argument, with a bar
 that extends to cover the argument.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="781" mergedindex="cp">\swarrow</indexterm>\swarrow</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="782" mergedindex="cp">\swarrow</indexterm>\swarrow</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2199</U> Southwest-pointing  arrow (relation).
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="782" mergedindex="cp">\tau</indexterm>\tau</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="783" mergedindex="cp">\tau</indexterm>\tau</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03C4</U> Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary).
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="783" mergedindex="cp">\theta</indexterm>\theta</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="784" mergedindex="cp">\theta</indexterm>\theta</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03B8</U> Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary). The variant form is
 <code>\vartheta</code> <U>03D1</U>.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="784" mergedindex="cp">\times</indexterm>\times</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="785" mergedindex="cp">\times</indexterm>\times</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>00D7</U> Primary school multiplication sign (binary). See
 also <code>\cdot</code>.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="785" mergedindex="cp">\to</indexterm>\to</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="786" mergedindex="cp">\to</indexterm>\to</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2192</U> Right-pointing single line arrow (relation).
 Synonym: <code>\rightarrow</code>.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="786" mergedindex="cp">\top</indexterm>\top</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="787" mergedindex="cp">\top</indexterm>\top</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>22A4</U> Top, greatest element of a partially ordered set
 (ordinary). See also <code>\bot</code>.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="787" mergedindex="cp">\triangle</indexterm>\triangle</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="788" mergedindex="cp">\triangle</indexterm>\triangle</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>25B3</U> Triangle (ordinary).
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="788" mergedindex="cp">\triangleleft</indexterm>\triangleleft</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="789" mergedindex="cp">\triangleleft</indexterm>\triangleleft</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>25C1</U> Not-filled triangle pointing left
 (binary). Similar: <code>\lhd</code>. For the normal subgroup symbol you
 should load <code>amssymb</code> and use <code>\vartriangleleft</code> (which
 is a relation and so gives better spacing).
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="789" mergedindex="cp">\triangleright</indexterm>\triangleright</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="790" mergedindex="cp">\triangleright</indexterm>\triangleright</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>25B7</U> Not-filled triangle pointing right
 (binary). For the normal subgroup symbol you should instead load
 <code>amssymb</code> and use <code>\vartriangleright</code> (which is a
 relation and so gives better spacing).
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="790" mergedindex="cp">\unlhd</indexterm>\unlhd</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="791" mergedindex="cp">\unlhd</indexterm>\unlhd</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>22B4</U> Left-pointing not-filled underlined arrowhead, that is,
 triangle, with a line under (binary). For the
 normal subgroup symbol load <code>amssymb</code> and
@@ -13344,7 +13360,7 @@
 use <code>\vartrianglelefteq</code> (which is a relation and so gives
 better spacing).
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="791" mergedindex="cp">\unrhd</indexterm>\unrhd</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="792" mergedindex="cp">\unrhd</indexterm>\unrhd</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>22B5</U> Right-pointing not-filled underlined arrowhead, that is,
 triangle, with a line under (binary). For the
 normal subgroup symbol load <code>amssymb</code> and
@@ -13351,113 +13367,113 @@
 use <code>\vartrianglerighteq</code> (which is a relation and so gives
 better spacing).
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="792" mergedindex="cp">\Uparrow</indexterm>\Uparrow</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="793" mergedindex="cp">\Uparrow</indexterm>\Uparrow</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>21D1</U> Double-line upward-pointing arrow
 (relation). Similar: single-line up-pointing
 arrow <code>\uparrow</code>.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="793" mergedindex="cp">\uparrow</indexterm>\uparrow</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="794" mergedindex="cp">\uparrow</indexterm>\uparrow</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2191</U> Single-line upward-pointing arrow, diverges
 (relation). Similar: double-line up-pointing
 arrow <code>\Uparrow</code>.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="794" mergedindex="cp">\Updownarrow</indexterm>\Updownarrow</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="795" mergedindex="cp">\Updownarrow</indexterm>\Updownarrow</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>21D5</U> Double-line upward-and-downward-pointing arrow
 (relation). Similar: single-line upward-and-downward-pointing
 arrow <code>\updownarrow</code>.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="795" mergedindex="cp">\updownarrow</indexterm>\updownarrow</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="796" mergedindex="cp">\updownarrow</indexterm>\updownarrow</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2195</U> Single-line upward-and-downward-pointing arrow
 (relation). Similar: double-line upward-and-downward-pointing
 arrow <code>\Updownarrow</code>.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="796" mergedindex="cp">\upharpoonright</indexterm>\upharpoonright</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="797" mergedindex="cp">\upharpoonright</indexterm>\upharpoonright</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>21BE</U>, Up harpoon, with barb on right side
 (relation). Synonym: <code>&backslashchar;restriction</code>.
 Not available in plain &tex;. In &latex; you need to load the <code>amssymb</code> package.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="797" mergedindex="cp">\uplus</indexterm>\uplus</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="798" mergedindex="cp">\uplus</indexterm>\uplus</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>228E</U> Multiset union, a union symbol with a plus symbol in
 the middle (binary). Similar: union <code>\cup</code>. Related:
 variable-sized operator <code>\biguplus</code>.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="798" mergedindex="cp">\Upsilon</indexterm>\Upsilon</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="799" mergedindex="cp">\Upsilon</indexterm>\Upsilon</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03A5</U> uppercase Greek letter (ordinary).
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="799" mergedindex="cp">\upsilon</indexterm>\upsilon</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="800" mergedindex="cp">\upsilon</indexterm>\upsilon</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03C5</U> Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary).
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="800" mergedindex="cp">\varepsilon</indexterm>\varepsilon</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="801" mergedindex="cp">\varepsilon</indexterm>\varepsilon</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03B5</U> Small letter script epsilon (ordinary).  This is
 more widely used in mathematics than the non-variant lunate epsilon form
 <code>\epsilon</code> <U>03F5</U>. Related: set
 membership <code>\in</code>.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="801" mergedindex="cp">\vanothing</indexterm>\vanothing</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="802" mergedindex="cp">\vanothing</indexterm>\vanothing</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2205</U>, Empty set symbol. Similar: <code>\emptyset</code>. Related:
 <code>\revemptyset</code>. Not available in plain &tex;. In &latex; you need to load the <code>amssymb</code> package.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="802" mergedindex="cp">\varphi</indexterm>\varphi</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="803" mergedindex="cp">\varphi</indexterm>\varphi</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03C6</U> Variant on the lowercase Greek letter (ordinary).
 The non-variant form is <code>\phi</code> <U>03D5</U>.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="803" mergedindex="cp">\varpi</indexterm>\varpi</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="804" mergedindex="cp">\varpi</indexterm>\varpi</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03D6</U> Variant on the lowercase Greek letter (ordinary).
 The non-variant form is <code>\pi</code> <U>03C0</U>.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="804" mergedindex="cp">\varrho</indexterm>\varrho</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="805" mergedindex="cp">\varrho</indexterm>\varrho</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03F1</U> Variant on the lowercase Greek letter (ordinary).
 The non-variant form is <code>\rho</code> <U>03C1</U>.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="805" mergedindex="cp">\varsigma</indexterm>\varsigma</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="806" mergedindex="cp">\varsigma</indexterm>\varsigma</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03C2</U> Variant on the lowercase Greek letter
 (ordinary).  The non-variant form is
 <code>\sigma</code> <U>03C3</U>.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="806" mergedindex="cp">\vartheta</indexterm>\vartheta</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="807" mergedindex="cp">\vartheta</indexterm>\vartheta</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03D1</U> Variant on the lowercase Greek letter
 (ordinary).  The non-variant form is
 <code>\theta</code> <U>03B8</U>.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="807" mergedindex="cp">\vdash</indexterm>\vdash</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="808" mergedindex="cp">\vdash</indexterm>\vdash</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>22A2</U> Provable; turnstile, vertical and a dash
 (relation). Similar: turnstile rotated a
 half-circle <code>\dashv</code>.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="808" mergedindex="cp">\vee</indexterm>\vee</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="809" mergedindex="cp">\vee</indexterm>\vee</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2228</U> Logical or; a downwards v shape (binary). Related:
 logical and <code>\wedge</code>. Similar: variable-sized
 operator <code>\bigvee</code>.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="809" mergedindex="cp">\Vert</indexterm>\Vert</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="810" mergedindex="cp">\Vert</indexterm>\Vert</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2016</U> Vertical double bar (ordinary).  <xref label="Delimiters"><xrefnodename>Delimiters</xrefnodename></xref>,
 for how to use the <code>mathtools</code> package to create flexibly-sized
 norm symbols.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="810" mergedindex="cp">\vert</indexterm>\vert</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="811" mergedindex="cp">\vert</indexterm>\vert</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>007C</U> Single line vertical bar (ordinary).  For &textldquo;such
 that&textrdquo;, as in the definition of a set, use <code>\mid</code> because it
 is a relation. <xref label="Delimiters"><xrefnodename>Delimiters</xrefnodename></xref>, for how to use the <code>mathtools</code>
 package to create flexibly-sized absolute-value symbols.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="811" mergedindex="cp">\wedge</indexterm>\wedge</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="812" mergedindex="cp">\wedge</indexterm>\wedge</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2227</U> Logical and (binary).  Synonym: <code>\land</code>.  See also
 logical or <code>\vee</code>. Similar: variable-sized
 operator <code>\bigwedge</code>.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="812" mergedindex="cp">\wp</indexterm>\wp</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="813" mergedindex="cp">\wp</indexterm>\wp</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2118</U> Weierstrass p (ordinary).
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="813" mergedindex="cp">\wr</indexterm>\wr</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="814" mergedindex="cp">\wr</indexterm>\wr</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2240</U> Wreath product (binary).
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="814" mergedindex="cp">\Xi</indexterm>\Xi</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="815" mergedindex="cp">\Xi</indexterm>\Xi</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>039E</U> uppercase Greek letter (ordinary).
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="815" mergedindex="cp">\xi</indexterm>\xi</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="816" mergedindex="cp">\xi</indexterm>\xi</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03BE</U> Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary).
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="816" mergedindex="cp">\zeta</indexterm>\zeta</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="817" mergedindex="cp">\zeta</indexterm>\zeta</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03B6</U> Lowercase Greek letter (ordinary).
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry></ftable>
@@ -13466,19 +13482,19 @@
 provides versions to use in mathematical text.
 </para>
 <ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
-<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="817" mergedindex="cp">\mathdollar</indexterm>\mathdollar</itemformat></item>
+<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="818" mergedindex="cp">\mathdollar</indexterm>\mathdollar</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para>Dollar sign in math mode: $.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="818" mergedindex="cp">\mathparagraph</indexterm>\mathparagraph</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="819" mergedindex="cp">\mathparagraph</indexterm>\mathparagraph</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para>Paragraph sign (pilcrow) in math mode, <U>00B6</U>.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="819" mergedindex="cp">\mathsection</indexterm>\mathsection</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="820" mergedindex="cp">\mathsection</indexterm>\mathsection</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para>Section sign in math mode: <U>00A7</U>.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="820" mergedindex="cp">\mathsterling</indexterm>\mathsterling</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="821" mergedindex="cp">\mathsterling</indexterm>\mathsterling</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para>Sterling sign in math mode: £.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="821" mergedindex="cp">\mathunderscore</indexterm>\mathunderscore</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="822" mergedindex="cp">\mathunderscore</indexterm>\mathunderscore</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para>Underscore in math mode: _.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry></ftable>
@@ -13497,15 +13513,15 @@
 <node name="Arrows" spaces=" "><nodename>Arrows</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\boldmath & \unboldmath</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Math symbols</nodeup></node>
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Arrows</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="591">arrows</indexterm></cindex> 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="592">symbols, arrows</indexterm></cindex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="822" mergedindex="cp">math, arrows</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="590">arrows</indexterm></cindex> 
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="591">symbols, arrows</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="823" mergedindex="cp">math, arrows</indexterm></findex>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="593"><r>package</r>, <code>amsfonts</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="594"><code>amsfonts</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="592"><r>package</r>, <code>amsfonts</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="593"><code>amsfonts</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="595"><r>package</r>, <code>latexsym</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="596"><code>latexsym</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="594"><r>package</r>, <code>latexsym</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="595"><code>latexsym</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>These are the arrows that come with standard &latex;.  The
 <code>latexsym</code> and <code>amsfonts</code> packages contain many more.
@@ -13569,11 +13585,11 @@
 <para>An example of the difference between <code>\to</code> and <code>\mapsto</code>
 is: <code>\( f\colon D\to C \) given by \( n\mapsto n^2 \)</code>.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="597"><r>package</r>, <code>amscd</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="598"><code>amscd</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="596"><r>package</r>, <code>amscd</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="597"><code>amscd</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="599"><r>package</r>, <code>tikz-cd</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="600"><code>tikz-cd</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="598"><r>package</r>, <code>tikz-cd</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="599"><code>tikz-cd</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>For commutative diagrams there are a number of packages, including
 <code>tikz-cd</code> and <code>amscd</code>.
@@ -13585,10 +13601,10 @@
 
 <anchor name="_005cboldmath">\boldmath</anchor>
 <anchor name="_005cunboldmath">\unboldmath</anchor>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="823" mergedindex="cp">\boldmath</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="824" mergedindex="cp">\unboldmath</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="601">boldface mathematics</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="602">mathematics, boldface</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="824" mergedindex="cp">\boldmath</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="825" mergedindex="cp">\unboldmath</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="600">boldface mathematics</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="601">mathematics, boldface</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis (used in paragraph mode or LR mode):
 </para>
@@ -13603,8 +13619,8 @@
 <pre xml:space="preserve">\unboldmath \( <var>math</var> \)
 </pre></example>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="825" mergedindex="cp">\boldmath</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="826" mergedindex="cp">\unboldmath</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="826" mergedindex="cp">\boldmath</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="827" mergedindex="cp">\unboldmath</indexterm></findex>
 <para>Declarations to change the letters and symbols in <var>math</var> to be in
 a bold font, or to countermand that and bring back the regular
 (non-bold) default, respectively. They must be used when <emph>not</emph> in
@@ -13636,10 +13652,10 @@
 <node name="bm" spaces=" "><nodename>bm</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">OpenType bold math</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">\boldmath & \unboldmath</nodeup></node>
 <subsubsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>bm</code>: Individual bold math symbols</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="603"><r>package</r>, <code>bm</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="604"><code>bm</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="602"><r>package</r>, <code>bm</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="603"><code>bm</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
  
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="605">symbols, boldface</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="604">symbols, boldface</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <!-- c https://github.com/latex3/latex2e/issues/974 -->
 <para>Specifying <code>\boldmath</code> is the best method for typesetting a whole
@@ -13661,8 +13677,8 @@
 <node name="OpenType-bold-math" spaces=" "><nodename>OpenType bold math</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">bm</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">\boldmath & \unboldmath</nodeup></node>
 <subsubsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle>OpenType bold math</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="606"><r>package</r>, <code>fontspec</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="607"><code>fontspec</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="605"><r>package</r>, <code>fontspec</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="606"><code>fontspec</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 
 <para>Unfortunately, when using the Unicode engines (Xe&latex;,
@@ -13681,11 +13697,11 @@
 drafting or informal distribution, but the results are far from a true
 bold font.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="608"><r>package</r>, <code>unicode-math</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="609"><code>unicode-math</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="607"><r>package</r>, <code>unicode-math</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="608"><code>unicode-math</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="827" mergedindex="cp">\symbf</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="828" mergedindex="cp">\symbfit</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="828" mergedindex="cp">\symbf</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="829" mergedindex="cp">\symbfit</indexterm></findex>
 <para>Another alternative to handling bold for OpenType math fonts is to use
 the <code>\symbf</code> (bold), <code>\symbfit</code> (bold italic), and related
 commands from the <code>unicode-math</code> package.  These do not change
@@ -13700,8 +13716,8 @@
 <node name="Blackboard-bold" spaces=" "><nodename>Blackboard bold</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Calligraphic</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\boldmath & \unboldmath</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Math symbols</nodeup></node>
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Blackboard bold</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="610">blackboard bold</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="611">doublestruck</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="609">blackboard bold</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="610">doublestruck</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -13737,9 +13753,9 @@
 <node name="Calligraphic" spaces=" "><nodename>Calligraphic</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Delimiters</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Blackboard bold</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Math symbols</nodeup></node>
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Calligraphic</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="612">calligraphic fonts</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="613">script fonts</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="614">fonts, script</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="611">calligraphic fonts</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="612">script fonts</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="613">fonts, script</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -13764,11 +13780,11 @@
 <node name="Delimiters" spaces=" "><nodename>Delimiters</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Dots</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Calligraphic</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Math symbols</nodeup></node>
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Delimiters</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="615">delimiters</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="616">parentheses</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="617">braces</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="618">curly braces</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="619">brackets</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="614">delimiters</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="615">parentheses</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="616">braces</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="617">curly braces</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="618">brackets</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Delimiters are parentheses, braces, or other characters used to mark
 the start and end of subformulas.  This formula has three sets of
@@ -13819,8 +13835,8 @@
 <para><U>2016</U> </para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para><code>\|</code> or <code>\Vert</code> </para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>Double vertical bar
 </para></entry></row></tbody></multitable>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="620"><r>package</r>, <code>mathtools</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="621"><code>mathtools</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="619"><r>package</r>, <code>mathtools</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="620"><code>mathtools</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>The <code>mathtools</code> package allows you to create commands for paired
 delimiters.  For instance, if you put
@@ -13847,13 +13863,13 @@
 
 <anchor name="_005cleft">\left</anchor>
 <anchor name="_005cright">\right</anchor>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="829" mergedindex="cp">\left</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="830" mergedindex="cp">\right</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="622">delimiters, paired</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="623">paired delimiters</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="624">matching parentheses</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="625">matching brackets</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="626">null delimiter</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="830" mergedindex="cp">\left</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="831" mergedindex="cp">\right</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="621">delimiters, paired</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="622">paired delimiters</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="623">matching parentheses</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="624">matching brackets</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="625">null delimiter</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <!-- c Credit: SE userPhilipp https://tex.stackexchange.com/a/12793 -->
 
@@ -13886,11 +13902,11 @@
 <samp>Extra \right</samp>.  Leaving out the <code>\right)</code> gets <samp>You
 can't use `\eqno' in math mode</samp>.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="627"><r>package</r>, <code>amsmath</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="628"><code>amsmath</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="626"><r>package</r>, <code>amsmath</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="627"><code>amsmath</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="629"><r>package</r>, <code>mathtools</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="630"><code>mathtools</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="628"><r>package</r>, <code>mathtools</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="629"><code>mathtools</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>However, <var>delimiter1</var> and <var>delimiter2</var> need not match.  A common
 case is that you want an unmatched brace, as below. Use a period,
@@ -14001,8 +14017,8 @@
 
 <anchor name="_005cbigl">\bigl</anchor>
 <anchor name="_005cbigr">\bigr</anchor>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="831" mergedindex="cp">\bigl</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="832" mergedindex="cp">\bigr</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="832" mergedindex="cp">\bigl</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="833" mergedindex="cp">\bigr</indexterm></findex>
 
 <para>Synopsis, one of:
 </para>
@@ -14083,8 +14099,8 @@
 \end{equation}
 </pre></example>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="631"><r>package</r>, <code>amsmath</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="632"><code>amsmath</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="630"><r>package</r>, <code>amsmath</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="631"><code>amsmath</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <noindent></noindent>
 <para>(many authors would replace <code>\frac</code> with the <code>\tfrac</code> command
@@ -14125,8 +14141,8 @@
 <node name="Dots" spaces=" "><nodename>Dots</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Greek letters</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Delimiters</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Math symbols</nodeup></node>
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Dots, horizontal or vertical</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="633">ellipses</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="634">dots</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="632">ellipses</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="633">dots</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Ellipses are the three dots (usually three) indicating that a pattern
 continues.
@@ -14143,20 +14159,20 @@
 </para>
 <ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
 <beforefirstitem><anchor name="ellipses-cdots">ellipses cdots</anchor>
-</beforefirstitem><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="833" mergedindex="cp">\cdots</indexterm>\cdots</itemformat></item>
+</beforefirstitem><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="834" mergedindex="cp">\cdots</indexterm>\cdots</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para>Horizontal ellipsis with the dots raised to the center of the line, as
 in <U>22EF</U>.  Used as: <code>\( a_0\cdot a_1\cdots a_{n-1}
 \)</code>.
 </para>
 <anchor name="ellipses-ddots">ellipses ddots</anchor>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="834" mergedindex="cp">\ddots</indexterm>\ddots</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="835" mergedindex="cp">\ddots</indexterm>\ddots</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para>Diagonal ellipsis, <U>22F1</U>.  See the above array example for a
 usage.
 </para>
 <anchor name="ellipses-ldots">ellipses ldots</anchor>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="835" mergedindex="cp">\ldots</indexterm>\ldots</itemformat></item>
-<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="836" mergedindex="cp">\mathellipsis</indexterm>\mathellipsis</itemformat></itemx>
-<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="837" mergedindex="cp">\dots</indexterm>\dots</itemformat></itemx>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="836" mergedindex="cp">\ldots</indexterm>\ldots</itemformat></item>
+<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="837" mergedindex="cp">\mathellipsis</indexterm>\mathellipsis</itemformat></itemx>
+<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="838" mergedindex="cp">\dots</indexterm>\dots</itemformat></itemx>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para>Ellipsis on the baseline, <U>2026</U>.  Used as: <code>\(
 x_0,\ldots x_{n-1} \)</code>.  Another example is the above array example.
 Synonyms are <code>\mathellipsis</code> and <code>\dots</code>.  A synonym from
@@ -14166,14 +14182,14 @@
 <code>The gears, brakes, \ldots{} are all broken</code>.
 </para>
 <anchor name="ellipses-vdots">ellipses vdots</anchor>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="838" mergedindex="cp">\vdots</indexterm>\vdots</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="839" mergedindex="cp">\vdots</indexterm>\vdots</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para>Vertical ellipsis, <U>22EE</U>.  See the above array example for a
 usage.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry></ftable>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="635"><r>package</r>, <code>amsmath</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="636"><code>amsmath</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="634"><r>package</r>, <code>amsmath</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="635"><code>amsmath</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>The <code>amsmath</code> package has the command <code>\dots</code> to semantically
 mark up ellipses.  This example produces two different-looking outputs
@@ -14188,10 +14204,10 @@
 Conclusion: there are infinitely many primes \( p_0, p_1, \dotsc \).
 </pre></example>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="839" mergedindex="cp">\dotsc</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="840" mergedindex="cp">\dotsb</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="841" mergedindex="cp">\dotsi</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="842" mergedindex="cp">\dots</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="840" mergedindex="cp">\dotsc</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="841" mergedindex="cp">\dotsb</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="842" mergedindex="cp">\dotsi</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="843" mergedindex="cp">\dots</indexterm></findex>
 <noindent></noindent>
 <para>In the first line &latex; looks to the comma following <code>\dots</code> to
 determine that it should output an ellipsis on the baseline.  The second
@@ -14205,8 +14221,8 @@
 <code>\dotso</code> for others.
 </para>
 <!-- c https://github.com/latex3/latex2e/issues/976 -->
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="637"><r>package</r>, <code>unicode-math</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="638"><code>unicode-math</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="636"><r>package</r>, <code>unicode-math</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="637"><code>unicode-math</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>The <code>\dots</code> command from <code>amsmath</code> differs from the
 &latex; kernel&textrsquo;s <code>\dots</code> command in another way: it outputs a
@@ -14215,8 +14231,8 @@
 <code>\dots</code> may be active even when you did not explicitly load it,
 thus changing the output from <code>\dots</code> in both text and math mode.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="639">ellipsis, in Unicode (U+2026)</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="640">ellipsis, traditional (three periods)</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="638">ellipsis, in Unicode (U+2026)</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="639">ellipsis, traditional (three periods)</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>Yet more about the ellipsis commands: when running under Unicode
 engines (<code>lualatex</code>, <code>xelatex</code>), &latex; will use the
 Unicode ellipsis character (U+2026) in the font if it&textrsquo;s available;
@@ -14231,7 +14247,7 @@
 <node name="Greek-letters" spaces=" "><nodename>Greek letters</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">Dots</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Math symbols</nodeup></node>
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Greek letters</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="641">Greek letters</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="640">Greek letters</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>The upper case versions of these Greek letters are only shown when they
 differ from Roman upper case letters.
@@ -14288,8 +14304,8 @@
 <para><U>03C9</U>, <U>03A9</U></para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para><code>\omega</code>, <code>\Omega</code></para></entry><entry command="tab"> <para>Omega
 </para></entry></row></tbody></multitable>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="642"><r>package</r>, <code>unicode-math</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="643"><code>unicode-math</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="641"><r>package</r>, <code>unicode-math</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="642"><code>unicode-math</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>For omicron, if you are using &latex;&textrsquo;s default Computer Modern font
 then enter omicron just as <samp>o</samp> or <samp>O</samp>.  If you like having the
@@ -14307,107 +14323,107 @@
 <node name="Math-functions" spaces=" "><nodename>Math functions</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Math accents</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Math symbols</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Math formulas</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Math functions</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="644">math functions</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="645">functions, math</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="643">math functions</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="644">functions, math</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>These commands produce roman function names in math mode with proper
 spacing.
 </para>
 <ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
-<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="843" mergedindex="cp">\arccos</indexterm>\arccos</itemformat></item>
+<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="844" mergedindex="cp">\arccos</indexterm>\arccos</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para>Inverse cosine
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="844" mergedindex="cp">\arcsin</indexterm>\arcsin</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="845" mergedindex="cp">\arcsin</indexterm>\arcsin</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para>Inverse sine
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="845" mergedindex="cp">\arctan</indexterm>\arctan</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="846" mergedindex="cp">\arctan</indexterm>\arctan</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para>Inverse tangent
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="846" mergedindex="cp">\arg</indexterm>\arg</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="847" mergedindex="cp">\arg</indexterm>\arg</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para>Angle between the real axis and a point in the complex plane
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="847" mergedindex="cp">\bmod</indexterm>\bmod</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="848" mergedindex="cp">\bmod</indexterm>\bmod</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para>Binary modulo operator, used as in <code>\( 5\bmod 3=2 \)</code>
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="848" mergedindex="cp">\cos</indexterm>\cos</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="849" mergedindex="cp">\cos</indexterm>\cos</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para>Cosine
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="849" mergedindex="cp">\cosh</indexterm>\cosh</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="850" mergedindex="cp">\cosh</indexterm>\cosh</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para>Hyperbolic cosine
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="850" mergedindex="cp">\cot</indexterm>\cot</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="851" mergedindex="cp">\cot</indexterm>\cot</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para>Cotangent
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="851" mergedindex="cp">\coth</indexterm>\coth</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="852" mergedindex="cp">\coth</indexterm>\coth</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para>Hyperbolic cotangent
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="852" mergedindex="cp">\csc</indexterm>\csc</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="853" mergedindex="cp">\csc</indexterm>\csc</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para>Cosecant
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="853" mergedindex="cp">\deg</indexterm>\deg</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="854" mergedindex="cp">\deg</indexterm>\deg</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para>Degrees
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="854" mergedindex="cp">\det</indexterm>\det</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="855" mergedindex="cp">\det</indexterm>\det</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para>Determinant
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="855" mergedindex="cp">\dim</indexterm>\dim</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="856" mergedindex="cp">\dim</indexterm>\dim</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para>Dimension
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="856" mergedindex="cp">\exp</indexterm>\exp</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="857" mergedindex="cp">\exp</indexterm>\exp</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para>Exponential
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="857" mergedindex="cp">\gcd</indexterm>\gcd</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="858" mergedindex="cp">\gcd</indexterm>\gcd</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para>Greatest common divisor
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="858" mergedindex="cp">\hom</indexterm>\hom</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="859" mergedindex="cp">\hom</indexterm>\hom</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para>Homomorphism
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="859" mergedindex="cp">\inf</indexterm>\inf</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="860" mergedindex="cp">\inf</indexterm>\inf</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para>Infimum
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="860" mergedindex="cp">\ker</indexterm>\ker</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="861" mergedindex="cp">\ker</indexterm>\ker</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para>Kernel
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="861" mergedindex="cp">\lg</indexterm>\lg</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="862" mergedindex="cp">\lg</indexterm>\lg</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para>Base 2 logarithm
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="862" mergedindex="cp">\lim</indexterm>\lim</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="863" mergedindex="cp">\lim</indexterm>\lim</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para>Limit
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="863" mergedindex="cp">\liminf</indexterm>\liminf</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="864" mergedindex="cp">\liminf</indexterm>\liminf</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para>Limit inferior
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="864" mergedindex="cp">\limsup</indexterm>\limsup</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="865" mergedindex="cp">\limsup</indexterm>\limsup</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para>Limit superior
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="865" mergedindex="cp">\ln</indexterm>\ln</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="866" mergedindex="cp">\ln</indexterm>\ln</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para>Natural logarithm
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="866" mergedindex="cp">\log</indexterm>\log</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="867" mergedindex="cp">\log</indexterm>\log</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para>Logarithm
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="867" mergedindex="cp">\max</indexterm>\max</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="868" mergedindex="cp">\max</indexterm>\max</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para>Maximum
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="868" mergedindex="cp">\min</indexterm>\min</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="869" mergedindex="cp">\min</indexterm>\min</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para>Minimum
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="869" mergedindex="cp">\pmod</indexterm>\pmod</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="870" mergedindex="cp">\pmod</indexterm>\pmod</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para>Parenthesized modulus, as used in <code>\( 5\equiv 2\pmod 3 \)</code>
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="870" mergedindex="cp">\Pr</indexterm>\Pr</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="871" mergedindex="cp">\Pr</indexterm>\Pr</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para>Probability
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="871" mergedindex="cp">\sec</indexterm>\sec</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="872" mergedindex="cp">\sec</indexterm>\sec</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para>Secant
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="872" mergedindex="cp">\sin</indexterm>\sin</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="873" mergedindex="cp">\sin</indexterm>\sin</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para>Sine
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="873" mergedindex="cp">\sinh</indexterm>\sinh</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="874" mergedindex="cp">\sinh</indexterm>\sinh</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para>Hyperbolic sine
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="874" mergedindex="cp">\sup</indexterm>\sup</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="875" mergedindex="cp">\sup</indexterm>\sup</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para>Supremum
 sup
 <!-- c don't try to use \sup with dvi/pdf output since that turned into a -->
@@ -14414,16 +14430,16 @@
 <!-- c Texinfo command and it's not worth hassling with different versions -->
 <!-- c when it's just three roman letters anyway. -->
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="875" mergedindex="cp">\tan</indexterm>\tan</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="876" mergedindex="cp">\tan</indexterm>\tan</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para>Tangent
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="876" mergedindex="cp">\tanh</indexterm>\tanh</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="877" mergedindex="cp">\tanh</indexterm>\tanh</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para>Hyperbolic tangent
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry></ftable>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="646"><r>package</r>, <code>amsmath</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="647"><code>amsmath</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="645"><r>package</r>, <code>amsmath</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="646"><code>amsmath</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>The <code>amsmath</code> package adds improvements on some of these, and
 also allows you to define your own.  The full documentation is on CTAN,
@@ -14439,8 +14455,8 @@
 <node name="Math-accents" spaces=" "><nodename>Math accents</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Over- and Underlining</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Math functions</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Math formulas</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Math accents</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="648">math accents</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="649">accents, mathematical</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="647">math accents</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="648">accents, mathematical</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>&latex; provides a variety of commands for producing accented letters
 in math.  These are different from accents in normal text
@@ -14447,60 +14463,60 @@
 (<pxref label="Accents"><xrefnodename>Accents</xrefnodename></pxref>).
 </para>
 <ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
-<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="877" mergedindex="cp">\acute</indexterm>\acute</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="650">acute accent, math</indexterm></cindex>
+<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="878" mergedindex="cp">\acute</indexterm>\acute</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="649">acute accent, math</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>Math acute accent
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="878" mergedindex="cp">\bar</indexterm>\bar</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="651">bar-over accent, math</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="652">macron accent, math</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="879" mergedindex="cp">\bar</indexterm>\bar</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="650">bar-over accent, math</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="651">macron accent, math</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>Math bar-over accent
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="879" mergedindex="cp">\breve</indexterm>\breve</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="653">breve accent, math</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="880" mergedindex="cp">\breve</indexterm>\breve</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="652">breve accent, math</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>Math breve accent
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="880" mergedindex="cp">\check</indexterm>\check</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="654">check accent, math</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="655">h<accent type="acute" bracketed="off">a</accent><accent type="caron">c</accent>ek accent, math</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="881" mergedindex="cp">\check</indexterm>\check</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="653">check accent, math</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="654">h<accent type="acute" bracketed="off">a</accent><accent type="caron">c</accent>ek accent, math</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>Math h<accent type="acute" bracketed="off">a</accent><accent type="caron">c</accent>ek (check) accent
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="881" mergedindex="cp">\ddot</indexterm>\ddot</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="656">double dot accent, math</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="882" mergedindex="cp">\ddot</indexterm>\ddot</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="655">double dot accent, math</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>Math dieresis accent
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="882" mergedindex="cp">\dot</indexterm>\dot</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="657">overdot accent, math</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="658">dot over accent, math</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="883" mergedindex="cp">\dot</indexterm>\dot</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="656">overdot accent, math</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="657">dot over accent, math</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>Math dot accent
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="883" mergedindex="cp">\grave</indexterm>\grave</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="659">grave accent, math</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="884" mergedindex="cp">\grave</indexterm>\grave</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="658">grave accent, math</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>Math grave accent
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="884" mergedindex="cp">\hat</indexterm>\hat</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="660">hat accent, math</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="661">circumflex accent, math</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="885" mergedindex="cp">\hat</indexterm>\hat</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="659">hat accent, math</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="660">circumflex accent, math</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>Math hat (circumflex) accent
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="885" mergedindex="cp">\mathring</indexterm>\mathring</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="662">ring accent, math</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="886" mergedindex="cp">\mathring</indexterm>\mathring</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="661">ring accent, math</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>Math ring accent  <!-- c don't bother implementing in texinfo -->
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="886" mergedindex="cp">\tilde</indexterm>\tilde</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="663">tilde accent, math</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="887" mergedindex="cp">\tilde</indexterm>\tilde</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="662">tilde accent, math</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>Math tilde accent
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="887" mergedindex="cp">\vec</indexterm>\vec</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="664">vector symbol, math</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="888" mergedindex="cp">\vec</indexterm>\vec</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="663">vector symbol, math</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>Math vector symbol
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="888" mergedindex="cp">\widehat</indexterm>\widehat</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="665">wide hat accent, math</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="889" mergedindex="cp">\widehat</indexterm>\widehat</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="664">wide hat accent, math</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>Math wide hat accent
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="889" mergedindex="cp">\widetilde</indexterm>\widetilde</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="666">wide tilde accent, math</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="890" mergedindex="cp">\widetilde</indexterm>\widetilde</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="665">wide tilde accent, math</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>Math wide tilde accent
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry></ftable>
@@ -14513,8 +14529,8 @@
 <node name="Over_002d-and-Underlining" spaces=" "><nodename>Over- and Underlining</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Spacing in math mode</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Math accents</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Math formulas</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Over- and Underlining</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="667">overlining</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="668">underlining</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="666">overlining</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="667">underlining</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>&latex; provides commands for making overlines or underlines, or
 putting braces over or under some material.
@@ -14521,14 +14537,14 @@
 </para>
 <ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
 <beforefirstitem>
-</beforefirstitem><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="890" mergedindex="cp">\underline{<var>text</var>}</indexterm>\underline{<var>text</var>}</itemformat></item>
+</beforefirstitem><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="891" mergedindex="cp">\underline{<var>text</var>}</indexterm>\underline{<var>text</var>}</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para>Underline <var>text</var>.  Works inside math mode, and outside.
 The line is always completely below the text, taking account of
 descenders, so in <code>\(\underline{y}\)</code> the line is lower than in
 <code>\(\underline{x}\)</code>.  This command is fragile (<pxref label="_005cprotect"><xrefnodename>\protect</xrefnodename></pxref>).
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="669"><r>package</r>, <code>ulem</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="670"><code>ulem</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="668"><r>package</r>, <code>ulem</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="669"><code>ulem</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Note that the package <code>ulem</code> does text mode underlining and allows
 line breaking as well as a number of other features.  See the
@@ -14535,13 +14551,13 @@
 documentation on CTAN.  See also <ref label="_005chrulefill-_0026-_005cdotfill"><xrefnodename>\hrulefill & \dotfill</xrefnodename></ref> for
 producing a line, for such things as a signature.
 </para>        
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="891" mergedindex="cp">\overline{<var>text</var>}</indexterm>\overline{<var>text</var>}</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="892" mergedindex="cp">\overline{<var>text</var>}</indexterm>\overline{<var>text</var>}</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para>Put a horizontal line over <var>text</var>.  Works inside math mode, and
 outside.  For example, <code>\overline{x+y}</code>.
 Note that this differs from the command <code>\bar</code> (<pxref label="Math-accents"><xrefnodename>Math
 accents</xrefnodename></pxref>).
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="892" mergedindex="cp">\underbrace{<var>math</var>}</indexterm>\underbrace{<var>math</var>}</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="893" mergedindex="cp">\underbrace{<var>math</var>}</indexterm>\underbrace{<var>math</var>}</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para>Put a brace under <var>math</var>. For example, this
 <code>(1-\underbrace{1/2)+(1/2}-1/3)</code> emphasizes the telescoping part.
 Attach text to the brace by using the subscript command, <code>_</code>, or
@@ -14557,7 +14573,7 @@
 <para>The superscript appears on top of the expression, and so can look
 unconnected to the underbrace.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="893" mergedindex="cp">\overbrace{<var>math</var>}</indexterm>\overbrace{<var>math</var>}</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="894" mergedindex="cp">\overbrace{<var>math</var>}</indexterm>\overbrace{<var>math</var>}</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para>Put a brace over <var>math</var>, as with
 <code>\overbrace{x+x+\cdots+x}^{\mbox{\(k\) times}}</code>.  See also
 <code>\underbrace</code>.
@@ -14564,8 +14580,8 @@
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry></ftable>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="671"><r>package</r>, <code>mathtools</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="672"><code>mathtools</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="670"><r>package</r>, <code>mathtools</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="671"><code>mathtools</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>The package <code>mathtools</code> adds an over- and underbrace, as well as
 some improvements on the braces.  See the documentation on CTAN.
@@ -14575,8 +14591,8 @@
 <node name="Spacing-in-math-mode" spaces=" "><nodename>Spacing in math mode</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Math styles</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Over- and Underlining</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Math formulas</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Spacing in math mode</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="673">spacing within math mode</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="674">math mode, spacing</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="672">spacing within math mode</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="673">math mode, spacing</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>When typesetting mathematics, &latex; puts in spacing according to the
 normal rules for mathematics texts.  If you enter <code>y=m x</code> then
@@ -14600,11 +14616,11 @@
 </para>
 <table commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
 <tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\;</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="894" mergedindex="cp">\;</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="895" mergedindex="cp">\thickspace</indexterm></findex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="895" mergedindex="cp">\;</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="896" mergedindex="cp">\thickspace</indexterm></findex>
 <anchor name="spacing-in-math-mode-thickspace">spacing in math mode thickspace</anchor>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="675"><r>package</r>, <code>amsmath</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="676"><code>amsmath</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="674"><r>package</r>, <code>amsmath</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="675"><code>amsmath</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synonym: <code>\thickspace</code>.  Normally <code>5.0mu plus 5.0mu</code>.  With
 the <code>amsmath</code> package, or as of the 2020-10-01 &latex; release,
@@ -14612,7 +14628,7 @@
 only.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\negthickspace</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="896" mergedindex="cp">\negthickspace</indexterm></findex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="897" mergedindex="cp">\negthickspace</indexterm></findex>
 <para>Normally <code>-5.0mu plus 2.0mu minus 4.0mu</code>.  With the <code>amsmath</code>
 package, or as of the 2020-10-01 &latex; release, can be used in text
 mode as well as math mode; otherwise, in math mode only.
@@ -14619,9 +14635,9 @@
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\:</itemformat></item>
 <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\></itemformat></itemx>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="897" mergedindex="cp">\:</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="898" mergedindex="cp">\></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="899" mergedindex="cp">\medspace</indexterm></findex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="898" mergedindex="cp">\:</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="899" mergedindex="cp">\></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="900" mergedindex="cp">\medspace</indexterm></findex>
 <anchor name="spacing-in-math-mode-medspace">spacing in math mode medspace</anchor>
 <para>Synonym: <code>\medspace</code>.  Normally <code>4.0mu plus 2.0mu minus
 4.0mu</code>.  With the <code>amsmath</code> package, or as of the 2020-10-01
@@ -14629,15 +14645,15 @@
 that, in math mode only.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\negmedspace</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="900" mergedindex="cp">\negmedspace</indexterm></findex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="901" mergedindex="cp">\negmedspace</indexterm></findex>
 <para>Normally <code>-4.0mu plus 2.0mu minus 4.0mu</code>.  With the <code>amsmath</code>
 package, or as of the 2020-10-01 &latex; release, can be used in text
 mode as well as math mode; before that, in math mode only.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\,</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="901" mergedindex="cp">\,</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="902" mergedindex="cp">\thinspace</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="677">thin space</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="902" mergedindex="cp">\,</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="903" mergedindex="cp">\thinspace</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="676">thin space</indexterm></cindex>
 <anchor name="Spacing-in-math-mode_002f_005cthinspace">Spacing in math mode/\thinspace</anchor>
 <anchor name="spacing-in-math-mode-thinspace">spacing in math mode thinspace</anchor>
 <para>Synonym: <code>\thinspace</code>.  Normally <code>3mu</code>, which is 1/6<dmn>em</dmn>.
@@ -14656,9 +14672,9 @@
 </pre></example>
 
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\!</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="903" mergedindex="cp">\!</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="904" mergedindex="cp">\negthinspace</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="678">thin space, negative</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="904" mergedindex="cp">\!</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="905" mergedindex="cp">\negthinspace</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="677">thin space, negative</indexterm></cindex>
 <anchor name="spacing-in-math-mode-negthinspace">spacing in math mode negthinspace</anchor>
 <para>Synonym: <code>\negthinspace</code>. A negative thin space. Normally
 <code>-3mu</code>.  With the <code>amsmath</code> package, or as of the 2020-10-01
@@ -14668,8 +14684,8 @@
 (<pxref label="_005cthinspace-_0026-_005cnegthinspace"><xrefnodename>\thinspace & \negthinspace</xrefnodename></pxref>).
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\quad</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="679">quad</indexterm></cindex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="905" mergedindex="cp">\quad</indexterm></findex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="678">quad</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="906" mergedindex="cp">\quad</indexterm></findex>
 <anchor name="spacing-in-math-mode-quad">spacing in math mode quad</anchor>
 <para>This is 18<dmn>mu</dmn>, that is, 1<dmn>em</dmn>. This is often used for space
 surrounding equations or expressions, for instance for the space between
@@ -14677,7 +14693,7 @@
 in both text and math mode.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\qquad</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="906" mergedindex="cp">\qquad</indexterm></findex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="907" mergedindex="cp">\qquad</indexterm></findex>
 <anchor name="spacing-in-math-mode-qquad">spacing in math mode qquad</anchor>
 <para>A length of 2 quads, that is, 36<dmn>mu</dmn> = 2<dmn>em</dmn>.  It is available in
 both text and math mode.
@@ -14693,8 +14709,8 @@
 <node name="_005csmash" spaces=" "><nodename>\smash</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Spacing in math mode</nodeup></node>
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\smash</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="680">vertical spacing, math mode</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="681">math mode, vertical space</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="679">vertical spacing, math mode</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="680">math mode, vertical space</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -14761,8 +14777,8 @@
 \leavevmode\smash{zzz}  % usual paragraph indent
 </pre></example>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="682"><r>package</r>, <code>mathtools</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="683"><code>mathtools</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="681"><r>package</r>, <code>mathtools</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="682"><code>mathtools</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>The package <code>mathtools</code> has operators that provide even finer
 control over smashing a subformula box.
@@ -14775,16 +14791,16 @@
 <anchor name="_005cphantom">\phantom</anchor>
 <anchor name="_005cvphantom">\vphantom</anchor>
 <anchor name="_005chphantom">\hphantom</anchor>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="907" mergedindex="cp">\phantom</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="908" mergedindex="cp">\vphantom</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="909" mergedindex="cp">\hphantom</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="908" mergedindex="cp">\phantom</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="909" mergedindex="cp">\vphantom</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="910" mergedindex="cp">\hphantom</indexterm></findex>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="684">spacing, math mode</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="685">horizontal spacing</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="686">vertical spacing</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="687">math mode, spacing</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="688">invisible character</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="689">character, invisible</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="683">spacing, math mode</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="684">horizontal spacing</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="685">vertical spacing</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="686">math mode, spacing</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="687">invisible character</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="688">character, invisible</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -14838,8 +14854,8 @@
 <para>These commands are often used in conjunction with <code>\smash</code>.
 <xref label="_005csmash"><xrefnodename>\smash</xrefnodename></xref>, which includes another example of <code>\vphantom</code>.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="690"><r>package</r>, <code>mathtools</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="691"><code>mathtools</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="689"><r>package</r>, <code>mathtools</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="690"><code>mathtools</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>The three phantom commands appear often but note that &latex; provides
 a suite of other commands to work with box sizes that may be more
@@ -14849,8 +14865,8 @@
 In addition, the <code>mathtools</code> package has many commands that offer
 fine-grained control over spacing.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="692"><r>package</r>, <code>amsmath</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="693"><code>amsmath</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="691"><r>package</r>, <code>amsmath</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="692"><code>amsmath</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>All three commands produce an ordinary box, without any special
 mathematics status.  So to do something like attaching a superscript you
@@ -14867,13 +14883,13 @@
 <node name="_005cmathstrut" spaces=" "><nodename>\mathstrut</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Spacing in math mode</nodeup></node>
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\mathstrut</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="910" mergedindex="cp"><code>\mathstrut</code></indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="694">spacing, math mode</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="695">vertical spacing</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="696">math mode, spacing</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="697">invisible character</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="698">character, invisible</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="699">strut, math</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="911" mergedindex="cp"><code>\mathstrut</code></indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="693">spacing, math mode</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="694">vertical spacing</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="695">math mode, spacing</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="696">invisible character</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="697">character, invisible</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="698">strut, math</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -14902,7 +14918,7 @@
 <node name="Math-styles" spaces=" "><nodename>Math styles</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Math miscellany</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Spacing in math mode</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Math formulas</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Math styles</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="700">math styles</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="699">math styles</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>&tex;&textrsquo;s rules for typesetting a formula depend on the context.  For
 example, inside a displayed equation, the input <code>\sum_{0\leq
@@ -14918,20 +14934,20 @@
 </para>
 <itemize commandarg="bullet" spaces=" " endspaces=" "><itemprepend><formattingcommand command="bullet"/></itemprepend>
 <beforefirstitem>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="701">display style</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="700">display style</indexterm></cindex>
 </beforefirstitem><listitem><prepend>•</prepend>
 <para>Display style is for a formula displayed on a line by itself, such as
 with <code>\begin{equation} ... \end{equation}</code>.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="702">text style</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="701">text style</indexterm></cindex>
 </listitem><listitem><prepend>•</prepend>
 <para>Text style is for an inline formula, as with <samp>so we have $ ... $</samp>.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="703">script style</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="702">script style</indexterm></cindex>
 </listitem><listitem><prepend>•</prepend>
 <para>Script style is for parts of a formula in a subscript or superscript.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="704">scriptscript style</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="703">scriptscript style</indexterm></cindex>
 </listitem><listitem><prepend>•</prepend>
 <para>Scriptscript style is for parts of a formula at a second level (or more)
 of subscript or superscript.
@@ -14938,10 +14954,10 @@
 </para>
 </listitem></itemize>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="911" mergedindex="cp">\displaystyle</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="912" mergedindex="cp">\textstyle</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="913" mergedindex="cp">\scriptstyle</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="914" mergedindex="cp">\scriptscriptstyle</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="912" mergedindex="cp">\displaystyle</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="913" mergedindex="cp">\textstyle</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="914" mergedindex="cp">\scriptstyle</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="915" mergedindex="cp">\scriptscriptstyle</indexterm></findex>
 <para>&tex; determines a default math style but you can override it with a
 declaration of <code>\displaystyle</code>, or <code>\textstyle</code>, or
 <code>\scriptstyle</code>, or <code>\scriptscriptstyle</code>.
@@ -14998,7 +15014,7 @@
 <node name="Math-miscellany" spaces=" "><nodename>Math miscellany</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">Math styles</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Math formulas</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Math miscellany</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="705">math miscellany</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="704">math miscellany</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>&latex; contains a wide variety of mathematics facilities.  Here are
 some that don&textrsquo;t fit into other categories.
@@ -15016,9 +15032,9 @@
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Colon character <code>:</code> & <code>\colon</code></sectiontitle>
 
 <anchor name="colon">colon</anchor>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="706">colon character</indexterm></cindex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="915" mergedindex="cp">: <r>(for math)</r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="916" mergedindex="cp">\colon</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="705">colon character</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="916" mergedindex="cp">: <r>(for math)</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="917" mergedindex="cp">\colon</indexterm></findex>
 
 <para>Synopsis, one of:
 </para>
@@ -15033,8 +15049,8 @@
 <pre xml:space="preserve">With side ratios \( 3:4 \) and \( 4:5 \), the triangle is right.
 </pre></example>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="707"><r>package</r>, <code>amsmath</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="708"><code>amsmath</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="706"><r>package</r>, <code>amsmath</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="707"><code>amsmath</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <noindent></noindent>
 <para>Ordinary &latex; defines <code>\colon</code> to produce the colon character
@@ -15041,8 +15057,8 @@
 with the spacing appropriate for punctuation, as in set-builder notation
 <code>\{x\colon 0\leq x<1\}</code>.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="709"><r>package</r>, <code>amsmath</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="710"><code>amsmath</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="708"><r>package</r>, <code>amsmath</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="709"><code>amsmath</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>But the widely-used <code>amsmath</code> package defines <code>\colon</code> for use
 in the definition of functions <code>f\colon D\to C</code>.  So if you want
@@ -15053,11 +15069,11 @@
 <node name="_005c_002a" spaces=" "><nodename trailingspaces=" ">\*</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\frac</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Colon character & \colon</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Math miscellany</nodeup></node>
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\*</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="711">multiplication, discretionary</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="712">breaks, multiplication discretionary</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="713">line breaks, multiplication discretionary</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="714">discretionary breaks, multiplication</indexterm></cindex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="917" mergedindex="cp">\*</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="710">multiplication, discretionary</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="711">breaks, multiplication discretionary</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="712">line breaks, multiplication discretionary</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="713">discretionary breaks, multiplication</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="918" mergedindex="cp">\*</indexterm></findex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -15080,8 +15096,8 @@
 <node name="_005cfrac" spaces=" "><nodename>\frac</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\sqrt</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\*</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Math miscellany</nodeup></node>
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\frac</code> </sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="715">fraction</indexterm></cindex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="918" mergedindex="cp">\frac</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="714">fraction</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="919" mergedindex="cp">\frac</indexterm></findex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -15099,10 +15115,10 @@
 <node name="_005csqrt" spaces=" "><nodename>\sqrt</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\stackrel</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\frac</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Math miscellany</nodeup></node>
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\sqrt</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="716">square root</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="717">roots</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="718">radical</indexterm></cindex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="919" mergedindex="cp">\sqrt</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="715">square root</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="716">roots</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="717">radical</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="920" mergedindex="cp">\sqrt</indexterm></findex>
 
 <para>Synopsis, one of:
 </para>
@@ -15126,9 +15142,9 @@
 <node name="_005cstackrel" spaces=" "><nodename>\stackrel</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\sqrt</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Math miscellany</nodeup></node>
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\stackrel</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="719">stack math</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="720">relation, text above</indexterm></cindex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="920" mergedindex="cp">\stackrel</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="718">stack math</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="719">relation, text above</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="921" mergedindex="cp">\stackrel</indexterm></findex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -15146,7 +15162,7 @@
 <node name="Modes" spaces=" "><nodename>Modes</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Page styles</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Math formulas</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node>
 <chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Modes</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="721">modes</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="720">modes</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>As &latex; processes your document, at any point it is in one of six
 modes.  They fall into three categories of two each, the horizontal
@@ -15157,7 +15173,7 @@
 <itemize commandarg="bullet" endspaces=" "><itemprepend><formattingcommand command="bullet" automatic="on"/></itemprepend>
 <listitem><prepend>•</prepend>
 <anchor name="modes-paragraph-mode">modes paragraph mode</anchor>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="722">paragraph mode</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="721">paragraph mode</indexterm></cindex>
 <para><dfn>Paragraph mode</dfn> (in plain &tex; this is called <dfn>horizontal
 mode</dfn>) is what &latex; is in when processing ordinary text.  It breaks
 the input text into lines and finds the positions of line breaks, so that
@@ -15164,8 +15180,8 @@
 in vertical mode page breaks can be done.  This is the mode &latex; is
 in most of the time.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="723">left-to-right mode</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="724">LR mode</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="722">left-to-right mode</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="723">LR mode</indexterm></cindex>
 <anchor name="modes-lr-mode">modes lr mode</anchor>
 <para><dfn>LR mode</dfn> (for left-to-right mode; in plain &tex; this is called
 <dfn>restricted horizontal mode</dfn>) is in effect when &latex; starts
@@ -15178,11 +15194,11 @@
 box won&textrsquo;t fit there.)
 </para>
 </listitem><listitem><prepend>•</prepend>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="725">math mode</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="724">math mode</indexterm></cindex>
 <anchor name="modes-math-mode">modes math mode</anchor> <para><dfn>Math mode</dfn> is when &latex; is generating
 an inline mathematical formula.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="726">display math mode</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="725">display math mode</indexterm></cindex>
 <para><dfn>Display math mode</dfn> is when &latex; is generating a displayed
 mathematical formula.  (Displayed formulas differ somewhat from inline
 ones.  One example is that the placement of the subscript on <code>\int</code>
@@ -15189,13 +15205,13 @@
 differs in the two situations.)
 </para>
 </listitem><listitem><prepend>•</prepend>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="727">vertical mode</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="726">vertical mode</indexterm></cindex>
 <anchor name="modes-vertical-mode">modes vertical mode</anchor> <para><dfn>Vertical mode</dfn> is when &latex; is
 building the list of lines and other material making the output page,
 which comprises insertion of page breaks.  This is the mode &latex; is
 in when it starts a document.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="728">internal vertical mode</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="727">internal vertical mode</indexterm></cindex>
 <anchor name="modes-internal-vertical-mode">modes internal vertical mode</anchor>
 <para><dfn>Internal vertical mode</dfn> is in effect when &latex; starts making a
 <code>\vbox</code>. It has not such thing as page breaks, and as such is the
@@ -15211,8 +15227,8 @@
 changes to math mode, and then when it leaves the formula it pops
 back to paragraph mode.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="729">inner paragraph mode</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="730">outer paragraph mode</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="728">inner paragraph mode</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="729">outer paragraph mode</indexterm></cindex>
 <anchor name="modes-inner-paragraph-mode">modes inner paragraph mode</anchor>
 <anchor name="modes-outer-paragraph-mode">modes outer paragraph mode</anchor>
 <para>Paragraph mode has two subcases.  If you use a <code>\parbox</code> command
@@ -15262,8 +15278,8 @@
 <node name="Page-styles" spaces=" "><nodename>Page styles</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Spaces</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Modes</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node>
 <chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Page styles</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="731">styles, page</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="732">page styles</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="730">styles, page</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="731">page styles</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>The style of a page determines where &latex; places the components of
 that page, such as headers and footers, and the text body.  This
@@ -15271,8 +15287,8 @@
 special pages such as the title page of a book, a page from an index, or
 the first page of an article.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="733"><r>package</r>, <code>fancyhdr</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="734"><code>fancyhdr</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="732"><r>package</r>, <code>fancyhdr</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="733"><code>fancyhdr</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>The package <code>fancyhdr</code> is commonly used for constructing page
 styles.  See its documentation.
@@ -15282,6 +15298,7 @@
 </pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator="::      ">\pagenumbering</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Set the style used for page numbers.
 </pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator="::		">\pagestyle</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Change the headings/footings style.
 </pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator="::      ">\thispagestyle</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Change the headings/footings style for this page.
+</pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator="::            ">\thepage</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Changing page number representation everywhere.
 </pre></menudescription></menuentry></menu>
 
 
@@ -15288,8 +15305,8 @@
 <node name="_005cmaketitle" spaces=" "><nodename>\maketitle</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\pagenumbering</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Page styles</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\maketitle</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="735">titles, making</indexterm></cindex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="921" mergedindex="cp">\maketitle</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="734">titles, making</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="922" mergedindex="cp">\maketitle</indexterm></findex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -15332,10 +15349,10 @@
 <code>\maketitle</code>, either in the preamble or in the document body.
 </para>
 <ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
-<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="922" mergedindex="cp">\author{<var>name1</var> \and <var>name2</var> \and ...}</indexterm>\author{<var>name1</var> \and <var>name2</var> \and ...}</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="736">author, for titlepage</indexterm></cindex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="923" mergedindex="cp">\\ <r>(for <code>\author</code>)</r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="924" mergedindex="cp">\and <r>(for <code>\author</code>)</r></indexterm></findex>
+<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="923" mergedindex="cp">\author{<var>name1</var> \and <var>name2</var> \and ...}</indexterm>\author{<var>name1</var> \and <var>name2</var> \and ...}</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="735">author, for titlepage</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="924" mergedindex="cp">\\ <r>(for <code>\author</code>)</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="925" mergedindex="cp">\and <r>(for <code>\author</code>)</r></indexterm></findex>
 <para>Required.  Declare the document author or authors.  The argument is a
 list of authors separated by <code>\and</code> commands.  To separate lines
 within a single author&textrsquo;s entry, for instance to give the author&textrsquo;s
@@ -15343,25 +15360,25 @@
 the <code>\author</code> declaration then you get <samp>LaTeX Warning: No
 \author given</samp>.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="925" mergedindex="cp">\date{<var>text</var>}</indexterm>\date{<var>text</var>}</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="737">date, for titlepage</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="926" mergedindex="cp">\date{<var>text</var>}</indexterm>\date{<var>text</var>}</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="736">date, for titlepage</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>Optional.  Declare <var>text</var> to be the document&textrsquo;s date.  The <var>text</var>
 doesn&textrsquo;t need to be in a date format; it can be any text at all.  If you
 omit <code>\date</code> then &latex; uses the current date (<pxref label="_005ctoday"><xrefnodename>\today</xrefnodename></pxref>).
 To have no date, instead use <code>\date{}</code>.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="926" mergedindex="cp">\thanks{<var>text</var>}</indexterm>\thanks{<var>text</var>}</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="738">thanks, for titlepage</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="739">credit footnote</indexterm></cindex>
-<para>Optional.  Produce a footnote.  You can use it in the author information
-for acknowledgements as illustrated above, but you can also use it in
-the title, or any place a footnote mark makes sense.  It can be any text
-at all so you can use it for any purpose, such as to print an email
-address.
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="927" mergedindex="cp">\thanks{<var>text</var>}</indexterm>\thanks{<var>text</var>}</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="737">thanks, for titlepage</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="738">credit footnote</indexterm></cindex>
+<para>Optional.  Produce a footnote.  You can use it in the author
+information for acknowledgements as illustrated above, but you can
+also use it in the title, or anywhere that a footnote mark makes
+sense.  It can be any text at all so you can use it for any purpose,
+such as to print an email address.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="927" mergedindex="cp">\title{<var>text</var>}</indexterm>\title{<var>text</var>}</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="740">title, for titlepage</indexterm></cindex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="928" mergedindex="cp">\\ <r>(for <code>\title</code>)</r></indexterm></findex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="928" mergedindex="cp">\title{<var>text</var>}</indexterm>\title{<var>text</var>}</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="739">title, for titlepage</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="929" mergedindex="cp">\\ <r>(for <code>\title</code>)</r></indexterm></findex>
 <para>Required.  Declare <var>text</var> to be the title of the document.  Get line
 breaks inside <var>text</var> with a double backslash, <code>\\</code>.  If you
 omit the <code>\title</code> declaration then the <code>\maketitle</code> command
@@ -15369,11 +15386,11 @@
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry></ftable>
 
-<para>To make your own title page, see <ref label="titlepage"><xrefnodename>titlepage</xrefnodename></ref>. You can either
+<para>To make your own title page, <pxref label="titlepage"><xrefnodename>titlepage</xrefnodename></pxref>. You can either
 create this as a one-off or you can include it as part of a renewed
-<code>\maketitle</code> command.  (Many publishers will provide a class to use
+<code>\maketitle</code> command.  Many publishers will provide a class to use
 in place of <code>article</code> that formats the title according to their
-house requirements.)
+house requirements.
 </para>
 
 </section>
@@ -15380,8 +15397,8 @@
 <node name="_005cpagenumbering" spaces=" "><nodename>\pagenumbering</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\pagestyle</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\maketitle</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Page styles</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\pagenumbering</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="929" mergedindex="cp">\pagenumbering</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="741">page numbering style</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="930" mergedindex="cp">\pagenumbering</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="740">page numbering style</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -15395,20 +15412,11 @@
 so its effect is not stopped by an end of group such as a closing brace
 or an end of environment.
 </para>
-<para>In this example, before the <samp>Main</samp> section the pages are numbered
-<samp>a</samp>, etc.  Starting on the page containing the
-<code>\pagenumbering</code> call in that section, the pages are numbered
-<samp>1</samp>, etc.
+<para>By default, &latex; numbers pages starting at 1, using Arabic
+numerals.
 </para>
-<example endspaces=" ">
-<pre xml:space="preserve">\begin{document}\pagenumbering{alph}
-  ...
-\section{Main}\pagenumbering{arabic}
-  ...
-</pre></example>
-
 <para>The argument <var>number-style</var> is one of the following (see
-also <ref label="_005calph-_005cAlph-_005carabic-_005croman-_005cRoman-_005cfnsymbol"><xrefnodename>\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol</xrefnodename></ref>).
+also <ref label="_005calph-_005cAlph-_005carabic-_005croman-_005cRoman-_005cfnsymbol"><xrefnodename>\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol</xrefnodename></ref>).
 </para>
 <table commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
 <tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">arabic</itemformat></item>
@@ -15429,34 +15437,52 @@
 get <samp>LaTeX Error: Counter too large</samp>.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">gobble</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="742"><r>package</r>, <code>hyperref</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="743"><code>hyperref</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
- <para>&latex; does not output a page number, although it
-does get reset.  References to that page also are blank.  (This does not
-work with the popular package <code>hyperref</code> so to have the page number
-not appear you may want to instead use <code>\pagestyle{empty}</code> or
-<code>\thispagestyle{empty}</code>.)
+</tableterm><tableitem><para>no page number is output, though the number is still reset.
+References to that page also are blank.
 </para>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="741"><r>package</r>, <code>hyperref</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="742"><code>hyperref</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+
+<para>This setting does not work with the popular package <code>hyperref</code>,
+so to omit page numbers you may want to instead use
+<code>\pagestyle{empty}</code> or <code>\thispagestyle{empty}</code>.
+</para>
 </tableitem></tableentry></table>
 
+<para>If you want to typeset the page number in some other way, or change
+where the page number appears on the page, see <ref label="_005cpagestyle"><xrefnodename>\pagestyle</xrefnodename></ref>
+(in short: use the <code>fancyhdr</code> package).  The list above of
+&latex;&textrsquo;s built-in numbering styles cannot be extended.
+</para>
 <para>Traditionally, if a document has front matter&textmdash;preface, table of
-contents, etc.&textmdash;then it is numbered with lowercase Roman numerals. The
-main matter of a document uses arabic.  <xref label="_005cfrontmatter-_0026-_005cmainmatter-_0026-_005cbackmatter"><xrefnodename>\frontmatter & \mainmatter
-& \backmatter</xrefnodename></xref>.
+contents, etc.&textmdash;then it is numbered with lowercase Roman
+numerals. The main matter of a document uses arabic.  &latex;
+implements this, by providing explicit commands for the different parts
+(<pxref label="_005cfrontmatter-_0026-_005cmainmatter-_0026-_005cbackmatter"><xrefnodename>\frontmatter & \mainmatter & \backmatter</xrefnodename></pxref>).
 </para>
-<para>If you want to change where the page number appears on the page,
-see <ref label="_005cpagestyle"><xrefnodename>\pagestyle</xrefnodename></ref>.  If you want to change the value of the page
-number, then you manipulate the <code>page</code> counter (<pxref label="Counters"><xrefnodename>Counters</xrefnodename></pxref>).
+<para>As an explicit example, before the <samp>Main</samp> section the pages are
+numbered <samp>a</samp>, etc.  Starting on the page containing the
+<code>\pagenumbering</code> call in that section, the pages are numbered
+<samp>1</samp>, etc.
 </para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\begin{document}\pagenumbering{alph}
+  ...
+\section{Main}\pagenumbering{arabic}
+  ...
+</pre></example>
 
+<para>If you want to change the value of the page number, then you
+manipulate the <code>page</code> counter (<pxref label="Counters"><xrefnodename>Counters</xrefnodename></pxref>).
+</para>
 </section>
 <node name="_005cpagestyle" spaces=" "><nodename>\pagestyle</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\thispagestyle</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\pagenumbering</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Page styles</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\pagestyle</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="930" mergedindex="cp">\pagestyle</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="744">header style</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="745">footer style</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="746">running header and footer style</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="931" mergedindex="cp">\pagestyle</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="743">header style</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="744">footer style</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="745">running header and footer style</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -15467,14 +15493,14 @@
 <para>Declaration that specifies how the page headers and footers are typeset,
 from the current page onwards.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="747"><r>package</r>, <code>fancyhdr</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="748"><code>fancyhdr</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="746"><r>package</r>, <code>fancyhdr</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="747"><code>fancyhdr</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
-<para>A discussion with an example is below.  Note first that the package
+<para>A discussion with an example is below.  First, however: the package
 <code>fancyhdr</code> is now the standard way to manipulate headers and
 footers.  New documents that need to do anything other than one of the
 standard options below should use this package.  See its documentation
-on CTAN.
+(<url><urefurl>https://ctan.org/pkg/fancyhdr</urefurl></url>).
 </para>
 <para>Values for <var>style</var>:
 </para>
@@ -15541,7 +15567,7 @@
 <para>Here are the descriptions of <code>\markboth</code> and <code>\markright</code>:
 </para>
 <ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
-<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="931" mergedindex="cp">\markboth{<var>left-head</var>}{<var>right-head</var>}</indexterm>\markboth{<var>left-head</var>}{<var>right-head</var>}</itemformat></item>
+<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="932" mergedindex="cp">\markboth{<var>left-head</var>}{<var>right-head</var>}</indexterm>\markboth{<var>left-head</var>}{<var>right-head</var>}</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para>Sets both the right hand and left hand heading information for either a
 page style of <code>headings</code> or <code>myheadings</code>.  A left hand page
 heading <var>left-head</var> is generated by the last <code>\markboth</code>
@@ -15550,7 +15576,7 @@
 <code>\markright</code> that comes on the page if there is one, otherwise by
 the last one that came before that page.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="932" mergedindex="cp">\markright{<var>right-head</var>}</indexterm>\markright{<var>right-head</var>}</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="933" mergedindex="cp">\markright{<var>right-head</var>}</indexterm>\markright{<var>right-head</var>}</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para>Sets the right hand page heading, leaving the left unchanged.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry></ftable>
@@ -15557,11 +15583,11 @@
 
 
 </section>
-<node name="_005cthispagestyle" spaces=" "><nodename>\thispagestyle</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\pagestyle</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Page styles</nodeup></node>
+<node name="_005cthispagestyle" spaces=" "><nodename>\thispagestyle</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\thepage</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\pagestyle</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Page styles</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\thispagestyle</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="933" mergedindex="cp">\thispagestyle</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="749">page style, this page</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="934" mergedindex="cp">\thispagestyle</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="748">page style, this page</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -15597,12 +15623,76 @@
 </para>
 
 </section>
+<node name="_005cthepage" spaces=" "><nodename>\thepage</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\thispagestyle</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Page styles</nodeup></node>
+<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\thepage</code></sectiontitle>
+
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="935" mergedindex="cp">\thepage</indexterm></findex>
+
+<para>If you want to change the appearance of page numbers only in the page
+headers, for example by adding an ornament, typesetting in small caps,
+etc., then the <code>fancyhdr</code> package, as mentioned in a previous
+section, is the best approach.
+</para>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="749">page number representation</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="750">table of contents, page numbers in</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="751">cross-references, page numbers in</indexterm></cindex>
+<para>On the other hand, you may want to change how page numbers are denoted
+everywhere, including the table of contents and cross-references, as
+well as the page headers.  In this case, you should redefine
+<code>\thepage</code>, which is the command &latex; uses for the
+representation of page numbers.
+</para>
+<para>For example, for the <cite>TUGboat</cite> journal
+(<url><urefurl>https://tug.org/TUGboat</urefurl></url>), we often circulate draft versions of
+articles.  For this, we change the page numbering to start at 901, but
+want to print the page numbers with a &textlsquo;?&textrsquo;, as in printing &textlsquo;?1&textrsquo; for the
+first page. This helps avoid people from thinking that the page
+numbers are final. We want the &textlsquo;?&textrsquo;<spacecmd type="spc"/>to appear in the table of contents
+and cross-references as well as the headers; therefore, we redefine
+<code>\thepage</code>:
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\renewcommand\thepage{%
+  \ifnum\value{page}>900
+    % In CM, numerals are exactly .5em,
+    % so make our `?' have that width too.
+    % The \texorpdfstring avoids the hyperref warning:
+    %   Token not allowed in a PDF string ... removing `\&arobase;ifnextchar' 
+    \texorpdfstring{\makebox[.5em][l]{\small ?}}{?}%
+    %
+    \textsl{\&arobase;arabic{\numexpr\value{page}-900\relax}}% assume e-TeX
+  \else
+    \&arobase;arabic{\value{page}}%
+  \fi
+}
+</pre></example>
+
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="752"><command>makeindex</command> and special page numbers</indexterm></cindex>
+
+<para>There is another complication.  Changing <code>\thepage</code> will probably
+break <command>makeindex</command>, since it only understands a few kinds of
+basic counter representations.  Thus, a method to extract a standard
+integer from the document&textrsquo;s special representation has to be
+provided. Continuing our <cite>TUGboat</cite> example:
+</para>
+<example endspaces=" ">
+<pre xml:space="preserve">\usepackage{index}
+...
+\newcommand\specialthepage{\inteval{\value{page}-900}}
+\newindex[specialthepage]*{default}{idx}{ind}{Index}
+</pre></example>
+
+<para>Thanks to Ulrike Fischer for providing this code.
+There is more discussion at
+<url><urefurl>https://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/687258</urefurl></url>.
+</para>
+</section>
 </chapter>
 <node name="Spaces" spaces=" "><nodename>Spaces</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Boxes</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Page styles</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node>
 <chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Spaces</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="750">spaces</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="751">white space</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="753">spaces</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="754">white space</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>&latex; has many ways to produce white space, or filled space.  Some of
 these are best suited to mathematical text; for these
@@ -15637,9 +15727,9 @@
 <anchor name="_005censpace">\enspace</anchor>
 <anchor name="_005cquad">\quad</anchor>
 <anchor name="_005cqquad">\qquad</anchor>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="934" mergedindex="cp">\enspace</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="935" mergedindex="cp">\quad</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="936" mergedindex="cp">\qquad</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="936" mergedindex="cp">\enspace</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="937" mergedindex="cp">\quad</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="938" mergedindex="cp">\qquad</indexterm></findex>
 
 <para>Synopsis, one of:
 </para>
@@ -15675,7 +15765,7 @@
 <node name="_005chspace" spaces=" "><nodename>\hspace</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\hfill</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\enspace & \quad & \qquad</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Spaces</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\hspace</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="937" mergedindex="cp">\hspace</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="939" mergedindex="cp">\hspace</indexterm></findex>
 
 <para>Synopsis, one of:
 </para>
@@ -15737,10 +15827,10 @@
 <node name="_005chfill" spaces=" "><nodename>\hfill</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\hss</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\hspace</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Spaces</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\hfill</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="938" mergedindex="cp">\hfill</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="940" mergedindex="cp">\hfill</indexterm></findex>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="752">stretch, infinite horizontal</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="753">infinite horizontal stretch</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="755">stretch, infinite horizontal</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="756">infinite horizontal stretch</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -15758,7 +15848,7 @@
 <pre xml:space="preserve">\noindent Name:\hfill Quiz One
 </pre></example>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="939" mergedindex="cp">\fill</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="941" mergedindex="cp">\fill</indexterm></findex>
 <para>The <code>\hfill</code> command is equivalent to <code>\hspace{\fill}</code> and
 so the space can be discarded at line breaks.  To avoid that instead use
 <code>\hspace*{\fill}</code> (<pxref label="_005chspace"><xrefnodename>\hspace</xrefnodename></pxref>).
@@ -15785,10 +15875,10 @@
 <node name="_005chss" spaces=" "><nodename>\hss</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\spacefactor</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\hfill</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Spaces</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\hss</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="940" mergedindex="cp">\hss</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="754">horizontal space</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="755">horizontal space, stretchable</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="756">space, inserting horizontal</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="942" mergedindex="cp">\hss</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="757">horizontal space</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="758">horizontal space, stretchable</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="759">space, inserting horizontal</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -15825,14 +15915,15 @@
 <pre xml:space="preserve">\spacefactor=<var>integer</var>
 </pre></example>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="941" mergedindex="cp">\spacefactor</indexterm></findex>
-<para>Influence &latex;&textrsquo;s glue stretch and shrink behavior.  Most user-level
-documents do not use this command.
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="943" mergedindex="cp">\spacefactor</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="760">space factor</indexterm></cindex>
+<para>Influence &latex;&textrsquo;s stretching and shrinking of glue.  Few user-level
+documents need to use this.
 </para>
 <para>While &latex; is laying out the material, it may stretch or shrink the
 gaps between words.  (This space is not a character; it is called the
-<dfn>interword glue</dfn>; <pxref label="_005chspace"><xrefnodename>\hspace</xrefnodename></pxref>).  The <code>\spacefactor</code> command
-(from Plain &tex;) allows you to, for instance, have the space
+<dfn>interword glue</dfn>; <pxref label="_005chspace"><xrefnodename>\hspace</xrefnodename></pxref>).  The <code>\spacefactor</code> parameter
+(a &tex; primitive) allows you to, for instance, have the space
 after a period stretch more than the space after a word-ending letter.
 </para>
 <para>After &latex; places each character, or rule or other box, it sets a
@@ -15842,7 +15933,7 @@
 that the glue can stretch more and shrink less.  Normally, the space
 factor is 1000. This value is in effect following most characters, and
 any non-character box or math formula.  But it is 3000 after a period,
-exclamation mark, or question mark, it is 2000 after a colon, 1500 after
+exclamation mark, or question mark, 2000 after a colon, 1500 after
 a semicolon, 1250 after a comma, and 0 after a right parenthesis or
 bracket, or closing double quote or single quote.  Finally, it is 999
 after a capital letter.
@@ -15849,39 +15940,40 @@
 </para>
 <para>If the space factor <var>f</var> is 1000 then the glue gap will be the
 font&textrsquo;s normal space value (for Computer Modern Roman 10 point this is
-3.3333 points).  Otherwise, if the space factor <var>f</var> is greater
+3.3333<dmn>pt</dmn>).  Otherwise, if the space factor <var>f</var> is greater
 than 2000 then &tex; adds the font&textrsquo;s extra space value (for Computer
-Modern Roman 10 point this is 1.11111 points), and then the font&textrsquo;s
+Modern Roman 10 point this is 1.11111<dmn>pt</dmn>), and then the font&textrsquo;s
 normal stretch value is multiplied by <math>f /1000</math> and the normal
 shrink value is multiplied by <math>1000/f</math> (for Computer Modern Roman
-10 point these are 1.66666 and 1.11111 points).
+10 point these are 1.66666 and 1.11111<dmn>pt</dmn>).
 </para>
-<para>For example, consider the period ending <code>A man's best friend is his
-dog.</code>  After it, &tex; puts in a fixed extra space, and also allows the
-glue to stretch 3 times as much and shrink 1/3 as much, as the glue
-after <code>friend</code>, which does not end in a period.
+<para>For example, consider the period ending <samp>A man's best friend is
+his dog.</samp>.  After it, &tex; puts in a fixed extra space, and also
+allows the glue to stretch 3 times as much and shrink 1/3 as much, as
+the glue after <code>friend</code> or any of the other words, since they are
+not followed by punctuation.
 </para>
 <para>The rules for space factors are even more complex because they play
-additional roles.  In practice, there are two consequences.  First, if a
-period or other punctuation is followed by a right parenthesis or
-bracket, or right single or double quote then the spacing effect of that
-period carries through those characters (that is, the following glue
-will have increased stretch and shrink).  Second, if
-punctuation comes after a capital letter then its effect is not in place
-so you get an ordinary space.  This second case also affects abbreviations
-that do not end in a capital letter (<pxref label="_005c_0040"><xrefnodename>\&arobase;</xrefnodename></pxref>).
+additional roles.  In practice, there are two consequences.  First, if
+a period or other punctuation is followed by a right parenthesis or
+bracket, or right single or double quote then the spacing effect of
+that period carries through those characters (that is, the following
+glue will have increased stretch and shrink).  Second, if punctuation
+comes after a capital letter then the normal effect of the period is
+does not happen, so you get an ordinary space.  This second case also
+affects abbreviations that do not end in a capital letter
+(<pxref label="_005c_0040"><xrefnodename>\&arobase;</xrefnodename></pxref>).
 </para>
 <para>You can only use <code>\spacefactor</code> in paragraph mode or LR mode
 (<pxref label="Modes"><xrefnodename>Modes</xrefnodename></pxref>).  You can see the current value with
 <code>\the\spacefactor</code> or <code>\showthe\spacefactor</code>.
 </para>
-<para>(Comment, not really related to <code>\spacefactor</code>: if you get errors
-like <samp>You can't use `\spacefactor' in vertical mode</samp>, or <samp>You
-can't use `\spacefactor' in math mode.</samp>, or <samp>Improper \spacefactor</samp>
-then you have probably tried to redefine an internal command.
-<xref label="_005cmakeatletter-_0026-_005cmakeatother"><xrefnodename>\makeatletter & \makeatother</xrefnodename></xref>.)
+<para>Finally, not especially related to <code>\spacefactor</code> itself: if you
+get errors like <samp>You can't use `\spacefactor' in vertical mode</samp>,
+or <samp>You can't use `\spacefactor' in math mode.</samp>, or
+<samp>Improper \spacefactor</samp> then you have probably tried to redefine
+an internal command.  <xref label="_005cmakeatletter-_0026-_005cmakeatother"><xrefnodename>\makeatletter & \makeatother</xrefnodename></xref>.
 </para>
-
 <menu endspaces=" ">
 <menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator="::              ">\&arobase;</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Distinguish sentence-ending periods from abbreviations.  
 </pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator="::   ">\frenchspacing & \nonfrenchspacing</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Equal interword and inter-sentence space.
@@ -15892,11 +15984,14 @@
 <node name="_005c_0040" spaces=" "><nodename trailingspaces=" ">\&arobase;</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\frenchspacing & \nonfrenchspacing</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">\spacefactor</nodeup></node>
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\&arobase;</code>  </sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="942" mergedindex="cp">\&arobase;</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="943" mergedindex="cp">at-sign</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="757">period, sentence-ending</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="758">period, abbreviation-ending</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="759">period, spacing after</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="944" mergedindex="cp">\&arobase;</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="945" mergedindex="cp">at-sign</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="761">period, sentence-ending</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="762">period, abbreviation-ending</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="763">period, spacing after</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="764">sentence-ending punctuation</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="765">non-sentence-ending punctuation</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="766">punctuation, sentence-ending</indexterm></cindex>
 <anchor name="_005cAT">\AT</anchor><!-- c old name -->
 
 <para>Synopsis:
@@ -15905,13 +16000,11 @@
 <pre xml:space="preserve"><var>capital-letter</var>\&arobase;.    
 </pre></example>
 
-<para>Treat a period as sentence-ending, where &latex; would otherwise think
-it is part of an abbreviation.  &latex; thinks that a period ends an
-abbreviation if the period comes after a capital letter, and otherwise
-thinks the period ends the sentence.  By default, in justifying a line
-&latex; adjusts the space after a sentence-ending period (or a question
-mark, exclamation point, comma, or colon) more than it adjusts the space
-between words (<pxref label="_005cspacefactor"><xrefnodename>\spacefactor</xrefnodename></pxref>).
+<para>Treat a period (or other punctuation) as sentence-ending, where
+&latex; would otherwise think it is part of an abbreviation.
+&latex; thinks that a period ends an abbreviation if the period comes
+after a capital letter, and otherwise thinks the period ends the
+sentence.
 </para>
 <para>This example shows the two cases to remember.
 </para>
@@ -15920,12 +16013,15 @@
 </pre></example>
 
 <noindent></noindent>
-<para>The second period ends the sentence, despite that it is preceded by a
-capital.  We tell &latex; that it ends the sentence by putting
-<code>\&arobase;</code> before it.  The first period ends the abbreviation
-<samp>etc.</samp> but not the sentence.  The backslash-space, <code>\ </code>,
-produces a mid-sentence space.
+<para>The first period ends the abbreviation <samp>etc.</samp> but not the
+sentence.  The backslash-space, <code>\ </code>, produces a mid-sentence
+space.  The second period ends the sentence, despite it being preceded
+by a capital letter.  We tell &latex; that it ends the sentence by
+putting <code>\&arobase;</code> before it.
 </para>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="767">right parentheses/quotes, and spacing</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="768">parentheses and ends of sentences</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="769">quotes and ends of sentences</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>So: if you have a capital letter followed by a period that ends the
 sentence, then put <code>\&arobase;</code> before the period.  This holds even if
 there is an intervening right parenthesis or bracket, or right single or
@@ -15940,17 +16036,24 @@
 <noindent></noindent>
 <para>will have correct inter-sentence spacing after the period.
 </para>
-<para>The <code>\&arobase;</code> command is only for a text mode. If you use it outside of
-a text mode then you get <samp>You can't use `\spacefactor' in vertical
-mode</samp> (<pxref label="Modes"><xrefnodename>Modes</xrefnodename></pxref>).
+<para>The <code>\&arobase;</code> command is only for text modes. If you use it outside
+of a text mode then you get the error <samp>You can't use
+`\spacefactor' in vertical mode</samp> (<pxref label="Modes"><xrefnodename>Modes</xrefnodename></pxref>).
 </para>
-<para>Comment: the converse case is a period ending an abbreviation whose last
-letter is not a capital letter, and that abbreviation is not the last
-word in the sentence.  For that case follow the period with a
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="770">question marks, ending a sentence</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="771">exclamation points, ending a sentence</indexterm></cindex>
+<para>All the above applies equally to question marks and exclamation points
+as periods, since all are sentence-ending punctuation, and &latex;
+increases the space after each in the same way, when they end a
+sentence.  &latex; also increases spacing after colon, semicolon, and
+comma characters (<pxref label="_005cspacefactor"><xrefnodename>\spacefactor</xrefnodename></pxref>).
+</para>
+<para>In addition: the converse case is a period (or other punctuation) that
+does not end a sentence.  For that case, follow the period with a
 backslash-space, (<code>\ </code>), or a tie, (<code>~</code>), or <code>\&arobase;</code>.
 Examples are <code>Nat.\ Acad.\ Science</code>, and <code>Mr.~Bean</code>, and
 <code>(manure, etc.\&arobase;) for sale</code> (note in the last one that the
-<code>\&arobase;</code> comes before the closing parenthesis).
+<code>\&arobase;</code> comes after the period but before the closing parenthesis).
 </para>
 
 </subsection>
@@ -15959,9 +16062,9 @@
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\frenchspacing</code> & <code>\nonfrenchspacing</code></sectiontitle>
 
 <anchor name="_005cnonfrenchspacing">\nonfrenchspacing</anchor>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="944" mergedindex="cp">\frenchspacing</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="945" mergedindex="cp">\nonfrenchspacing</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="760">spacing, inter-sentence</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="946" mergedindex="cp">\frenchspacing</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="947" mergedindex="cp">\nonfrenchspacing</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="772">spacing, inter-sentence</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis, one of:
 </para>
@@ -15970,26 +16073,29 @@
 \nonfrenchspacing
 </pre></example>
 
-<para>The first declaration causes &latex; to handle spacing between
-sentences in the same way as spacing between words in the middle of a
-sentence.  The second switches back to the default handling in which
-spacing between sentences stretches or shrinks more
-(<pxref label="_005cspacefactor"><xrefnodename>\spacefactor</xrefnodename></pxref>).
+<para><code>\frenchspacing</code> causes &latex; to make spacing after all
+punctuation, including periods, be the same as the space between words
+in the middle of a sentence.  <code>\nonfrenchspacing</code> switches back
+to the default handling in which spacing after most punctuation stretches
+or shrinks differently than a word space (<pxref label="_005cspacefactor"><xrefnodename>\spacefactor</xrefnodename></pxref>).
 </para>
-<para>Some typographic traditions, including English, prefer to adjust the
-space between sentences (or spaces following a question mark,
-exclamation point, comma, or colon) more than the space between words
-that are in the middle of a sentence.  Declaring <code>\frenchspacing</code>
-(the command is from plain &tex;) switches to the tradition that all
-spaces are treated equally.
+<para>In American English, the typesetting tradition is to adjust, typically
+increasing, the space after punctuation more than the space between
+words that are in the middle of a sentence.  Declaring
+<code>\frenchspacing</code> (the command is inherited from plain &tex;)
+switches to the tradition that all spaces are treated equally.
 </para>
+<para>If your &latex; document specifies the language being used, for
+example with the <code>babel</code> package, the necessary settings
+should be taken care of for you.
+</para>
 
 </subsection>
 <node name="_005cnormalsfcodes" spaces=" "><nodename>\normalsfcodes</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\frenchspacing & \nonfrenchspacing</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">\spacefactor</nodeup></node>
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\normalsfcodes</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="946" mergedindex="cp">\normalsfcodes</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="761">spacing, inter-sentence</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="948" mergedindex="cp">\normalsfcodes</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="773">spacing, inter-sentence</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -16006,14 +16112,14 @@
 <node name="_005c_0028SPACE_0029" spaces=" "><nodename trailingspaces=" ">\(SPACE)</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">~</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\spacefactor</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Spaces</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Backslash-space, <code>\ </code></sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="762">\<key>NEWLINE</key></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="763">\<key>SPACE</key></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="764">\<key>TAB</key></indexterm></cindex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="947" mergedindex="cp">\<w> </w> <r>(backslash-space)</r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="948" mergedindex="cp">\<key>SPACE</key></indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="774">\<key>NEWLINE</key></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="775">\<key>SPACE</key></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="776">\<key>TAB</key></indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="949" mergedindex="cp">\<w> </w> <r>(backslash-space)</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="950" mergedindex="cp">\<key>SPACE</key></indexterm></findex>
 
 <para>This section refers to the command consisting of two characters, a
-backslash followed by a space.&linebreak;Synopsis:
+backslash followed by a space. Synopsis:
 </para>
 <example endspaces=" ">
 <pre xml:space="preserve">\<w> </w>
@@ -16022,8 +16128,9 @@
 <para>Produce a space. By default it produces white space of length
 3.33333<dmn>pt</dmn> plus 1.66666<dmn>pt</dmn> minus 1.11111<dmn>pt</dmn>.
 </para>
-<para>When you type one or more blanks between words, &latex; produces white
-space.  But that is different than an explicit space.  This illustrates.
+<para>When you type one or more blanks between words, &latex; produces
+whitespace that is different than an explicit space.  This
+illustrates:
 </para>
 <example endspaces=" ">
 <pre xml:space="preserve">\begin{tabular}{rl}
@@ -16059,9 +16166,9 @@
 are equivalent to backslash-space, <code>\ </code>.
 </para>
 <anchor name="Leading-blanks">Leading blanks</anchor>
-<para>Please also note that in order to allow source code indentation, under
-normal circumstances, &tex; ignores leading blanks in a line. So the
-following prints <samp>one word</samp>:
+<para>In order to allow source code indentation, under normal circumstances,
+&tex; ignores leading blanks in a line. So the following prints
+<samp>one word</samp>:
 </para>
 <example endspaces=" ">
 <pre xml:space="preserve">one
@@ -16079,14 +16186,14 @@
 
 </section>
 <node name="_007e" spaces=" "><nodename>~</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\thinspace & \negthinspace</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\(SPACE)</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Spaces</nodeup></node>
-<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>~</code></sectiontitle>
+<section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>~</code>, <code>\nobreakspace</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="949" mergedindex="cp">~</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="765">tie</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="766">space, unbreakable</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="767">hard space</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="768">unbreakable space</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="769">NBSP</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="951" mergedindex="cp">~</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="777">tie</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="778">space, unbreakable</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="779">hard space</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="780">unbreakable space</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="781">NBSP</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -16094,10 +16201,14 @@
 <pre xml:space="preserve"><var>before</var>~<var>after</var>
 </pre></example>
 
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="952" mergedindex="cp">\nobreakspace</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="782">no-break space, Unicode U+00A0</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>The <dfn>tie</dfn> character, <code>~</code>, produces a space between <var>before</var> and
 <var>after</var> at which the line will not be broken. By default the white
 space has length 3.33333<dmn>pt</dmn> plus 1.66666<dmn>pt</dmn> minus
-1.11111<dmn>pt</dmn> (<pxref label="Lengths"><xrefnodename>Lengths</xrefnodename></pxref>).
+1.11111<dmn>pt</dmn> (<pxref label="Lengths"><xrefnodename>Lengths</xrefnodename></pxref>).  The command <code>\nobreakspace</code>
+and the Unicode input character U+00A0 (also in many 8-bit encodings)
+are synonyms.
 </para>
 <!-- c This paragraph is not translated to French, as the French translation -->
 <!-- c uses a term that means ``unbreakable''. -->
@@ -16116,14 +16227,14 @@
 <para>In addition, despite the period, &latex; does not use the
 end-of-sentence spacing (<pxref label="_005c_0040"><xrefnodename>\&arobase;</xrefnodename></pxref>).
 </para>
-<para>Ties prevent the end of line separation of things where that could
-cause confusion. They also still allow hyphenation (of either of the
-tied words), so they are generally preferable to putting consecutive
-words in an <code>\mbox</code> (<pxref label="_005cmbox-_0026-_005cmakebox"><xrefnodename>\mbox & \makebox</xrefnodename></pxref>). 
+<para>Ties prevent a line break where that could cause confusion. They also
+still allow hyphenation (of either of the tied words), so they are
+generally preferable to putting consecutive words in an <code>\mbox</code>
+(<pxref label="_005cmbox-_0026-_005cmakebox"><xrefnodename>\mbox & \makebox</xrefnodename></pxref>).
 </para>
-<para>They are also matters of taste, sometimes alarmingly dogmatic taste,
-among readers. Nevertheless, here are some usage models, many of them
-from <cite>The &tex;book</cite>.
+<para>Exactly where ties should be used is something of a matter of taste,
+sometimes alarmingly dogmatic taste, among readers. Nevertheless, here
+are some usage models, many of them from <cite>The &tex;book</cite>.
 </para>
 <itemize commandarg="bullet" spaces=" " endspaces=" "><itemprepend><formattingcommand command="bullet"/></itemprepend>
 <listitem><prepend>•</prepend>
@@ -16135,8 +16246,8 @@
 <para>When cases are enumerated inline: <code>(b)~Show that $f(x)$ is
 (1)~continuous, and (2)~bounded</code>.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="770"><r>package</r>, <code>siunitx</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="771"><code>siunitx</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="783"><r>package</r>, <code>siunitx</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="784"><code>siunitx</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 </listitem><listitem><prepend>•</prepend>
 <para>Between a number and its unit: <code>$745.7.8$~watts</code> (the
@@ -16179,12 +16290,12 @@
 
 <anchor name="_005cthinspace">\thinspace</anchor>
 <anchor name="_005cnegthinspace">\negthinspace</anchor>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="950" mergedindex="cp">\thinspace</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="951" mergedindex="cp">\negthinspace</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="772">thin space</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="773">space, thin</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="774">thin space, negative</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="775">space, negative thin</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="953" mergedindex="cp">\thinspace</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="954" mergedindex="cp">\negthinspace</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="785">thin space</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="786">space, thin</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="787">thin space, negative</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="788">space, negative thin</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis, one of:
 </para>
@@ -16213,8 +16324,8 @@
 style-specific use is between initials, as in <code>D.\thinspace E.\
 Knuth</code>.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="776"><r>package</r>, <code>amsmath</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="777"><code>amsmath</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="789"><r>package</r>, <code>amsmath</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="790"><code>amsmath</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>&latex; provides a variety of similar spacing commands for math mode
 (<pxref label="Spacing-in-math-mode"><xrefnodename>Spacing in math mode</xrefnodename></pxref>).  With the <code>amsmath</code> package, or as
@@ -16226,8 +16337,8 @@
 <node name="_005c_002f" spaces=" "><nodename>\/</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\hrulefill & \dotfill</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\thinspace & \negthinspace</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Spaces</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\/</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="952" mergedindex="cp">\/</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="778">italic correction</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="955" mergedindex="cp">\/</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="791">italic correction</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -16269,8 +16380,8 @@
 upright characters have a zero italic correction. Some font creators
 do not include italic correction values even for italic fonts.
 </para>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="953" mergedindex="cp">\fontdimen1</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="779">font dimension, slant</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="956" mergedindex="cp">\fontdimen1</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="792">font dimension, slant</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>Technically, &latex; uses another font-specific value, the so-called
 <dfn>slant parameter</dfn> (namely <code>\fontdimen1</code>), to determine whether
 to possibly insert an italic correction, rather than tying the action to
@@ -16286,8 +16397,8 @@
 
 <anchor name="_005chrulefill">\hrulefill</anchor>
 <anchor name="_005cdotfill">\dotfill</anchor>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="954" mergedindex="cp">\hrulefill</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="955" mergedindex="cp">\dotfill</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="957" mergedindex="cp">\hrulefill</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="958" mergedindex="cp">\dotfill</indexterm></findex>
 
 <para>Synopsis, one of:
 </para>
@@ -16359,9 +16470,9 @@
 <anchor name="_005cbigskip">\bigskip</anchor>
 <anchor name="_005cmedskip">\medskip</anchor>
 <anchor name="_005csmallskip">\smallskip</anchor>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="956" mergedindex="cp">\bigskip</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="957" mergedindex="cp">\medskip</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="958" mergedindex="cp">\smallskip</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="959" mergedindex="cp">\bigskip</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="960" mergedindex="cp">\medskip</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="961" mergedindex="cp">\smallskip</indexterm></findex>
 
 <para>Synopsis, one of:
 </para>
@@ -16391,22 +16502,22 @@
 </para>
 <ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
 <beforefirstitem><anchor name="bigskip">bigskip</anchor>
-</beforefirstitem><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="959" mergedindex="cp">\bigskip</indexterm>\bigskip</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="960" mergedindex="cp">\bigskipamount</indexterm></findex>
+</beforefirstitem><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="962" mergedindex="cp">\bigskip</indexterm>\bigskip</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="963" mergedindex="cp">\bigskipamount</indexterm></findex>
 <para>The same as <code>\vspace{\bigskipamount}</code>, ordinarily about one line
 space, with stretch and shrink.  The default for the <code>book</code> and
 <code>article</code> classes is <code>12pt plus 4pt minus 4pt</code>.
 </para>
 <anchor name="medskip">medskip</anchor>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="961" mergedindex="cp">\medskip</indexterm>\medskip</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="962" mergedindex="cp">\medskipamount</indexterm></findex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="964" mergedindex="cp">\medskip</indexterm>\medskip</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="965" mergedindex="cp">\medskipamount</indexterm></findex>
 <para>The same as <code>\vspace{\medskipamount}</code>, ordinarily about half of a
 line space, with stretch and shrink.  The default for the <code>book</code>
 and <code>article</code> classes is <code>6pt plus 2pt minus 2pt</code>.
 </para>
 <anchor name="smallskip">smallskip</anchor>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="963" mergedindex="cp">\smallskip</indexterm>\smallskip</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="964" mergedindex="cp">\smallskipamount</indexterm></findex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="966" mergedindex="cp">\smallskip</indexterm>\smallskip</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="967" mergedindex="cp">\smallskipamount</indexterm></findex>
 <para>The same as <code>\vspace{\smallskipamount}</code>, ordinarily about a
 quarter of a line space, with stretch and shrink.  The default for the
 <code>book</code> and <code>article</code> classes is <code>3pt plus 1pt minus 1pt</code>.
@@ -16430,9 +16541,9 @@
 <anchor name="_005cbigbreak">\bigbreak</anchor>
 <anchor name="_005cmedbreak">\medbreak</anchor>
 <anchor name="_005csmallbreak">\smallbreak</anchor>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="965" mergedindex="cp">\bigbreak</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="966" mergedindex="cp">\medbreak</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="967" mergedindex="cp">\smallbreak</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="968" mergedindex="cp">\bigbreak</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="969" mergedindex="cp">\medbreak</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="970" mergedindex="cp">\smallbreak</indexterm></findex>
 
 <para>Synopsis, one of:
 </para>
@@ -16469,8 +16580,8 @@
 <node name="_005cstrut" spaces=" "><nodename>\strut</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\vspace</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\bigbreak & \medbreak & \smallbreak</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Spaces</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\strut</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="968" mergedindex="cp">\strut</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="780">strut</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="971" mergedindex="cp">\strut</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="793">strut</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -16535,10 +16646,10 @@
 descend below the baseline.  The fourth list adds the strut that gives
 the needed extra below-baseline space.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="781"><r>package</r>, <code>TikZ</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="782"><code>TikZ</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
- <cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="783"><r>package</r>, <code>Asymptote</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="784"><code>Asymptote</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="794"><r>package</r>, <code>TikZ</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="795"><code>TikZ</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+ <cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="796"><r>package</r>, <code>Asymptote</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="797"><code>Asymptote</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>The <code>\strut</code> command is often useful in graphics, such as in
 <code>TikZ</code> or <code>Asymptote</code>.  For instance, you may have a command
@@ -16574,9 +16685,9 @@
 <node name="_005cvspace" spaces=" "><nodename>\vspace</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\vfill</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\strut</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Spaces</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\vspace</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="969" mergedindex="cp">\vspace</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="785">vertical space</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="786">space, vertical</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="972" mergedindex="cp">\vspace</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="798">vertical space</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="799">space, vertical</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis, one of:
 </para>
@@ -16641,10 +16752,10 @@
 <node name="_005cvfill" spaces=" "><nodename>\vfill</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\addvspace</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\vspace</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Spaces</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\vfill</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="970" mergedindex="cp">\vfill</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="973" mergedindex="cp">\vfill</indexterm></findex>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="787">stretch, infinite vertical</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="788">infinite vertical stretch</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="800">stretch, infinite vertical</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="801">infinite vertical stretch</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -16682,9 +16793,9 @@
 <node name="_005caddvspace" spaces=" "><nodename>\addvspace</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\vfill</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Spaces</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\addvspace</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="971" mergedindex="cp">\addvspace</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="789">vertical space</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="790">space, inserting vertical</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="974" mergedindex="cp">\addvspace</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="802">vertical space</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="803">space, inserting vertical</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -16744,14 +16855,14 @@
 <node name="Boxes" spaces=" "><nodename>Boxes</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Color</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Spaces</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node>
 <chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Boxes</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="791">boxes</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="804">boxes</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <!-- c xx Expand on boxes and glue, for xref from elsewhere. -->
 <para>At its core, &latex; puts things in boxes and then puts the boxes on a
 page.  So these commands are central.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="792"><r>package</r>, <code>adjustbox</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="793"><code>adjustbox</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="805"><r>package</r>, <code>adjustbox</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="806"><code>adjustbox</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>There are many packages on CTAN that are useful for manipulating boxes.
 One useful adjunct to the commands here is <code>adjustbox</code>.
@@ -16772,11 +16883,11 @@
 
 <anchor name="_005cmbox">\mbox</anchor>
 <anchor name="_005cmakebox">\makebox</anchor>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="972" mergedindex="cp">\mbox</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="973" mergedindex="cp">\makebox</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="794">box</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="795">make a box</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="796">hyphenation, preventing</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="975" mergedindex="cp">\mbox</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="976" mergedindex="cp">\makebox</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="807">box</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="808">make a box</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="809">hyphenation, preventing</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis, one of:
 </para>
@@ -16808,7 +16919,7 @@
 <para>In the third version the optional argument <var>width</var> specifies the
 width of the box.  Note that the space occupied by the text need not
 equal the width of the box.  For one thing, <var>text</var> can be too small;
-this creates a full-line box
+this creates a full-line box:
 </para>
 <example endspaces=" ">
 <pre xml:space="preserve">\makebox[\linewidth]{Chapter Exam}
@@ -16870,11 +16981,11 @@
 </pre></example>
 
 <noindent></noindent>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="797"><r>package</r>, <code>TikZ</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="798"><code>TikZ</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="810"><r>package</r>, <code>TikZ</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="811"><code>TikZ</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="799"><r>package</r>, <code>Asymptote</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="800"><code>Asymptote</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="812"><r>package</r>, <code>Asymptote</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="813"><code>Asymptote</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>The right edge of the output <samp>10 points </samp> (note the ending space
 after <samp>points</samp>) will be just before the <samp>What</samp>.  You can use
@@ -16903,8 +17014,8 @@
 
 <anchor name="_005cfbox">\fbox</anchor>
 <anchor name="_005cframebox">\framebox</anchor>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="974" mergedindex="cp">\fbox</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="975" mergedindex="cp">\framebox</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="977" mergedindex="cp">\fbox</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="978" mergedindex="cp">\framebox</indexterm></findex>
 
 <para>Synopses, one of:
 </para>
@@ -16948,18 +17059,18 @@
 </para>
 <ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
 <beforefirstitem><anchor name="fbox-framebox-fboxrule">fbox framebox fboxrule</anchor>
-</beforefirstitem><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="976" mergedindex="cp">\fboxrule</indexterm>\fboxrule</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="977" mergedindex="cp">frame, line width</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="978" mergedindex="cp">frame rule width</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="801">\fboxrule</indexterm></cindex>
+</beforefirstitem><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="979" mergedindex="cp">\fboxrule</indexterm>\fboxrule</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="980" mergedindex="cp">frame, line width</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="981" mergedindex="cp">frame rule width</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="814">\fboxrule</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>The thickness of the rules around the enclosed box.  The default is
 0.2<dmn>pt</dmn>.  Change it with a command such as
 <code>\setlength{\fboxrule}{0.8pt}</code> (<pxref label="_005csetlength"><xrefnodename>\setlength</xrefnodename></pxref>).
 </para>
 <anchor name="fbox-framebox-fboxsep">fbox framebox fboxsep</anchor>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="979" mergedindex="cp">\fboxsep</indexterm>\fboxsep</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="980" mergedindex="cp">frame, separation from contents</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="802">\fboxsep</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="982" mergedindex="cp">\fboxsep</indexterm>\fboxsep</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="983" mergedindex="cp">frame, separation from contents</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="815">\fboxsep</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>The distance from the frame to the enclosed box. The default is 3<dmn>pt</dmn>.
 Change it with a command such as <code>\setlength{\fboxsep}{0pt}</code>
 (<pxref label="_005csetlength"><xrefnodename>\setlength</xrefnodename></pxref>).  Setting it to 0<dmn>pt</dmn> is useful sometimes:
@@ -16999,9 +17110,9 @@
 <node name="_005cparbox" spaces=" "><nodename>\parbox</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\raisebox</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\fbox & \framebox</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Boxes</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\parbox</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="981" mergedindex="cp">\parbox</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="803">paragraph mode</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="804">paragraph, in a box</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="984" mergedindex="cp">\parbox</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="816">paragraph mode</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="817">paragraph, in a box</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopses, one of:
 </para>
@@ -17063,7 +17174,7 @@
 <node name="_005craisebox" spaces=" "><nodename>\raisebox</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\sbox & \savebox</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\parbox</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Boxes</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\raisebox</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="982" mergedindex="cp">\raisebox</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="985" mergedindex="cp">\raisebox</indexterm></findex>
 
 <para>Synopsis, one of:
 </para>
@@ -17130,9 +17241,9 @@
 
 <anchor name="_005csbox">\sbox</anchor>
 <anchor name="_005csavebox">\savebox</anchor>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="983" mergedindex="cp">\sbox</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="984" mergedindex="cp">\savebox</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="805">box, save</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="986" mergedindex="cp">\sbox</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="987" mergedindex="cp">\savebox</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="818">box, save</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis, one of:
 </para>
@@ -17230,7 +17341,7 @@
 <node name="lrbox" spaces=" "><nodename>lrbox</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\usebox</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\sbox & \savebox</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Boxes</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>lrbox</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="985" mergedindex="cp">lrbox</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="988" mergedindex="cp">lrbox</indexterm></findex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -17268,8 +17379,8 @@
 <node name="_005cusebox" spaces=" "><nodename>\usebox</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">lrbox</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Boxes</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\usebox</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="986" mergedindex="cp">\usebox</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="806">box, use saved box</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="989" mergedindex="cp">\usebox</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="819">box, use saved box</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -17289,7 +17400,7 @@
 <node name="Color" spaces=" "><nodename>Color</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Graphics</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Boxes</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node>
 <chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Color</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="807">color</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="820">color</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>You can add color to text, rules, etc.  You can also have color in a box
 or on an entire page and write text on top of it.
@@ -17313,8 +17424,8 @@
 <node name="Color-package-options" spaces=" "><nodename>Color package options</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Color models</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Color</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>color</code> package options</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="808">color package options</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="809">options, color package</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="821">color package options</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="822">options, color package</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis (must be in the document preamble):
 </para>
@@ -17364,7 +17475,7 @@
 <node name="Color-models" spaces=" "><nodename>Color models</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Commands for color</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Color package options</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Color</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Color models</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="810">color models</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="823">color models</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>A <dfn>color model</dfn> is a way of representing colors.  &latex;&textrsquo;s
 capabilities depend on the printer driver.  However, the <file>pdftex</file>,
@@ -17425,7 +17536,7 @@
 <node name="Commands-for-color" spaces=" "><nodename>Commands for color</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">Color models</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Color</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Commands for color</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="811">color package commands</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="824">color package commands</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>These are the commands available with the <file>color</file> package.
 </para>
@@ -17440,9 +17551,9 @@
 <node name="Define-colors" spaces=" "><nodename>Define colors</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Colored text</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Commands for color</nodeup></node>
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Define colors</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="812">color</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="813">define color</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="814">color, define</indexterm></cindex> 
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="825">color</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="826">define color</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="827">color, define</indexterm></cindex> 
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -17476,8 +17587,8 @@
 <node name="Colored-text" spaces=" "><nodename>Colored text</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Colored boxes</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Define colors</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Commands for color</nodeup></node>
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Colored text</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="815">color</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="816">colored text</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="828">color</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="829">colored text</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopses:
 </para>
@@ -17578,9 +17689,9 @@
 <node name="Colored-boxes" spaces=" "><nodename>Colored boxes</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Colored pages</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Colored text</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Commands for color</nodeup></node>
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Colored boxes</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="817">color</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="818">colored boxes</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="819">box, colored</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="830">color</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="831">colored boxes</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="832">box, colored</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopses:
 </para>
@@ -17634,10 +17745,10 @@
 <node name="Colored-pages" spaces=" "><nodename>Colored pages</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">Colored boxes</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Commands for color</nodeup></node>
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Colored pages</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="820">color</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="821">colored page</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="822">page, colored</indexterm></cindex> 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="823">background, colored</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="833">color</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="834">colored page</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="835">page, colored</indexterm></cindex> 
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="836">background, colored</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopses:
 </para>
@@ -17668,8 +17779,8 @@
 <node name="Graphics" spaces=" "><nodename>Graphics</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Special insertions</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Color</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node>
 <chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Graphics</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="824">graphics</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="825">graphics package</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="837">graphics</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="838">graphics package</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>You can use graphics such as PNG or PDF files in your &latex; document.
 You need an additional package, which comes standard with &latex;.
@@ -17718,8 +17829,8 @@
 <node name="Graphics-package-options" spaces=" "><nodename>Graphics package options</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Graphics package configuration</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Graphics</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>graphics</code> package options</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="826">graphics package options</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="827">options, graphics package</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="839">graphics package options</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="840">options, graphics package</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis (must be in the document preamble):
 </para>
@@ -17799,9 +17910,9 @@
 <node name="Graphics-package-configuration" spaces=" "><nodename>Graphics package configuration</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Commands for graphics</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Graphics package options</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Graphics</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces="  "><sectiontitle><code>graphics</code> package configuration</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="828">graphics</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="829">graphics package</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="830">configuration, graphics package</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="841">graphics</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="842">graphics package</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="843">configuration, graphics package</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>These commands configure the way &latex; searches the file system for
 the graphic.
@@ -17822,7 +17933,7 @@
 <node name="_005cgraphicspath" spaces=" "><nodename>\graphicspath</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\DeclareGraphicsExtensions</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Graphics package configuration</nodeup></node>
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\graphicspath</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="987" mergedindex="cp">\graphicspath</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="990" mergedindex="cp">\graphicspath</indexterm></findex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -17900,7 +18011,7 @@
 <node name="_005cDeclareGraphicsExtensions" spaces=" "><nodename>\DeclareGraphicsExtensions</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\DeclareGraphicsRule</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\graphicspath</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Graphics package configuration</nodeup></node>
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\DeclareGraphicsExtensions</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="988" mergedindex="cp">\DeclareGraphicsExtensions</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="991" mergedindex="cp">\DeclareGraphicsExtensions</indexterm></findex>
 
 <para>Synopses:
 </para>
@@ -17943,8 +18054,8 @@
 <pre xml:space="preserve">.pdf,.png,.jpg,.mps,.jpeg,.jbig2,.jb2,.PDF,.PNG,.JPG,.JPEG,.JBIG2,.JB2
 </pre></example>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="831"><r>package</r>, <code>grfext</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="832"><code>grfext</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="844"><r>package</r>, <code>grfext</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="845"><code>grfext</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>To change the order, use the <code>grfext</code> package.
 </para>
@@ -17957,7 +18068,7 @@
 <node name="_005cDeclareGraphicsRule" spaces=" "><nodename>\DeclareGraphicsRule</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\DeclareGraphicsExtensions</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Graphics package configuration</nodeup></node>
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\DeclareGraphicsRule</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="989" mergedindex="cp">\DeclareGraphicsRule</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="992" mergedindex="cp">\DeclareGraphicsRule</indexterm></findex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -18042,8 +18153,8 @@
 <node name="Commands-for-graphics" spaces=" "><nodename>Commands for graphics</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">Graphics package configuration</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Graphics</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Commands for graphics</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="833">graphics package commands</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="834">commands, graphics package</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="846">graphics package commands</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="847">commands, graphics package</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>These are the commands available with the <code>graphics</code> and
 <code>graphicx</code> packages.
@@ -18059,16 +18170,16 @@
 <node name="_005cincludegraphics" spaces=" "><nodename>\includegraphics</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\rotatebox</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Commands for graphics</nodeup></node>
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\includegraphics</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="835">graphics</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="836">graphics package</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="837">including graphics</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="838">importing graphics</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="839">EPS files</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="840">JPEG files</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="841">JPG files</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="842">PDF graphic files</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="843">PNG files</indexterm></cindex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="990" mergedindex="cp">\includegraphics</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="848">graphics</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="849">graphics package</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="850">including graphics</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="851">importing graphics</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="852">EPS files</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="853">JPEG files</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="854">JPG files</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="855">PDF graphic files</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="856">PNG files</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="993" mergedindex="cp">\includegraphics</indexterm></findex>
 
 <para>Synopses for <code>graphics</code> package:
 </para>
@@ -18203,8 +18314,8 @@
 </para>
 <para>There are many options.  The primary ones are listed first.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="844">bounding box</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="845">box, bounding</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="857">bounding box</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="858">box, bounding</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>Note that a graphic is placed by &latex; into a box, which is
 traditionally referred to as its <dfn>bounding box</dfn> (distinct from the
 PostScript BoundingBox described below).  The graphic&textrsquo;s printed area may
@@ -18460,10 +18571,10 @@
 <node name="_005crotatebox" spaces=" "><nodename>\rotatebox</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\scalebox</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\includegraphics</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Commands for graphics</nodeup></node>
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\rotatebox</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="846">rotation</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="847">rotating graphics</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="848">rotating text</indexterm></cindex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="991" mergedindex="cp">\rotatebox</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="859">rotation</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="860">rotating graphics</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="861">rotating text</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="994" mergedindex="cp">\rotatebox</indexterm></findex>
 
 <para>Synopsis if you use the <code>graphics</code> package:
 </para>
@@ -18551,14 +18662,14 @@
 <node name="_005cscalebox" spaces=" "><nodename>\scalebox</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\resizebox</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\rotatebox</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Commands for graphics</nodeup></node>
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\scalebox</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="849">graphics, scaling</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="850">graphics, resizing</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="851">scaling</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="852">resizing</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="853">text, scaling</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="854">text, resizing</indexterm></cindex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="992" mergedindex="cp">\scalebox</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="993" mergedindex="cp">\reflectbox</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="862">graphics, scaling</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="863">graphics, resizing</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="864">scaling</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="865">resizing</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="866">text, scaling</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="867">text, resizing</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="995" mergedindex="cp">\scalebox</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="996" mergedindex="cp">\reflectbox</indexterm></findex>
 
 <para>Synopses:
 </para>
@@ -18601,13 +18712,13 @@
 <node name="_005cresizebox" spaces=" "><nodename>\resizebox</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\scalebox</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Commands for graphics</nodeup></node>
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\resizebox</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="855">graphics, scaling</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="856">graphics, resizing</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="857">scaling</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="858">resizing</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="859">text, scaling</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="860">text, resizing</indexterm></cindex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="994" mergedindex="cp">\resizebox</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="868">graphics, scaling</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="869">graphics, resizing</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="870">scaling</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="871">resizing</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="872">text, scaling</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="873">text, resizing</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="997" mergedindex="cp">\resizebox</indexterm></findex>
 
 <para>Synopses:
 </para>
@@ -18646,8 +18757,8 @@
 <node name="Special-insertions" spaces=" "><nodename>Special insertions</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Splitting the input</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Graphics</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node>
 <chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Special insertions</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="861">special insertions</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="862">insertions of special characters</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="874">special insertions</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="875">insertions of special characters</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>&latex; provides commands for inserting characters that have a
 special meaning do not correspond to simple characters you can type.
@@ -18668,10 +18779,10 @@
 <node name="Reserved-characters" spaces=" "><nodename>Reserved characters</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Upper and lower case</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Special insertions</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Reserved characters</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="863">reserved characters</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="864">characters, reserved</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="865">special characters</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="866">characters, special</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="876">reserved characters</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="877">characters, reserved</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="878">special characters</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="879">characters, special</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>&latex; sets aside the following characters for special purposes. For
 example, the percent sign <code>%</code> is for comments.  They are
 called <dfn>reserved characters</dfn> or <dfn>special characters</dfn>. They are
@@ -18681,21 +18792,21 @@
 <pre xml:space="preserve"># $ % & { } _ ~ ^ \ 
 </pre></example>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="995" mergedindex="cp">\#</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="996" mergedindex="cp">\$</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="997" mergedindex="cp">\%</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="998" mergedindex="cp">\&</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="999" mergedindex="cp">\_</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1000" mergedindex="cp">\{</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1001" mergedindex="cp">\}</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="998" mergedindex="cp">\#</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="999" mergedindex="cp">\$</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1000" mergedindex="cp">\%</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1001" mergedindex="cp">\&</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1002" mergedindex="cp">\_</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1003" mergedindex="cp">\{</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1004" mergedindex="cp">\}</indexterm></findex>
 <para>If you want a reserved character to be printed as itself, in the text
 body font, for all but the final three characters in that list simply
 put a backslash <code>\</code> in front of the character.  Thus,
 typing <code>\$1.23</code> will produce <code>$1.23</code> in your output.
 </para>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1002" mergedindex="cp">\~</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1003" mergedindex="cp">\^</indexterm></findex> 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1004" mergedindex="cp">\textbackslash</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1005" mergedindex="cp">\~</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1006" mergedindex="cp">\^</indexterm></findex> 
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1007" mergedindex="cp">\textbackslash</indexterm></findex>
 <para>As to the last three characters, to get a tilde in the text body font
 use <code>\~{}</code> (omitting the curly braces would result in the next
 character receiving a tilde accent).  Similarly, to get a text body
@@ -18718,10 +18829,10 @@
 <node name="Upper-and-lower-case" spaces=" "><nodename>Upper and lower case</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Symbols by font position</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Reserved characters</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Special insertions</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Upper and lower case</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="867">uppercase</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="868">lowercase</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="869">characters, case of</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="870">changing case of characters</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="880">uppercase</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="881">lowercase</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="882">characters, case of</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="883">changing case of characters</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -18764,23 +18875,23 @@
 <w>                           </w>\expandafter{\schoolname}}
 </pre></example>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="871"><r>package</r>, <code>textcase</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="872"><code>textcase</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="884"><r>package</r>, <code>textcase</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="885"><code>textcase</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>The <code>textcase</code> package brings some of the missing feature of the
 standard &latex; commands <code>\MakeUppercase</code> and
 <code>\MakeLowerCase</code>.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="873"><r>package</r>, <code>mfirstuc</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="874"><code>mfirstuc</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="886"><r>package</r>, <code>mfirstuc</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="887"><code>mfirstuc</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>To uppercase only the first letter of words, you can use the package
 <code>mfirstuc</code>.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="875"><r>package</r>, <code>expl3</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="876"><code>expl3</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="888"><r>package</r>, <code>expl3</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="889"><code>expl3</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="877">Wright, Joseph</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="890">Wright, Joseph</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>Handling all the casing rules specified by Unicode, e.g., for
 non-Latin scripts, is a much bigger job than anything envisioned in
 the original &tex; and &latex;.  It has been implemented in the
@@ -18795,9 +18906,9 @@
 <node name="Symbols-by-font-position" spaces=" "><nodename>Symbols by font position</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Text symbols</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Upper and lower case</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Special insertions</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Symbols by font position</sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1005" mergedindex="cp">\symbol</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="878">accessing any character of a font</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="879">font symbols, by number</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1008" mergedindex="cp">\symbol</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="891">accessing any character of a font</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="892">font symbols, by number</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>You can access any character of the current font using its number with
 the <code>\symbol</code> command. For example, the visible space character
@@ -18815,13 +18926,13 @@
 <node name="Text-symbols" spaces=" "><nodename>Text symbols</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Accents</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Symbols by font position</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Special insertions</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Text symbols</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="880">text symbols</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="881">symbols, text</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="893">text symbols</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="894">symbols, text</indexterm></cindex>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="882"><r>package</r>, <code>textcomp</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="883"><code>textcomp</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="895"><r>package</r>, <code>textcomp</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="896"><code>textcomp</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="884">TS1 encoding</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="897">TS1 encoding</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>&latex; provides commands to generate a number of non-letter symbols
 in running text.  Some of these, especially the more obscure ones, are
 not available in OT1.  As of the &latex; February 2020 release, all
@@ -18830,109 +18941,115 @@
 <code>TS1</code> font encoding).
 </para>
 <ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
-<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1006" mergedindex="cp">\copyright</indexterm>\copyright</itemformat></item>
-<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1007" mergedindex="cp">\textcopyright</indexterm>\textcopyright</itemformat></itemx>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="885">copyright symbol</indexterm></cindex>
+<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1009" mergedindex="cp">\copyright</indexterm>\copyright</itemformat></item>
+<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1010" mergedindex="cp">\textcopyright</indexterm>\textcopyright</itemformat></itemx>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="898">copyright symbol</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>©right; The copyright symbol.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1008" mergedindex="cp">\dag</indexterm>\dag</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="886">dagger, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1011" mergedindex="cp">\dag</indexterm>\dag</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="899">dagger, in text</indexterm></cindex>
 <para><U>2020</U> The dagger symbol (in text).
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1009" mergedindex="cp">\ddag</indexterm>\ddag</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="887">double dagger, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1012" mergedindex="cp">\ddag</indexterm>\ddag</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="900">double dagger, in text</indexterm></cindex>
 <para><U>2021</U> The double dagger symbol (in text).
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1010" mergedindex="cp">\LaTeX</indexterm>\LaTeX</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="888">&latex; logo</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="889">logo, &latex;</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1013" mergedindex="cp">\LaTeX</indexterm>\LaTeX</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="901">&latex; logo</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="902">logo, &latex;</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>The &latex; logo.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1011" mergedindex="cp">\LaTeXe</indexterm>\LaTeXe</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="890">&latex;2e logo</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="891">logo, &latex;2e</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1014" mergedindex="cp">\LaTeXe</indexterm>\LaTeXe</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="903">&latex;2e logo</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="904">logo, &latex;2e</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>The &latex;2e logo.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1012" mergedindex="cp">\guillemotleft <r>(&guillemotleft;)</r></indexterm>\guillemotleft <r>(&guillemotleft;)</r></itemformat></item>
-<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1013" mergedindex="cp">\guillemotright <r>(&guillemotright;)</r></indexterm>\guillemotright <r>(&guillemotright;)</r></itemformat></itemx>
-<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1014" mergedindex="cp">\guilsinglleft <r>(‹)</r></indexterm>\guilsinglleft <r>(‹)</r></itemformat></itemx>
-<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1015" mergedindex="cp">\guilsinglright <r>(›)</r></indexterm>\guilsinglright <r>(›)</r></itemformat></itemx>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="892">double guillemets</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="893">single guillemets</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="894">left angle quotation marks</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="895">right angle quotation marks</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="896">double angle quotation marks</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="897">single angle quotation marks</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="898">French quotation marks</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="899">quotation marks, French</indexterm></cindex>
-<para>&guillemotleft;, &guillemotright;, ‹, ›
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1015" mergedindex="cp">\guillemetleft <r>(«)</r></indexterm>\guillemetleft <r>(«)</r></itemformat></item>
+<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1016" mergedindex="cp">\guillemetright <r>(»)</r></indexterm>\guillemetright <r>(»)</r></itemformat></itemx>
+<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1017" mergedindex="cp">\guillemotleft <r>(&guillemotleft;)</r></indexterm>\guillemotleft <r>(&guillemotleft;)</r></itemformat></itemx>
+<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1018" mergedindex="cp">\guillemotright <r>(&guillemotright;)</r></indexterm>\guillemotright <r>(&guillemotright;)</r></itemformat></itemx>
+<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1019" mergedindex="cp">\guilsinglleft <r>(‹)</r></indexterm>\guilsinglleft <r>(‹)</r></itemformat></itemx>
+<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1020" mergedindex="cp">\guilsinglright <r>(›)</r></indexterm>\guilsinglright <r>(›)</r></itemformat></itemx>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="905">double guillemets</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="906">single guillemets</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="907">left angle quotation marks</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="908">right angle quotation marks</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="909">double angle quotation marks</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="910">single angle quotation marks</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="911">French quotation marks</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="912">quotation marks, French</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="913">guillemots, birds</indexterm></cindex>
+<para>«, », ‹, ›
 Double and single angle quotation marks, commonly used in French.
+The commands <code>&arobase;guillemotleft</code> and <code>&arobase;guillemotright</code> are
+synonyms for <code>&arobase;guillemet...</code>; these are misspellings inherited
+from Adobe. (Guillemots are seabirds; guillemets are French quotes.)
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1016" mergedindex="cp">\ldots</indexterm>\ldots</itemformat></item>
-<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1017" mergedindex="cp">\textellipsis</indexterm>\textellipsis</itemformat></itemx>
-<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1018" mergedindex="cp">\dots</indexterm>\dots</itemformat></itemx>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="900">ellipsis</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1021" mergedindex="cp">\ldots</indexterm>\ldots</itemformat></item>
+<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1022" mergedindex="cp">\textellipsis</indexterm>\textellipsis</itemformat></itemx>
+<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1023" mergedindex="cp">\dots</indexterm>\dots</itemformat></itemx>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="914">ellipsis</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>&dots; An ellipsis (three dots at the baseline): <code>\ldots</code> and
 <code>\dots</code> also work in math mode (<pxref label="Dots"><xrefnodename>Dots</xrefnodename></pxref>).  See that math
 mode ellipsis description for additional general information.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1019" mergedindex="cp">\lq</indexterm>\lq</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="901">left quote</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="902">opening quote</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1024" mergedindex="cp">\lq</indexterm>\lq</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="915">left quote</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="916">opening quote</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>&textlsquo; Left (opening) quote.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1020" mergedindex="cp">\P</indexterm>\P</itemformat></item>
-<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1021" mergedindex="cp">\textparagraph</indexterm>\textparagraph</itemformat></itemx>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="903">paragraph symbol</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="904">pilcrow</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1025" mergedindex="cp">\P</indexterm>\P</itemformat></item>
+<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1026" mergedindex="cp">\textparagraph</indexterm>\textparagraph</itemformat></itemx>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="917">paragraph symbol</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="918">pilcrow</indexterm></cindex>
 <para><U>00B6</U> Paragraph sign (pilcrow).
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1022" mergedindex="cp">\pounds</indexterm>\pounds</itemformat></item>
-<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1023" mergedindex="cp">\textsterling</indexterm>\textsterling</itemformat></itemx>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="905">pounds symbol</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="906">sterling symbol</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1027" mergedindex="cp">\pounds</indexterm>\pounds</itemformat></item>
+<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1028" mergedindex="cp">\textsterling</indexterm>\textsterling</itemformat></itemx>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="919">pounds symbol</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="920">sterling symbol</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>£ English pounds sterling.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1024" mergedindex="cp">\quotedblbase <r>(„)</r></indexterm>\quotedblbase <r>(„)</r></itemformat></item>
-<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1025" mergedindex="cp">\quotesinglbase <r>(‚)</r></indexterm>\quotesinglbase <r>(‚)</r></itemformat></itemx>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="907">double low-9 quotation mark</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="908">single low-9 quotation mark</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="909">low-9 quotation marks, single and double</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1029" mergedindex="cp">\quotedblbase <r>(„)</r></indexterm>\quotedblbase <r>(„)</r></itemformat></item>
+<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1030" mergedindex="cp">\quotesinglbase <r>(‚)</r></indexterm>\quotesinglbase <r>(‚)</r></itemformat></itemx>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="921">double low-9 quotation mark</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="922">single low-9 quotation mark</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="923">low-9 quotation marks, single and double</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>„ and ‚
 Double and single quotation marks on the baseline.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1026" mergedindex="cp">\rq</indexterm>\rq</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="910">right quote</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="911">closing quote</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1031" mergedindex="cp">\rq</indexterm>\rq</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="924">right quote</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="925">closing quote</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>&textrsquo; Right (closing) quote.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1027" mergedindex="cp">\S</indexterm>\S</itemformat></item>
-<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1028" mergedindex="cp">\textsection</indexterm>\textsection</itemformat></itemx>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="912">section symbol</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1032" mergedindex="cp">\S</indexterm>\S</itemformat></item>
+<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1033" mergedindex="cp">\textsection</indexterm>\textsection</itemformat></itemx>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="926">section symbol</indexterm></cindex>
 <para><U>00A7</U> Section sign.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1029" mergedindex="cp">\TeX</indexterm>\TeX</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="913">&tex; logo</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="914">logo, &tex;</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1034" mergedindex="cp">\TeX</indexterm>\TeX</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="927">&tex; logo</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="928">logo, &tex;</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>The &tex; logo.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1030" mergedindex="cp">\textasciicircum</indexterm>\textasciicircum</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="915">circumflex, ASCII, in text</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="916">ASCII circumflex, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1035" mergedindex="cp">\textasciicircum</indexterm>\textasciicircum</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="929">circumflex, ASCII, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="930">ASCII circumflex, in text</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>^ ASCII circumflex.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1031" mergedindex="cp">\textasciitilde</indexterm>\textasciitilde</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="917">tilde, ASCII, in text</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="918">ASCII tilde, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1036" mergedindex="cp">\textasciitilde</indexterm>\textasciitilde</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="931">tilde, ASCII, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="932">ASCII tilde, in text</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>~ ASCII tilde.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1032" mergedindex="cp">\textasteriskcentered</indexterm>\textasteriskcentered</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="919">asterisk, centered, in text</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="920">centered asterisk, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1037" mergedindex="cp">\textasteriskcentered</indexterm>\textasteriskcentered</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="933">asterisk, centered, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="934">centered asterisk, in text</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>* Centered asterisk.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1033" mergedindex="cp">\textbackslash</indexterm>\textbackslash</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="921">backslash, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1038" mergedindex="cp">\textbackslash</indexterm>\textbackslash</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="935">backslash, in text</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>\ Backslash. However, <code>\texttt{\textbackslash}</code> produces a roman
 (not typewriter) backslash by default; for a typewriter backslash, it
 is necessary to use the T1 (or other non-default) font encoding, as
@@ -18943,48 +19060,48 @@
 </pre></example>
 <!-- c https://github.com/latex3/latex2e/issues/824 -->
 
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1034" mergedindex="cp">\textbar</indexterm>\textbar</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="922">vertical bar, in text</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="923">bar, vertical, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1039" mergedindex="cp">\textbar</indexterm>\textbar</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="936">vertical bar, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="937">bar, vertical, in text</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>| Vertical bar.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1035" mergedindex="cp">\textbardbl</indexterm>\textbardbl</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="924">vertical bar, double, in text</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="925">bar, double vertical, in text</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="926">double vertical bar, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1040" mergedindex="cp">\textbardbl</indexterm>\textbardbl</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="938">vertical bar, double, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="939">bar, double vertical, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="940">double vertical bar, in text</indexterm></cindex>
 <para><U>23F8</U> Double vertical bar.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1036" mergedindex="cp">\textbigcircle</indexterm>\textbigcircle</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="927">big circle symbols, in text</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="928">circle symbol, big, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1041" mergedindex="cp">\textbigcircle</indexterm>\textbigcircle</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="941">big circle symbols, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="942">circle symbol, big, in text</indexterm></cindex>
 <para><U>25EF</U>, Big circle symbol.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1037" mergedindex="cp">\textbraceleft</indexterm>\textbraceleft</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="929">left brace, in text</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="930">brace, left, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1042" mergedindex="cp">\textbraceleft</indexterm>\textbraceleft</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="943">left brace, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="944">brace, left, in text</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>{ Left brace.  See remarks at <code>\textbackslash</code> above about
 making <code>\texttt{\textbraceleft}</code> produce a typewriter brace.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1038" mergedindex="cp">\textbraceright</indexterm>\textbraceright</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="931">right brace, in text</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="932">brace, right, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1043" mergedindex="cp">\textbraceright</indexterm>\textbraceright</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="945">right brace, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="946">brace, right, in text</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>} Right brace.  See remarks at <code>\textbackslash</code> above about
 making <code>\texttt{\textbraceright}</code> produce a typewriter brace.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1039" mergedindex="cp">\textbullet</indexterm>\textbullet</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="933">bullet, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1044" mergedindex="cp">\textbullet</indexterm>\textbullet</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="947">bullet, in text</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>• Bullet.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1040" mergedindex="cp">\textcircled{<var>letter</var>}</indexterm>\textcircled{<var>letter</var>}</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="934">circled letter, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1045" mergedindex="cp">\textcircled{<var>letter</var>}</indexterm>\textcircled{<var>letter</var>}</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="948">circled letter, in text</indexterm></cindex>
 <para><U>24B6</U>, Circle around <var>letter</var>.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1041" mergedindex="cp">\textcompwordmark</indexterm>\textcompwordmark</itemformat></item>
-<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1042" mergedindex="cp">\textcapitalcompwordmark</indexterm>\textcapitalcompwordmark</itemformat></itemx>
-<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1043" mergedindex="cp">\textascendercompwordmark</indexterm>\textascendercompwordmark</itemformat></itemx>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="935">composite word mark, in text</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="936">cap height</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="937">ascender height</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1046" mergedindex="cp">\textcompwordmark</indexterm>\textcompwordmark</itemformat></item>
+<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1047" mergedindex="cp">\textcapitalcompwordmark</indexterm>\textcapitalcompwordmark</itemformat></itemx>
+<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1048" mergedindex="cp">\textascendercompwordmark</indexterm>\textascendercompwordmark</itemformat></itemx>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="949">composite word mark, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="950">cap height</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="951">ascender height</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>Used to separate letters that would normally ligature. For example,
 <code>f\textcompwordmark i</code> produces <samp>fi</samp> without a ligature. This
 is most useful in non-English languages.  The
@@ -18991,22 +19108,22 @@
 <code>\textcapitalcompwordmark</code> form has the cap height of the font
 while the <code>\textascendercompwordmark</code> form has the ascender height.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1044" mergedindex="cp">\textdagger</indexterm>\textdagger</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="938">dagger, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1049" mergedindex="cp">\textdagger</indexterm>\textdagger</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="952">dagger, in text</indexterm></cindex>
 <para><U>2020</U> Dagger.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1045" mergedindex="cp">\textdaggerdbl</indexterm>\textdaggerdbl</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="939">dagger, double, in text</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="940">double dagger, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1050" mergedindex="cp">\textdaggerdbl</indexterm>\textdaggerdbl</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="953">dagger, double, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="954">double dagger, in text</indexterm></cindex>
 <para><U>2021</U> Double dagger.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1046" mergedindex="cp">\textdollar <r>(or <code>\$</code>)</r></indexterm>\textdollar <r>(or <code>\$</code>)</r></itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="941">dollar sign</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="942">currency, dollar</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1051" mergedindex="cp">\textdollar <r>(or <code>\$</code>)</r></indexterm>\textdollar <r>(or <code>\$</code>)</r></itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="955">dollar sign</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="956">currency, dollar</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>$ Dollar sign.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1047" mergedindex="cp">\textemdash <r>(or <code>---</code>)</r></indexterm>\textemdash <r>(or <code>---</code>)</r></itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="943">em-dash</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1052" mergedindex="cp">\textemdash <r>(or <code>---</code>)</r></indexterm>\textemdash <r>(or <code>---</code>)</r></itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="957">em-dash</indexterm></cindex>
 <raggedright endspaces=" ">
 <para>&textmdash; Em-dash.  Used for punctuation, usually similar to commas or
 parentheses, as in &textlsquo;<code>The playoffs---if you're lucky
@@ -19014,30 +19131,30 @@
 for spacing around em-dashes vary widely.
 </para></raggedright>
 
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1048" mergedindex="cp">\textendash <r>(or <code>--</code>)</r></indexterm>\textendash <r>(or <code>--</code>)</r></itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="944">e-dash</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1053" mergedindex="cp">\textendash <r>(or <code>--</code>)</r></indexterm>\textendash <r>(or <code>--</code>)</r></itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="958">e-dash</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>&textndash; En-dash. Used for ranges, as in &textlsquo;<code>see pages 12--14</code>&textrsquo;.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1049" mergedindex="cp">\texteuro</indexterm>\texteuro</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="945">euro symbol</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="946">currency, euro</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="947"><r>package</r>, <code>eurosym</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="948"><code>eurosym</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1054" mergedindex="cp">\texteuro</indexterm>\texteuro</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="959">euro symbol</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="960">currency, euro</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="961"><r>package</r>, <code>eurosym</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="962"><code>eurosym</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>The Euro currency symbol: €.
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="949"><r>package</r>, <code>eurosym</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="950"><code>eurosym</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="963"><r>package</r>, <code>eurosym</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="964"><code>eurosym</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 </para>
 <para>For an alternative glyph design, try the
 <code>eurosym</code> package; also, most fonts nowadays come with their own
 Euro symbol (Unicode U+20AC).
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1050" mergedindex="cp">\textexclamdown <r>(or <code>!`</code>)</r></indexterm>\textexclamdown <r>(or <code>!`</code>)</r></itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="951">exclamation point, upside-down</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1055" mergedindex="cp">\textexclamdown <r>(or <code>!`</code>)</r></indexterm>\textexclamdown <r>(or <code>!`</code>)</r></itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="965">exclamation point, upside-down</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>¡ Upside down exclamation point.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1051" mergedindex="cp">\textfiguredash</indexterm>\textfiguredash</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="952">figure dash character</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1056" mergedindex="cp">\textfiguredash</indexterm>\textfiguredash</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="966">figure dash character</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>Dash used between numerals, Unicode U+2012. Defined in the June 2021
 release of &latex;. When used in pdf&tex;, approximated by an
 en-dash; with a Unicode engine, either typesets the glyph if available
@@ -19044,115 +19161,115 @@
 in the current font, or writes the usual &textldquo;Missing character&textrdquo; warning
 to the log file.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1052" mergedindex="cp">\textgreater</indexterm>\textgreater</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="953">greater than symbol, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1057" mergedindex="cp">\textgreater</indexterm>\textgreater</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="967">greater than symbol, in text</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>> Greater than symbol.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1053" mergedindex="cp">\texthorizontalbar</indexterm>\texthorizontalbar</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="954">horizontal bar character</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1058" mergedindex="cp">\texthorizontalbar</indexterm>\texthorizontalbar</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="968">horizontal bar character</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>Horizontal bar character, Unicode U+2015. Defined in the June 2021
 release of &latex;. Behavior as with <code>\textfiguredash</code> above;
 the pdf&tex; approximation is an em-dash.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1054" mergedindex="cp">\textless</indexterm>\textless</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="955">less than symbol, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1059" mergedindex="cp">\textless</indexterm>\textless</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="969">less than symbol, in text</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>< Less than symbol.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1055" mergedindex="cp">\textleftarrow</indexterm>\textleftarrow</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="956">arrow, left, in text</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="957">left arrow, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1060" mergedindex="cp">\textleftarrow</indexterm>\textleftarrow</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="970">arrow, left, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="971">left arrow, in text</indexterm></cindex>
 <para><U>2190</U>, Left arrow.   
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1056" mergedindex="cp">\textnonbreakinghyphen</indexterm>\textnonbreakinghyphen</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="958">non-breaking hyphen character</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="959">hyphen character, non-breaking</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1061" mergedindex="cp">\textnonbreakinghyphen</indexterm>\textnonbreakinghyphen</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="972">non-breaking hyphen character</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="973">hyphen character, non-breaking</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>Non-breaking hyphen character, Unicode U+2011. Defined in the June
 2021 release of &latex;. Behavior as with <code>\textfiguredash</code>
 above; the pdf&tex; approximation is a regular ASCII hyphen (with
 breaks disallowed after).
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1057" mergedindex="cp">\textordfeminine</indexterm>\textordfeminine</itemformat></item>
-<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1058" mergedindex="cp">\textordmasculine</indexterm>\textordmasculine</itemformat></itemx>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="960">feminine ordinal symbol</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="961">masculine ordinal symbol</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="962">ordinals, feminine and masculine</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="963">Spanish ordinals, feminine and masculine</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1062" mergedindex="cp">\textordfeminine</indexterm>\textordfeminine</itemformat></item>
+<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1063" mergedindex="cp">\textordmasculine</indexterm>\textordmasculine</itemformat></itemx>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="974">feminine ordinal symbol</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="975">masculine ordinal symbol</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="976">ordinals, feminine and masculine</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="977">Spanish ordinals, feminine and masculine</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>ª, º Feminine and masculine ordinal symbols.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1059" mergedindex="cp">\textperiodcentered</indexterm>\textperiodcentered</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="964">period, centered, in text</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="965">centered period, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1064" mergedindex="cp">\textperiodcentered</indexterm>\textperiodcentered</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="978">period, centered, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="979">centered period, in text</indexterm></cindex>
 <para><U>00B7</U> Centered period.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1060" mergedindex="cp">\textquestiondown <r>(or <code>?`</code>)</r></indexterm>\textquestiondown <r>(or <code>?`</code>)</r></itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="966">question mark, upside-down</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1065" mergedindex="cp">\textquestiondown <r>(or <code>?`</code>)</r></indexterm>\textquestiondown <r>(or <code>?`</code>)</r></itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="980">question mark, upside-down</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>¿ Upside down question mark.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1061" mergedindex="cp">\textquotedblleft <r>(or <code>``</code>)</r></indexterm>\textquotedblleft <r>(or <code>``</code>)</r></itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="967">left quote, double</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="968">double left quote</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1066" mergedindex="cp">\textquotedblleft <r>(or <code>``</code>)</r></indexterm>\textquotedblleft <r>(or <code>``</code>)</r></itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="981">left quote, double</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="982">double left quote</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>&textldquo; Double left quote.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1062" mergedindex="cp">\textquotedblright <r>(or <code>''</code>)</r></indexterm>\textquotedblright <r>(or <code>''</code>)</r></itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="969">right quote, double</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="970">double right quote</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1067" mergedindex="cp">\textquotedblright <r>(or <code>''</code>)</r></indexterm>\textquotedblright <r>(or <code>''</code>)</r></itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="983">right quote, double</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="984">double right quote</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>&textrdquo; Double right quote.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1063" mergedindex="cp">\textquoteleft <r>(or <code>`</code>)</r></indexterm>\textquoteleft <r>(or <code>`</code>)</r></itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="971">left quote, single</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="972">single left quote</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1068" mergedindex="cp">\textquoteleft <r>(or <code>`</code>)</r></indexterm>\textquoteleft <r>(or <code>`</code>)</r></itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="985">left quote, single</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="986">single left quote</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>&textlsquo; Single left quote.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1064" mergedindex="cp">\textquoteright <r>(or <code>'</code>)</r></indexterm>\textquoteright <r>(or <code>'</code>)</r></itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="973">right quote, single</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="974">single right quote</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1069" mergedindex="cp">\textquoteright <r>(or <code>'</code>)</r></indexterm>\textquoteright <r>(or <code>'</code>)</r></itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="987">right quote, single</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="988">single right quote</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>&textrsquo; Single right quote.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1065" mergedindex="cp">\textquotesingle</indexterm>\textquotesingle</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="975">quote, single straight</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="976">straight single quote</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="977">single quote, straight</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1070" mergedindex="cp">\textquotesingle</indexterm>\textquotesingle</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="989">quote, single straight</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="990">straight single quote</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="991">single quote, straight</indexterm></cindex>
 <para><U>0027</U>, Straight single quote.  (From TS1 encoding.)  
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1066" mergedindex="cp">\textquotestraightbase</indexterm>\textquotestraightbase</itemformat></item>
-<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1067" mergedindex="cp">\textquotestraightdblbase</indexterm>\textquotestraightdblbase</itemformat></itemx>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="978">quote, straight base</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="979">straight quote, base</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="980">double quote, straight base</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="981">straight double quote, base</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1071" mergedindex="cp">\textquotestraightbase</indexterm>\textquotestraightbase</itemformat></item>
+<itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1072" mergedindex="cp">\textquotestraightdblbase</indexterm>\textquotestraightdblbase</itemformat></itemx>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="992">quote, straight base</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="993">straight quote, base</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="994">double quote, straight base</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="995">straight double quote, base</indexterm></cindex>
 <!-- c Unicode doesn't have these https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Quotation_mark -->
 <para>Single and double straight quotes on the baseline.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1068" mergedindex="cp">\textregistered</indexterm>\textregistered</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="982">registered symbol</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1073" mergedindex="cp">\textregistered</indexterm>\textregistered</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="996">registered symbol</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>®istered; Registered symbol.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1069" mergedindex="cp">\textrightarrow</indexterm>\textrightarrow</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="983">arrow, right, in text</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="984">right arrow, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1074" mergedindex="cp">\textrightarrow</indexterm>\textrightarrow</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="997">arrow, right, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="998">right arrow, in text</indexterm></cindex>
 <para><U>2192</U>, Right arrow.  
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1070" mergedindex="cp">\textthreequartersemdash</indexterm>\textthreequartersemdash</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="985">three-quarters em-dash</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="986">em-dash, three-quarters</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1075" mergedindex="cp">\textthreequartersemdash</indexterm>\textthreequartersemdash</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="999">three-quarters em-dash</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1000">em-dash, three-quarters</indexterm></cindex>
 <para><U>FE58</U>, &textldquo;Three-quarters&textrdquo; em-dash, between en-dash and em-dash.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1071" mergedindex="cp">\texttrademark</indexterm>\texttrademark</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="987">trademark symbol</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1076" mergedindex="cp">\texttrademark</indexterm>\texttrademark</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1001">trademark symbol</indexterm></cindex>
 <para><U>2122</U> Trademark symbol.
 </para>
 <!-- c ?? Diff from \textthreequartersemdash?  In Unicode? -->
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1072" mergedindex="cp">\texttwelveudash</indexterm>\texttwelveudash</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="988">two-thirds em-dash</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="989">em-dash, two-thirds</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1077" mergedindex="cp">\texttwelveudash</indexterm>\texttwelveudash</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1002">two-thirds em-dash</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1003">em-dash, two-thirds</indexterm></cindex>
 <para><U>FE58</U>, &textldquo;Two-thirds&textrdquo; em-dash, between en-dash and em-dash.   
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1073" mergedindex="cp">\textunderscore</indexterm>\textunderscore</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="990">underscore, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1078" mergedindex="cp">\textunderscore</indexterm>\textunderscore</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1004">underscore, in text</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>_ Underscore.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1074" mergedindex="cp">\textvisiblespace</indexterm>\textvisiblespace</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="991">visible space symbol, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1079" mergedindex="cp">\textvisiblespace</indexterm>\textvisiblespace</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1005">visible space symbol, in text</indexterm></cindex>
 <para><U>2423</U>, Visible space symbol.  
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry></ftable>
@@ -19162,17 +19279,17 @@
 <node name="Accents" spaces=" "><nodename>Accents</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Additional Latin letters</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Text symbols</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Special insertions</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Accents</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="992">accents</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="993">characters, accented</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="994">letters, accented</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1006">accents</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1007">characters, accented</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1008">letters, accented</indexterm></cindex>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="995"><r>package</r>, <code>babel</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="996"><code>babel</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1009"><r>package</r>, <code>babel</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1010"><code>babel</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="997"><r>package</r>, <code>polyglossia</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="998"><code>polyglossia</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1011"><r>package</r>, <code>polyglossia</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1012"><code>polyglossia</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="999">multilingual support</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1013">multilingual support</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>&latex; has wide support for many of the world&textrsquo;s scripts and
 languages, provided through the core <code>babel</code> package, which
 supports pdf&latex;, Xe&latex; and Lua&latex;. The
@@ -19187,12 +19304,12 @@
 <para>Below, to make them easier to find, the accents are all illustrated with
 lowercase <samp>o</samp>.
 </para>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1075" mergedindex="cp">\i <r>(dotless i)</r></indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1000">dotless i</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1080" mergedindex="cp">\i <r>(dotless i)</r></indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1014">dotless i</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>Note that <code>\i</code> produces a dotless i,
 <!-- c @dotless{i}, -->
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1076" mergedindex="cp">\j <r>(dotless j)</r></indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1001">dotless j</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1081" mergedindex="cp">\j <r>(dotless j)</r></indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1015">dotless j</indexterm></cindex>
 and <code>\j</code> produces a dotless j.
 <!-- c @dotless{j}. -->
 These are often used in place of their dotted counterparts when they are
@@ -19201,63 +19318,63 @@
 <table commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
 <tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\"</itemformat></item>
 <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\capitaldieresis</itemformat></itemx>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1077" mergedindex="cp">\" <r>(umlaut accent)</r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1078" mergedindex="cp">\capitaldieresis</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1002">umlaut accent</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1003">dieresis accent</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1082" mergedindex="cp">\" <r>(umlaut accent)</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1083" mergedindex="cp">\capitaldieresis</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1016">umlaut accent</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1017">dieresis accent</indexterm></cindex>
 <para><accent type="uml">o</accent> Umlaut (dieresis).
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\'</itemformat></item>
 <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\capitalacute</itemformat></itemx>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1079" mergedindex="cp">\' <r>(acute accent)</r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1080" mergedindex="cp">\capitalacute</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1004">acute accent</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1084" mergedindex="cp">\' <r>(acute accent)</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1085" mergedindex="cp">\capitalacute</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1018">acute accent</indexterm></cindex>
 <para><accent type="acute">o</accent> Acute accent.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\.</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1081" mergedindex="cp">\. <r>(dot-over accent)</r></indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1005">dot accent</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1006">dot-over accent</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1086" mergedindex="cp">\. <r>(dot-over accent)</r></indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1019">dot accent</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1020">dot-over accent</indexterm></cindex>
 <para><accent type="dotaccent">o</accent>  Dot accent.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\=</itemformat></item>
 <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\capitalmacron</itemformat></itemx>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1082" mergedindex="cp">\= <r>(macron accent)</r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1083" mergedindex="cp">\capitalmacron</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1007">macron accent</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1008">overbar accent</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1009">bar-over accent</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1087" mergedindex="cp">\= <r>(macron accent)</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1088" mergedindex="cp">\capitalmacron</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1021">macron accent</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1022">overbar accent</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1023">bar-over accent</indexterm></cindex>
 <para><accent type="macr">o</accent> Macron (overbar) accent.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\^</itemformat></item>
 <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\capitalcircumflex</itemformat></itemx>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1084" mergedindex="cp">\^ <r>(circumflex accent)</r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1085" mergedindex="cp">\capitalcircumflex</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1010">circumflex accent</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1011">hat accent</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1089" mergedindex="cp">\^ <r>(circumflex accent)</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1090" mergedindex="cp">\capitalcircumflex</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1024">circumflex accent</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1025">hat accent</indexterm></cindex>
 <para><accent type="circ">o</accent> Circumflex (hat) accent.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\`</itemformat></item>
 <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\capitalgrave</itemformat></itemx>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1086" mergedindex="cp">\` <r>(grave accent)</r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1087" mergedindex="cp">\capitalgrave</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1012">grave accent</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1091" mergedindex="cp">\` <r>(grave accent)</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1092" mergedindex="cp">\capitalgrave</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1026">grave accent</indexterm></cindex>
 <para><accent type="grave">o</accent> Grave accent.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\~</itemformat></item>
 <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\capitaltilde</itemformat></itemx>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1088" mergedindex="cp">\~ <r>(tilde accent)</r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1089" mergedindex="cp">\capitaltilde</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1013">tilde accent</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1093" mergedindex="cp">\~ <r>(tilde accent)</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1094" mergedindex="cp">\capitaltilde</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1027">tilde accent</indexterm></cindex>
 <para><accent type="tilde">n</accent> Tilde accent.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\b</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1090" mergedindex="cp">\b <r>(bar-under accent)</r></indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1014">bar-under accent</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1095" mergedindex="cp">\b <r>(bar-under accent)</r></indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1028">bar-under accent</indexterm></cindex>
 <para><accent type="ubaraccent">o</accent> Bar accent underneath.
 </para>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1091" mergedindex="cp">\underbar</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1015">underbar</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1096" mergedindex="cp">\underbar</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1029">underbar</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>Related to this, <code>\underbar{<var>text</var>}</code> produces a bar under
 <var>text</var>.  The argument is always processed in LR mode
 (<pxref label="Modes"><xrefnodename>Modes</xrefnodename></pxref>).  The bar is always a fixed position under the baseline,
@@ -19266,37 +19383,37 @@
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\c</itemformat></item>
 <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\capitalcedilla</itemformat></itemx>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1092" mergedindex="cp">\c <r>(cedilla accent)</r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1093" mergedindex="cp">\capitalcedilla</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1016">cedilla accent</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1097" mergedindex="cp">\c <r>(cedilla accent)</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1098" mergedindex="cp">\capitalcedilla</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1030">cedilla accent</indexterm></cindex>
 <para><accent type="cedil">c</accent> Cedilla accent underneath.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\d</itemformat></item>
 <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\capitaldotaccent</itemformat></itemx>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1094" mergedindex="cp">\d <r>(dot-under accent)</r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1095" mergedindex="cp">\capitaldotaccent</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1017">dot-under accent</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1099" mergedindex="cp">\d <r>(dot-under accent)</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1100" mergedindex="cp">\capitaldotaccent</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1031">dot-under accent</indexterm></cindex>
 <para><accent type="udotaccent">o</accent> Dot accent underneath.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\H</itemformat></item>
 <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\capitalhungarumlaut</itemformat></itemx>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1096" mergedindex="cp">\H <r>(Hungarian umlaut accent)</r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1097" mergedindex="cp">\capitalhungarumlaut</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1018">hungarian umlaut accent</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1101" mergedindex="cp">\H <r>(Hungarian umlaut accent)</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1102" mergedindex="cp">\capitalhungarumlaut</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1032">hungarian umlaut accent</indexterm></cindex>
 <para><accent type="doubleacute">o</accent> Long Hungarian umlaut accent.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\k</itemformat></item>
 <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\capitalogonek</itemformat></itemx>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1098" mergedindex="cp">\k <r>(ogonek)</r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1099" mergedindex="cp">\capitalogonek</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1019">ogonek</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1103" mergedindex="cp">\k <r>(ogonek)</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1104" mergedindex="cp">\capitalogonek</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1033">ogonek</indexterm></cindex>
 <para><accent type="ogon">o</accent> Ogonek.  Not available in the OT1 encoding.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\r</itemformat></item>
 <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\capitalring</itemformat></itemx>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1100" mergedindex="cp">\r <r>(ring accent)</r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1101" mergedindex="cp">\capitalring</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1020">ring accent</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1105" mergedindex="cp">\r <r>(ring accent)</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1106" mergedindex="cp">\capitalring</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1034">ring accent</indexterm></cindex>
 <para><accent type="ring">o</accent> Ring accent.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\t</itemformat></item>
@@ -19303,11 +19420,11 @@
 <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\capitaltie</itemformat></itemx>
 <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\newtie</itemformat></itemx>
 <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\capitalnewtie</itemformat></itemx>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1102" mergedindex="cp">\t <r>(tie-after accent)</r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1103" mergedindex="cp">\capitaltie</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1104" mergedindex="cp">\newtie</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1105" mergedindex="cp">\capitalnewtie</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1021">tie-after accent</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1107" mergedindex="cp">\t <r>(tie-after accent)</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1108" mergedindex="cp">\capitaltie</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1109" mergedindex="cp">\newtie</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1110" mergedindex="cp">\capitalnewtie</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1035">tie-after accent</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>Tie-after accent (used for transliterating from Cyrillic, such as in the
 ALA-LC romanization).  It expects that the argument has two characters.
 The <code>\newtie</code> form is centered in its box.
@@ -19314,18 +19431,18 @@
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\u</itemformat></item>
 <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\capitalbreve</itemformat></itemx>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1106" mergedindex="cp">\u <r>(breve accent)</r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1107" mergedindex="cp">\capitalbreve</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1022">breve accent</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1111" mergedindex="cp">\u <r>(breve accent)</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1112" mergedindex="cp">\capitalbreve</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1036">breve accent</indexterm></cindex>
 <para><accent type="breve">o</accent> Breve accent.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\v</itemformat></item>
 <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\capitalcaron</itemformat></itemx>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1108" mergedindex="cp">\v <r>(breve accent)</r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1109" mergedindex="cp">\capitalcaron</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1023">hacek accent</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1024">check accent</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1025">caron accent</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1113" mergedindex="cp">\v <r>(breve accent)</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1114" mergedindex="cp">\capitalcaron</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1037">hacek accent</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1038">check accent</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1039">caron accent</indexterm></cindex>
 <para><accent type="caron">o</accent>  H<accent type="acute" bracketed="off">a</accent><accent type="caron">c</accent>ek (check, caron) accent.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry></table>
@@ -19337,7 +19454,7 @@
 
 <node name="_005caccent" spaces=" "><nodename>\accent</nodename><nodeup automatic="on">Accents</nodeup></node>
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\accent</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1110" mergedindex="cp">\accent</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1115" mergedindex="cp">\accent</indexterm></findex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -19393,12 +19510,12 @@
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Additional Latin letters</sectiontitle>
 
 <anchor name="Non_002dEnglish-characters">Non-English characters</anchor>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1026">Latin letters, additional</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1027">letters, additional Latin</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1028">extended Latin</indexterm></cindex> 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1029">special characters</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1030">non-English characters</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1031">characters, non-English</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1040">Latin letters, additional</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1041">letters, additional Latin</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1042">extended Latin</indexterm></cindex> 
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1043">special characters</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1044">non-English characters</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1045">characters, non-English</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Here are the basic &latex; commands for inserting letters beyond
 A&textndash;Z that extend the Latin alphabet, used primarily in languages other
@@ -19407,24 +19524,24 @@
 <table commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
 <tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\aa</itemformat></item>
 <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\AA</itemformat></itemx>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1111" mergedindex="cp">\aa <r>(å)</r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1112" mergedindex="cp">\AA <r>(Å)</r></indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1032">aring</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1116" mergedindex="cp">\aa <r>(å)</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1117" mergedindex="cp">\AA <r>(Å)</r></indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1046">aring</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>å and Å.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\ae</itemformat></item>
 <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\AE</itemformat></itemx>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1113" mergedindex="cp">\ae <r>(æ)</r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1114" mergedindex="cp">\AE <r>(Æ)</r></indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1033">ae ligature</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1118" mergedindex="cp">\ae <r>(æ)</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1119" mergedindex="cp">\AE <r>(Æ)</r></indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1047">ae ligature</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>æ and Æ.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\dh</itemformat></item>
 <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\DH</itemformat></itemx>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1115" mergedindex="cp">\dh <r>(ð)</r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1116" mergedindex="cp">\DH <r>(Ð)</r></indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1034">Icelandic eth</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1035">eth, Icelandic letter</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1120" mergedindex="cp">\dh <r>(ð)</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1121" mergedindex="cp">\DH <r>(Ð)</r></indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1048">Icelandic eth</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1049">eth, Icelandic letter</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>Icelandic letter eth: ð and Ð. Not available with <sc>OT1</sc>
 encoding, you need the <file>fontenc</file> package to select an alternate
 font encoding, such as <sc>T1</sc>.
@@ -19431,8 +19548,8 @@
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\dj</itemformat></item>
 <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\DJ</itemformat></itemx>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1117" mergedindex="cp">\dj</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1118" mergedindex="cp">\DJ</indexterm></findex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1122" mergedindex="cp">\dj</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1123" mergedindex="cp">\DJ</indexterm></findex>
 <para>Crossed d and D, a.k.a.&noeos; capital and small letter d with stroke.  Not
 available with <sc>OT1</sc> encoding, you need the <file>fontenc</file> package to
 select an alternate font encoding, such as <sc>T1</sc>.
@@ -19439,52 +19556,52 @@
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\ij</itemformat></item>
 <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\IJ</itemformat></itemx>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1119" mergedindex="cp">\ij <r>(ij)</r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1120" mergedindex="cp">\IJ <r>(IJ)</r></indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1036">ij letter, Dutch</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1124" mergedindex="cp">\ij <r>(ij)</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1125" mergedindex="cp">\IJ <r>(IJ)</r></indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1050">ij letter, Dutch</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>ij and IJ (except somewhat closer together than appears here).
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\l</itemformat></item>
 <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\L</itemformat></itemx>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1121" mergedindex="cp">\l <r>(&lslash;)</r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1122" mergedindex="cp">\L <r>(&Lslash;)</r></indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1037">polish l</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1126" mergedindex="cp">\l <r>(&lslash;)</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1127" mergedindex="cp">\L <r>(&Lslash;)</r></indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1051">polish l</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>&lslash; and &Lslash;.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\ng</itemformat></item>
 <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\NG</itemformat></itemx>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1123" mergedindex="cp">\ng</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1124" mergedindex="cp">\NG</indexterm></findex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1128" mergedindex="cp">\ng</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1129" mergedindex="cp">\NG</indexterm></findex>
 <para>Lappish letter eng, also used in phonetics.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\o</itemformat></item>
 <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\O</itemformat></itemx>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1125" mergedindex="cp">\o <r>(ø)</r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1126" mergedindex="cp">\O <r>(Ø)</r></indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1038">oslash</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1130" mergedindex="cp">\o <r>(ø)</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1131" mergedindex="cp">\O <r>(Ø)</r></indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1052">oslash</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>ø and Ø.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\oe</itemformat></item>
 <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\OE</itemformat></itemx>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1127" mergedindex="cp">\oe <r>(œ)</r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1128" mergedindex="cp">\OE <r>(Œ)</r></indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1039">oe ligature</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1132" mergedindex="cp">\oe <r>(œ)</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1133" mergedindex="cp">\OE <r>(Œ)</r></indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1053">oe ligature</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>œ and Œ.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\ss</itemformat></item>
 <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\SS</itemformat></itemx>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1129" mergedindex="cp">\ss <r>(ß)</r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1130" mergedindex="cp">\SS <r>(SS)</r></indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1040">es-zet German letter</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1041">sharp S letters</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1134" mergedindex="cp">\ss <r>(ß)</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1135" mergedindex="cp">\SS <r>(SS)</r></indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1054">es-zet German letter</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1055">sharp S letters</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>ß and SS.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\th</itemformat></item>
 <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\TH</itemformat></itemx>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1131" mergedindex="cp">\th <r>(þ)</r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1132" mergedindex="cp">\TH <r>(Þ)</r></indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1042">Icelandic thorn</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1043">thorn, Icelandic letter</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1136" mergedindex="cp">\th <r>(þ)</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1137" mergedindex="cp">\TH <r>(Þ)</r></indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1056">Icelandic thorn</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1057">thorn, Icelandic letter</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>Icelandic letter thorn: þ and Þ. Not available with <sc>OT1</sc>
 encoding, you need the <file>fontenc</file> package to select an alternate
 font encoding, such as <sc>T1</sc>.
@@ -19496,7 +19613,7 @@
 <node name="inputenc-package" spaces=" "><nodename>inputenc package</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\rule</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Additional Latin letters</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Special insertions</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>inputenc</code> package</sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1133" mergedindex="cp">inputenc</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1138" mergedindex="cp">inputenc</indexterm></findex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -19509,9 +19626,9 @@
 specifying the encoding name is optional, but in practice it is not
 useful to omit it.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1044">encoding, of input files</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1045">character encoding</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1046">Unicode</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1058">encoding, of input files</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1059">character encoding</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1060">Unicode</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>In a computer file, the characters are stored according to a scheme
 called the <dfn>encoding</dfn>.  There are many different encodings.  The
 simplest is ASCII, which supports 95 printable characters, not enough
@@ -19550,7 +19667,7 @@
 replace the non-UTF-8 character with its UTF-8 equivalent, or use a
 &latex; equivalent command or character.
 </para>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1134" mergedindex="cp">\inputencoding</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1139" mergedindex="cp">\inputencoding</indexterm></findex>
 <anchor name="_005cinputencoding">\inputencoding</anchor>
 <para>In some documents, such as a collection of journal articles from a
 variety of authors, changing the encoding in mid-document may be
@@ -19565,7 +19682,7 @@
 <node name="_005crule" spaces=" "><nodename>\rule</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\today</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">inputenc package</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Special insertions</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\rule</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1135" mergedindex="cp">\rule</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1140" mergedindex="cp">\rule</indexterm></findex>
 
 <para>Synopsis, one of:
 </para>
@@ -19576,8 +19693,8 @@
 
 <para>Produce a <dfn>rule</dfn>, a filled-in rectangle.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1047">Halmos symbol</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1048">tombstone</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1061">Halmos symbol</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1062">tombstone</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>This example produces a rectangular blob, sometimes called a Halmos symbol,
 or just &textldquo;qed&textrdquo;, often used to mark the end of a proof:
 </para>
@@ -19585,8 +19702,8 @@
 <pre xml:space="preserve">\newcommand{\qedsymbol}{\rule{0.4em}{2ex}}
 </pre></example>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1049"><r>package</r>, <code>amsthm</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1050"><code>amsthm</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1063"><r>package</r>, <code>amsthm</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1064"><code>amsthm</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <noindent></noindent>
 <para>The <code>amsthm</code> package includes this command, with a somewhat
@@ -19617,9 +19734,9 @@
 <node name="_005ctoday" spaces=" "><nodename>\today</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\rule</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Special insertions</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\today</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1136" mergedindex="cp">\today</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1051">date, today&textrsquo;s</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1052">today&textrsquo;s date</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1141" mergedindex="cp">\today</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1065">date, today&textrsquo;s</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1066">today&textrsquo;s date</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -19631,11 +19748,11 @@
 <var>yyyy</var></samp>.  An example of a date in that format is <samp>July 4,
 1976</samp>.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1053"><r>package</r>, <code>babel</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1054"><code>babel</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1067"><r>package</r>, <code>babel</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1068"><code>babel</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1055"><r>package</r>, <code>polyglossia</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1056"><code>polyglossia</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1069"><r>package</r>, <code>polyglossia</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1070"><code>polyglossia</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Multilingual packages such as <code>babel</code> or <code>polyglossia</code>, or
 classes such as <file>lettre</file>, will localize <code>\today</code>. For example,
@@ -19654,8 +19771,8 @@
 <para><code>\today</code> uses the counters <code>\day</code>, <code>\month</code>, and
 <code>\year</code> (<pxref label="_005cday-_0026-_005cmonth-_0026-_005cyear"><xrefnodename>\day & \month & \year</xrefnodename></pxref>).
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1057"><r>package</r>, <code>datetime</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1058"><code>datetime</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1071"><r>package</r>, <code>datetime</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1072"><code>datetime</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>A number of package on CTAN work with dates.  One is <code>datetime</code> package
 which can produce a wide variety of date formats, including ISO standards.
@@ -19669,8 +19786,8 @@
 <node name="Splitting-the-input" spaces=" "><nodename>Splitting the input</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Front/back matter</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Special insertions</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node>
 <chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Splitting the input</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1059">splitting the input file</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1060">input file</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1073">splitting the input file</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1074">input file</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>&latex; lets you split a large document into several smaller ones.
 This can simplify editing or allow multiple authors to work on the
@@ -19677,8 +19794,8 @@
 document.  It can also speed processing.
 </para>
 <para>Regardless of how many separate files you use, there is always one
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1061">root file</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1062">file, root</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1075">root file</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1076">file, root</indexterm></cindex>
 <dfn>root file</dfn>, on which &latex; compilation starts.  This shows such
 a file with five included files.
 </para>
@@ -19729,7 +19846,7 @@
 <node name="_005cendinput" spaces=" "><nodename>\endinput</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\include & \includeonly</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Splitting the input</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\endinput</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1137" mergedindex="cp">\endinput</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1142" mergedindex="cp">\endinput</indexterm></findex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -19773,8 +19890,8 @@
 
 <anchor name="_005cinclude">\include</anchor>
 <anchor name="_005cincludeonly">\includeonly</anchor>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1138" mergedindex="cp">\include</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1139" mergedindex="cp">\includeonly</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1143" mergedindex="cp">\include</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1144" mergedindex="cp">\includeonly</indexterm></findex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -19873,7 +19990,7 @@
 dashes or underscores.  Nevertheless, for the name <samp>amo amas amat</samp>,
 this works under &tex; Live on GNU/Linux:
 </para>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1140" mergedindex="cp">\space</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1145" mergedindex="cp">\space</indexterm></findex>
 <example endspaces=" ">
 <pre xml:space="preserve">\documentclass{book}
 \includeonly{
@@ -19896,7 +20013,7 @@
 \end{document}
 </pre></example>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1063">nested <code>\include</code>, not allowed</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1077">nested <code>\include</code>, not allowed</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>You cannot use <code>\include</code> inside a file that is being included or
 you get <samp>LaTeX Error: \include cannot be nested.</samp>  The
 <code>\include</code> command cannot appear in the document preamble; you will
@@ -19918,7 +20035,7 @@
 <node name="_005cinput" spaces=" "><nodename>\input</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\include & \includeonly</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Splitting the input</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\input</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1141" mergedindex="cp">\input</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1146" mergedindex="cp">\input</indexterm></findex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -19953,7 +20070,7 @@
 dashes or underscores.  Nevertheless, for the name <samp>amo amas amat</samp>,
 this works under &tex; Live on GNU/Linux:
 </para>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1142" mergedindex="cp">\space</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1147" mergedindex="cp">\space</indexterm></findex>
 <example endspaces=" ">
 <pre xml:space="preserve">\input{"amo\space amas\space amat"}
 </pre></example>
@@ -19980,14 +20097,14 @@
 <node name="Table-of-contents-etc_002e" spaces=" "><nodename>Table of contents etc.</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Indexes</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Front/back matter</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Table of contents, list of figures, list of tables</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1064">table of contents, creating</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1078">table of contents, creating</indexterm></cindex>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1143" mergedindex="cp">\tableofcontents</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1144" mergedindex="cp">.toc <r>file</r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1145" mergedindex="cp">\listoffigures</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1146" mergedindex="cp">\listoftables</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1147" mergedindex="cp">.lof <r>file</r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1148" mergedindex="cp">.lot <r>file</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1148" mergedindex="cp">\tableofcontents</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1149" mergedindex="cp">.toc <r>file</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1150" mergedindex="cp">\listoffigures</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1151" mergedindex="cp">\listoftables</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1152" mergedindex="cp">.lof <r>file</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1153" mergedindex="cp">.lot <r>file</r></indexterm></findex>
 
 <para>Synopsis, one of:
 </para>
@@ -20056,7 +20173,7 @@
 \contentsline {subsection}{\numberline {1.1}First subsection}{2}
 </pre></example>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1149" mergedindex="cp">\contentsline</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1154" mergedindex="cp">\contentsline</indexterm></findex>
 <noindent></noindent>
 <para>Each line contains a single command, <code>\contentsline</code>
 (<pxref label="_005ccontentsline"><xrefnodename>\contentsline</xrefnodename></pxref>).  The first argument, the <code>section</code> or
@@ -20111,11 +20228,11 @@
 <code>1.55em</code>.  Change these as with
 <code>\renewcommand{\&arobase;tocrmarg}{3.5em}</code>.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1065"><r>package</r>, <code>tocloft</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1066"><code>tocloft</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1079"><r>package</r>, <code>tocloft</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1080"><code>tocloft</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1067"><r>package</r>, <code>tocbibbind</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1068"><code>tocbibbind</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1081"><r>package</r>, <code>tocbibbind</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1082"><code>tocbibbind</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>CTAN has many packages for the table of contents and lists of figures
 and tables (<pxref label="CTAN"><xrefnodename>CTAN</xrefnodename></pxref>).  The package <code>tocloft</code> is convenient for
@@ -20133,11 +20250,11 @@
 </pre></example>
 
 <noindent></noindent>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1069"><r>package</r>, <code>babel</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1070"><code>babel</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1083"><r>package</r>, <code>babel</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1084"><code>babel</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1071"><r>package</r>, <code>polyglossia</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1072"><code>polyglossia</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1085"><r>package</r>, <code>polyglossia</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1086"><code>polyglossia</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Internationalization packages such as <code>babel</code> or <code>polyglossia</code>
 will change these headers depending on the chosen base language.
@@ -20155,8 +20272,8 @@
 <node name="_005c_0040dottedtocline" spaces=" "><nodename>\&arobase;dottedtocline</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\addcontentsline</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Table of contents etc.</nodeup></node>
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\&arobase;dottedtocline</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1150" mergedindex="cp">\&arobase;dottedtocline</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1073">table of contents entry, create dotted line</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1155" mergedindex="cp">\&arobase;dottedtocline</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1087">table of contents entry, create dotted line</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -20184,7 +20301,7 @@
 the final <var>text</var> and <var>pagenumber</var> arguments in the synopsis
 from a call to <code>\contentsline</code> (<pxref label="_005ccontentsline"><xrefnodename>\contentsline</xrefnodename></pxref>).
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1074">leaders, dots in table of contents</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1088">leaders, dots in table of contents</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>Between the box for the title text of a section and the right margin
 box, these <code>\&arobase;dottedtocline</code> commands insert <dfn>leaders</dfn>, that
 is, evenly-spaced dots.  The dot-to-dot space is given by the command
@@ -20201,8 +20318,8 @@
 <node name="_005caddcontentsline" spaces=" "><nodename>\addcontentsline</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\addtocontents</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\&arobase;dottedtocline</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Table of contents etc.</nodeup></node>
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\addcontentsline</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1151" mergedindex="cp">\addcontentsline</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1075">table of contents entry, manually adding</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1156" mergedindex="cp">\addcontentsline</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1089">table of contents entry, manually adding</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -20210,7 +20327,7 @@
 <pre xml:space="preserve">\addcontentsline{<var>ext</var>}{<var>unit</var>}{<var>text</var>}
 </pre></example>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1152" mergedindex="cp">\contentsline</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1157" mergedindex="cp">\contentsline</indexterm></findex>
 <para>Add an entry to the auxiliary file with extension <var>ext</var>.
 </para>
 <para>The following will result in an <samp>Appendices</samp> line in the table of
@@ -20305,7 +20422,7 @@
 <node name="_005caddtocontents" spaces=" "><nodename>\addtocontents</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\contentsline</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\addcontentsline</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Table of contents etc.</nodeup></node>
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\addtocontents</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1153" mergedindex="cp">\addtocontents{<var>ext</var>}{<var>text</var>}</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1158" mergedindex="cp">\addtocontents{<var>ext</var>}{<var>text</var>}</indexterm></findex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -20381,17 +20498,17 @@
 <node name="_005ccontentsline" spaces=" "><nodename>\contentsline</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\nofiles</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\addtocontents</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Table of contents etc.</nodeup></node>
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\contentsline</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1076">table of contents</indexterm></cindex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1154" mergedindex="cp">\contentsline</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1155" mergedindex="cp">\tableofcontents</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1156" mergedindex="cp">.toc <r>file</r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1157" mergedindex="cp">\listoffigures</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1158" mergedindex="cp">\listoftables</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1159" mergedindex="cp">.lof <r>file</r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1160" mergedindex="cp">.lot <r>file</r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1161" mergedindex="cp">\l&arobase;chapter</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1162" mergedindex="cp">\l&arobase;section</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1163" mergedindex="cp">\l&arobase;subsection</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1090">table of contents</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1159" mergedindex="cp">\contentsline</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1160" mergedindex="cp">\tableofcontents</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1161" mergedindex="cp">.toc <r>file</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1162" mergedindex="cp">\listoffigures</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1163" mergedindex="cp">\listoftables</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1164" mergedindex="cp">.lof <r>file</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1165" mergedindex="cp">.lot <r>file</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1166" mergedindex="cp">\l&arobase;chapter</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1167" mergedindex="cp">\l&arobase;section</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1168" mergedindex="cp">\l&arobase;subsection</indexterm></findex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -20428,14 +20545,14 @@
 where <var>filetype</var> is <code>toc</code>, <code>lof</code>, or <code>lot</code>
 (<pxref label="_005caddcontentsline"><xrefnodename>\addcontentsline</xrefnodename></pxref>).  
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1077"><r>package</r>, <code>tocloft</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1078"><code>tocloft</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1091"><r>package</r>, <code>tocloft</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1092"><code>tocloft</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>For manipulating how the <code>\contentline</code> material is typeset, see
 the <code>tocloft</code> package.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1079"><r>package</r>, <code>hyperref</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1080"><code>hyperref</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1093"><r>package</r>, <code>hyperref</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1094"><code>hyperref</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Note that the <code>hyperref</code> package changes the definition of
 <code>\contentsline</code> (and <code>\addcontentsline</code>) to add more
@@ -20450,7 +20567,7 @@
 <node name="_005cnofiles" spaces=" "><nodename>\nofiles</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\numberline</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\contentsline</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Table of contents etc.</nodeup></node>
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\nofiles</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1164" mergedindex="cp">\nofiles</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1169" mergedindex="cp">\nofiles</indexterm></findex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -20485,7 +20602,7 @@
 <node name="_005cnumberline" spaces=" "><nodename>\numberline</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\nofiles</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Table of contents etc.</nodeup></node>
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\numberline</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1165" mergedindex="cp">\numberline</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1170" mergedindex="cp">\numberline</indexterm></findex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -20531,11 +20648,11 @@
 <node name="Indexes" spaces=" "><nodename>Indexes</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Glossaries</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Table of contents etc.</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Front/back matter</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Indexes</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1081">indexes</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1095">indexes</indexterm></cindex>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1166" mergedindex="cp">\makeindex</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1167" mergedindex="cp">\index</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1082"><file>.idx</file> file</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1171" mergedindex="cp">\makeindex</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1172" mergedindex="cp">\index</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1096"><file>.idx</file> file</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>If you tell &latex; what terms you want to appear in an index then it
 can produce that index, alphabetized and with the page numbers
@@ -20585,14 +20702,14 @@
 index entries to the auxiliary file.  Leaving out the <code>\printindex</code>
 will cause &latex; to not show the index in the document output.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1083"><r>package</r>, <code>showidx</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1084"><code>showidx</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1097"><r>package</r>, <code>showidx</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1098"><code>showidx</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1085"><r>package</r>, <code>multind</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1086"><code>multind</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1099"><r>package</r>, <code>multind</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1100"><code>multind</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1087">index, multiple</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1088">multiple indexes</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1101">index, multiple</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1102">multiple indexes</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>There are many packages in the area of indexing.  The <code>showidx</code>
 package causes each index entries to be shown in the margin on the
 page where the <code>\index</code> appears.  This can help in preparing the index.
@@ -20612,15 +20729,15 @@
 <node name="Produce-the-index-manually" spaces=" "><nodename>Produce the index manually</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\index</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Indexes</nodeup></node>
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Produce the index manually</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1089">index, producing manually</indexterm></cindex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1168" mergedindex="cp">theindex</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1103">index, producing manually</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1173" mergedindex="cp">theindex</indexterm></findex>
 
 <para>Documents that are small and static can have a manually produced index.
 This will make a separate page labeled <samp>Index</samp>, in twocolumn
 format.
 </para>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1169" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>theindex</code></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1170" mergedindex="cp"><code>theindex</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1174" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>theindex</code></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1175" mergedindex="cp"><code>theindex</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
         
 <example endspaces=" ">
 <pre xml:space="preserve">\begin{theindex}
@@ -20637,10 +20754,10 @@
 in most cases automated methods such as <command>makeindex</command> are best.
 <xref label="Indexes"><xrefnodename>Indexes</xrefnodename></xref>.
 </para>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1171" mergedindex="cp">\item</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1172" mergedindex="cp">\subitem</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1173" mergedindex="cp">\subsubitem</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1174" mergedindex="cp">\indexspace</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1176" mergedindex="cp">\item</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1177" mergedindex="cp">\subitem</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1178" mergedindex="cp">\subsubitem</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1179" mergedindex="cp">\indexspace</indexterm></findex>
 <para>However we cover the commands for completeness, and because the
 automated methods are based on these commands.  There are three levels
 of entries.  As the example shows, a main entry uses <code>\item</code>,
@@ -20655,8 +20772,8 @@
 <node name="_005cindex" spaces=" "><nodename>\index</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">makeindex</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Produce the index manually</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Indexes</nodeup></node>
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\index</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1090">index entry</indexterm></cindex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1175" mergedindex="cp">\index</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1104">index entry</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1180" mergedindex="cp">\index</indexterm></findex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -20682,7 +20799,7 @@
 rate of growth\index{Ackermann!function!growth rate}
 </pre></example>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1091">index entries, subentries</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1105">index entries, subentries</indexterm></cindex>
 <noindent></noindent>
 <para>All three index entries will get a page number, such as <samp>Ackermann,
 22</samp>.  &latex; will format the second as a subitem of the first, on the
@@ -20702,7 +20819,7 @@
 instance <code>\index{Ackermann!function}</code> could come before
 <code>\index{Ackermann}</code>.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1092">index, page range</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1106">index, page range</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>Get a page range in the output, like <samp>Hilbert, 23--27</samp>, as here.
 </para>
 <example endspaces=" ">
@@ -20723,14 +20840,14 @@
 followed by two subitems, like <samp>program, 50</samp> and <samp>results,
 51</samp>.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1093">see and see also index entries</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1094">index entries, &textlsquo;see&textrsquo; and &textlsquo;see also&textrsquo;</indexterm></cindex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1176" mergedindex="cp">\seename</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1177" mergedindex="cp">\alsoname</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1095"><r>package</r>, <code>babel</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1096"><code>babel</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
- <cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1097"><r>package</r>, <code>polyglossia</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1098"><code>polyglossia</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1107">see and see also index entries</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1108">index entries, &textlsquo;see&textrsquo; and &textlsquo;see also&textrsquo;</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1181" mergedindex="cp">\seename</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1182" mergedindex="cp">\alsoname</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1109"><r>package</r>, <code>babel</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1110"><code>babel</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+ <cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1111"><r>package</r>, <code>polyglossia</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1112"><code>polyglossia</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 
 <para>Generate a index entry that says <samp>see</samp> by using a vertical bar
@@ -20787,8 +20904,8 @@
 an index entry, escape it by preceding it with a double quote, <code>"</code>.
 (The double quote gets deleted before alphabetization.)
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1099"><r>package</r>, <code>index</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1100"><code>index</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1113"><r>package</r>, <code>index</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1114"><code>index</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>A number of packages on CTAN have additional functionality beyond that
 provided by <code>makeidx</code>.  One is <code>index</code>, which allows for
@@ -20796,8 +20913,8 @@
 <code>\index*{<var>index-entry-string</var>}</code> that prints the
 <var>index-entry-string</var> as well as indexing it.
 </para>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1178" mergedindex="cp">\indexentry</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1101">idx file</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1183" mergedindex="cp">\indexentry</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1115">idx file</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>The <code>\index</code> command writes the indexing information to the file
 <file><var>root-name</var>.idx</file> file.  Specifically, it writes text of the
 command
@@ -20819,11 +20936,11 @@
 <node name="makeindex" spaces=" "><nodename>makeindex</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\printindex</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\index</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Indexes</nodeup></node>
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><command>makeindex</command></sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1102">index, processing</indexterm></cindex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1179" mergedindex="cp">makeindex, <r>program</r></indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1103"><command>makeindex</command> program</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1104"><file>.ind</file> file</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1105"><file>.idx</file> file</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1116">index, processing</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1184" mergedindex="cp">makeindex, <r>program</r></indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1117"><command>makeindex</command> program</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1118"><file>.ind</file> file</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1119"><file>.idx</file> file</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis, one of:
 </para>
@@ -20839,9 +20956,9 @@
 actual index file, the <file><var>filename</var>.ind</file> file that is input by
 <code>\printindex</code> (<pxref label="_005cprintindex"><xrefnodename>\printindex</xrefnodename></pxref>).
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1106"><file>.isty</file> file</indexterm></cindex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1180" mergedindex="cp">index, style file</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1181" mergedindex="cp">makeindex, style file</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1120"><file>.isty</file> file</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1185" mergedindex="cp">index, style file</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1186" mergedindex="cp">makeindex, style file</indexterm></findex>
 <para>The first form of the command suffices for many uses.  The second allows
 you to format the index by using an <dfn>index style file</dfn>, a
 <file>.isty</file> file.  The third form is the most general; see the full
@@ -20879,17 +20996,17 @@
 </para>
 <ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
 <beforefirstitem><anchor name="makeindex-preamble">makeindex preamble</anchor>
-</beforefirstitem><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1182" mergedindex="cp">preamble</indexterm>preamble</itemformat></item>
+</beforefirstitem><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1187" mergedindex="cp">preamble</indexterm>preamble</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para>Preamble of the output index file. Defines the context in which the index is
 formatted.  Default: <code>"\\begin{theindex}\n"</code>.
 </para>
 <anchor name="makeindex-postamble">makeindex postamble</anchor>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1183" mergedindex="cp">postamble</indexterm>postamble</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1188" mergedindex="cp">postamble</indexterm>postamble</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para>Postamble of the output index file.  Default: <code>"\n\n\\end{theindex}\n"</code>.
 </para>
 <anchor name="makeindex-group-skip">makeindex group skip</anchor>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1184" mergedindex="cp">group_skip</indexterm>group_skip</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1185" mergedindex="cp">\indexspace</indexterm></findex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1189" mergedindex="cp">group_skip</indexterm>group_skip</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1190" mergedindex="cp">\indexspace</indexterm></findex>
 <para>Traditionally index items are broken into groups, typically a group for
 entries starting with letter <samp>a</samp>, etc.  This specifier gives what
 is inserted when a new group begins.  Default: <code>"\n\n
@@ -20897,7 +21014,7 @@
 length, by default <code>10pt plus5pt minus3pt</code>).
 </para>
 <anchor name="makeindex-letheadflag">makeindex letheadflag</anchor>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1186" mergedindex="cp">lethead_flag</indexterm>lethead_flag</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1191" mergedindex="cp">lethead_flag</indexterm>lethead_flag</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para>An integer.  It governs what is inserted for a new group or letter.  If
 it is 0 (which is the default) then other than <code>group_skip</code> nothing
 will be inserted before the group. If it is positive then at a new
@@ -20907,93 +21024,93 @@
 is 0.
 </para>
 <anchor name="makeindex-lethead-prefix">makeindex lethead prefix</anchor>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1187" mergedindex="cp">lethead_prefix</indexterm>lethead_prefix</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1192" mergedindex="cp">lethead_prefix</indexterm>lethead_prefix</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para>If a new group begins with a different letter then this is the prefix
 inserted before the new letter header.  Default: <code>""</code>
 </para>
 <anchor name="makeindex-lethead-suffix">makeindex lethead suffix</anchor>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1188" mergedindex="cp">lethead_suffix</indexterm>lethead_suffix</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1193" mergedindex="cp">lethead_suffix</indexterm>lethead_suffix</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para>If a group begins with a different letter then this is the suffix
 inserted after the new letter header.  Default: <code>""</code>.
 </para>
 <anchor name="makeindex-item-0">makeindex item 0</anchor>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1189" mergedindex="cp">item_0</indexterm>item_0 </itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1194" mergedindex="cp">item_0</indexterm>item_0 </itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para>What is put between two level 0 items.  Default: <code>"\n \\item
 "</code>.
 </para>
 <anchor name="makeindex-item-1">makeindex item 1</anchor>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1190" mergedindex="cp">item_1</indexterm>item_1</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1195" mergedindex="cp">item_1</indexterm>item_1</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para>Put between two level 1 items.  Default: <code>"\n \\subitem "</code>.
 </para>
 <anchor name="makeindex-item-2">makeindex item 2</anchor>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1191" mergedindex="cp">item_2</indexterm>item_2</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1196" mergedindex="cp">item_2</indexterm>item_2</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para>put between two level 2 items.  Default: <code>"\n \\subsubitem "</code>.
 </para>
 <anchor name="makeindex-item-01">makeindex item 01</anchor>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1192" mergedindex="cp">item_01</indexterm>item_01</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1197" mergedindex="cp">item_01</indexterm>item_01</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para>What is put between a level 0 item and a level 1 item.
 Default: <code>"\n \\subitem "</code>.
 </para>
 <anchor name="makeindex-item-x1">makeindex item x1</anchor>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1193" mergedindex="cp">item_x1</indexterm>item_x1</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1198" mergedindex="cp">item_x1</indexterm>item_x1</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para>What is put between a level 0 item and a level 1 item in the
 case that the level 0 item doesn&textrsquo;t have any page numbers (as in
 <code>\index{aaa|see{bbb}}</code>).  Default: <code>"\n \\subitem "</code>.
 </para>
 <anchor name="makeindex-item-12">makeindex item 12</anchor>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1194" mergedindex="cp">item_12</indexterm>item_12</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1199" mergedindex="cp">item_12</indexterm>item_12</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para>What is put between a level 1 item and a level 2 item.
 Default: <code>"\n \\subsubitem "</code>.
 </para>
 <anchor name="makeindex-item-x2">makeindex item x2</anchor>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1195" mergedindex="cp">item_x2</indexterm>item_x2</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1200" mergedindex="cp">item_x2</indexterm>item_x2</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para>What is put between a level 1 item and a level 2 item, if the
 level 1 item doesn&textrsquo;t have page numbers.  Default: <code>"\n
 \\subsubitem "</code>.
 </para>
 <anchor name="makeindex-delim-0">makeindex delim 0</anchor>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1196" mergedindex="cp">delim_0</indexterm>delim_0</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1201" mergedindex="cp">delim_0</indexterm>delim_0</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para>Delimiter put between a level 0 key and its first page
 number. Default: a comma followed by a blank, <code>", "</code>.
 </para>
 <anchor name="makeindex-delim-1">makeindex delim 1</anchor>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1197" mergedindex="cp">delim_1</indexterm>delim_1</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1202" mergedindex="cp">delim_1</indexterm>delim_1</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para>Delimiter put between a level 1 key and its first page
 number. Default: a comma followed by a blank, <code>", "</code>.
 </para>
 <anchor name="makeindex-delim-2">makeindex delim 2</anchor>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1198" mergedindex="cp">delim_2</indexterm>delim_2</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1203" mergedindex="cp">delim_2</indexterm>delim_2</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para>Delimiter between a level 2 key and its first page number. Default:
 a comma followed by a blank, <code>", "</code>.
 </para>
 <anchor name="makeindex-delim-n">makeindex delim n</anchor>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1199" mergedindex="cp">delim_n</indexterm>delim_n</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1204" mergedindex="cp">delim_n</indexterm>delim_n</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para>Delimiter between two page numbers for the same key (at any
 level). Default: a comma followed by a blank, <code>", "</code>.
 </para>
 <anchor name="makeindex-delim-r">makeindex delim r</anchor>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1200" mergedindex="cp">delim_r</indexterm>delim_r</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1205" mergedindex="cp">delim_r</indexterm>delim_r</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para>What is put between the starting and ending page numbers of a range.
 Default: <code>"--"</code>.
 </para>
 <anchor name="makeindex-line-max">makeindex line max</anchor>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1201" mergedindex="cp">line_max</indexterm>line_max</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1206" mergedindex="cp">line_max</indexterm>line_max</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para>An integer.  Maximum length of an index entry&textrsquo;s line in the output,
 beyond which the line wraps.  Default: <code>72</code>.
 </para>
 <anchor name="makeindex-indent-space">makeindex indent space</anchor>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1202" mergedindex="cp">indent_space</indexterm>indent_space</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1207" mergedindex="cp">indent_space</indexterm>indent_space</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para>What is inserted at the start of a wrapped line.  Default:
 <code>"\t\t"</code>.
 </para>
 <anchor name="makeindex-indent-length">makeindex indent length</anchor>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1203" mergedindex="cp">indent_length</indexterm>indent_length</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1208" mergedindex="cp">indent_length</indexterm>indent_length</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para>A number.  The length of the wrapped line indentation.  The default
 <code>indent_space</code> is two tabs and each tab is eight spaces so the
 default here is <code>16</code>.
 </para>
 <anchor name="makeindex-page-precedence">makeindex page precedence</anchor>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1204" mergedindex="cp">page_precedence</indexterm>page_precedence</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1209" mergedindex="cp">page_precedence</indexterm>page_precedence</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para>A document may have pages numbered in different ways.  For example, a
 book may have front matter pages numbered in lowercase roman while main
 matter pages are in arabic.  This string specifies the order in which
@@ -21005,7 +21122,7 @@
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry></ftable>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1205" mergedindex="cp">xindy <r>program</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1210" mergedindex="cp">xindy <r>program</r></indexterm></findex>
 <para>There are a number of other programs that do the job
 <command>makeindex</command> does. One is <command>xindy</command>
 (<uref><urefurl>https://ctan.org/pkg/xindy</urefurl></uref>), which does internationalization and can
@@ -21014,7 +21131,7 @@
 markup terms and in terms of the collating order of the text, as
 described in its documentation.
 </para>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1206" mergedindex="cp">xindex <r>program</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1211" mergedindex="cp">xindex <r>program</r></indexterm></findex>
 <para>A more recent indexing program supporting Unicode is <code>xindex</code>,
 written in Lua (<url><urefurl>https://ctan.org/pkg/xindex</urefurl></url>).
 </para>
@@ -21023,8 +21140,8 @@
 <node name="_005cprintindex" spaces=" "><nodename>\printindex</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">makeindex</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Indexes</nodeup></node>
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><command>\printindex</command></sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1107">index, printing</indexterm></cindex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1207" mergedindex="cp">\printindex</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1121">index, printing</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1212" mergedindex="cp">\printindex</indexterm></findex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -21034,8 +21151,8 @@
 
 <para>Place the index into the output.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1108"><r>package</r>, <code>makeidx</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1109"><code>makeidx</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1122"><r>package</r>, <code>makeidx</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1123"><code>makeidx</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>To get an index you must first include
 <code>\usepackage{makeidx}\makeindex</code> in the document preamble and
@@ -21049,11 +21166,11 @@
 <node name="Glossaries" spaces=" "><nodename>Glossaries</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">Indexes</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Front/back matter</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Glossaries</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1110">glossary</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1111">glossaries</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1112">acronyms, list of</indexterm></cindex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1208" mergedindex="cp">\makeglossary</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1209" mergedindex="cp">\printglossaries</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1124">glossary</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1125">glossaries</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1126">acronyms, list of</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1213" mergedindex="cp">\makeglossary</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1214" mergedindex="cp">\printglossaries</indexterm></findex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -21097,9 +21214,9 @@
 <samp>Turing machine</samp> and the rest of the item says in normal type
 <samp>A model of a machine &dots; Computer Science</samp>.
 </para>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1210" mergedindex="cp">\makeglossary</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1211" mergedindex="cp">\printglossaries</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1113"><file>.glo</file> file</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1215" mergedindex="cp">\makeglossary</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1216" mergedindex="cp">\printglossaries</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1127"><file>.glo</file> file</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>The command <code>\makeglossary</code> opens the file that will contain the
 entry information, <file><var>root-file</var>.glo</file>.  Put the
 <code>\printglossaries</code> command where you want the glossaries to appear
@@ -21119,8 +21236,8 @@
 <node name="_005cnewglossaryentry" spaces=" "><nodename>\newglossaryentry</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\gls</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Glossaries</nodeup></node>
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\newglossaryentry</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1114">glossary, entries</indexterm></cindex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1212" mergedindex="cp">\newglossaryentry</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1128">glossary, entries</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1217" mergedindex="cp">\newglossaryentry</indexterm></findex>
 
 <para>Synopsis, one of: 
 </para>
@@ -21166,22 +21283,22 @@
 here are a few.
 </para>
 <ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
-<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1213" mergedindex="cp">name</indexterm>name</itemformat></item>
+<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1218" mergedindex="cp">name</indexterm>name</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para>(Required.) The word, phrase, or symbol that you are defining.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1214" mergedindex="cp">description</indexterm>description</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1219" mergedindex="cp">description</indexterm>description</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para>(Required.) The description that will appear in the glossary.
 If this has more than one paragraph then you must use the second command
 form given in the synopsis.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1215" mergedindex="cp">plural</indexterm>plural</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1220" mergedindex="cp">plural</indexterm>plural</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para>The plural form of <var>name</var>.  Refer to the plural form using
 <code>\glspl</code> or <code>\Glspl</code> (<pxref label="_005cgls"><xrefnodename>\gls</xrefnodename></pxref>).
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1216" mergedindex="cp">sort</indexterm>sort</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1221" mergedindex="cp">sort</indexterm>sort</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para>How to place this entry in the list of entries that the glossary holds.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1217" mergedindex="cp">symbol</indexterm>symbol</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1222" mergedindex="cp">symbol</indexterm>symbol</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para>A symbol, such as a mathematical symbol, besides the name.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry></ftable>
@@ -21191,8 +21308,8 @@
 <node name="_005cgls" spaces=" "><nodename>\gls</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\newglossaryentry</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Glossaries</nodeup></node>
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\gls</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1115">glossary, entry reference</indexterm></cindex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1218" mergedindex="cp">\gls</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1129">glossary, entry reference</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1223" mergedindex="cp">\gls</indexterm></findex>
 
 <para>Synopsis, one of: 
 </para>
@@ -21233,8 +21350,8 @@
 <node name="Letters" spaces=" "><nodename>Letters</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Input/output</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Front/back matter</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node>
 <chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Letters</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1116">letters, writing</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1117">writing letters</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1130">letters, writing</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1131">writing letters</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis: 
 </para>
@@ -21284,7 +21401,7 @@
 Each <code>letter</code> environment body typically ends with a
 <code>\closing</code> command such as <code>\closing{Yours,}</code>.
 </para>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1219" mergedindex="cp">\\ <r>(for letters)</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1224" mergedindex="cp">\\ <r>(for letters)</r></indexterm></findex>
 <para>Additional material may come after the <code>\closing</code>.  You can say who
 is receiving a copy of the letter with a command like <code>\cc{the
 Boss \\ the Boss's Boss}</code>.  There&textrsquo;s a similar <code>\encl</code> command for
@@ -21338,7 +21455,7 @@
 <node name="_005caddress" spaces=" "><nodename>\address</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\cc</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Letters</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\address</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1220" mergedindex="cp">\address</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1225" mergedindex="cp">\address</indexterm></findex>
 
 <para>Synopsis: 
 </para>
@@ -21371,8 +21488,8 @@
 <node name="_005ccc" spaces=" "><nodename>\cc</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\closing</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\address</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Letters</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\cc</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1221" mergedindex="cp">\cc</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1118">cc list, in letters</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1226" mergedindex="cp">\cc</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1132">cc list, in letters</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -21396,9 +21513,9 @@
 <node name="_005cclosing" spaces=" "><nodename>\closing</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\encl</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\cc</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Letters</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\closing</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1222" mergedindex="cp">\closing</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1119">letters, ending</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1120">closing letters</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1227" mergedindex="cp">\closing</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1133">letters, ending</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1134">closing letters</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -21418,8 +21535,8 @@
 <node name="_005cencl" spaces=" "><nodename>\encl</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\location</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\closing</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Letters</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\encl</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1223" mergedindex="cp">\encl</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1121">enclosure list</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1228" mergedindex="cp">\encl</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1135">enclosure list</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -21442,7 +21559,7 @@
 <node name="_005clocation" spaces=" "><nodename>\location</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\makelabels</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\encl</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Letters</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\location</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1224" mergedindex="cp">\location</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1229" mergedindex="cp">\location</indexterm></findex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -21458,7 +21575,7 @@
 <node name="_005cmakelabels" spaces=" "><nodename>\makelabels</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\name</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\location</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Letters</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\makelabels</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1225" mergedindex="cp">\makelabels</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1230" mergedindex="cp">\makelabels</indexterm></findex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -21515,8 +21632,8 @@
 <para>The first column contains the return address twice.  The second column
 contains the address for each recipient.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1122"><r>package</r>, <code>envlab</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1123"><code>envlab</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1136"><r>package</r>, <code>envlab</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1137"><code>envlab</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>The package <code>envlab</code> makes formatting the labels easier, with
 standard sizes already provided.  The preamble lines
@@ -21528,7 +21645,7 @@
 <node name="_005cname" spaces=" "><nodename>\name</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\opening</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\makelabels</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Letters</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\name</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1226" mergedindex="cp">\name</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1231" mergedindex="cp">\name</indexterm></findex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -21544,8 +21661,8 @@
 <node name="_005copening" spaces=" "><nodename>\opening</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\ps</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\name</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Letters</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\opening</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1227" mergedindex="cp">\opening</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1124">letters, starting</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1232" mergedindex="cp">\opening</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1138">letters, starting</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -21564,8 +21681,8 @@
 </section>
 <node name="_005cps" spaces=" "><nodename>\ps</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\signature</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\opening</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Letters</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\ps</code></sectiontitle>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1228" mergedindex="cp">\ps</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1125">postscript, in letters</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1233" mergedindex="cp">\ps</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1139">postscript, in letters</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -21592,7 +21709,7 @@
             ... }
 </pre></example>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1229" mergedindex="cp">\signature</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1234" mergedindex="cp">\signature</indexterm></findex>
 
 <para>The sender&textrsquo;s name.  This command is optional, although its inclusion is
 usual.
@@ -21633,7 +21750,7 @@
 <node name="_005ctelephone" spaces=" "><nodename>\telephone</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\signature</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Letters</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\telephone</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1230" mergedindex="cp">\telephone</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1235" mergedindex="cp">\telephone</indexterm></findex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -21652,9 +21769,9 @@
 <node name="Input_002foutput" spaces=" "><nodename>Input/output</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Command line interface</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Letters</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node>
 <chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Input/output</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1126">input/output, to terminal</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1127">terminal input/output</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1128">input/output</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1140">input/output, to terminal</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1141">terminal input/output</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1142">input/output</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>&latex; uses the ability to write to a file and later read it back in
 to build document components such as a table of contents or index.  You
@@ -21678,13 +21795,13 @@
 <anchor name="_005copenout">\openout</anchor>
 <anchor name="_005cclosein">\closein</anchor>
 <anchor name="_005ccloseout">\closeout</anchor>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1231" mergedindex="cp">\openin</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1232" mergedindex="cp">\openout</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1233" mergedindex="cp">\closein</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1234" mergedindex="cp">\closeout</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1129">file, opening</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1130">file, closing</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1131">open a file</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1236" mergedindex="cp">\openin</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1237" mergedindex="cp">\openout</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1238" mergedindex="cp">\closein</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1239" mergedindex="cp">\closeout</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1143">file, opening</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1144">file, closing</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1145">open a file</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -21766,9 +21883,9 @@
 <node name="_005cread" spaces=" "><nodename>\read</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\typein</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\openin & \openout</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Input/output</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\read</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1235" mergedindex="cp">\read</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1132">file, reading</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1133">read a file</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1240" mergedindex="cp">\read</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1146">file, reading</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1147">read a file</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -21801,10 +21918,10 @@
 <code>\input</code> (<pxref label="_005cinput"><xrefnodename>\input</xrefnodename></pxref>) or <code>\include</code> (<pxref label="_005cinclude-_0026-_005cincludeonly"><xrefnodename>\include &
 \includeonly</xrefnodename></pxref>).
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1134"><r>package</r>, <code>datatool</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1135"><code>datatool</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1148"><r>package</r>, <code>datatool</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1149"><code>datatool</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1136">mail merges</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1150">mail merges</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>A common reason to want to read from a data file is to do mail merges.
 CTAN has a number of packages for that; one is <code>datatool</code>.
 </para>
@@ -21813,7 +21930,7 @@
 <node name="_005ctypein" spaces=" "><nodename>\typein</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\typeout</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\read</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Input/output</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\typein</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1236" mergedindex="cp">\typein</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1241" mergedindex="cp">\typein</indexterm></findex>
 
 <para>Synopsis, one of:
 </para>
@@ -21876,7 +21993,7 @@
 <node name="_005ctypeout" spaces=" "><nodename>\typeout</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\write</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\typein</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Input/output</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\typeout</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1237" mergedindex="cp">\typeout</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1242" mergedindex="cp">\typeout</indexterm></findex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -21899,7 +22016,7 @@
 <code>\renewcommand</code> (among others) are replaced by their definitions
 before being printed.
 </para>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1238" mergedindex="cp">\space</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1243" mergedindex="cp">\space</indexterm></findex>
 <para>&latex;&textrsquo;s usual rules for treating multiple spaces as a single space
 and ignoring spaces after a command name apply to <code>msg</code>.  Use the
 command <code>\space</code> to get a single space, independent of surrounding
@@ -21922,7 +22039,7 @@
 <node name="_005cwrite" spaces=" "><nodename>\write</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\typeout</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Input/output</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\write</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1239" mergedindex="cp">\write</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1244" mergedindex="cp">\write</indexterm></findex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -21947,7 +22064,7 @@
 \immediate\closeout\myfile
 </pre></example>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1240" mergedindex="cp">\newwrite</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1245" mergedindex="cp">\newwrite</indexterm></findex>
 <noindent></noindent>
 <para>The <code>\newwrite</code> allocates a stream number, giving it a symbolic
 name to make life easier, so that <code>stream
@@ -21956,9 +22073,9 @@
 name.  &tex; ultimately executed <code>\write3</code> which puts the string
 in the file.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1137">log file, writing to</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1138">terminal, writing to</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1139"><math>-1</math>, write stream number</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1151">log file, writing to</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1152">terminal, writing to</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1153"><math>-1</math>, write stream number</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>Typically <var>number</var> is between 0 and 15, because typically
 &latex; authors follow the prior example and the number is allocated
 by the system.  If <var>number</var> is outside the range from 0 to 15 or
@@ -21973,12 +22090,12 @@
 followed by a newline in the terminal output.  (But 16, 17, and 18 are
 special as <var>number</var>; see below.)
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1140">Lua&tex;, 256 output streams in</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1154">Lua&tex;, 256 output streams in</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>In Lua&tex;, instead of 16 output streams there are 256
 (<pxref label="TeX-engines"><xrefnodename>&tex; engines</xrefnodename></pxref>).
 </para>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1241" mergedindex="cp">\&arobase;auxout</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1242" mergedindex="cp">\&arobase;mainaux</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1246" mergedindex="cp">\&arobase;auxout</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1247" mergedindex="cp">\&arobase;mainaux</indexterm></findex>
 <para>Use <code>\write\&arobase;auxout{<var>string</var>}</code> to write to the current
 <file>.aux</file> file, which is associated with either the root file or
 with the current include file; and use
@@ -22001,8 +22118,8 @@
 
 <enumerate first="1" endspaces=" ">
 <listitem> 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1141">immediate <code>\write</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1243" mergedindex="cp">\immediate\write</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1155">immediate <code>\write</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1248" mergedindex="cp">\immediate\write</indexterm></findex>
 <para>With the first, &latex; writes <var>string</var> to the file immediately.
 Any macros in <var>string</var> are fully expanded (just as in
 <code>\edef</code>) so to prevent expansion you must use <code>\noexpand</code>,
@@ -22010,9 +22127,9 @@
 <code>##</code>).
 </para>
 </listitem><listitem>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1142">delayed <code>\write</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1143">whatsit item</indexterm></cindex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1244" mergedindex="cp">\shipout <r>and expansion</r></indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1156">delayed <code>\write</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1157">whatsit item</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1249" mergedindex="cp">\shipout <r>and expansion</r></indexterm></findex>
 <para>With the second, <var>string</var> is stored on the current list of things
 (as a &tex; &textldquo;whatsit&textrdquo; item) and kept until the page is shipped out
 and likewise the macros are unexpanded until <code>\shipout</code>. At
@@ -22019,7 +22136,7 @@
 <code>\shipout</code>, <var>string</var> is fully expanded.
 </para>
 </listitem><listitem>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1245" mergedindex="cp">\protected&arobase;write</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1250" mergedindex="cp">\protected&arobase;write</indexterm></findex>
 <para>The third, <code>\protected&arobase;write</code>, is like the second except that
 you can use <code>\protect</code> to avoid expansion. The extra first
 argument allows you to locally insert extra definitions to make more
@@ -22042,7 +22159,7 @@
 <para>This results in the file <file>test.jh</file> containing the text
 <samp>test XYZtest</samp> followed by a newline.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1144"><code>\write</code> streams 16, 17, 18</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1158"><code>\write</code> streams 16, 17, 18</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>The cases where <var>number</var> is 16, 17, or 18 are special.  Because of
 <code>\write</code>&textrsquo;s behavior when <var>number</var> is outside the range from 0
 to 15 described above, in Plain &tex; <code>\write16</code> and
@@ -22052,8 +22169,8 @@
 even more special; modern &tex; systems use it for giving commands to
 the operating system (<pxref label="_005cwrite18"><xrefnodename>\write18</xrefnodename></pxref>).
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1145">newline, in <code>\write</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1146"><code>^^J</code>, in <code>\write</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1159">newline, in <code>\write</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1160"><code>^^J</code>, in <code>\write</code></indexterm></cindex>
 <para>Ordinarily <code>\write</code> outputs a single line.  You can include a
 newline with <code>^^J</code>.  Thus, this produces two lines in the log
 file:
@@ -22062,8 +22179,8 @@
 <pre xml:space="preserve">\wlog{Parallel lines have a lot in common.^^JBut they never meet.}
 </pre></example>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1147"><r>package</r>, <code>answers</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1148"><code>answers</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1161"><r>package</r>, <code>answers</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1162"><code>answers</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>A common case where authors need to write their own file is for
 answers to exercises, or another situation where you want to write
@@ -22081,8 +22198,8 @@
 <node name="_005cwrite-and-security" spaces=" "><nodename>\write and security</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\message</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">\write</nodeup></node>
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\write</code> and security</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1149">security and <code>\write</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1150"><code>\write</code> and security</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1163">security and <code>\write</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1164"><code>\write</code> and security</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>The ability to write files raises security issues. If you compiled a
 downloaded &latex; file and it overwrote your password file then you
@@ -22105,7 +22222,7 @@
 ! I can't write on file `../test.jh'
 </pre></example>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1151">parent directories, cannot write to</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1165">parent directories, cannot write to</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>You can get just such an error when using commands such as
 <code>\include{../filename}</code> because &latex; will try to open
 <file>../filename.aux</file>.  The simplest solution is to put the included
@@ -22116,7 +22233,7 @@
 <node name="_005cmessage" spaces=" "><nodename>\message</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\wlog</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\write and security</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">\write</nodeup></node>
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\message</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1246" mergedindex="cp">\message</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1251" mergedindex="cp">\message</indexterm></findex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -22177,7 +22294,7 @@
 <node name="_005cwlog" spaces=" "><nodename>\wlog</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\write18</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\message</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">\write</nodeup></node>
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\wlog</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1247" mergedindex="cp">\wlog</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1252" mergedindex="cp">\wlog</indexterm></findex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -22205,11 +22322,11 @@
 <node name="_005cwrite18" spaces=" "><nodename>\write18</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\wlog</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">\write</nodeup></node>
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\write18</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1248" mergedindex="cp">\write18</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1152">external commands</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1153">commands, run from &latex;</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1154">system commands, run from &latex;</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1155">shell access</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1253" mergedindex="cp">\write18</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1166">external commands</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1167">commands, run from &latex;</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1168">system commands, run from &latex;</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1169">shell access</indexterm></cindex>
 <!-- c Derived from: Joseph Wright: https://tex.stackexchange.com/a/20446/121234 -->
 
 <para>Synopsis:
@@ -22222,8 +22339,8 @@
 runs the command and &latex;&textrsquo;s execution is blocked until that
 finishes.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1156"><r>package</r>, <code>Asymptote</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1157"><code>Asymptote</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1170"><r>package</r>, <code>Asymptote</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1171"><code>Asymptote</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>This sequence (on Unix)
 </para>
@@ -22272,7 +22389,7 @@
 (<pxref label="Command-line-options"><xrefnodename>Command line options</xrefnodename></pxref>).  (The <code>--shell-escape</code> option is
 a synonym, in &tex; Live.)
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1158">restricted shell access</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1172">restricted shell access</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>In the place of full shell access, modern distributions by default use
 a restricted version that allows some commands to work, such as those
 that run Metafont to generate missing fonts, even if you do not use
@@ -22281,22 +22398,22 @@
 control of the distribution maintainers (<pxref label="Command-line-options"><xrefnodename>Command line
 options</xrefnodename></pxref>).
 </para>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1249" mergedindex="cp">/bin/sh<r>, used by <code>\write18</code></r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1250" mergedindex="cp">sh<r>, used by <code>\write18</code></r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1251" mergedindex="cp">cmd.exe<r>, used by <code>\write18</code></r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1252" mergedindex="cp">SHELL<r>, environment variables</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1254" mergedindex="cp">/bin/sh<r>, used by <code>\write18</code></r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1255" mergedindex="cp">sh<r>, used by <code>\write18</code></r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1256" mergedindex="cp">cmd.exe<r>, used by <code>\write18</code></r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1257" mergedindex="cp">SHELL<r>, environment variables</r></indexterm></findex>
 <para>The <var>shell_command</var> text is always passed to <file>/bin/sh</file> on
 Unix-like operating systems, and the DOS command interpreter
 <file>cmd.exe</file> on Windows. Any different shell set by the user, and
 the <code>SHELL</code> environment variable, is ignored.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1159"><r>package</r>, <code>texosquery</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1160"><code>texosquery</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1173"><r>package</r>, <code>texosquery</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1174"><code>texosquery</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1161">system information</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1162">operating system information</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1163">locale information, from system</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1164">directory listings, from system</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1175">system information</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1176">operating system information</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1177">locale information, from system</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1178">directory listings, from system</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>If what you need is system information, such as the operating system
 name, locale information, or directory contents, take a look at the
 <code>texosquery</code> package, which provides a convenient and secure
@@ -22303,11 +22420,11 @@
 interface for this, unlike the above examples using the raw
 <code>\write18</code>: <url><urefurl>https://ctan.org/pkg/texosquery</urefurl></url>.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1165"><r>package</r>, <code>shellesc</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1166"><code>shellesc</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1179"><r>package</r>, <code>shellesc</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1180"><code>shellesc</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1253" mergedindex="cp">\ShellEscape</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1254" mergedindex="cp">\DelayedShellEscape</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1258" mergedindex="cp">\ShellEscape</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1259" mergedindex="cp">\DelayedShellEscape</indexterm></findex>
 <para>&latex; provides a package <code>shellesc</code> on top of the primitive
 <code>\write18</code> command. Its primary purpose is to provide a command
 <code>\ShellEscape</code> which works identically on all &tex; engines;
@@ -22325,9 +22442,9 @@
 <chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Command line interface</sectiontitle>
 
 <anchor name="Command-line">Command line</anchor><!-- c old name -->
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1167">command line interface</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1168">interface, command line</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1169">CLI</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1181">command line interface</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1182">interface, command line</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1183">CLI</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis (from a terminal command line):
 </para>
@@ -22348,7 +22465,7 @@
 </pre></example>
 
 <noindent></noindent>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1255" mergedindex="cp">.tex, <r>default extension</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1260" mergedindex="cp">.tex, <r>default extension</r></indexterm></findex>
 <para>Note that <file>.tex</file> is the default file name extension.
 </para>
 <para>pdf&tex; is an extension of the original &tex; program, as are
@@ -22391,7 +22508,7 @@
 <node name="Command-line-options" spaces=" "><nodename>Command line options</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Command line input</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Command line interface</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Command line options</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1170">options, command line</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1184">options, command line</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>These are the command-line options relevant to ordinary document
 authoring. For a full list, try running <samp>latex --help</samp> from the
@@ -22406,23 +22523,23 @@
 spaces around the <samp>=</samp>. We will generally use the <samp>=</samp> syntax.
 </para>
 <table commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
-<beforefirstitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1256" mergedindex="cp">--version <r>command-line option</r></indexterm></findex>
+<beforefirstitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1261" mergedindex="cp">--version <r>command-line option</r></indexterm></findex>
 </beforefirstitem><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">-version</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para>Show the current version, like <samp>pdfTeX 3.14159265-2.6-1.40.16 (TeX
 Live 2015/Debian)</samp> along with a small amount of additional information,
 and exit.
 </para>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1257" mergedindex="cp">--help <r>command-line option</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1262" mergedindex="cp">--help <r>command-line option</r></indexterm></findex>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">-help</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para>Give a brief usage message that is useful as a prompt and exit.
 </para>
 <anchor name="interaction-modes">interaction modes</anchor>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1258" mergedindex="cp">--interaction <r>command-line option</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1263" mergedindex="cp">--interaction <r>command-line option</r></indexterm></findex>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">-interaction=<var>mode</var></itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1171">batchmode</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1172">scrollmode</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1173">errorstopmode</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1174">nonstopmode</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1185">batchmode</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1186">scrollmode</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1187">errorstopmode</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1188">nonstopmode</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>&tex; compiles a document in one of four interaction modes:
 <code>batchmode</code>, <code>nonstopmode</code>, <code>scrollmode</code>,
 <code>errorstopmode</code>. In <dfn>errorstopmode</dfn> (the default), &tex;
@@ -22443,9 +22560,9 @@
 <noindent></noindent>
 <para>eliminates most terminal output.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1175">jobname</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1176">filename for current job</indexterm></cindex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1259" mergedindex="cp">--jobname <r>command-line option</r></indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1189">jobname</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1190">filename for current job</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1264" mergedindex="cp">--jobname <r>command-line option</r></indexterm></findex>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">-jobname=<var>string</var></itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para>Set the value of &tex;&textrsquo;s <dfn>jobname</dfn> to the string.  The log file
 and output file will then be named <file><var>string</var>.log</file> and
@@ -22452,8 +22569,8 @@
 <file><var>string</var>.pdf</file>.  <pxref label="Jobname"><xrefnodename>Jobname</xrefnodename></pxref>.
 </para>
 <anchor name="output-directory">output directory</anchor>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1177">output directory for all external files</indexterm></cindex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1260" mergedindex="cp">--output-directory <r>command-line option</r></indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1191">output directory for all external files</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1265" mergedindex="cp">--output-directory <r>command-line option</r></indexterm></findex>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">-output-directory=<var>directory</var></itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para>Write files in the directory <var>directory</var>.  It must already exist.
 This applies to all external files created by &tex; or &latex;, such
@@ -22467,12 +22584,12 @@
 directory (in which &latex; was run) remains unchanged, and is also
 checked for input files.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1178">shell escape</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1179"><code>\write18</code>, enabling</indexterm></cindex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1261" mergedindex="cp">--enable-write18 <r>command-line option</r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1262" mergedindex="cp">--disable-write18 <r>command-line option</r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1263" mergedindex="cp">--shell-escape <r>command-line option</r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1264" mergedindex="cp">--no-shell-escape <r>command-line option</r></indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1192">shell escape</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1193"><code>\write18</code>, enabling</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1266" mergedindex="cp">--enable-write18 <r>command-line option</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1267" mergedindex="cp">--disable-write18 <r>command-line option</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1268" mergedindex="cp">--shell-escape <r>command-line option</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1269" mergedindex="cp">--no-shell-escape <r>command-line option</r></indexterm></findex>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">--enable-write18</itemformat></item>
 <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">--disable-write18</itemformat></itemx>
 <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">--shell-escape</itemformat></itemx>
@@ -22493,12 +22610,12 @@
 <code>\write18{ls -l}</code>, then you do not get an error but the log
 file says <samp>runsystem(ls -l)...disabled</samp>.
 </para>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1265" mergedindex="cp">--halt-on-error <r>command-line option</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1270" mergedindex="cp">--halt-on-error <r>command-line option</r></indexterm></findex>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">-halt-on-error</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para>Stop processing at the first error.
 </para>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1266" mergedindex="cp">--file-line-error <r>command-line option</r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1267" mergedindex="cp">--no-file-line-error <r>command-line option</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1271" mergedindex="cp">--file-line-error <r>command-line option</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1272" mergedindex="cp">--no-file-line-error <r>command-line option</r></indexterm></findex>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">-file-line-error</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">-no-file-line-error</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para>Enable or disable <code><var>filename</var>:<var>lineno</var>:<var>error</var></code>-style
@@ -22510,7 +22627,7 @@
 <node name="Command-line-input" spaces=" "><nodename>Command line input</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Jobname</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Command line options</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Command line interface</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Command line input</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1180">input, on command line</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1194">input, on command line</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>As part of the command line invocation
 </para>
@@ -22522,8 +22639,8 @@
 <var>argument</var> with a backslash. (All the engines support this.) This
 allows you to do some special effects.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1181"><r>package</r>, <code>hyperref</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1182"><code>hyperref</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1195"><r>package</r>, <code>hyperref</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1196"><code>hyperref</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
  <para>For example, this file (which uses the
 <code>hyperref</code> package for hyperlinks) can produce two kinds of
 output, one to be read on physical paper and one to be read online.
@@ -22599,12 +22716,12 @@
 <node name="Jobname" spaces=" "><nodename>Jobname</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Recovering from errors</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Command line input</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Command line interface</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Jobname</sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1268" mergedindex="cp"><code>\jobname</code></indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1183">jobname</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1184">document root name</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1185">name of document root</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1186">root file</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1187">file, root</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1273" mergedindex="cp"><code>\jobname</code></indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1197">jobname</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1198">document root name</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1199">name of document root</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1200">root file</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1201">file, root</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Running &latex; creates a number of files, including the main PDF (or
 DVI) output but also including others.  These files are named with the
@@ -22629,8 +22746,8 @@
 specified with the <code>-jobname</code> option, as in <code>pdflatex
 -jobname=myname</code> (<pxref label="Command-line-input"><xrefnodename>Command line input</xrefnodename></pxref> for a real example).
 </para>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1269" mergedindex="cp">texput<r>, jobname default</r></indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1188">fallback jobname</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1274" mergedindex="cp">texput<r>, jobname default</r></indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1202">fallback jobname</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>The final possibility is <file>texput</file>, which is the final fallback
 default if no other name is available to &tex;.  That is, if no
 <code>-jobname</code> option was specified, and the compilation stops before
@@ -22637,8 +22754,8 @@
 any input file is met, then the log file will be named
 <file>texput.log</file>.
 </para>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1270" mergedindex="cp">\documentclass<r>, and <code>texput</code> jobname</r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1271" mergedindex="cp">\RequirePackage<r>, and <code>texput</code> jobname</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1275" mergedindex="cp">\documentclass<r>, and <code>texput</code> jobname</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1276" mergedindex="cp">\RequirePackage<r>, and <code>texput</code> jobname</r></indexterm></findex>
 <para>A special case of this is that in &latex; versions of (approximately)
 2020 or later, the jobname is also <file>texput</file> if the first
 <code>\input</code> occurs as a result of being called by either
@@ -22660,7 +22777,7 @@
 <para>the output file is <file>lipsum.pdf</file>, as <code>\usepackage</code> calls
 <code>\input</code>.
 </para>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1272" mergedindex="cp">\jobname</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1277" mergedindex="cp">\jobname</indexterm></findex>
 <para>Within the document, the macro <code>\jobname</code> expands to the jobname.
 (When you run &latex; on a file whose name contains spaces, the string
 returned by <code>\jobname</code> contains matching start and end quotes.)
@@ -22668,9 +22785,9 @@
 catcode 12 (other) except that spaces are category 10,
 including letters that are normally catcode 11.
 </para>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1273" mergedindex="cp">\IfBeginWith*<r> macro from <file>xstring</file></r></indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1189"><r>package</r>, <code>xstring</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1190"><code>xstring</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1278" mergedindex="cp">\IfBeginWith*<r> macro from <file>xstring</file></r></indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1203"><r>package</r>, <code>xstring</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1204"><code>xstring</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Because of this catcode situation, using the jobname in a conditional
 can become complicated. One solution is to use the macro
@@ -22719,9 +22836,9 @@
 typo.  You could instead enter <kbd>?</kbd> and <kbd>RETURN</kbd> to see other
 options.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1191"><samp>*</samp> prompt</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1192">prompt, <samp>*</samp></indexterm></cindex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1274" mergedindex="cp">\stop</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1205"><samp>*</samp> prompt</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1206">prompt, <samp>*</samp></indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1279" mergedindex="cp">\stop</indexterm></findex>
 <para>There are two other error scenarios.  The first is that you forgot to
 include the <code>\end{document}</code> or misspelled it.  In this case
 &latex; gives you a <samp>*</samp> prompt.  You can get back to the command
@@ -22749,8 +22866,8 @@
 <node name="Document-templates" spaces=" "><nodename>Document templates</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Index</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Command line interface</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node>
 <appendix spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Document templates</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1193">document templates</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1194">templates, document</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1207">document templates</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1208">templates, document</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Although illustrative material, perhaps these document templates will
 be useful.  Additional template resources are listed at
@@ -22767,10 +22884,10 @@
 <node name="beamer-template" spaces=" "><nodename>beamer template</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">article template</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Document templates</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>beamer</code> template</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1195"><code>beamer</code> template and class</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1196">template, <code>beamer</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1197"><r>package</r>, <code>beamer</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1198"><code>beamer</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1209"><code>beamer</code> template and class</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1210">template, <code>beamer</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1211"><r>package</r>, <code>beamer</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1212"><code>beamer</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 
 <para>The <code>beamer</code> class creates presentation slides.  It has a vast
@@ -22807,7 +22924,7 @@
 <node name="article-template" spaces=" "><nodename>article template</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">book template</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">beamer template</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Document templates</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>article</code> template</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1199">template (simple), <code>article</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1213">template (simple), <code>article</code></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>A simple template for an article.
 </para>
@@ -22836,7 +22953,7 @@
 <node name="book-template" spaces=" "><nodename>book template</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Larger book template</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">article template</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Document templates</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>book</code> template</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1200">template, <code>book</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1214">template, <code>book</code></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>This is a straightforward template for a book.  <xref label="Larger-book-template"><xrefnodename>Larger book
 template</xrefnodename></xref>, for a more elaborate one.
@@ -22866,7 +22983,7 @@
 <node name="Larger-book-template" spaces=" "><nodename>Larger book template</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">book template</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Document templates</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Larger <code>book</code> template</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1201">template, <code>book</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1215">template, <code>book</code></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>This is a somewhat elaborate template for a book.  <xref label="book-template"><xrefnodename>book template</xrefnodename></xref>,
 for a simpler one.

Modified: trunk/src/easyurls.py
===================================================================
--- trunk/src/easyurls.py	2023-07-19 17:23:19 UTC (rev 1155)
+++ trunk/src/easyurls.py	2023-07-19 17:26:57 UTC (rev 1156)
@@ -60,8 +60,9 @@
 def critical(s, level=1):
     log.critical(s,exc_info=True)
     sys.exit(level)
+    
+DEFAULT_LOWER_CASE_FLAG = False
 
-
 STYLE_CHOICES=['cmd','omitbackslash','omitall','none']
 DEFAULT_RENAME_STYLE = 'cmd'
 if not(DEFAULT_RENAME_STYLE in STYLE_CHOICES):
@@ -68,6 +69,8 @@
     critical("DEFAULT_RENAME_STYLE "+str(DEFAULT_RENAME_STYLE)+ \
              " must be in STYLE_CHOICES="+str(STYLE_CHOICES))
 
+
+    
 ACTION_CHOICES=['includefile','softlink','replace','none']
 DEFAULT_ACTION = 'includefile'
 if not(DEFAULT_ACTION in ACTION_CHOICES):
@@ -321,7 +324,7 @@
             if fn.endswith(".html"):
                 log.debug("_action_replace: fn="+fn)
                 src = os.path.join(root, fn)
-                try: 
+                try:
                     with open(src,'r') as f:
                         html = f.read()
                 except OSError as err:
@@ -359,13 +362,19 @@
     elif action == 'replace':
         return _action_replace(root_dn, inverse_mp)
     elif action == 'none':
-        print('No action taken')
+        if VERBOSE:
+            for k in inverse_mp:
+                v = inverse_mp[k]
+                print(str(k)+" --> "+str(v))
+            # print("inverse_mp is\n"+pprint.pformat(inverse_mp))
+        else:
+            print('No action taken')
     else:
         error('Unknown action')
     return
 
 # ===========================================================
-def rename(url, rename_style=DEFAULT_RENAME_STYLE):
+def rename(url, rename_style=DEFAULT_RENAME_STYLE, lower_case_flag=DEFAULT_LOWER_CASE_FLAG):
     translations = DEFAULT_TRANSLATIONS
     if (rename_style == 'cmd'):
         pass
@@ -378,7 +387,7 @@
         translations = {}
     else:
         error('unknown: style='+str(style), level=11)
-    return _rename(url, translations)
+    return _rename(url, translations, lower_case_flag)
 
 def _lower_case(s):
     """Return lower case of string if at most the first word letter is not lower
@@ -405,14 +414,16 @@
         r.append(_lower_case(wd))
     return "-".join(r)
     
-def _rename(url, translations):
+def _rename(url, translations, lower_case_flag=DEFAULT_LOWER_CASE_FLAG):
     """Break the url apart and insert the translations
       url string
       translations mapping string -> string
     """
-    global args
+    # Ones to skip
+    if url in ["_005cslash.html"]:
+        return url
 
-    if (args.lower_case
+    if (lower_case_flag
         and not(url == "Index.html")):
         url = lower_case(url)
     # url = url.lower()  # make all strings lower case
@@ -489,7 +500,7 @@
         url = url+".html"
     return url
 
-def traverse(root_dirname, rename_style=DEFAULT_RENAME_STYLE):
+def traverse(root_dirname, rename_style=DEFAULT_RENAME_STYLE, lower_case_flag=DEFAULT_LOWER_CASE_FLAG):
     """Traverse the directory tree starting at dirname"""
     hex_strings_spotted = set()
     url_map = {}  # map name after translation -> name before
@@ -500,7 +511,7 @@
             if _is_anchor_file(fullfn):  # don't translate it
                 log.debug("  anchor file: "+fn)
                 continue
-            translated_name = rename(fn, rename_style)
+            translated_name = rename(fn, rename_style, lower_case_flag)
             if translated_name in url_map:
                 s = 'file name '+fn+" translates to "+translated_name \
                 +' which is the same as '+url_map[translated_name]
@@ -523,10 +534,17 @@
 
 # ===========================================================
 def main():
-    global args
+    global DEBUG
+    if args.debug:
+        DEBUG = True
+    global VERBOSE
+    if args.verbose:
+        VERBOSE =  True
+        
     dirname = args.directory_name
     url_map, hex_substrings_spotted = traverse(dirname,
-                                               rename_style=args.style)
+                                               rename_style=args.style,
+                                               lower_case_flag=args.lower_case)
     log_spotted_strings(hex_substrings_spotted)
     action(dirname, url_map, action=args.action)
     if args.rewrite_index:
@@ -552,7 +570,7 @@
                             help="Directory at top of latexrefman tree.  Default: '.'")
         parser.add_argument('-l', '--lower_case',
                             action='store_true',
-                            default=False,
+                            default=DEFAULT_LOWER_CASE_FLAG,
                             help="Have easy urls use lower case. Default: False")
         parser.add_argument('-r', '--rewrite_index',
                             action='store_true',